HomeMy WebLinkAboutBid 7-97/98
CITY OF
MIAMI BEACH
CITY HALL 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE MIAMI BEACH FLORIDA 33139
PROCUREMENT DIVISION
1 700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA 33139
TELEPHONE: (305) 673-7490
SUNCOM: (3051 933-7490
FAX: 1305) 673-7851
Sealed bids will be received by the City of Miami Beach Procurement Director, 3rd Floor, 1700
Convention Center Drive, Miami Beach, Florida 33139, until 11:00 a.m. on the 30th day of
December, 1997 for:
42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
INVITATION TO BID NO. 7-97/98
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
At time, date and place above, bids will be publicly opened. Any bids received after time and date
. specified will be returned to the bidder unopened.
A Pre-Bid Conference has been scheduled for 2:00 p.m. on December 16, 1997, in the First Floor
Conference of City Hall, 1700 Convention Center Drive, Miami Beach, FL 33139.
-'
A Bid Bond of five (5%) percent of the bid amount will be required. The successful bidder will be
required to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the amount of one-hundred (I 00%)
percent of the contract amount.
-
Drawings and .specifications are available at the Procurement Division, 1700 Convention Center
Drive, 3rd Floor, Miami Beach, Florida, Telephone 673~7490, Bid Clerk. There will be a Fifty
Dollar ($50.00) deposit, which will be refunded only to those Contractors submitting a formal bid.
Additional sets of drawings and specifications will be available for purchase at a non-refundable cost
of $50.00 plus 6-112% Florida Sales tax.
-'"
-
The City of Miami Beach reserves the right to accept any bid deemed to be in the best interest of the
City of Miami Beach, or waive any informality in any bid. The City of Miami Beach may reject any
and all bids.
.!"
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
~Yh,~
U~~~~~_~~ Ford
Procurement Director
jf
,...
~
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
1
, ""'-
..... I
j I
INVITATION TO BID NO. 7-97/98
PROPOSAL PAGE 1 OF 5
It If. -,
/'\r~
.~~;) Ie
(Address
(FOR)
Constructing the improvements designated and described in the attached Notice to Contractors, and
which said Improvements are designated 42ND STREET P ARK.ING GARAGE
IMPROVEMENTS and more particularly set forth herein.
SUBMITTED
/ .//j
1971
TO MAYOR AND CITY COMMISSION OF MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA:
We the undersigned, hereby declare that no person or persons, firm or corporation other than the
undersigned, are interested in this Proposal, as principals, and that this Proposal is made without
collusion with any person, firm or corporation, and we have carefully and to our full satisfaction
examined the attached Notice to Contractors, General Provisions, Specifications for Materials and
Construction Methods, Supplementary Conditions, and form of Contract and Bond, together with
the accompanying Plans, and that we have made a full examination of the location of the proposed
Work and the sources of supply and materials, and we hereby agree to furnish all implements,
machinery, equipment, transportation, tools, materials, supplies, labor, and other things necessary
to the prosecution and completion of the work, fully understanding that the quantities shown in the
Notice to Contractors and Proposal are approximate only, and that we will fully complete all
necessary work in accordance with the Plans and the attached Specifications, and the requirements
under them of the Engineer within the time limit specified in this Proposal for the following unit
prices to-wit:
....
r
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
2
-
--
INVITATION TO BID NO. 7-97/98
CONTRACT: 42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE IMPROVEMENTS
PROPOSAL PAGE 2 OF 5
This proposal shall include the total cost for supplying all labor, materials, equipment and
supervision necessary to complete the construction of the parking system improvements as specified
herein and/or as shown on the drawings.
The undersigned, as Bidder, proposes and agrees, if this proposal is accepted to enter into a contract
with the City in the form ofthe contract specified, to complete the above captioned Project in full
and complete accordance wit the shown, noted, described and reasonable intended requirements of
the drawings and specifications and other contract documents to the full and entire satisfaction of
the City, with a definite understanding that no money will be allowed for extra work except as set
forth in the Contract Documents:
'3,J?~ L{02-
WRl1TENAMOUNT'~ (yffu/OO illXJ ~~ et~~'iIfl
B. AL TERNATE NO.1: To delete the ORSOGRlL Model Brit~e materi~!Jjf'f917AJD
in Specifications - Section 1030 - Fixed Grille - Manproofmg and to replace it with
NYLOFOR 3D Panel Fencing as manufactured by BEKAERT Corporation.
A.
BASE BID: $
DEDUCT
$
0.00
C. ALTERNATE NO.2: To delete the aluminum rails specified in Specifications - Section
05500 - Miscellaneous Metals and replace them with Painted Steel Rails.
DEDUCT $(2~ /~.IJO)
D. BASE BID BREAKDOWN:
1. 42nd STREET GARAGE
a)
Concrete Demolition and Replacement
$ ~OOO-
.
$ -z./~ "?75 -
$Jn, CJ(XJ -
b)
Construction of new Office and Toilet Rooms
c)
Electrical Work including Garage Lighting and
Call for Assistance System
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
3
PROPOSAL PAGE 3 OF 5 , 2l!)~ CJtS--
d) Manproofing & Rolling Grilles $
e) Interior and Exterior Painting $ I~oea'
f) Concrete Repairs including Through ~C?a a;o -
Slab Repairs $
.
g) Expansion Joint Sealant Work $ tf'2zZ(;)O-
h) Deck Coating & Seal Coat Work $ ~2~-
i) Elevator Repair Work $ I Ii I I~ocp
j) Contingency Fee $ -- -- \
200.000.00 ...
TOTAL OF ITEMS La to I.j S ~ ~~-
2. MISCELLANEOUS WORK ITEMS $ ~~~~ :2-~~'3IXf
3. SPECIAL AND GENERAL CONDITIONS S 3,?:/{, ?&O -
,
4. SALES TAX $ Jl?LC(2) -
.TOTAL ITEMS 1. TO 4. S ~~ '2 t.{6/ tit? 2
.
· NOTE: Sum must equal Base Bid Total
Minimum Wal!'ts:
In accordance with Ci~y of Miami Beach Ordinance 94-2960, which
amended Article II, entitled "Construction Contracts - Minimum Wages
and Benefits" of Miami Beach City Code Chapter 31A, entitled
"Purchasing", Section 31 A-27, the following will apply:
I
1-
"...In all construction contracts in excess of $1 ,000,000 to which the City
is a party, the rate of wages and fringe benefit payments shall not be less
than the prevailing rate of wages and benefits for similar skills in a
classification of work as established by the Federal Register.."
!-
The current prevailing wage rate and fringe benefit payments as published
by the U S. Department of Labor in the Federal Register are included in
the bid specifications.
I
I-
I
BID NO: 7-97/96
DATE: 1211/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
4(8)
,...
-
PROPOSAL PAGE 4 OF 5
Bidders must sign below to acknowledge receipt of addendum (if necessary).
Amendment No.1:
. /"""1'-"
-, ') '......... .
; I . 0/ - . , /
1//,/'1,
IJ-./;) 17
/7.C?
v /l~
I
Amendment No.2:
Amendment No.3:
/ tiC-
/(;{-; j!(;g .
:..- ; ~/''i;1J ;?
!/' 1...- - JL
BID NO: 7-97198
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
5
INVITATION TO BID NO. 7-97/98
PROPOSAL PAGE 5 OF 5
The undersigned further agrees to perform all necessary "Extra Work", as provided for in the General
and Supplementary Conditions and to execute the attached Contract within ten (10) calendar days
after the date on which the notice of award has been given and to begin work with an adequate force
and equipment within seven (7) calendar days from the date of the Notice To Proceed and to fully
complete all of work awarded under the same within not more than 360 calendar days from the date
of the Notice To Proceed and also to furnish sufficient and satisfactory bond in the sum of not less
than (100%) one hundred percent of the contract price of the work as indicated by the approximate
quantities shown herein.
The undersigned further agrees to bear full cost of maintaining all work until the fmal acceptance,
as provided in the General Conditions.
Accompanying this proposal is a Bid Bond made payable to the City of Miami Beach, Florida in the
~, , ""';J~ jl t:t'i11 ft ~ Ir;/lp Doll.,. $ ;:;/j I)
/) :; ( I
, Bid Bond is to be forfeited as liquidated damages if, in case this Proposal is accepted, the
undersigned shall fail to execute1:l}e attached Contract under the conditions of this Proposal;
otherwise, said Bid Bond is to be re . ,e ~un rsl ed UpCln the djlivery of~sfac~ry Bond.
Signature & Title jj /i I{ /I ~, 1/ In jI- I'/f~ ~ t"J
I - . - -, :1(.'/
1?l /:' ! /r I ;4 - i//i/C r; /1/ , L
/' - r...-\
c//j~6\ (
- -
Address
Telephone Number
Signature & Title
Address
Telephone Number
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1197
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
6
-
CONTRACTOR'S OUESTIONNAIRE
NOTE:
Information supplied in response to this questionnaire is subject to verification.
Inaccurate or incomplete answers may be grounds for disqualification from
award ofthis bid.
Submitted 0
How many years has ~our organization been in business as a General Contractor under your present
business name? I, -
Does your Organiza~~ve current occupational licenses entitling it to do the work contemplated
in this Contract? ~~,
/ .
State of Florida occupational license - state type and nwnber: Uy{,. {} /)1 &/J; .;;
f
Dade County certificate of competency - state type and nwnber:
City of Miami Beach occupational license - state type and number:
Include copies of above licenses and certificates with proposal. .
How many years experience in similar work has 'QJJI organization had?
(A) As a G~neral Contractor I
(B) As a Sub-Contractor . ()
(C) What contracts has your organization completed?
leted Name/Address of Owner
Have you ever had a contract terminated (as prime contractor or sub-contractor, under existing
company name or fftther company name) due to failure to comply with contractual
specifications? '. /)
If so, where and why?
Has any officer or partner of your, organization ever failed to complete a construction contract
handled in his own name? ^/ (J
I
If so, state name of individual, name of owner, and reason thereof
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1197
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
7
-
In what other lines of business are you financially interested or engaged? "/Oh /6
Financial Statement
What
What Bank or Banks hav: ,~~%ed t~ l"l$~ with during the course of the Contract should
it be awarded to you? (/t5? I 11-
I HEREBY ,
th~. ' the bove"
I (LA/i. ~f,
(SEAL)
wers are true and correct.
(SEAL)
-
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1197
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
8
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
11/11 Document AlTO
Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
that we
I""", 'flM" full ....,... ANt ""ftl or "sa: Illle ~ C~tr.CIOrl
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
u Prrncipal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of
(....,. IftM" "'Il 1'1.1.... aN ...,.... or Ie pi 'tllt 0' Sw...~.
America
a corporllion duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut
u Surety, hereinafler called the Surety. are held and firmly bound unto
~ iftWf't' ,.." 1\1'" aN ...,"' 0' '....1 1111, t)t ~'"
City of Miami Beach
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee. in the sum of
-----Five Percent of Amount Bid-----
Dollars ($ 5% I,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety. bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and usilns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submilled a bid for
(H.,. i,...." fwll .......... add...... Iftd 6I'I("PflO" 01 p'Ojf~n
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE IMPROVEMENTS
BID NO. 7-97/98
NOW. THE U , 0 IE. if Ihe Oblipe lhall .CCepl lhe bid of the "'iftCipal .1Id the 'riftCipal iNlI enler illlO . COlllr.cl
w,lh rh. Oblil" ill ,ccord.llce with lhe Ie"", of IUcll bid. ."d Ii". luch bond or bonds IS INY be Ip<<lliecl in the biddilll
or COlllr.cl Oocu",elllS wllh aood ,nd wlfici.,,1 wrety lor lhe f,ilhful perlormance of wch Conlracl .nd for the prompl
paY",.1I1 of labor .lId INleri,l fU""lhecl ill .11. ProMCulion ....NOf, 01 ill the lIYefll of the f'ilure of the 'rincipal 10 ."Ier
IUch COlllract ."d Ii.... Iud! bond or bondi, if the 'riftCipal iNII pay to lhe Obli... lhe djff~e 1101 10 eKeecI me ,"...Ity
hereof be",,"" lhe 'mounl Ip<<iliecl in said bid .nd IUCh Iil'Pf '_nl lor whidt the Oblipe nMy in aooct f.ith conlract
wilh _nOlher pa"y 10 perlorm the Worll COYefecI by Mid bid, !hen Ihis obIiplion INII be null,nd 'lIOid. OthelwiM to ,.,.,..,n
ill"#ull force Iftd effect.
Si~\ -1Y~'1 th;.
8th
day of
January
1998
,
(ar
,
.
ISe.I)
mlJe'
Travelers Casualty and Su ety Co~?any
{of ~ica ($wefy' .
~ toEd) () /2t.dInU
(Title'
Charles D. Nielson, Attorn~y-in-Fact
(Se,n
AlA OOCU......T An, . IIC 10...0 . AlA.' ""UAn 1'" 10 . THI AMIIlCAH
INSTITUTl 0' Aa04ITlCTS. 1715 N.". AII(., NoW., WASHINGTON, O. C. ..
1
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA
Hartford, Connecticut 06183-9062
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, a
corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having its principal office in the City of Hartford,
County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, hath made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make
constitute and appoint D. Michael Stevens, Charles J. Nielson, Mary C. Aceves, Charles D. Nielson. Warren M. Alter, Breti
M. Rosenhaus, Melinda Rosenhaus or Kevin Wojtowicz' .
of, Miami Lakes, FL, its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute
and acknowledge, at any place within the United States. or, if the following line be filled in, within the area there designated
, the following instrument(s):
by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in
the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto
required by the State of Ranoa Department of Transportation incident to the release of retained percentages and/or final
estimates on construction or maintenance contracts' .
and to bind TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, thereby as fully and to the same
extent as jf the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY
COMPANY OF AMERICA, and all. the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are
hereby ratified and confirmed.
This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Company, which Resolutions
are now in full force and effect:
VOTED: That each of the following officers: Chainnan, Vice Chairman, President, Any Executive Vice President, Any
Group Executive, Any Senior Vice President, Any Vice President, Any Assistant Vice President, Any Secretary, Any
Assistant Secretary, may from time to time appoint Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries, Attomeys-in-
Fact, and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give any such appointee suc.'1 authority as his certificate
of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances,
contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and
any of said officers or the Board of Directors may at any time remove any such appointee and revoke the power and
authority given him or her.
VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or
conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the Chairman, the Vice Chairman,
the President, an Executive Vice President, a Group Executive, a Senior Vice President, a Vice President, an Assistant Vice
President or by a Resident Vice President, pursuant to the power presc:ibed in the certificate of authority of such Resident
Vice President, and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary or by a Resident
Assistant Secretary, pursuant to the power presc:ibed in the certificate of authority of such Resident Assistant Secretary; or
(b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the power prescribed in his or their
c3:":Jficate or cartiflcale::: of authority.
- This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the
following Standing Resolution voted by the Board of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY
COMPANY OF AMERICA, which Resolution.is now in full force and effect:
- VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: Chairman, Vice Chairman, President, Any Executive Vice
President, Any Group Executive, Any Senior Vice President, Any Vice President. Any Assistant Vice President. Any
Secretary, Any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may t~ affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to
- any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for
purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any
such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding up?n the
_ Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and
binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached.
(over)
....
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
NOVEMBER 30,1997
PREPARED FOR:
COLLINSWORTH, ALTER, NIELSON, FOWLER & DOWLING, INC.
INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
1. Statement of Financial Position .............. ............. .... ............. .............. .............1-2
2. State of Income and Retained Earnings..........................................................3
3. Statement of S toc kholders' Equ ity ................................. ........... ......................4
4. Statement of Cash Flow........ ........... ......... ............ ...........................................5-6
5. Notes to the Financial Statements.................................................................. 7 -16
6. Supplemental Information.................... .......... ......... ......... ...............................17 -19
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
NOVEMBER 30, 1997
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash
Accounts receivables (including retainage of $960,330)
Other receivables
Cost & estimated profits in excess of billings
Prepaid expenses
Total Current Assets
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Office furniture and equipment
Machinery and equipment
Less: Accumulated depreciation
Total Property and Equipment
OTHER ASSETS:
Bid deposit
Security deposit
Total Other Assets
TOTAL ASSETS
The accompanying notes to the financial statements are an integral
part of these statements
1
$697.018
$2.306.909
$6.106
$9,500
$12,602
$3,032,135
$67,025
$118,473
$185.498
($107,008)
$78,490
$500
$525
$1,025
$3,111,650
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
NOVEMBER 30, 1997
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payables (including relainage of $641.513)
Income tax payable -current - federal
Income tax payable -current - state
Loans payable - truck current
Accrued expenses
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
Total Current Liabilities
LONG TERM DEBT:
Income tax payable -deferred - federal
Income tax payable -deferred - state
Loong term loans payable - trucks
Loans from stockholders
Total Liabilities
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common stock ($0.01 par value. 120.000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding)
Paid in capital
Retained earnings
Total Stockholder's Equity
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
The accompanying notes to the financial statements are an integral
part of these statements
2
$1,141,178
$40,697
$17,000
$8,206
$36,064
$110.009
$1,353,154
$214.000
$56,600
$37,803
$300.677
$1,962,234
$1,200
$217,691
$930,525
$1,149,416
$3,111,650
.-
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
NOVEMBER 30,1997
REVENUE AND COSTS:
Construction revenue
Construction costs
Gross margin on construction
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
General and administrative expenses
Depreciation expenses
Total operating expenses
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):
OTHER INCOME (DEDUCTION):
Interest income
Other income
Interest expense
Total other income (deduction)
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES:
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES:
Federal income tax - current
State income tax - current
Federal income tax - deferred
State income tax - deferred
Total provision for income taxes
NET INCOME (LOSS):
BEGINNING BALANCE RETAINED EARNINGS
ENDING BALANCE RETAINED EARNINGS
The accompanying notes to the financial statements are an integral
part of these statements
3
$1,155.942
$1.012,850
$143,092
$135.644
$3.324
$138,968
$4,124
$2,827
$535,190
($6,013)
$532,004
$536,128
$135,000
$9.000
$17,000
$30,000
$191,000
$345,128
$585,397
$930,525
'-
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997
Paid-in
capital
Common in excess Retained
stock of par Earnings Total
Balances, September 1, 1997 $1,200 $217,691 $585,397 $804,288
Net income, November 30, 1997 $0 $0 $345,128 $345,128
Balances, November 30, 1997 $1,200 $217,691 $930,525 $1,149,416
The accompanying notes to the financial statements are an integral
part of these statements
4
--
--
'-
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss) from operations
Adjustments:
Depreciation expense
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivables
(Increase) decrease in other receivables
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses
(Increase) decrease in cost in excess of billings
(Increase) decrease in prepaid taxes - federal
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
Increase (decrease) in loans payable - current
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses
Increase (decrease) in insurance payable
Increase (decrease) in billings in excess of costs
Increase (decrease) in current income tax payable - federal
Increase (decrease) in currrent income tax payable - state
Increase (decrease) in deferred income tax payable - federal
Increase (decrease) in deferred income tax payable - state
NET CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
The accompanying notes to the financial statements are an integral
part of these statements
5
-
$345,128
$3.324
($1.050.136)
($300)
$22.939
$71,549
$94,292
$91,209
($2,295)
$18,024
($6,092)
$80,567
$40.697
$17.000
$9.000
$30,000
($235,094)
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
(Increase) decrease in security deposit
(Increase) decrease in bid deposit
Acquisition of equipment
Net cash flow from investing activities
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Increase (decrease) in loans payable
Increase (decrease) in loans from stockholder
Increase (decrease) in paid in capital
Net cash now from financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalent
Beginning cash balance
ENDING CASH BALANCE
CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR FOR:
Interest
Income taxes
The accompanying notes to the financial statements are an integral
part of these statements
6
....
$0
($100)
($7.535)
($7,635)
$0
$0
$0
$0
($242,729)
$939,747
$697,018
$6,013
$0
TARA FA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOVEMBER 30. 1997
The Company
The company was incorporated under the laws of the State of
Florida in August, 1986 and began general operations immediately
thereafter under the name of R.T. Construction, Inc. The company is
a general contractor engaged primarily in commercial construction.
A special meeting of the Shareholders and Directors of the
corporation was held on January 21, 1987, in which all Shareholders
and Directors voted unanimously to approve a Plan of Merger between
R.T. Construction, Inc. and Tarafa Construction, Inc., which became
effective January 31, 1987. The present name of the surviving
corporation is Tarafa Construction, Inc.
(1) Summary of significant accountina policies:
Revenue recognition
The company recognizes revenues on long-term
construction contracts on the percentage of completion
method for financial accounting. Under this method, a
pro rated portion of the estimated total profits of the
contract is recorded on the ratio that costs incurred
to date bear to estimated total costs. Income on short
-term contracts is recognized on the substantial
completion of each contract. Contract costs include all
direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect
labor, supplies, tools and repairs. Selling, general
and administrative costs are charged to expenses as
incurred. Provisions for estimated losses on incomplete
contracts are made in the period in which such losses
are determined. Changes in job performance, job
conditions and estimated profitability, including those
arising from contract penalty provisions and final .
contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs
and income and are recognized in the period in which
the losses are determined. General and administrative
costs are charged to expense as incurred.
7
TARA FA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOVEMBER 30. 1997
(1) Summary of significant accountinq policies (continued):
Depreciation
Assets are recorded at costs and depreciated by the
percentage provided by the Modified Accelerated Cost
Recovery System, both for financial accounting, as
well as for income tax return preparation since the
two calculations will not be materially different.
Income taxes
The company reports income on long-term construction
contracts for income tax purposes under the completed
contract method. Under this method all of the
revenues and related costs of long-term contracts are
recognized for income tax purposes in the year the
contract is completed.
As a result of using the percentage-of-completion for
financial accounting purposes and completed
contract method for income tax purposes the company
will follow the practice of deferring taxes on this
timing difference according with generally accepted
accounting principles.
Uncollectible accounts
The company uses the direct write-off method to
determine their deduction for bad debts for both
financial accounting and income tax purposes. Under
this method, deduction is allowed when debt becomes
partially or totally worthless. No accounts were
written-off as bad debts expenses in the current
year.
The use of the direct write-off method for financial
accounting is justified because amounts written-off
in the past have been immaterial and a review of
receivables as of balance sheet date does not reveal
any estimated loss on the outstanding balance.
...
8
TARA FA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOVEMBER 30. 1997
(2) Contracts in process
Information with respect to contracts in process
follows:
Expenditures on uncompleted
contracts
Estimated earnings thereon
Less billings applicable thereto
Included in accompanying
statement of financial
position under following
caption:
Cost and estimated earnings
in excess of billings
Billings in excess of
costs and estimated
earnings
9
$ 5,336,875
700.043
$ 6,036,918
6.137.427
$ 100,509
$
9,500
110.009
$ 100,509
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOVEMBER 30. 1997
(2) Contracts in process
(continued) :
Total
Contracts
Price
Estimated
Total
Contracts
Profit (Loss)
Contracts
Expenditures
to Nov
30. 1997
S13. 602.729
S 5.336.875
$1.125.000
Billings to
Nov
30. 1997
Costs and
Estimated
Earnings
in Excess
of Billings
S 6.137.427
S 9.500
10
Contract
Profit (or
Loss)
Accrued to
Nov
30. 1997
S 700.043
Billings in
Excess of
Costs and
Estimated
Earnings
S110.009
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTRACT IN PROGRESS
NOVEMBER 30,1991
(2) Contracts In procus (continued):
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
WORK IN PROGRESS
TOTAL COST ESTIMA TED TOTAL COSTS PERCENT TOTAL
INCURRED TO COST TO AT OF CONTRACT
CONTRACT DATE COMPLETE COMPLETION COMPLETION PRICE
1 $2,791,165 518,416 $2,810,181 99"/. $3,335,181
2 $1.923,465 $15,083 $1,938,5.48 99"1. $2,078,548
3 $<27.328 S 1,596,672 $2,024,000 2'-/. $2,159,000
4 $194.317 $5.510.683 $5,705,000 3-1. $6.030.000
TOTALS $5,336.875 S7,140,854 $12.477.729 43';' $13.602.729
ESTIMA TED BILLINGS ESTIMATED REVENUE BilLINGS IN COSTS & EST.
PROFIT AT TO PROFIT RECOGNIZED EXCESS OF COST PROFITS IN EXCESS
CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE TO DA TE TO DA TE & EST. EARNINGS OF BilLINGS
1 $525.000 $3,342,246 $521.560 $3.313,325 $28.921 $0
2 $140,000 $2,052,876 $131,911 $2.062.376 $0 $9,500
3 S 135,000 $486,774 $28,503 $455,831 $30.943 $0
4 $325.000 5255,531 $11,070 $205,387 $50.144 $0
TOTALS $1.125.000 $6.137,427 $700,043 $6,036,918 $110.009 $9.500
PROJEC T NAME
1. 17TH STREET PARKING GARAGE
2. FLAMINGO PARK
3. WESTON POST OFFICE
4. FlU CAMPUS SUPPORT COMPLEX
11
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOVEMBER 30, 1991
(3) Profit and LO$$ Roconclllation
CLOSED JOBS PRIOR YEAR'S
COST TO GROSS GROSS RECOGNIZED GROSS CURRENT
DESCRIPTION REVENUES DATE PROFIT PROFIT "I. COSTS PROFIT NET G.P.
SOUTH DADE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL S5,352.283 S4.936,869 S415.414 7.76'/. S4,~01.598 S429,445 (S14.031)
PALMETTO SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL S5,161,185 S4.456,039 S711.746 13.71"1. S4,439.489 S613,079 S38,661
CURRENT YEAR'S CLOSED JOBS S10,520,068 S9,392,908 Sl.127.160 10.71-;, S9,347,087 Sl.102.524 $24,636
CURRENT YEAR'S OPEN JOBS $6,036,918 S5,336,875 S700,043 11.60% S4.369,846 $581.587 Sl18.456
GRAND TOTALS S16,556.986 S14.729,783 Sl ,827.203 11.04"1. S13.716,933 $1.684.111 $143.092
GROSS GROSS
RECONCILlA nON REVENUES COST PROFIT PROFIT %
CURRENT YEAR'S
TOTAL COST, CLOSED JOBS $9.392,908 $9,392,908
TOTAL GROSS PROFIT. CLOSED JOBS Sl,121.160 Sl.127.160 10.71%
PLUS CURRENT YEAR'S
COST TO DA TE, OPEN JOBS S5,336.875 S5.336.815
EARNED PROFIT TO DATE. OPEN JOBS S100.043 S100.043 11.60%
LESS PRIOR (FISCAL) YEAR'S
COST TO DATE, OPEN JOBS IS13,116,933) IS13.716.933)
EARNED PROFIT TO DATE. OPEN JOBS IS1,684,111) SO (Sl,684,111)
ABOVE TOTALS Sl,155,942 Sl,012.850 S143,092 12.38"1.
LESS F/S TOTALS S1.155.942 $1,012,850 S143,092 12.38"1.
DIFFERENCES SO SO so
12
~;o~I~
en!- '"14>'''
(I)-U10IQo,Q
otsCl'l"f......
""g.n:::~
"'0.._-
o
w
o
"
w
"'~
.::
...~
~~
2",
ww
w",
"'2
'w
...>
wO
."
...
10
"
ii
"
e
U1'-:~~
~~~::.
....2iN.-..
IIIw.....,,-
e>
UW
'"
l./) ~';::;:;
au c.~.... .,
:jw.......,:;
Z;! ,-..'.-
wer..........
>.
ww
'"
~"'~.
u)l-lII::ti~
~i4:IIl<J....ri
~~g~~~.
11.- :;
..
..
~~ ...
'"
,,10 '" ~~~
wO .... m.....
'" ""0
US'" O~ .':.,....:
!~~ '" 0"'.
W ..." ~.'"
~.;!;;;,.. .. ..w ....,t;ti
2 0> "'''''''
~IIP-g: W UW
U~ ... '"
u-'g .
,," 0 ..
f!:~z~ w
..
lIIoCOUJ w
ZZUlD '"
B~~~ 0
..
W
~J.:O(~ ..
~1-0Z .. "''''~ ~
Ow <S:R:;
........ we
.....w "w ,..,,.t:A
l!!~ "" ~~ :: ~
w'"
OS >.. oriol\o
,,0 ::!w "'..,-
U
~~~~
CIllo- ".'---
U1ii:U1..1I......:
00"".'-""
~g;~:'~"=
...
U .........
. ....
I! ......0
O~ "'u'"
z ~:K:i
0 ..."
..w "'.'"
U 0> .,.....>>
. -' UW ....."..
u .. '"
~ ...
c 0
0 ...
U
"
.
~
0. "'''''''
E -'
0 Wo ww~ 8-'
~...o
U ~~ r.if'-o. 5g
..w~
c ~~ M~'"
j .0"";0' ..1:
::!w "''''.:;; 1:~
\;11:
." 1:10
c
0 "';:
u _a:
.
a: ~~
.
. w w:2
0
-' 2 00
" ... . C\r:
~ w "
U ... 1:W
'J ~ 2 U "'2
... .. w ,,-'
.l: " , 0..
z 0
:;: 0 '" ....
U .. ";r>i
..
..
~~
ffi8
":0'"
~.~~
"'o(-~
o...u...
~~ti~
O<ll(:!d'
~~~;
UJ4(OUJ
22Um
8~~;
~j!:ci~
~OW
0(......
.....w
~~
0:0
",0
"
.....
.
!
m
.
ci:
.5
.
'G
e
c
.
"
c
i
"0
c
o
u
.
'"
.
o
...
"
~
"'
o
ci:
~
~o~~~s~:
~::~~':!a:~'~
~ cna. ............."l...
i=o::E ......,'r.:
cnuO on......
w "
~:~;~ :;;::;
o I.U..~ .a) r~_..... ..
w~ I..:.'t:g~:'~
jo.'J;o., N.-
m~~:~1oi)"':
~o_~o~
lIJI-iA:R~~~~
~~lA~~~ ::~g
a:: a:: 0",,- ......t>-o
C)Q....J...w ...
0...
...~
"'~
0-.
&:0
..M
w'"
"w
z'"
-"
:ow
0>
",0
~z
z;!~~~~
...J~~~~~8::
~~W<OInO:N"
g:g~:;i:;;:;:~~
,,~ ~
o
u
.....,,10"'....
....I-~;~-~~:~:;.
.:r:cna::;;::;:~~,~
b8a~~~~--:~
I- 3:;........ ...
~ot.;~~~~
::.W...N.........~
ffi~:.;~~~~
> 0( ,.,,,, ........~
lUW'''''' .....
'"
...
~
I-
Z
o
"
...
0(
...
g
o ~oo"'oo
~UP- 8g~~g.
~~~~~~~~~
i=a::a::g..)Wol),,'~
lJ)Clo. Oft
W
::1;~ggE
J'O,ugO"o....
Z,"lr- .......,Q
W")O... O~
G:;~~:;i~:f
'" ~
I-
"
~
I-
Z
o
"
W
:0
0(
Z
o
~...
I->~
.;(o~
Z
o
I-;;~
<I(~~
r-r-NO~
,,;,..........,...
3~tn~~~~ ::
iiwow'lu'" <").
a. >- u:;;:.;~ :.
I-
~:3
~M
",=>
OZ
ii:~
..w
'"
hlDUlIOrt
a::a:~~:o:g""~
~L:j~!~~ ~
n,>w...... ..
a:"'''' ...
~oo...o~
<G 1Jl... r~....
<<II\INO..
~!::(I)~~:;::l=
O~Ocn") It'.n...
'" 0 ~
",~...J
o
W
o
Z
W...
~;
I- "
ZO
O~
"",
~~
","
~~
~~
I-
"
Z
iii
=>
o
\AIoWlUl_GO
u.~~~J.;';.~
e z:;::: ~:J.~
:g~~1:';:~:
"l;!
VI ~~:3~:
w 0.... ION.'?'"
::Jw,..:,........w:..on-
Z 2 ,,,... ,"C>&lI
wa: ,'1.-" NO
:>ct"I"'''''''.''':
WW ~
'"
g~~OrA~~~~'~
oI(l-rA<nC) '" go-
",<(erA l ". ...
l-:il.L.w.J
rA;:Ou....
OrAa:)(m
UUJo.w
~I.L.CCcn:::;s:~:r::!;
<n~~I!!~~ ~d~-
g~~~z~1 ::::?::
:Jucn;:olI: ...
:::!)(oU)~
mwuww
W
,.
"'
"
W "
" ~
~ ..
0( '"
" 8
" WI-
~ ~g
~1C~~
we:~t;~
:iUlQ..OUll
~~g~~
~~i~~
->>J-jw::I
~';:I.L.~U:
Q....:Nri..
;!
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION. INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOVEMBER 30. 1997
(6) Progerty and equipment:
A summary of property and equipment and accumulated
depreciation is as follows:
Accumulated
Costs Deoreciation Net
Office furniture
and equipment $ 67,025 $ 52,006 $ 15,019
Machinery and
equipment 118.473 55.002 63.471
$ 185,498 $107,008 $ 78,490
(7) Related Party Transactions:
Loans from stockholders - Loans from stockholder
consist of unsecured notes covered by Subordination
Agreements with the insurance company on an 6% simple
interest basis. Principal payable at maturity as
follows:
Amount
Maturitv Date
$300,677
December 31, 1998
15
.-
TARA FA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOVEMBER 30. 1997
{8l Contingencies:
The company is party to legal proceedings incidental to
its business. Certain claims, suits and complaints arising in
the ordinary course of business have been filed or are
pending, among them the following:
A. Tarafa Construction. Inc. v City of Miami. Florida
A settlement on this case was reach with the City of
Miami on September 18, 1997. The City of Miami has agreed
to pay Tarafa Construction, Inc. $600,000 inclusive of
all costs. The City of Miami on December 8, 1997 paid the
$600,000 to Tarafa Construction, Inc.
B. Tarafa-Frances. A Joint Venture v Metropolitan Dade
County
Tarafa-Frances, A Joint Venture has filed a lawsuit
against Metropolitan Dade County for damages in excess of
$15,000. Tarafa Construction, Inc. has a 50% interest in
the general partnership joint venture. At the present
time the lawsuit is in its infancy stage.
C. Tarafa Construction. Inc. v Lighthouse Electric, Inc.
Tarafa Construction, Inc. has filed a lawsuit against
Lighthouse Electric, Inc. for damages in excess of
$15,000 for breach of contract. Lighthouse Electric, Inc.
was the electrical subcontractor at South Dade Senior
High and Palmetto Senior High. At the present time we
are in preparation for arbitration.
16
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of:
Tarafa Construction, Inc.
The accompanying information is supplemental to the financial
statements and is not essential for a fair presentation of
financial position, results of operations and changes in financial
position.
The information is intended to assist management in
evaluating operations and should only be read in conjunction with
the preceding financial statements.
l~)~ d)j!l~
Jafu'~ly 6, 1998
Miami, Florida
17
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SCHEDULE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
NOVEMBER 30, 1997
INSTITUTIONS
TOTAL
PAYMENTS DUE
CITY OF MIAMI
GOLF CLUB OF MIAMI CLUBHOUSE
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
FLAMINGO PARK
OJUS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOUTH DADE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL
PALMETTO SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL
WESTON POST OFFICE
FlU CAMPUS SUPPORT COMPLEX
$600,000
$375,635
$370,812
$142,378
$57,230
$288,409
$30,522
$186,391
$255,531
$2,306,909
18
CURRENT
$600,000
$0
$126,118
$32,110
$0
$196,289
$0
$162,083
$229,978
$1,346,578
RETAINAGE
OVER 30 DAYS
$0
$375,635
$244,694
$110,268
$57,230
$92,120
$30,522
$24,308
$25,553
$960,330
-
-
r
-
,
..-
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SCHEDULE OF ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
NOVEMBER 30,1997
INSTITUTIONS
TOTAL
PAYMENTS DUE
GOLF CLUB OF MIAMI CLUBHOUSE
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
FLAMINGO PARK
SOUTH DADE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL
PALMETTO SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL
WESTON POST OFFICE
FlU CAMPUS SUPPORT COMPLEX
$88,156
$235,186
$187,251
$275,670
$103,389
$121,500
$130,026
$1,141,178
19
CURRENT
$0
$92.952
$53,650
$139,789
$0
$83,249
$130,026
$499,666
RET AINAGE
OVER 30 DAYS
$88,156
$142,234
$133,601
$135,881
$103,389
$38,251
$0
$641,512
LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS
Tarafa Construction, Inc. has more than $13.7 million work in process.
The major construction projects Tarafa Construction, Inc. has in
progress, names of project, owner, architect, contract amount, and
scheduled completion date is as follows:
FlU CAMPUS SUPPORT COMPLEX
Owner - Florida International University
Architect - APEC Consultant
Contract Amount - $6,030,000.00
Date of Completion - February/1999
WESTON BRANCH POST OFFICE
Owner - United States Postal Services
Architect - Jeff Falkanger & Associates
Contract Amount - $2,159,000.00
Date of Completion - February/1998
FLAMINGO PARK EXPANSION
Pembroke Pines, Florida
Owner - City of Pembroke Pines
Architect - Miller Legg and Associates
Contract Amount - $2,280,000.00
Date of Completion - Oecember/1997
17TH STREET PARKING GARAGE
Owner - City of Miami Beach, Florida
Architect - Ramp Associates
Contract Amount - $3,300,000.00
Date of Completion - December/1997
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Tarafa Construction, Inc. has completed almost $87 million of
construction projects with over $35 million of successfully completed
contract for the School Boards of Dade and Broward Counties. Below is
the list of major projects Tarafa Construction, Inc. has completed in the
pasts.
PALMETTO HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - CRA-Clarke Inc.
Date of Completion - August/1996
SOUTH DADE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Sklar Architects
Date of Completion - Jan/1997
OJUS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Albaari and Associates
Date of Completion - July/1996
NORWOOD ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Brown and Brown
Date of Completion - December/1994
MIAMI SUNSET SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - APEC Consultants
Date of Completion - March/1994
PALM LAKES ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - C.T.G. Architects
Date of Completion - January/1993
'-
MARTIN LUTHER KING ELEMENTARY ADDITION AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Broward County School Board
Architect - Ocampo & Associates
Date of Completion - December/1992
APOLLO MIDDLE SCHOOL ADDITION AND RENOVATIONS
Owner - Broward County School Board
Architect - Gamble Gilroy Martin & Moul
Date of Completion - February/1992
MCARTHUR HIGH SCHOOL SCIENCE BUILDING RENOVATION
Owner - Broward County School Board
Architect - Smith, Korach & Partner
Date of Completion - June/1989
GLADES MIDDLE SCHOOL CAFETERIA AND KITCHEN RENOVATIONS
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Spill is, Candela & Partners
Date of Completion - AugusU1986
PINE VILLA ELEMENTARY IRRIGATION SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Spillis, Candela & Partners
Date of Completion - January/1984
LILLIE C. EVANS ELEMENTARY IRRIGATION SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Harper & Buzinec
Date of Completion - October/1984
MIAMI NORTHWESTERN HIGH SCHOOL IRRIGATION SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Spillis, Candela & Partners
Date of Completion - October/1984
J.F. KENNEDY MIDDLE SCHOOL IRRIGATION SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
Owner - Dade County School Board
Architect - Spillis, Candela & Partners
Date of Completion - July/1984
GOLF CLUB OF MIAMI CLUBHOUSE
Owner - Metropolitan Dade County
Architect - Tarafa/Frances Joint Venture
Date of Completion - June/1994
....
"-
CARGO BUILDING 2200 AT MIAMIINTERNA TIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Metro Dade County
Architect - Glenn Buff & Associates
Date of Completion - March/1994
BANCO INDUSTRIAL DE VENEZUELA
Owner - Inversora Banco Industrial de Venezuela
Architect - Martinez-Pose Architects
Date of Completion - January/1993
TARPON SPRINGS MAIN POST OFFICE
Owner - United States Postal Service
Architect - Elerbe Becket & Associates
Date of Completion - March/1991
MDCC SOUTH CAMPUS BUILDING NO.4 - CLASSROOMS
Owner - Miami Dade Community College
Architect - Spillis Candela & Partners
Date of Completion - September/1990
SHENANDOAH PARK - DAVIE. FLORIDA
Owner - Town of Davie
Architect - Post Buckley Schuh & Jernigan
Date of Completion - January/1990
ECKERD DRUGS - DEERFIELD BEACH. FLORIDA
Owner - Eckerd Drugs
Architect - None
Date of Completion - July/1990
ECKERD DRUGS - SUNNILAND SHOPPING CENTER
Owner - Jack Eckerd Corporation
Architect - Cohen - Freeman - Encinosa
Date of Completion - October/1990
FIRESTATION/FIREGARAGE NO.3 - CITY OF MIAMI
Owner - City of Miami
Architect - Borrelli & Associates
Date of Completion - AugusU1989
BILTMORE GOLF FACILITY
Owner - City of Coral Gables
Architect - Subrata Basu, AlA
Date of Completion - June/1989
,....
DOBBS HOUSE - CONCOURSE "G" EXTENSION
Miami International Airport
Owner - Dade County Aviation Department
Architect - Lynn Wilson & Associates
Date of Completion - June/1989
MIAMI AVENUE BRIDGE ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
Owner - Metro Dade County
Architect - H. R. Ross
Date of Completion - March/1989
VIRGINIA KEY LIFEGUARD STATION
Owner - City of Miami
Architect - City of Miami
Date of Completion - February/1989
C.A.M.A.C.O.L.- NEW FASCADE
Owner - C.A.M.A.C.O.L.
Architect - Rodriguez Khuly Quiroga
Date of Completion - June/1988
MIAMI FIREMEN FEDERAL CREDIT UNION
Owner _ Miami Firemen Federal Credit Union
Architect - Borrelli & Associates
Date of Completion - July/1988
SNACKBARlNEWSSTAND PIEDMONT INTERIM CONCOURSE H
Owner _ Dobbs Houses, Inc.lMiami International Airport
Architect - Grafton Architects
Date of Completion - March/1988
DOMINO PARK RENOVATION
Owner _ City of Miami - Little Havana Development Authority
Architect - City of Miami
Date of Completion - August/1988
SARMIENTO GROUP INTERNA TIONALlSERVI CAMBIO
Owner - Banco Industrial de Venezuela
Architect - C. R. Corda
Date of Completion - March/1988
TWOV/ETL MIAMIINTERNA TIONAL AIRPORT CLUB
Owner - Dade County Aviation Department
Architect - Robert B. Browne
Date of Completion - February/198?
ALEJANDRE COMMERCIAL CENTER
Owner - Armando A. Alejandre
Architect - C.A.L. Engineering Co.
Date of Completion - October/1987
SABINA INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE
Kwal & Oliva Accounting Office
Owner - Industrial Bank of Venezuela
Architect - CR. Corda & Associates
Date of Completion - June/1987
BRICKELL DELI/LOBBY RENOVATION
Owner - Banco Industrial de Venezuela
Architect - CR Corda & Associates
Date of Completion - September/198?
CONTINENTAL AIRLINES BAGGAGE AREA REMODELING
Owner - Continental Airlines
Architect - None
Date of Completion - June/198?
HEARING AND SPEECH CENTER OFFICE RENOVATION
Owner - Ulliam Poms c/o Hearing & Speech Center
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - September/1987
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT OFFICE RENOVATION
Owner - Business Environment
Architect - None
Date of Completion - August/1987
DELI-BAR CONCOURSE "D" - MIAMIINTERNA TIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Dobbs Houses, Inc.
Architect - Glenn Allen Buff & Associates
Date of Completion - April/1986
UNITED STATE POST OFFICE - MARTIN LUTHER KING. JR. BRANCH
Owner - United States Postal Service
Architect - Architects International
Date of Completion - February/1986
BUILDING 2169 - IMPROVEMENTS AT MIAMIINTERNA TIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Dade County Aviation Department
Architect - C. David Morton & Associates
Date of Completion - September/1986
r-
"-
BUILDING 2141 -IMPROVEMENTS AT MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Dade County Aviation Department
Architect - Bellon, Perez & Perez
Date of Completion - July/1986
C.A.M.A.C.O.L. OFFICE BUILDING
Owner - CAMAC.O.L.
Architect - Rodriguez, Khuly & Quiroga
Date of Completion - July/1986
NEW LOCKER ROOM FACILITY FOR AERO ENTERPRISES
Owner - Aero Enterprises
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - February/1986
RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO CORAL REEF YATCH CLUB
Owner - Coral Reef Yacht Club
Architect - Robert B. Browne
Date of Completion - July/1985
CONFERENCE HALL FOR MACHINIST'S UNION
Owner - International Assoc. of Aerospace Workers & Machinist
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - April/1985
TAXI LOT RENOVATION - MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Dobbs Houses, Inc.
Architect- Norman Giller & Associates
Date of Completion - March/1985
CLUB AMERICA RENOVATION - MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Dade County Aviation Department
Architect - None
Date of Completion - April/1985
UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI 960/1968 DORMITORY COMPLEXES
Owner - University of Miami
Architect - Manuel Perez-Vichot
Date of Completion - December/1984
VIZCAYA MUSEUM & GARDENS ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL - PHASE 3
Owner - Metro Dade County
Architect - Wolfberg, Alvarez & Taracido
Date of Completion - December/1984
LAW OFFICES OF DAVID F. ROEMER & PAMELA FLEISCHMANN
Owner - David F. Roemer & Pamela Fleischmann
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - April/1984
PAN AMERICAN FLIGHT ACADEMY - MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Pan-Am World Airways, Inc.
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - February/1983
DELI-PUB INTERNATIONAL - MIAMIINTERNA TIONAL AIRPORT
Owner - Dobbs Houses, Inc.
Architect - None
Date of Completion - December/1983
ROOFING HANGAR 6 AND REPAINTING HANGARS 6 & 7 AT MIA
Pan-Am Leasehold at Miami International Airport
Owner - Dade County Aviation Department
Architect - Howard Needles Tammen & Bergendoff
Date of Completion - October/1983
SOUTH FLORIDA CARPENTER'S DISTRICT COUNCIL OFFICE BUILDING
Owner - South Florida Carpenter's District Council
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - December/1983
PAN-AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL WASTE TREATMENT PLANT AT MIA
Owner - Pan Am World Airways
Architect - None
Date of Completion - March/1983
HANDBALL COURTS AT FLAMINGO PARK. MIAMI BEACH. FLORIDA
Owner - City of Miami Beach, Florida
Architect - Spolter, Frechtel & Associates, Inc.
Date of Completion - October/1983
MARRIOTT CORPORATION IN-FLIGHT KITCHEN AT MIA
Owner - Marriott Corporation
Architect - None
Date of Completion - October/1983
c ,-
,-
TOP OF THE PORT RESTAURANT AT MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
Top of the Port
Owner - AERO I
Architect - Kunde, Driver & Associates
Date of Completion - December/1982
ICE CREAM SHOP/BARBER SHOP/SNACK BAR AT MIA
Owner - Dobbs Houses, Inc.
Architect - Ferendino, Grafton, Spillis & Candela
Date of Completion - August/1982
PAN-AMERICAN IN-FLIGHT KITCHEN AT MIA
Owner - Pan American World Airways, Inc.
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - November/1982
ARGUELLO'S RESIDENCE
Owner - David Arguello
Architect - Roberto M. Tarafa
Date of Completion - January/1982
SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECl10N 2.87.1JJ(J)(a).
FLORIDA STATUTES. ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
for
whose business address is
and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is
(If the entity has no FEIN. include the Social Security Number of the individual $igning this sworn statement:
.)
~-
2. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defmed in Paragraph 287.133(1)"00, Florida Statutes. means a
violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the a-ansaction of
business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United
States. including. but not limited to. any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public
entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust.
fraud. theft. bribery. collusion. racketeering. conspiracy. or material misrepresentation.
3. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(b). Florida Statutes.
means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime. with or without an adjudication of guilt. in
any federal or state trial coun of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1.
1989. as a result of a jury verdict. nonjury trial. or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
-4. I understand that an "affiliate" as defmed in Paragraph 287.133(I)(a). Florida Statutes. means:
1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime; or
2. An entity under the cona-ol of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and .who
has been convicted of-a public entity crime. The term "aff1liate" includes those officers. directors, execuaves.
partners. shareholders, employees. members. and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The
ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person. or a pooling of
equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agre~ment. shall be
a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a . joint
venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36
months shall be considered an affiliate.
S. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(I)(e). Florida &tatutes. means any natural
person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter
mto a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let
by a public entity. or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term
"person" includes those officers. directors. executives. partners. shareholders. employees. members. and agents
who are active in management of an entity.
....
....
Based on information and belief. the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity
submitting this sworn statement. [Indicate which statement. applies.)
X: Neither the entity 'submitting this sworn statement, nor any of its officers. directors, executives. partners.
shareholders. employees. members, or agents who are active in the management of the en~ty. nor any affiliate of the
entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1. 1989.
c
_ The entity submitting this sworn statement. or one or more of its officers. directors. executives. partners.
shareholders. employees. members. or agents who are active in the management of the entity. or an affiliate of the
entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1. 1989.
.,
_ The entity submitting this sworn statement;. or -one or more of its officers; directors; executiva. partners,
shareholders. employees. members. or agents who a~ actiVe 10 the- management of the entity. or an affiliate of the
entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity ~.subsequent to July 1. 1989. However. there has
been . subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the state of Florida. Division of Administrative Hearings
- and the Final Order entered by the Hearing OffiCer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the
entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list. [Attach a copy of the rinal order.]
I UNDERSTAND mAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR 1HE
PUBLIC ENI1TY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH l(ONE) ABOVE IS FOR mAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND.
THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED.
- I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING
INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017. FLORIDA
STATIJTES FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TIiIS FORM.
Sworn to and subscribed before me. this
, /';
jh
day of
Notary Public - State of
\
Personally knowny
UI(. P,,-4t1eea ieleRt.ifi~2iMn
_ (Type of identification)
..~,,,,y '~to
My commission expires *Q *
u).~ ~<f"
(Printed typed or stamped 'Of"'"
commissioned name of notary public)
LUIS A TAAAFA
MyCu......I'I01lCC41-
ExpireS UCL zr. UN"
Bonded by HAl
<O^'" .r 1lf~<<
CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT made this 1 st day of April 19~ A.D. between the
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH, a Florida muni~ipal corporation, hereinafter called the City, which
term shall include its successors and assigns, party of the one part, and
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
8849 N.W. 117 STREET
HIALEAH GARDENS, FLORIDA 33018
hereinafter called the Contractor, which term shall include its heirs, successors and assigns, party
of the other part.
WITNESSETH that the said Contractor for the consideration and compensation herein agreed to
be paid and the said City in consideration of the construction of improvements to be done by said
Contractor and designated 42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE IMPROVEMENTS by said
City, do hereby mutually agree as follows:
I. This agreement shall extend to and be obligatory upon said City, its successors and assigns,
and upon said Contractor and it's heirs, successors and'assigns. Neither this agreement nor
any part thereof nor any part of the Work herein contemplated, shall be assigned or sublet,
nor shall any sums of money provided to be paid to said Contractor be assigned by said
Contractor to anyone without the consent of the City Commission of said City evidenced by
its resolution.
2. The foregoing pages of this booklet, including the Notice to Contractors, the Proposal, and
the Contract Documents and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and
Specifications as therein provided for, are hereby referred to and made a part of this
Agreement and the terms and conditions set forth therein, except when in direct conflict with
this written Contract, are as much a part hereof as if copied herein. If conflicts exist between
them and this written instrument, only that part of the matter in direct conflict herewith shall
not be construed to be a part hereof.
3. The Contractor shall commence work on or before 07 / 2 0 / 9 8 and shall construct and
complete in a good and workmanlike manner the materials hereinbefore referred to, strictly
in accord herewith on or before J AN . 1 8 , 20 0 Q
4. In such construction said Contractor shall furnish all implements, machinery, equipment,
transportation, tools, materials, supplies labor, and other things necessary to the execution
and completion of the Work, nothing being required of the City except that it may, at its
expense, supervise such construction and enter upon and inspect the same at all reasonable
times.
5. If any dispute arises between the City and said Contractor with reference to the meaning or
requirements of any part of this Contract and they cannot agree, the more stringent
requirements shall govern as determined by the City.
-
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
9
6. If the Contractor shall complete the construction herein contemplated in a good and
workmanlike manner within the time herein specified and in accord herewith, the said City
shall pay to the Contractor the contract sum in accordance with the Conditions of the
Contract. The City, by allowing Contractor to continue with said construction after the time
for its completion hereinbefore stated shall not deprive City of the right to exercise any
option in this Agreement contained nor shall it operate to alter any other term of this
Agreement.
7. The Contractor shall file with the Procurement Director of said City of Miami Beach a
Performance and Labor and Material Payment Bond, each in the amount of 100 percent of
Contract Amount, in the form as set forth herein or as otherwise approved by the City of
Miami Beach City Attorney and shall be executed by said Contractor and Surety Agent
authorized to do business in the State of Florida.
8. The Contractor shall file Insurance Certificates, as required, and they must be signed by a
Registered Insurance Agent licensed in the State of Florida and approved by the City of
Miami Beach Risk Manager.
9. All documents shall be executed satisfactorily to said City and until Bonds and Insurance
Certificates have been filed and approved, this Contract Agreement shall not be effective.
Time is of the essence in this agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the said City has caused this Agreement to be signed by the Mayor of
the City of Miami Beach, Florida and its corporate seal to be affixed, attested by the City Clerk of
the City of Miami Beach and the said Contractor has caused this Agreement to be signed it its name.
PRESIDENT
Title
BEACH
TARAFA CONSTRUCTION,~AL)
C ntractor
By
(Authorized Corporate
ROBERTO M. TARAFA
By
Mayor
APPROVED AS 10
FORM & lANGUAGE
& FOR EXECUTION
ATTEST:
~ 7/-W-
r
,...
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
10
PERFORMANCE BOND
(This bond meets and exceeds the requirements of Florida Statutes Section 255.05)
Bond No. 23SB 1011 76007
STATE OF FLORIDA)
ss
COUNTY OF ) Miami-Dade
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we. TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC. (305) 823-8500
as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and
e~~~~~~r~fG~~~Ig r~f3)5Ug9M.4073 as Surety, are firmly bound untlThtlt~f~:etMialfUo Hundred
Beach, Florida, as Obligee, hereinafter called the City, in the Penal sum of Forty Eight Thousand Four
Dollars ($ 3,248,452.00), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind Hundred
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly Fifty Two
by these presents.
WHEREAS, Contractor, on the ~day of April , 19 ~ entered into a certain
contract with the City, hereto attached, for BID NO. 7-97/98, Entitled 42ND STREET PARKING
GARAGE IMPROVEMENTS, which Contract is made a part hereof by reference thereto.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDmON OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if
the Contractor shall well and truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms,
conditions and agreements of said Contract, and all duly authorized modifications of said Contract
that may hereafter be made, notice of which modifications to the Surety being hereby waived, then
this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
WHENEVER the Principal shall be and is declared by the City to be in default under the
Contract, or whenever the Contract has been terminSlt...n by default of the Contractor, the City having
performed the City's obligations thereunder, the Surety shall:
-'.
- .
.':.:1.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
1.
Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or at the City's
sole option.
2.
Obtain a Bid or Bids for submission to the City for completing the Contract in
accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by the City and the
Surety of the lowest responsible Bidder, arrange for a Contract between such Bidder
and the City, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be
a default or a succession of defaults under the Contract or Contracts of completion
arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the
balance of the Contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages
for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first
paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract price" as used in this paragraph,
shall mean the total amount payable by the City to the Contractor under the Contract
and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by the City to the
contractor.
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
11
No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of any person or corporation
other than the City named herein or the successors or assignees thereof.
The Surety shall and does hereby agree to indemnify the City and hold it harmless of, from
and against any and all liability, loss, cost, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys fees,
engineering and architectural fees or other professional senices which the City may incur or which
may accrue or be imposed upon it by reason of any negligence, default, act and/or omission on the
part of the Contractor, any Subcontractor and Contractor's or Subcontractors agents, servants and/or
employees, in, about or on account of the Construction of the work and performance of said Contract
by the Contractor.
This Bond shall remain in full force and effect for such period or periods of time after the
date of acceptance of the project by the City as are provided for in the Contract Documents, and the
Contractor hereby guarantees to repair or replace for the said periods all work performed and
materials and equipment furnished, which were not performed or furnished according to the terms
of the Contract Documents. If no specific periods of warranty are stated in the Contract Documents
for any particular item of work, material or equipment, the Contractor hereby guarantees the same
for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance by the City of the entire
project.
Any suit on this bond must be instituted within such period or periods as may be provided
- by law.
-
-'
...
~
-
....
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
12
n'
-r-
"
L
-~
,i-,
~
,
...
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have caused this Bond to be executed by their
appropriate officials of the 13th day of July .19 98
WITNESS:
COUNTERSIGNED BY
RESIDENT FLORIDA
AGENT OF SURETY:
(0-0)( ///J,J 7// /i!az)
(Copy of Agent's current
License as issued by State
of Florida Insurance
Commissioner
Charles D. Nielson
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
PRINCIPAL:
(If sole Proprietor or partnership)
(Firm Name)
BY
Title: (Sole Proprietor or Partner)
PRINCIPAL (If Corporation)
Tarafa Construction, Inc.
(Co
BY
Rob
Attest:
(CORPORATE SEAL)
SURETY:
Travelers Casualty and Surety
Company of America
By: 10/J/1///)i)'Y1ugnz)
Attorney-in-fact
Charles D. Nielson
(power of Attorney must be attached)
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
13
CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL
UJI('15
. certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal
I,
in the foregoing bond; that Roberto M. Tarafa
who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal,
was then President of said Corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature
hereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said
~-
Seal
Corporation by authority of its governing body.'
STATE OF FLORIDA)
58
COUNTY OF
) Miami-Dade
~
Before me, a Notary Public, duly commissioned, qualified and acting, personally appeared
Charles D. Nielsol\ to me well known. who beinl! hy me first duly sworn upon oath, savs that
TraveLers casualty afia .
he is the Attorney-in-Fact, for the Surety Company of America and that he has been authorized by
them to execute the foregoing bond on behalf of the Contractor named
therein in favor of the City of Miami Beach, Florida
(Attach Power of Attorney
July , 19~A.D.
Notary Public
State of Florida- at-Large
My Commission Expires:. March 3, 1999
'"
<>"A'(' GLORIA MCCLURE
· <' My Comminion CC43I344
* Jij;Jf * Expires M.. 03. ll1l19
",,,~,,,,, BondedbyANB
""'~ OF f\O"'''' 800.852--5878
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
14
,....
F
FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF IN5URAtJCE
. DWlI.ES Ilo\V1D NIELlDI
Lie.' 589-16-3622
IS LICENSED TO TRANSACT THE
FOlLn'I/JNG CLASSES OF IIISUilANCE:
Gen. lines (Prq). & CIs. Ins.)
.a;'/2;ti/J. ?2;;~
~GN^TUHe.
TRAVELERS CASUALTY At,,'O SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA
TRA VELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY
Hartford. Connecticut 06183-9062
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS
Lisle, DUnois 60532
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT
IC'<OW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERs CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF
A)[ERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,
corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford,
County of Hanford, State of Connecticut. and TRAVELERS CASUALTY A..'iD SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS, a
corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois. and having its principal office in the City of Lisle, County of
DuPage. State of Illinois, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make,
constitute and appoint: D. Michael Stevens, Charles J. Nielson, Mary C. Aceves, Charles D. Nielson, Warren M. Alter, Brett
M. Rosenbaus, Melinda Rosenbaus or Ke\in Wojtowicz · ·
of :\1iami Lakes, FL, their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and
acknowledge. at any place within the United States, or. if the following line be filled in, within the area there designated
the foUo"ing instrument(s):
by hislher sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity. and other writings obligatory in the
nature of a bond. recognizance. or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto
and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers
of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and
confirmed.
This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are
now in fuU force and effect:
VOTED: That the Chainnan, the President, any Vice Chairman. any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any
Sewnd Vice President. the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer. the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact
and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give sucb appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe
to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds. recognizances. contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in
the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional Wldertaking. and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such
appointee and revoke the power gi ven him or her.
VOTED: That the Chainnan. the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President
may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company. provided that each such delegation is
in "'Titing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary.
VOTED: That any bond. recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond. recognizance. or conditional
Wldertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Companv when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chainnan. any Executive Vice President. any
Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Seconu Vice President, the Treasurer. any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or (b) duly executed (Wlder seal, if
required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or
by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following
Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPAt'lY OF
AMERICA. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, FAR1'\1INGTON CASUALTY COMPANY and
TR-\ VELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS. which Resolution is now in full force and effect:
VOTi:D: That the signature of each of the lollo"ing onicers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President. am Vice
PreslJent, an\' Assistant Vicc PreSident. :Ill\' SecretarY. an\' Assistant Secretary. and the seal of the Company may be at1ixed b\' t:1csinllk to al1\
power of attorney or to any certlticate rdati~g thereto app';inung Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorne\'s-Ill-Fact l'or
purpcses onh" Jf t:xccuting and atlcstmg bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature th~rcof. and any such power ,Jf .lttomc\
or ,:crllticah.: xanng such facsimIle slg.naturc or faCSnTIllc seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company ~UHj any such po\\;cr $0 c\:c::ulcd :mJ
certllied by such tucsumle sIgnature and tucsimtle seal shall be \'aiid and binding upon the Compam III the future \\Ith respect to :111\ ",md ,'C
undcr".:1i.:ing to "hieh It IS attached.
J'\ WITNESS WHEREOF. TRA \'ELERS CASljAL n ANll SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA. T\{A YELERS
CASliALTY AND SURETY COMPANY. FARJ\HNGTO!'i CASLALTY COMPANY :lIld TRAVELERS CASlIALTY AND
SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS ha\'c causcd tIllS m>uumcnt10 bc slf:ncd b\ lhw Seniur Vicl' President. and thcir corporatc
seals to be hereto affIxed this 23rd day of March. 1995
ST^TE OF CONNECTICLJT
: ss Hartford
COUNTY OF I-IAR-n'ORD
TR-WELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURl:TY COMPANY
FAR~fiNGTON CASUALTY COMPANY
TR<\ VEURS CASUALIT AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS
By
/CfJ~~
-
George W. Thompson
Senior Vice President
On this 23rd day of March, 1998 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn. did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF
AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY and
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS. the corporations described in and which executed the
above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate
seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of hislher office under the Standing
Resolutions thereof.
'f'<\ o.N...L
c.~
My commission expires June 3D, 2001 Notary Public
Marie C. Tetreault
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA,
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, stock corporations of
the State of Connecticut, and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS, stock corporation of the
State of Illinois, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in
full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the
Cenificate of Authority, are now in force.
Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company, in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this 13 th
July . 19 98 .
day of
L.
BY:'
RQse Gonsoulin
A;;sistant Secretary, Bond
.,.
-
- ~~
,t
~'
..;.
<7
-$
"
~
""
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
(SECTION 255.05, FLA. STAT.)
Bond No. 23SB 1011 76007
BY TInS BOND. We. TARAFA CONSTRUCTION, INC. (305) 823-8500, as Principal, and
Travelers Casualty and" ~urecy
compan~ of America as corporation.. as Surety. are bound to the City of Miami Beach.
(813) 90-4073 " . . . .
Florida, as obligee, herein called City, in the sum of$ 3,248.452.00 for the payment
of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and
severally.
THE CONDmON OF TInS BOND is that if Principal:
Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05 (1), Fla Stat, supplying
Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the
prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
Pays City all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings,
that the City sustains in enforcement of this bond.
Performs the guarantee of all labor and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified
in the contract, then this bond is void, otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract dOCmDents and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this
bond.
The provisions of Section 255.05, Fla. Stat, are specifically adopted by reference and made a part
hereof for the purposes specified therein.
The contract dated April 1, 1998 between the City and Principal is made a part of this Bond
by reference.
Claimants are advised that Section 255.05, Fla. Stat, contains notice and time limitation provisions
which must be strictly complied with.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
15
1N WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have caused this Bond to be executed by their
appropriate officials of the 13th day of July .19 98
WITNESS:
--
-"'!
~
...;..;
COUNTERSIGNED BY
RESIDENT FLORIDA
AGENT OF SURETY:
..
10///tl/fl: J. ;/l//d&2)
(Copy of Agent's current
License as issued by State
of Florida Insurance
Commissioner
Charles D. Nielson
-.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
PRINCIPAL:
(If sole Proprietor or partnership)
(Firm Name)
BY
Title: (Sole Proprietor or Partner)
PRINCIPAL (If Corporation)
Tarafa Construction, Inc.
Attest:
(CORPORATE SEAL)
SURETY:
Travelers Casualty and Surety
Company of America
B}': t.AL//tL!flJ '/7L/L//J/l)
Attorney-in-fact
Charles D. Nielson, Attorney-in-Fact
(power of Attorney must be attached)
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
16
CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORA.TE PRINCIPAL
I,
, certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal
in the foregoing bond; that Roberto M. Tarafa who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was
of said Corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature hereto is
then President
genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by
authority of its governing body.
.dltM
Corporate
Seal
STATE OF FLORIDA)
ss
COl11''TY OF
) Miami-Dade
Before me, a Notary Public, duly commissioned, qualified and acting, personally appeared
,-"
Charles D. Nielson to me well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath, says that
Travelers Casualty and Surety
he is the Attorney in Eact, for the Company of America and that he has been authorized by
...>
them
to execute the foregoing bond on behalf of the Contractor named
,...;.-:
therein in favor of the City of Miami Beach, Florida.
Subscribed and sworn
July
, 19~A.D.
(Attach Power of Attorney)
Notary Public
State of Florida- at-Large
My commission Expires: March 3. 1999
..
..
~~.^#(/. GLORIA MCCLURE
'" eo My Comminlon CC43I344
* 'JiiiJJ * El<pires Mar. 03. 111118
~~...", Bonded by ANa
""~'F fl'''- 800-852-51178
..
,-
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1197
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
17
/--
FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF IHSURAtJC;::
awus Do\VID NIB.DI
LIe-I 589-16-3622- -
IS UCE.'SED TO TRAlISAl:l THE
- FClLOWlNG ClASSES OF IWSlliIAIICE:
GIn. Lines (PrqJ. & CII~ Irs.)
TRAVELERS CASUALTY A......'O SURETY COMPMlfY OF AMERICA
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY
Hartford, Connecticut 06183-9062
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS
Lisle, Dlinois 60532
POWER OF ATTORNEY At'l(D CERTIFICATE OF' AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT
IOlOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF
A."IERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY At'l(D SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,
corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford.
County of Hartford. State of Connecticut and TRAVELERS CASUALTY At'iD SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS, a
corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois, and having its principal office in the City of Lisle. County of
DuPage. State of Illinois, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made. constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make,
constitute and appoint: D. Micbael Stevens, Cbarles J. Nielson, Mary C. Aceves, Cbarles D. Nielson, Warren M. Alter, Brett
M. Rosenbaus, Melinda Rosenbaus or Kevin Wojtowicz · ·
of :'tliami Lakes, FL, their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and
acknowledge. at any place within the United States. or, if the folJowing line be filled in, within the area there designated
the follO\\ing instrurnent(s):
by hislher sole signature and act, any and all bonds. recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the
nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto
and to bind tbe Companies, tbereby as fully and to tbe same extent as if tbe same were signed by tbe duly autborized officers
of the Companies, and all tbe acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and
confirmed.
This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are
now in full force and effect:
VOTED: That the Chairman. the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any
Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer. the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact
and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe
to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances. contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in
the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional Wldertaking. and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such
appointee and revoke the power given him or her.
VOTED: That the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President
may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is
in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary.
VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance. or conditional
Wldertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Companv when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman. any Executive Vice President, any
Senior Vice President or any Vice President. any Seconu Vice President, the Treasurer. any Assistant Treasurer. the Corporate Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary. or (b) duly executed (Wlder seal, if
required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or
by one or more Company officers pursuant to a ....Titten delegation of authority.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following
Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPAl'lY OF
AMERICA. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, FARt'\UNGTON CASUALTY COMPANY and
TRA VELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS. which Resolution is now in full force and effect:
VOT.:D: That the signature of each of the following ol1icers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President. am Vice
PreSident. anY' ASSistant Vice PreSident. any Secretar,., any ASSistant S~-cretary. and the seal of the Company may he atlixed bv t:1cslmtle to am'
powe: of attorney or to any certtlicate rclati;,g thereto app~inl1ng Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or i\ttomevs-lIl-Fact for
purpc:i~S onl\" ~lf ~xccuting and attesting honds and unJ~rt.:1kings and other \\Titings obligator.' in the nature thcn.:of. :lud any such power or .lttonh.::
~)r cC:11ticatc ~anng such tac$unlic sig.nature or !3csimllc seal shall be valid and binding upon thr.: C ompan\' ,-UlJ an\: :itu.:h po\\:cr :-i0 "::'\CGltCU JnJ
ccnulcd by $w.:h tacsimtlc signature and (acsimllc seal shall be vaiid and binding upon the Compan\ 1Il the: future \\'lth rt:spt:ct to JIl\ :)onJ ,_~r
unde:-.aking to which it is atL::1ched,
-
1'\ WITNESS WHEREOF. TRA\'ELERS CASCALT\ :\\1) SURETY nnIPA"" OF .:\MERICA. TRA\T.LERS
CASCAL TY AND SURETY COMPAI\'Y. FARJ\tI"'GTO'\ CASCAL TY COMP.:\\Y and TRA \'ELERS CASL\L TY ..\\f)
SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS have caused tillS Instrument 10 t>e SiP1Cj b\ thcl: Seniur Vice President. and tklr corpJrate
seals to be hereto affixed this 23 rd day of March. 1'.1%
STA IT OF CONNECTICl.rr
: ss Hartford
COUN!Y or HARTFORD
TR...\'ELERS CASUALTY Al'\D SURETY COl\lPANY OF AMERICA
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FARMINGTO\ CASUALTY COl\lPANY
TR...\'ELERS CASl"ALTY ..1..'\1> SURETY COl\lPANY OF ILLINOIS
By
/o~~
-
George W. Thompson
.. ! Senior Vice President
On this 23rd day of March. 1998 before me personally came GEORGE W. mOMPSO)ll.t<l me known, who, being by me duly
sworn. did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President ofTRA VELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF
AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY and
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF ILLINOIS. the corporations described in and whieh executed the
above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the s::als affixed to the said instrument are sueh corporate
seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of hislher office under the Standing
Resolutions thereof.
'f'<\~
e.~
My commission expires June 30, 2001 Notary Public
Marie C. Tetreault
CERTIFICATE
I. the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA,
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, stock corporations of
the State of Connecticut, and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AIm SURETY COMP~"'Y OF ILLINOIS, stock corporation of the
State of Illinois. DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in
full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore. that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the
Cenificate of Authority. are now in force.
Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company, in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this 13th
July , 19 98 .
day of
L
ey:_'
Rose Gonsoulin
Assistant Secretary, Bond
-
-
....
INSURANCE REOUIREMENTS
See Insurance Check List for applicability to this contract.
a. The contractor shall be responsible for his work and every part thereof, and for all materials, tools,
appliances and property of every description, used in connection with this particular project. He shall
specifically and distinctly assume, and does so assume, all risks of damage or injury to property or persons
used or employed on or in connection with the work and of all damage or injury to any person or property
wherever located, resulting from any action or operation under the contract or in connection with the work.
It is understood and agreed that at all times the contractor is acting as an independent contractor.
b. The contractor, at all times during the full duration of work under this contract, including extra work in
connection with this project shall meet the following requirements:
1.
Maintain Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance to meet the statutory
requirements of the State of Florida.
lI.
Maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance in amounts prescribed by the City (see
checklist for limits) to protect the contractor in the interest of the City against all risks of
injury to persons (including death) or damage to property wherever located resulting from
any action or operation under the contract or in connection with the work. This policy is to
provide coverage for premisesloperations, independent contractor, broad form property
damage, products/completed operations and contractual liability .
iii.
Maintain Automobile Liability Insurance including Property Damage covering all owned,
non-owned or hired automobiles and equipment used in connection with the work.
iv.
Maintain any additional coverages required by the Risk Manager as indicated on the
Insurance Check List.
--
v.
.Name the City of Miami Beach as an additional insured on all liability policies required by
this contract. When naming the City of Miami Beach as an additional insured onto your
policies, the insurance companies hereby agree and will endorse the policies to state that the
City will not be liable for the payment of any premiums or assessments.
.-
vi. No change or cancellation in insurance shall be made without thirty (30) days written notice
to the City of Miami Beach Risk Manager.
vii. All insurance policies shall be issued by companies authorized to do business under the laws
of the State of Florida and these companies must have a rating of at least B+: VI or better per
Best's Key Rating Guide, latest edition.
viii. Original signed Certificates of Insurance, evidencing such coverages and endorsements as
required herein, shall be filed with and approved by the City of Miami Beach Risk Manager
before work is started. The certificate must state Bid Number and Title. Upon expiration
of the required insurance, the contractor must submit updated certificates of insurance for
as long a period as any work is still in progress.
-
ix.
It is understood and agreed that all policies of insurance provided by the contractor are
primary coverage to any insurance or self-insurance the City of Miami Beach possesses that
may apply to a loss resulting from the work performed in this contract.
c. The liability insurance coverage shall extend to and include the following contractual indemnity and hold
hannless agreement:
,-
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
18
-
-'
"The contractor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City of Miami Beach, a municipal
corporation, its officers, agents, and employees from all claims for bodily injuries to the public in and up to
the amount of $1 ,000,000.00 for each occurrence and for all damages to the property of others in and up to the
amount of $1 ,000,000.00 for each occurrence per the insurance requirement under the specifications including
costs of investigation, all expenses of litigation, including reasonable attorney fees and the cost of appeals
arising out of any such claims or suits because of any and all acts of omission or commission of any by the
contractor, his agents, servants, or employees, or through the mere existence of the project under contract. BID
NO. 7-97/98, 42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE IMPROVEMENTS.
The foregoing indemnity agreement shall apply to any and all claims and suits other than claims and suits
arising out of the sole and exclusive negligence of the City of Miami Beach, its officers, agents, and employees,
as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
i.
The contractor will notify his insurance agent without delay of the existence of the Hold
Hannless Agreement contained within this contract, and furnish a copy of the Hold Hannless
Agreement to the insurance agent and carrier.
ii.
The contractor will obtain and maintain contractual liability insurance in adequate limits for
the sole purpose of protecting the City of Miami Beach under the Hold Hannless Agreement
from any and all claims arising out of this contractual operation.
d. All policies issued to cover the insurance requirements herein shall provide full coverage from the first
dollar of exposure. No deductibles will be allowed in any policies issued on this contract unless specific
safeguards have been established to assure an adequate fund for payment of deductibles by the insured
and approved by the City's Risk Manager.
.-
e. The contractor will secure and maintain policies of subcontractors. All policies shall be made available to
the City upon demand. Compliance by the contractor and all subcontractors with the foregoing
requirements as to carrying insurance and furnishing copies of the insurance policies shall not relieve the
contractor and all subcontractors of their liabilities and obligations under any Section or Provisions of this
contract. Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of the
subcontractor -and of persons employed by them as he is for acts and omissions of persons directly
employed by him.
-'
f. Insurance coverage required in these specifications shall be in force throughout the contract term. Should
any awardee fail to provide acceptable evidence of current insurance within seven days of receipt of written
notice at any time during the contract term, the City shall have the right to consider the contract breached
and justifying the termination thereof.
g. If bidder does not meet the insurance requirements of the specifications; alternate insurance coverage.
satisfactory to the Risk Manager, may be considered.
h. It is understood and agreed that the inclusion of more than one insured under these policies shall not restrict
the coverage provided by these policies for one insured hereunder with respect to a liability claim or suit
by another insured hereunder or an employee of such other insured and that with respect to claims against
any insured hereunder, other insureds hereunder shall be considered members of the public; but the
provisions of this Cross Liability clause shall apply only with respect to liability arising out of the
ownership, maintenance, use, occupancy or repair of such portions of the premises insured hereunder as
are not reserved for the exclusive use of occupancy of the insured against whom claim is made or suit is
filed.
,....
,....
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
19
.-
FROM :305 447 9478
305 447 9478
1.9ge.07-1.7
09:42
11668 P.02/03
- -......~.. '"'-TM
~a-... . II
l.I"",.1I! ~""""UUI'TI
.--. ...."'.r ""~CILII , IN~U'KANl;t: 07/13/1998
FAX (305)447-94ii.. ..--' THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
ONL.Y AND CONFERS NO RJGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
1.-..-.. ....-.----- ....<?~_'!1~A~I~~~FFO~~<;i.COy!~c;E_.____
CO"'PANV RELIANCE INSURANCE CO
I A
i COMPAN~-'---si.JMMn-ci:JNS(j[TING -rNC - --
I COM:A~'- --"--------- .--
C
Ext:
PRODUCER (305)445-3535
onun Insurance
365 Palermo Avenue
Coral Gables. FL 33134
Altn:
INSURE.ii--.-.------- .-----.
Tarafa Construc"ion, Inc.
8849 N W 117 St
Hialeah Gardens, FL 33016
I GARAGE UABIUlY I
i I ANYAUTO I
!I.----.-------j
. EXCESS UABlUTY
: UMBRElLA FORM I
i1 OTHeR TIiAN u..BReLLA FOAM 1
~ WORKeRS COMP&NSAl1OH AHD '1
' !!MPl.0YERS" UABlLIlY
B I THE PROPRIETOI'I II INCL I 0830- 20449
: ~~~~~~~ r- i I5XCL!
i OTHER I
!
I COMPANY
1 D
cQ~E~Gell( ,',1".I'fl" """., . ..";:-,, ; 1.1.' ..I.!,.,,;,: 'j !!.'i-'I',(, .';'j.,:., . :,', '1'1" '~i,': "'JI' 1". :0 I"J' . "!II't',I" ,'.,IIIII,L '[.II,I''-''.'JI L ,'1")1111"1", 'j,l~1 I' . ' "I'III"I,,!I['I" :'.!',I'I'."I'II: '1,,'1"1""> ",1'1
.;. .', .,1 ..1."......1.-1,.4.._.",,1.,.1...1.: ...;.,,1..1.:1... .......0.1.1""" ..._" _.1:.1.._._...11 ,1-.. .... 1...1 ,_,..,.I:~ ,I.,.......; .:I,.I".,_"."~Jli-"...;...JL:.....,...,.,.I.I_,k~......u",....,.I" .J.I"',~,,1. lIL__.J.I, ,11,h,_~.H:;1:J c.,."E..II<I~:.~,1. J .L..;...:I:. 1~1_"..:::I:J"t... ,u" ~ ...;...lJ 1..,--_,..1 .l11,. ,...J!.I.I.,_",L1~L,._ll
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POUCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDmON OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT W/Tl1 ReSPECT TO WHICH THIS
CErmr-'CATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY rHE POUCIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SLlBJECT TO ALL THe TERMS.
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POUCIES. UMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID ClAIMS.
&~ 1 . -~PE;":~~ANCE POUCY NUMBER---:-~~i=E 1~~il~:=~T U~TS
. GENERAL UABIUTY I I GENERAL AGGREGATI; S ____5.,QOO,.009_
. x I CO.....ERCIAL GENERAL LIASIUTY PRODlJCTSH:OuPIOP A~G ' S _1,000 . Q.oQ..
Ai~:::.I'=_J CUlI..S..ADe ~'OCCUR 6B 8609827 01/0111998 01/01/1999 l.!.f:RllO_~n.:I~Rv '_s__.J:.,.QpO!.QOO
!~ ow:~~S& co~cr~~s PROT j ! I--::~E=tl--' :---~=J6~~~~~_
I
I 01/01/1998 01/01/1999
I
i
f7 !~ Ir~
AUTOM06ILE LIABIlITY
~ ANY AUTO
I I AU OWNED AUTOS
A I-"~_I SCHEDULED AUTOS
X i HIRED AUTOS
!Xl NON-OWNED ~UTOS
i__~___ ______._
I
I
,
iQB
I
_______i5______
8609827
I COMBINED SING1.6 LIMIT
..,----'.,...-..
I BOotL Y INJURY
. [....'po<sonl
1-1IO~;~;~~~~~'
{Per 8COdenll
1------..
PROPERTY DA....GE
Is
1..o00,ilQO
,s
Is
01/01/1998
I AUTO ONL V - EA ACCIDEHT ; 5
1.-' .--------hlil'IW'-]T"'."II'lr-.:'i'T'
. OTl:'~~_!HA~Al!!:~ ON~!......I..~!.I.llL,.,i'h,."I.l,"',,!'!Jl:l,
I' EACH ACCrO. _ ENT! S
__",.u..__ ..",._".
I AGGREGATE'S
I EA~_~<:':l""E~~__. I~___
I~~----""""!'--.. --
I 's
, X ' A I' '11],'",'1'." ':.II'I.l )."..,
01/01/1999 lit~~::~~~.... L-~i"~'LI""C.!L~S~OOQQ
I!:::ols~ - POLlCy'~....;~._____.,_ 500090
, EL DISEASE - EA E"PLOVEE i 5 50DOOO
DESCRIPTION OF OPERAl1ONSlLOCATlONSNEHlCLESiSPECIAI. fTEMll
~E: BID NO. 7-97-98, 42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE IMPROVEMENTS
\DD:UIONAL INSURED: eTIY OF MIAMI BEACH ON ALL POLICIES LISTED
iEE ATTACHED FOR CONTRACTUAL INDEMNTIY AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT.
Cl:~!I~~C~~ HOLDE,R
._ ...._ _~~~.L~~~,~_.,___._......... :.,..,: ,.:...,.."._..Ji~.iX,;,: .....,.I_',.,...,'I~li,L.I..,..,;..l.lI~,.I..:::~I~.ILIi..IwJ:JI,l_..,illkl~,I:.,_~J:J
SHOULD ANY OF TIlE ABOVE DE$CRlIlED POUCIES BE CANCEL"ED BEFORE THE
EXI'tAATlON DATI! THEREOF. TIlE ISSUING COIKPANYVl/lLI. ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
...1L DAYS W~TTEN NOTICE TO TIlE Celmf1CATE HOI.llER NAMSO TO THE LUr.
BUT FAILURe TO "AIL SlJCli NOTICE SHAll. IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR UABIUTY
TIlE COMPANY. ITS S OR REPRESIDITAlTIVES.
Ciw of Miami Beach
ATTN.: BUILDING & ZONING DEPARTMENT
1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE
MIAMI BEACH , FL 33139
~li:.:l:){{[j"25~~'''Jir ':i~!"~T'iil!lr::."cl'i' ::Ci-"i"I]r:'::~",iil'!'i"--':I'.ll"~r":,' 'Tn7':I')'1'l'j'
.'".."... (!!....,Ii) ....1..1"..11,1,.. ,,1,1,I,I',.il1kJ, ,1.1.,1,1.,1.1,.
FRO~ :305447 9478
305 447 9478
1998.07-17
09.43 #668 P.03/03
'-
'",--,"
TARAF A CONSTRUCTION, INC.
POLICY #QB8609827
The foregoing indemnity agreement shall apply to any and all claims and sui.ts other than
claims and suits arising out of the sole and exclusive negligence of the City of Miami
Beach, its officers, agents, and employees, as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction.
I The contractor will notify his insurance agent without delay of the
existence of the Hold Harmless Agreement contained within this
contract, and furnish a copy of the Hold Harmless Agreement to the
insurance agent and carrier.
II The contractor will obtain imd maintain contractual liability insurance
in adequate limits for the sole purpose of protecting the City of Miami
Beach under the Hold Harmless Agreement from any and all claims
arising out of this contractual operation.
---
INSURANCE CHECK LIST
- .
xxx 1.
Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability per the Statutory limits of
the state of Florida.
-
xxx 2.
Comprehensive General Liability (occurrence form), limits of liability
$1,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury property damage to include
Premises/ Operations; Products and Completed Operations; Independent
Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage Endorsement and Contractual
Indemnity (Hold harmless endorsement exactly as written in "insurance
requirements" of specifications).
.-
xxx 3.
Automobile Liability - $100,000.00/$300,000.00 - $50,000.00 each
occurrence - owned/non-owned/hired automobiles included.
4.
Excess Liability - $1,000,000.00 per occurrence to follow the primary
coverages.
xxx 5.
The City must be named as and additional insured on the liability policies;
and it must be stated on the certificate.
6.
Other Insurance as indicated:
_ Builders Risk completed value
_ Liquor Liability
_ Fire Legal Liability
_ Protection and Indemnity
~ Employee Dishonesty Bond
Other
$
$
$
$
$
$
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
xxx 7.
Thirty (30) days written cancellation notice required.
xxx 8.
Best's guide rating B+:VI or better, latest edition.
xxx 9.
The certificate must state the bid number and title
BIDDER AND INSURANCE AGENT STATEMENT:
We understand the Insurance Require
. insuran~e may b~qui,red within five (
~(l4JFf} fWflq (r(/o
Bidder l
ents of these specifications and that evidence of this
, JtJ1i1i"
Signature 0 Bidder
-
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
20
...-
~~
DIVISION I
General Provisions
Section I
DEFINITION OF TERMS
1.1 DEFINITIONS: Whenever in the Specifications, Special Provisions, Proposals, Contract, or Contract Bond
the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows:
1.2 "Citv" - The City of Miami Beach, Florida, as represented by its Mayor and City Commission.
1.3 "Board" - The City Commission of the City of Miami Beach, Florida.
1.4 "Citv Clerk" - The City Clerk of the City of Miami Beach, Florida.
1.5 "Citv Mana2er" - Chief Administrator of the City Commission.
1.6 "En2ineer" - The City Engineer of the City of Miami Beach, Florida, or his authorized assistants.
1.7 "Insoector" - An authorized representative of the City Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspection
of the materials furnished and of the work performed by the Contractor.
1.8 "Bidder" - Any individual, firm or corporation submitting a Proposal for the work contemplated, acting
directly or through a duly authorized representative.
1.9 "Contractor" - The Party of the second part of the Contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom
a Contract has been made by the City.
1.10 "Suoerintendent" - Executive representative for the Contractor present on the work at all times during
progress, authorized to re<;:eive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer and capable of superintending the work
efficiently.
1.11 "Suretv" - The corporate body or individual which is bound by the Performance and Payment Bonds
with and for the Contractor, who is primarily liable, and which engages to be responsible for his acceptable performance
of the work for which contract has been made and for his payment of all debts pertaining thereto.
1.12 "Prooosal" - The approved prepared form on which the Bidder is to or has submitted his, their, or its
Proposal for the work contemplated.
--
1.13 "Prooosal Guarantv" - The security designated in the Proposal, to be furnished by the Bidder as a
guaranty of good faith to enter into a Contract with the City if the Contract is awarded to him.
1.14 "Plans" - The official approved plans, profile, typical cross-section, general cross-sections, working
drawings, and supplemental drawings, or exact reproductions thereof, which show the location, character, dimensions
and details of the work to be done, and which are to be considered as a part of the Contract supplementary to these
Specifications.
--
1.15 "Procurement Director" - The purchasing officer for the City of Miami Beach.
--
1.16 "Soecifications" - The directions, provisions and requirements contained herein, together with all written
agreements made or to be made, setting out or relating to the method and manner of performing the work, or to the
quantities and qualities of materials and labor to be furnished under the Contract.
--
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
21
,--
1.17 "Soecial Provisions" Specific clauses additional to these Standard Specifications, setting forth conditions
peculiar to the project under consideration. In case of any discrepancy between the Standard Specifications and the
Special Provisions, the Special Provisions are to govern.
1.18 "Suoolemental Al!reement" - A written agreement between the Contractor and the City Engineer,
covering alterations and unforeseen work incidental to the project.
1.19 "Contract" - The written agreement covering the performance of the work and the furnishing oflabor
and materials in the proposed construction. The contract shall include the "Proposal," "Plan," "Specifications," "Special
Provisions," Performance Bond," and "Labor and Material Bond" also any and all "Supplemental Agreements" required
to complete the work in a substantial and acceptable manner.
1.20 "Contract Bond" - Performance Bond - The security furnished by the Contractor and the Surety as a
guaranty that the Contractor will execute the work in accordance with the terms of the Contract.
1.21 "Pavment Bond" - The security furnished by the contractor and the surety as to guaranty that the
contractor will pay a claimant. A claimant is defmed as any person supplying the Principal with labor, material and
supplies, used directly or indirectly by the said Principal or any subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided
for in said Contract, and is further defmed in Section 255.05(I) of the Florida Statutes.
1.22 "The Work" - All the work specified or mentioned herein or indicated on the Plans or in the Proposal
as contemplated improvement.
1.23 "Ouestionnaire" - The approved form upon which the Contractor must furnish the information as to his
ability to perform the work, his experience in similar work, and his fmancial condition as related to his ability to finance
the work.
SECTION 2
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
2.1 Interoretation of Aooroximate Estimate - The Bidder's attention is called to the fact that the estimate
of quantities of all work to be done and materials to be furnished under the Specifications as shown on the Plans and
on the Proposal Form, is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the Contract
is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the fmal quantities shall remain in strict accordance with
estimated quantities, nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimate of quantities
or of the character, location of the work or other conditions pertaining thereto.
2.2 Examination of Plans. Soecifications. Soecial Provisions. and Site of Work - The Bidder is required
to examine carefully the site of, and the Proposal, Plans, Specifications, and Contract for the work contemplated, and
it will be assumed that the Bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the
character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of
these Specifications, Special Provisions, and Contract. It is mutually agreed that submission of a Proposal shall be
considered prima facie evidence that the Bidder has made examination.
--
2.3 Preoaration ofProDOsals - Proposals shall be submitted on the form provided. All blank specifications
for which quantities are shown must be filled in ink, in both words and figures with the unit price for the item for which
the proposal is made. The bidder shall also state the time in which he will complete the work bid upon, unless a certain
time is stipulated. If the proposal is made by an individual in his own proper person or under a trade or firm name, he
shall execute the same under his individual trade or flnn name, he shall execute the same under his individual signature
and his post office address shall be shown. If made by a copartnership the proposal shall be executed for the
copartnership, by setting out in full the names of the partners and the flnn name of the partnership, if any, and signed
by one or more of the partners, and the post office address of each of the partners shall be shown. If made by a
corporation, the proposal shall be executed by setting out the corporate name in full, followed by a statement that it is
incorporated and existing under the laws of a named state, and, if it is a foreign corporation, the fact that it is authorized
and permitted to transact business in this State, and signed by its President, or other authorized corporate officer, with
its corporate seal affixed and attested by its Secretary, and the address of its principal place of business shall be shown.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
22
.-
2.4 Reiection of Irrel!:Ular Pronosals - Proposals will be considered irregular and may be rejected if they
show serious omissions, alterations of form, additions not called for, conditions, unauthorized alternate bids, or
irregularities of any kind.
2.5 Guarantv to Accomnanv Pronosals - No Proposal will be considered unless accompanied by a "Proposal
Guaranty" of the character and amount indicated in the Notice to Contractors and the Proposal Form, made payable to
the City of Miami Beach, Florida.
2.6 Deliverv ofProDOsals - Each Proposal must be submitted in a sealed envelope which shall be marked so
as to indicate its content and name of Bidder clearly. If forwarded by mail the above mentioned envelope shall be
enclosed in another envelope addressed to the City Purchasing Agent, Miami Beach, Florida, preferably by registered
mail; if forwarded otherwise than by mail, it shall be delivered at the Office of the City Purchasing Agent. Proposals
will be received until the date and hour stated in the "Notice to Contractors."
2.7 Withdrawal ofProDOsals - No Proposal can be withdrawn after it is filed unless the Bidder makes his
request in writing to the Board prior to the time set for the opening of bids, or unless the Board fails to accept it within
ninety (90) days after the date fixed for opening bids. Withdrawal of proposals after bid opening will only be accepted
with the collection of Bid Surety by the City.
2.8 Onenin2 ofProDOsals - Proposals will be opened and read publicly at the time and place indicated in the
"Notice to Contractors." Bidders or their authorized agents are invited to be present.
2.9 DiSQualification of Bidders - Only one Proposal from an individual, firm, partnership, or corporation,
under the same or different names, will be considered. Should it appear to the Board that any bidder is interested in
more than one Proposal for the work contemplated all Proposals in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected.
The right is reserved to reject the proposal from a bidder who has not paid or satisfactorily settled all bills due for labor
and material on former contracts with the City or contracts with the same in force at the time ofreceiving bids.
2. I 0 Comnetencv of Bidders - Bidders must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon.
They shall furnish a statement covering experience on similar work, a list of machinery, plant, and other equipment
available for the proposed work, and shall Furnish statements of their fmancial resources as requested in the
Questionnaire. If the available evidence of competency of any bidder is not satisfactory to the Engineer, the proposal
of such Bidder may be rejected.
2.11 Material Guarantv - Before any Contract is awarded, the Bidder may be required to furnish a complete
statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any and all materials to be used in the work, together with
samples, which samples may be subjected to the tests provided for in these Specifications to determine their quality and
fitness for the work. Subsequent deliveries shall be equal in all respects to the samples submitted.
Section 3
A WARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
,-
3.1 Consideration of Bids - For the purpose of award, after the Proposals are opened and read, the correct
summation of the products of the approximate quantities shown in the Proposal, by the unit bid prices, will be
considered the bid. The amounts will then be compared and the results of such comparison will be available to the
public. Until the fmal award of the Contract, however, the right will be reserved to reject any or all Proposals and to
waive technical errors as may be deemed best for the interests of the City.
3.2 A ward of Contract - The award of the Contract, if it be awarded, will be the lowest responsible Bidder
whose Proposal shall comply with all the requirements necessary to render it formal. The award, if made, will be within
sixty (60) days after the opening of the Proposals, but in no case will an award be made until all necessary investigations
are made as to the responsibility of the Bidder to whom it is proposed to award the Contract.
.-
3.3 Return of ProDOsal Guaranties - All Proposal guaranties will be returned immediately following the
tabulation of Bids. except those of the three lowest Bidders. These guaranties will be returned within ten (10) days
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
23
--
following the award of Contract, except that of the successful Bidder, which will be returned after a satisfactory Bond
has been furnished and the Contract has been executed unless surety is forfeited because of bid withdrawal.
3.4 Contract Bond Reauired - The successful Bidder entering into a Contract for any portion of the work
will be required to give the City Surety in a sum equal to the amount of the Contract awarded. The form of the Bond
shall be as approved by the City, and the Surety shall be acceptable to the City, and executed on the form furnished.
In case of default on the part of the Contractor, actions for all expenses incident to ascertaining and collecting
losses under the bond, including both Engineering and Legal services, shall lie against the bond.
3.5 Execution of Contract and Pavment Bond - Within ten (10) days after the Contract has been awarded,
the successful Bidder shall sign the necessary agreements, entering into a Contract with the City, and return them to the
City Engineer. No proposal will be considered binding upon the City until the execution of this Contract.
3.6 Failure to Execute Contract - Failure to execute a Contract and file an acceptable Bond as provided herein
within ten (10) days from date of award shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the
Proposal Guaranty to the City, not as a penalty, but in liquidation of damages sustained. Award may then be made to
the next lowest responsible Bidder or the work may be re-advertised or may be constructed by day labor, as the City
may decide.
-
3.7 Evidence of Authoritv - Before a Contract is executed the Bidder will be required to furnish certified
copies of:
Excerpts from the By-Laws;
Excerpts from the Minutes or Resolutions of the Governing Body;
Power of Attorney appointments,
and/or other satisfactory evidence of the authority of all persons signing Contracts or Bonds to execute such documents,
and of the companies bound thereby to do business in the State of Florida.
--
Section 4
SCOPE OF THE WORK
,....
4.1 Intent of Plans and Snecifications - The intent is to prescribe a complete work of improvement which
the Contractor undertakes to do. The Contractor shall do all the work indicated in the Proposal and on the Plans, and
such additional, extra, and incidental work as may be necessary to complete the Work to the fmished lines, grades, cross-
sections, and dimensions indicated, in a substantial and acceptable manners, and when completed, shall remove all
surplus and discarded material and equipment and leave the site of the Work in a neat, acceptable and finished condition.
He shall furnish, unless otherwise provided in "Special Provisions," al implements, machinery, equipment,
transportation, tools, materials, supplies, labor, and other things necessary to the prosecution and completion of the
Work.
,-
He shall maintain the fmished Work until its formal acceptance by the City, as herein provided, and turn it over
to the City as a whole, complete, free from defects, and ready for use in full compliance with the Plans, these
Specifications, the Special Provisions, Proposal, and Contract.
4.2 Snecial Work - Proposed construction or requirements not covered by these Specifications will be covered
by "Special Provisions" and performed or complied with by the Contractor.
-
4.3 Alteration of Plans or of Character of Work - The right is reserved for the Engineer to make from time
to time such alterations in the Plans or in the character of the work as may be considered necessary or desirable to
complete fully and perfectly the proposed construction and such alterations shall not be considered as a waiver of any
conditions of the contract, nor to invalidate any of the provisions thereof. Should such alterations in the Plans result
in an increase or decrease of the quantity of work to be performed, and should added or eliminated work be of the same
character as that shown on the original plans, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the Contract Unit Price for
the actual quantities of the work done. Should an alteration be a change in the character of the work, an equitable sum
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
24
,....
to be agreed upon, in writing by the Contractor and the Engineer before such work is begun, shall be added to or
deducted from the Contract Price, as the case may be. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits.
4.4 Extra Work - The Contractor shall perform unforeseen work, for which there is no quantity and price
included in the Contract, whenever it is deemed necessary or desirable to complete fully the Work as contemplated, and
such extra work shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications and/or as directed; provided, however, that
before any "Extra Work" is started a "Supplemental Agreement shall be signed by both contracting parties, or a written
order from the Engineer to do the Work on a "Force Account" Basis given the Contractor.
4.5 Removal and DisDOsal of Structure and Obstructions - The Contractor will remove all obstructions that
may come in the way of the contemplated improvements, such as pavements, sidewalks, fences, buildings, trees, roots,
stumps, logs, old foundations or piling, and other obstructions encountered either above or below the surface of the
ground and dispose of them in such manner as the Engineer may direct.
All work prescribed and involved under this heading shall be considered as incidental to and included in the
unit price bid for the particular Work in which it is involved and no additional payment will be made therefore unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Special Provisions.
4.6 Ril!:hts in and Use of Materials Found on the Work - The Contractor, with the approval of the Engineer,
may use in the proposed construction such sand or other material suitable in the opinion of the Engineer, as may be
found in the excavation and will be paid for the excavation of such material at the corresponding contract unit price
therefore, but he shall replace at his own expense with other suitable material all of that portion of the material so
removed and used as was contemplated for use in embankments, back-fills, approaches, or otherwise. No charge for
materials so used will be made against the Contractor except the replacement herein provided for. The Contractor shall
not excavate or remove any material which is not within the excavation, as indicated, without written authorization from
the Engineer. Materials in old structures removed by the Contractor to allow the construction of new structures, and
not needed by the City" may be used by the Contractor during construction. Such materials are the property of the City
and shall not be cut or otherwise damaged during use or removal, and shall afterwards be disposed of by the Contractor
as directed by the Engineer.
Section 5
,.....
CONTROL OF THE WORK
5. t EDlnneer as Referee - To prevent all disputes and litigations, it is agreed by the parties hereto that the said
Engineer shall decide all questions, difficulties, and disputes, of whatever nature, which may arise relative to the
interpretation of the Plans, construction, prosecution and fulfillment of this Contract, and as to the character, quality,
amount, and value of any work done, and materials furnished, under or by reason of this Contract, and his estimates and
decisions upon all claims, questions, and disputes shall be fmal and conclusive upon the parties thereto.
5.2 Plans - The approved Plans will be supplemented by such working drawings as are necessary to adequately
control the Work. It is mutually agreed that all authorized alterations affecting the requirements and information given
on the approved plans shall be in writing. No changes shall be made of any plan or drawing after the same has been
approved by the Engineer, except by direction of the Engineer.
Working Drawings for any structure shall consist of such detailed plans as may be required for the prosecution
of the work and are not included in the Plans furnished by the Engineer. They shall include shop details, erection plans,
masonry layout diagrams and bending diagrams for reinforcing steel, approval of which by the Engineer must be
obtained before any work involving these plans shall be performed. Plans for cribs, cofferdams, falsework, centering,
and form work may also be required, and in such cases shall be likewise subject to approval unless approval be waived
by the Engineer.
--
--
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
25
-
-
..-
--
It is understood, however, that approval by the Engineer of the Contractor's working drawings does not relieve
the Contractor of any responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details, or of mutual agreement of dimensions and
details. It is mutually agreed that the Contractor shall be responsible for agreement and conformity of his working
drawings with the approved Plans and Specifications.
The Contract price shall include the cost of furnishing all working drawings and the Contractor will be allowed
no extra compensation for such drawings.
5.3 Conformity with Plans and Allowable Deviations - The fmished work in all cases shall conform with
lines, grades, cross-sections, and dimensions shown on the approved Plans; any such deviations from the approved Plans
and working drawings as may be required by the exigencies of construction will in all cases be determined by the
Engineer and authorized in writing.
5.4 Coordination of Plans. Suecifications. and Suecial Provisions - These Specifications, the Plans, Special
Provisions, and all supplementary documents are essential parts of the Contract and a requirement occurring in one is
as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be cooperative, to describe and provide for a complete Work.
In case of discrepancy, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions. Plans shall govern over Specifications,
Special Provisions shall govern over b<lth Specifications and Plans.
5.5 Cooueration of Contractor - The Contractor will be supplied with copies of the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions. The Contractor shall have available on the Work at all times, one copy each of said Plans and
Specifications and Special Provisions; he shall give the Work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress
thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer and with other contractors in every way possible. The Contractor shall
at all times have a competent English-speaking Superintendent, capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the
Plans and Specifications, as his agent on the Work, who shall receive instructions from the Engineer or his authorized
representatives. The Superintendent shall have full authority to execute the orders or directions of the Engineer without
delay and to promptly supply such materials, tools, plant, equipment, and labor as may be required. Such
Superintendent shall be furnished irrespective of the amount of work sublet.
5.6 Insuectors _ Inspectors employed by the Engineer shall be authorized to inspect all work done and
materials furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the Work and to the preparation or manufacture
of the materials to be used. An inspector may be stationed on the Work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of
the Work and the manner in"which it is being performed; also to report whenever it appears that the materials furnished
and work performed by the Contractor fail to fulfill the requirements of the Specifications and Contract, and to call to
the attention of the Contractor any such failure or other infringements. Such inspection, however, shall not relieve the
Contractor from any obligation to perform all the Work strictly in accordance with the requirements of the
Specifications. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the Inspector as to material furnished or the
manner of performing the Work, the Inspector shall have the authority to reject materials or suspend the Work until the
question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer. The Inspector shall perform such other duties as are
assigned to him. He shall not be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax, or release any requirements of these
Specifications, not to approve or accept any portion of work, nor to issue instructions contrary to the Plans and
Specifications. The Inspector shall in no case act as Foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor, nor interfere
with the management of the Work by the latter. Any advice which the Inspector may give the Contractor shall in no way
be construed as binding the Engineer in any way, nor releasing the Contractor from fulfillment of the terms of the
Contract. Ordinarily one Inspector will be employed by the City for each section of the Work under Contract; but if,
on account of any apparent disregard of these Specifications, additional Inspectors shall be required, they will be
employed by the City at the rate of$150.00 per diem each, and the cost of same charged to the Contractor and deducted
from the fmal payment.
5.7 Insuection - The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining
whether or not the work performed and materials used are in accordance with the requirements and intent of the
Specifications and Contract. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor shall at any time before fmal acceptance of the
Work remove or uncover such portions of the fmished Work as may be directed. After examination the Contractor shall
restore said portions of the Work to the standard required by the Specifications. Should the Work thus exposed or
examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts
removed, shall be paid for as "Extra Work," but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
26
-
uncovering or removing and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed, shall be at the
Contractor's expense. No work shall be done nor materials used without suitable supervision or inspection by the
Engineer or his representative. Failure to reject any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent later
rejection when such defect be discovered, or obligate the City to fmal acceptance.
5.8 Failure to Remove and Renew Defective Materials and Work - Should the Contractor fail or refuse
to remove and renew any defective materials used or work performed, or to make any necessary repairs in an acceptable
manner and in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications within the time indicated in writing, the
Engineer shall have the authority to cause the unacceptable or defective materials or work to be removed and renewed,
or such repairs as may be necessary, to be made at the Contractor's expense. Any expense incurred by the City in
making these removals, renewals or repairs, which the Contractor has failed or refused to make, shall be paid for out
of any monies due or which may become due the Contractor or may be charged against the "Contract Bond" deposited;
and continued failure or refusal on the part of the Contractor to make any or all necessary repairs promptly, fully, and
in an acceptable manner shall be sufficient cause for the Board, at its option, may purchase materials, tools, and
equipment and employ labor or may contract with any other individual, firm, or corporation to perform the Work. All
costs and expenses incurred thereby shall be charged against the defaulting Contractor and the amount thereof deducted
from any monies due or which may become due him, or shall be charged against the "Contract Bond" deposited. Any
work performed, as described in this paragraph, shall not relieve the Contractor in any way from his responsibility for
the work performed by him.
5.9 Final Insoection _ Whenever the Work provided and contemplated by the Contractor shall have been
satisfactorily completed and the fmal cleaning up performed, the Engineer shall within ten (10) days, unless otherwise
provided, make the fmal inspection.
Section 6
CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6.1 Source ofSunnlv and Quality of Materials - At the option of the Engineer the source of supply for each
of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples
of the character and quality described shall be submitted by the Contractor or producer for examination and tested in
accordance with the meth03s referred to under Samples and Tests, Paragraph 6.2. Only materials conforming to the
requirements of these Specifications and approved by the Engineer shall be used in the Work. All materials proposed
to be used may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after trial, it is found that sources
of supply which have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any sources proves
unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. No material
which after approval has in any way become unfit for use shall be used in the Work.
6.2 SamBles and Tests _ For the purpose of assisting his judgment the Engineer may require any or all
materials to be subject to test by means of samples or otherwise as he may determine. The Contractor shall afford such
facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not make use of or incorporate
in the Work any material represented by the samples until the tests have been made and the materials found in
accordance with the requirements of the Specifications and are acceptable. The Contractor in all cases shall furnish and
deliver the required samples without charge. Samples shall be furnished sufficiently in advance so that the results of
the required tests may be secured prior to the incorporation of the material in the Work.
The manner of collecting and testing samples, as well as all apparatus and equipment used for this purpose,
shall conform to the A.S.T.M. Current Standards or Tentative Standards, as the case may be, insofar as these are
applicable - unless specifically stated otherwise.
6.3 Storal!e of Materials _ Materials shall be stored so as to insure their preservation and quality and fitness
for the work, and shall be so located as to facilitate prompt inspection. Materials improperly stored may be rejected
without testing. + \N\\~A~ 1,
,.....
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
27
6.4 Defective Materials - All materials not confonning to the requirements of these Specifications shall be
considered as defective and all such materials, whether in place or not, shall be rejected and shall be removed
immediately from the site of the Work, unless otherwise pennitted by the Engineer. No rejected material, the defects
of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be used until approval has been given. Upon failure on the part of the
Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this article, the Engineer shall have
authority to remove and replace defective material and to deduct the cost of removal and replacement from any monies
due or to become due the Contractor.
Section 7
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSmILITY TO THE PUBLIC
7.1 Laws to be Observed - The Contractor must familiarize himself and comply with all Federal, State,
County, and City laws, ordinances, or regulations, and govern himself accordance with them. He shall indemnify and
hold harmless the City, the Architects and all of its officers agents, and servants against any claims or liability arising
from, or based on, the violation of any such laws, by-laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, or decrees, whether by
himself or his employees.
7.1.1
The requirement of Chapter 31A, Section 27-31 Prevailing Wage is a requirement of all
construction contracts that exceed $1,000,000.00.
7.1.2
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
Any person submitting a bid or proposal in response to this invitation must have on file with
the Procurement Division fonn PUR 7068, SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION
287.133 (3) (a), FLORIDA STATUTES ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES.
7.1.3
VENDOR APPLICATION
Prospective bidders should register with the City of Miami Beach Procurement Division; this
will facilitate their receipt of future notices of solicitations when they are issued. The
successful bidder(s) must register prior to award; failure to register will result in the rejection
of their bid. Potential bidders may contact the Procurement Division at (305) 673-7490 to
request an application.
Registration requires that a business entity complete a vendor application and submit an
annual administrative fee of$20.00. The following documents are required:
I. Vendor registration fonn
2. Commodity code listing
3. Articles of Incorporation - Copy of Certification page
4. Copy of Business or Occupational License
5. Notarized Florida Public Entity Crime Affidavit
It is the responsibility of the bidder to infonn the City concerning any changes, such as new
address, telephone number, or commodities.
7.2 Permits. Licenses. Occunational Licenses - The Contractor shall procure all pennits and licenses as
required, however, there will be no charge for the construction pennit. The Contractor shall also give all notices
necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the Work.
7.3 Patented Devices. Materials. and Processes - It is mutually understood and agreed that without exception
contract prices are to include all royalties and costs arising from patents, trademarks, and copyrights in any way involved
in the Work. It is the intent that whenever the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or
process covered by letters, patent or copyright, the right for such use shall be provided for by suitable legal agreement
with the patentee or owner. and a copy of this agreement shall be filed with the Engineer; however, whether or not such
agreement is made or filed as noted, the Contractor and the Surety in all cases shall indemnify and save harmless the
City from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material, or
process, to be perfonned under the Contract, and shall indemnify the said City for any costs, expenses, and damages
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1197
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
28
--
which it may be obliged to pay, by reason of any such infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after
completion of the Work.
7.4 Ri2ht of Wav - In cases where the Work is done on private property the City guarantees the Contractor
the right-of-way for the construction of the Work, but the Contractor must take all precautions not to inconvenience the
tenant or property owner any more than necessary. The right is reserved to omit any sections of the Work which depend
upon a right-of-way grant in case such right-of-way is denied the City.
The Contractor shall have no claims for damage due to delay by the City in furnishing necessary right-of-way,
but should any such delay occur the Contractor shall be entitled to such extension of time for the completion of his
Contract as may be determined by the City to be reasonable.
In case of damage to the work on account of work so done, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to make
the necessary repairs, and payment for such repairs will be made as provided under "Extra Work." Should the Contractor
refuse or neglect to make the said repairs within the time specified, the Engineer shall have the authority to cause such
repairs to be made, in which case the Contractor shall not be relieved in any way from his responsibility for the work
performed by him.
7.S Restoration of Surfaces Opened bv Permit - Any individual, fInD, or corporation wishing to make an
opening in the street must secure a permit from, and will be required to deposit security with, the Engineer, in a suitable
amount to cover the cost of making the necessary repairs, and the Contractor shall not allow any person or persons to
make an opening unless a duly authorized permit from the City is presented.
The right is reserved to lay in the street or to repair any sewer, drain, conduit, main, or service pipe or their
accessories at any time before the completion of the Work. The Contractor is to exercise such supervision thereof as
will protect him against defects in the fmished Work.
In case of damage to the work on account of work so done, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to make
the necessary repairs, and payment for such repairs will be made as provided under "Extra Work." Should the
Contractor refuse or neglect to make the said repairs within the time specified, the Engineer shall have the authority to
cause such repairs to be made, in which case the Contractor shall not be relieved in any way from his responsibility for
the work performed by him.
7.6 SanitarY Provisions - The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense, in a sanitary
condition. such accommodations for the use of his employees as is necessary to comply with the requirements and
regulations of State and County Boards of Health. He shall commit no public nuisance.
7.7 Public Convenience and Safety - The Contractor shall conduct the Work so as to insure the least
obstruction to traffic practicable, and shall provide for the convenience of the general public and of residents along and
adjacent to the Work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Materials and equipment stored upon the Work shall be
placed so as to cause as little obstruction to the public as possible and shall be lighted and barricaded as hereinafter
provided.
7.8 Closin2 Streets - Streets shall not be closed except when and where directed by the Engineer, and
whenever the street is not closed the Work must be so conducted that there shall at all times be a safe passageway for
traffic. Whenever it is necessary to divert traffic from any part of the Work the Contractor shall provide and maintain
a passable driveway as directed by the Engineer.
Suitable barricades, danger warnings, detour signs, etc., as hereinafter provided, shall be maintained by the
Contractor in all cases and the Engineers office and the Fire Department shall immediately be notified by telephone or
otherwise upon the closing and/or opening of each street or section thereof.
7.9 Barricades. Wamin2S. and Detour Sil!:ns - The Contractor shall provide, erect, and maintain, at his own
expense, barricades, danger warnings, and detour signs whenever they may be necessary. He shall place sufficient lights
on and/or near the Work and keep them burning from twilight to sunrise; shall erect suitable barricades, railings, fences,
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
29
--
and/or other protection about the Work; provide all watchmen by day or night and take aH other precautions that may
be necessary; shaH maintain proper guards and lights for the prevention of accidents upon materials, supplies, and
equipment, and take aH other precautions that may be necessary for the proper protection of the Work and public
convenience and safety.
Streets closed to traffic shaH be protected by effective barricades on which shaH be placed acceptable warning
signs. The Contractor shaH provide and maintain acceptable warning and detour signs at all closures, intersections, and
along the detour routes, directing the traffic around the closed portion or portions of the Work, so that the temporary
detour route or routes shaH be indicated clearly throughout its or their entire length.
7.10 Fire Hvdrants. Gutters. Etc. - Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the Work shaH be kept accessible to the
fire apparatus at aH times and no material or obstructions shaH be placed within ten (10) feet of any such hydrant.
Adjacent premises must be given access as far as practicable, and obstruction of sewer inlets, gutters, and ditches will
not be permitted.
7.11 Use of Exolosives - Unless otherwise expressly stipulated herein, the use of explosives is not
contemplated in the prosecution of this Contract, and in no case will their use be permitted without the written
permission of the City Engineer and a permit issued by the CiIief of the Fire Department.
--
Where such permission for the use of explosives is obtained the Contractor shaH use the utmost care so as not
to endanger life or property, and whenever directed the number and size of the charges shall be reduced. AH explosives
shaH be stored in a secure manner, and all such storage places shaH be marked clearly, "DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES,"
and shaH be in the care of competent watchmen.
7.12 Preservation ofProoertv - The Contractor shaH preserve from danger all property along the line of
Work, the removal or destruction of which is not called for by the Plans. This applies to public utilities, trees, lawns,
buildings, fences, bridges, pavements, and other structures, monuments, pipe, underground structures, etc., and wherever
such property is damaged due to the activities of the Contractor it shaH be immediately restored to its original condition
by the Contractor and at his own expense.
The Contractor shaH give due notice to any department or public service corporation controHing manholes,
valve jackets, meter boxes, street monuments, etc., prior to adjusting them to grade, and shaH be held strictly liable to
the City if any such appliances are covered up during the construction of the Work.
In such case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore any such property, or make good any damage
or injury thereto, the Engineer may, upon forty-eight hours' notice, proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such
property as may be deemed necessary and the cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due or which may become
due the Contractor under this Contract. Nothing in this clause shaH prevent the Contractor from receiving proper
compensation for the removal or replacement of any public or private property when same is made necessary by
alteration of grade or alignment, and such work is authorized by the Engineer, provided that such property has not been
damaged through fault of the Contractor, his employees, or agents.
7.13 Resoonsibilitv for Damal!e. Etc. - The Contractor shall indemnify and save hannless the City, the Board,
and aH of its officers, agents, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character, name, and description
brought for, or on account of, any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person, persons, or property by or
from the said Contractor, or by, or in consequence of, any neglect in safeguarding the Work, or through the use of
unacceptable materials in the construction of the improvement, or by, or on account of any act of omission, neglect, or
misconduct of the said Contractor, or by, or on account of, any claims or amounts recovered for any infringement of
patent, trademark, or copyright, or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's
Compensation Law" or any other laws, by-laws, ordinance, order or decree, and so much of the money due the said
Contractor under and by virtue of his Contract as shall be considered necessary by the Engineer may be retained for the
use of the City, or in case no money is due, his surety shaH be held until such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or
claims, for injuries or damages, as aforesaid, shaH have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the
Engineer.
--
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
30
The Contractor guarantees the payment of all just claims for materials, supplies, tools, labor, and other just
claims against him or any subcontractor in connection with this Contract and his bonds will not be released by fmal
acceptance and payment by the City unless all such claims are paid or released.
7.14 Contractor Resnonsibilitv for Work - Until acceptance of the Work by the Board it shall be under the
charge and care of the Contractor and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever arising from the execution or from the non
execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good, at his own expense, all injuries
or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above causes before its completion and acceptance
except such ordinary wear and tear as may be due to use on sections opened for service, as hereinafter provided.
7.15 Onenin2 of Section of Work for Service - Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any portion of
the Work is in acceptable condition for use it shall be opened for service as may be directed and such opening shall not
be held to be in any way an acceptance of the work or any part of it or as a waiver of any provisions of these
Specifications and Contract. Necessary repairs or renewals made on any section of the Work due to its being opened
for use under instructions from the Engineer, to defective materials or work, or to natural causes other than ordinary
wear and tear, pending completion and acceptance of the Work, shall be performed at the expense of the Contractor.
7.16 No Waiver of Lel!:al Ri2hts - The City reserves the right, should an error be discovered in the partial or
fmal estimates, or should conclusive proofs of defective work or materials used by or on the part of the Contractor be
discovered after the final payment has been made, to claim and recover by process of law such sums as may be sufficient
to correct the error or make good the defects in the work and materials.
7.17 Liabilities and Duties of Contractor Not Limited - The mention of any specific duty or liability upon
the Contractor in any part of the Specifications shall not be construed as a limitation or restriction upon general liability
or duty imposed upon the Contractor by the Specifications, said reference to any specific duty or liability being for
purposes of explanation only. No waiver of any breach of the Contract shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent
breach of any part thereof, nor of the Contract.
Section 8
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8.1 Sublettin2 or Assi2niDl~ Contracts - The Contractor will not be permitted to sublet, assign, sell, transfer,
or otherwise dispose of the Contract or any portion thereof, or of his right, title, or interest therein to any individual,
firm, or corporation without the written consent of the Board. In case such approval is given the Contractor must file
with the Engineer copies of all sub-Contracts. No sub-Contracts or transfer of Contract shall in any case release the
Contractor of his liability under this Contract and Bond.
8.2 Pro2ress of Work - It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall commence work not later than
the time limit for beginning as set forth in the attached Proposal, and shall provide an adequate force of labor and
equipment to prosecute the Work at as many different points as may be deemed necessary by the Engineer so as to
insure the completion of the same within the time limit for completion as set forth in the attached Proposal or Contract,
except that where the Contractor has more than one uncompleted Contract with the City, he is not to commence another
Contract nor place materials on the streets thereof without the consent of the Engineer.
8.3 Limitations of Operations - The work is to be confmed, at anyone time, to five squares, not to exceed
1,500 feet in length; and while the work is actually going on, as much as half this length may be barricaded to entirely
exclude traffic, but not over half; nor will two consecutive street intersections be allowed to be entirely closed to exclude
traffic except by written consent of the Engineer. Street traffic is not to be needlessly obstructed but no street is to be
opened to traffic until the Engineer gives his consent. The Contractor may erect or maintain along the lines of his work
such tool boxes, sheds, storehouses, or other buildings as may be necessary, provided such structures do not interfere
with the reasonable use of the streets or sidewalks. The size, location, and construction of these must be subject to the
approval of the Engineer.
~
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
31
The Contractor hereby agrees to arrange his work and dispose his materials so as not to interfere with the
operations of other contractors engaged upon adjacent work and to join his work to that of others in a proper manner
in accordance with the spirit of the Plans and Specifications, and to perfonn his work in the proper sequence in relation
to that of other Contractors, all as may be directed by the Engineer.
Each Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage done by him or his agents to the work perfonned
by another Contractor. Each Contractor shall so conduct his operations and maintain the Work in such condition that
adequate drainage shall be in effect at all times.
8.4 Character of Workmen and Eauioment - The Contractor shall employ such superintendents, foremen,
and workmen as are careful and competent. Whenever the Engineer shall detennine that any person employed by the
Contractor is, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or insubordinate such person shall, upon notice, be
discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on it except with written consent of the Engineer.
All workmen must have sufficient skill and experience to properly perfonn the work assigned them. All
workmen engaged on special work or skilled work, or in any trade, shall have had sufficient experience in such work
to properly and satisfactorily perfonn it and to operate the equipment involved, and shall make due and proper effort
to execute the Work in the manner prescribed in these Specifications. OtheIWise the Engineer may take action as above
prescribed.
Should the Contractor fail to remove such person or persons, or fail to furnish suitable or sufficient machinery,
equipment, or force for the proper prosecution of the Work, the Engineer may withhold all estimates which are or may
become due, or may suspend the Work until such orders are complied with. The equipment used on any portion of the
Work shall be such that no injury to the roadway, adjacent property, or other highways will result from its use; and no
item of machinery or equipment, after once being place on the Work, shall be removed without the consent of the
Engineer.
8.5 Temporarv Susoension of Work - The City or Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the Work
wholly or in part for such period or periods as may be deemed necessary due to unsuitable weather or such other
conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the Work, or for such time as is necessary due
to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perfonn any or all provisions of the Contract.
If it should become necessary to stop work for an indefmite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such
manner that they will not oostruct or impede the traveling public unnecessarily, nor become damaged in any way, and
he shall take every reasonable precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work perfonned; provide suitable
drainage of the roadway by opening ditches, shoulder drains, etc., and erect temporary structures where directed. The
Contractor shall not suspend the Work and shall not remove any equipment, tools, lumber, or other materials without
the written permission of the Engineer.
No allowance of any kind will be made for such suspension of work except an equivalent extension of time for
completion of the Contract.
8.6 Comoutation of Contract Time for Comoletion ofthe Work - Contractor shall perform fully, entirely,
and in accordance with these Specifications the Work contracted for within specified time stated in the attached
Proposal. In adjusting the contract time for the completion of the Work, the length oftime expressed in days, during
which the prosecution of the Work has been delayed in consequence of any suspension of work ordered by the Engineer,
or omission of the Board and not by any fault of the Contractor, shall be added to the contract time as set forth in the
attached Proposal, all of which shall be detennined by the Engineer, and whose detennination shall be binding and
conclusive upon both parties to the Contract. If the satisfactory execution and completion of the Contract shall require
work or material in greater value than set forth in the Contract, then the contract time shall be increased in the same ratio
as the additional value bears to the original value contracted for. No allowance shall be made for delay or suspension
of the prosecution of the Work due to fault or negligence of the Contractor.
No claim for damages shall be made or allowed on account of delay or postponement occasioned by the precedence of
other contracts which may be either let or executed before the execution of the Contract, or on account of the streets or
structures adjacent to the Work not being in the condition contemplated by the parties at the time of making the
Contract, or on account of delay in the removal of obstructions; but if the Contractor shall be delayed in the perfonnance
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
32
-
of his work by reason of the streets or structures adjacent to the Work not being in condition contemplated, or on
account of delay in the removal of obstructions, or by reason of the Work or any part thereof being suspended on
account of other contracts, or for any other reason, such allowance of time will be made as the Engineer shall deem
reasonable.
8.7 Failure to ComDlete the Work on Time - The Work to be done under this Contract is to be begun on or
before the date set forth in the attached Proposal, and shall be prosecuted with proper dispatch towards completion to
the satisfaction of the Engineer, and is to be fully completed within the time limit set forth in the attached Proposal, and
it is understood and agreed that the time limit for the completion of said Work is of the essence of the Contract, and
should the Contractor fail to complete the Work on or before the date specified it is agreed that for each calendar day
that any work shall remain uncompleted, after the time specified in the attached Proposal, with any extension of time
which may be allowed by the Engineer for the completion of the Work provided for in these Plans, Specifications, \
Special Provisions, and Contract, the sum per day given in the following schedule shall be deducted from the monies
due to the Contractor, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages and added expense for supervision on each Contract:. . , \
~) ~.\J'
Amount of Liquidated Damages and Estimated Cost of Supervision Per Dav~ ------- \ \{I ~
The Contractor shall take into account all contingent work which has to be done by other parties, arising from
any cause whatsoever, and shall not plead his want of knowledge of said contingent work as an excuse for delay in his
work or for its non- performance.
Nothing in this clause shall be construed as limiting the right of the Board to declare the Contract forfeited, to
take over the Work, or to claim damages for the failure of the Contractor to abide by each and every one of the terms
of this Contract as set forth and provided for in the General Provisions, Special Provisions, and Specifications herein
contained.
8.8 Annulment of Contract - If the Contractor fails to begin the Work under Contract within the time
specified, or fails to perform the Work with sufficient workmen and equipment or with sufficient materials to insure the
prompt completion of said Work, or shall perform the Work unsuitably, or shall neglect or refuse to remove materials
or perform anew such work as shall be rejected as defective and unsuitable, or shall discontinue the prosecution of the
Work, or if the Contractor shall become insolvent or be declared bankrupt, or commit any act of bankruptcy or
insolvency, or allow any fmaljudgement to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of forty eight (48) hours, or shall
make an assignment for the-benefit of creditors, or from any other cause whatsoever shall not carry on the Work in an
acceptable manner, the Engineer may give notice in writing to the Contractor and his Surety of such delay, neglect, or
default, specifying the same, and if the Contractor, within a period often (10) days after such notice shall not proceed
in accordance therewith, then the Board shall upon written certificate from the Engineer of the fact of such delay,
neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority, without
violating the Contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of said Contractor, to appropriate or use any
or all materials and equipment on the ground as may be suitable and acceptable and may enter into an agreement for
the completion of said Contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in its
opinion shall seem advisable for the completion of said Contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges
incurred by the Board, together with the costs of completing the Work under contract, shall be deducted from any
monies due or which may become due said Contractor. In case the expense so incurred by the Board shall be less than
the sum which would have been payable under the Contract if it had been completed by said Contractor, then the said
Contractor shall be entitled to receive the difference, and in case such expense shall exceed the sum which would have
been payable under the Contract, then the Contractor and the Surety shall be liable and shall pay to the City the amount
of said excess.
8.9 Termination of Contractor's Resoonsibilitv - This Contract will be considered complete when all work
has been completed, fmal inspection made, and the work accepted by the Board as hereinafter provided. The Contractor
will then be released from further obligation except as set forth in his bond, and except as provided in Article 7.16 of
these Specifications.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
33
-
Section 9
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9.1 Measurement of Ouantities - All work completed under this Contract shall be measured by the Engineer,
according to United States Standard Measures. All measurements shall be taken horizontal or vertical, except for paving
surfaces, which wiII be taken along the actual surface of the pavement. No allowance shall be made for surfaces laid
over a greater area than authorized or for material moved from outside of slope-stakes and lines shown on the Plans,
except where such work is done upon written instructions of the Engineer.
9.2 Scone of Payments - It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall receive and accept the prices
and rates, as herein specified, in full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, and tools, and for
performing all the Work contemplated and embraced in the attached Specifications and Proposal, also for all loss or
damage arising out of the nature of the Work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements or for any unforeseen
difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, until its final acceptance
as hereinafter provided for, and also for all risks of every description and all expenses incurred by or in consequence
of the suspension or discontinuance of the Work as herein provided for, or for any infringement of patent, trademark,
or copyright, and for the completion of the Work in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and Contract.
9.3 Payment and Comoensation for Altered Ouantities -When Alterations in Plans or quantities of work
not requiring Supplemental Agreements as hereinbefore provided for are ordered and performed, the Contractor shall
accept payment in full at the Contract unit price for the actual quantities of work done; no allowance wiII be made for
anticipated profits; increased or decreased work involving Supplemental Agreements shall be paid for as stipulated in
such agreement.
9.4 Force Account Work - All Extra Work done on a "Force Account" basis shall be performed by such labor,
teams, tools, and equipment as may be specified by the Engineer, and will be paid for in the following manner:
(a) For all labor, teams, and foremen in direct charge of the specified operations, the Contractor shall receive
the current local rate of wages, to be agreed upon in writing before starting such work, for every hour that said labor,
teams, and foremen are actually engaged in such work, to which shall be added an amount equal to 15 percent of the
sum thereof which shall be considered as full compensation for general supervision and the furnishing and repairing
of small tools and ordinary equipment used on the contract such as picks, hand shovels, plows, etc. In addition to the
above, the Contractor shall receive the actual cost for Social Security Taxes, Unemployment Insurance, and Workmen's
Compensation Insurance involved in such force account work, based on the actual wages paid the said labor and
foremen. No percentage will be added to the cost of such taxes or insurance.
(b) For all materials used the Contractor shall receive the actual cost of such materials, delivered at the site,
as shown by the original receipted bilIs, but no percentage shall be allowed on the cost of such materials.
(c) For any special equipment or machinery, such as power driven rollers, tractors, trucks, shovels, drills,
concrete mixers, pumps, and hoists, also industrial railway equipment, crushers, etc., required for the economical
performance of the work, the Engineer shall allow the Contractor a reasonable rental price to be agreed upon in writing
before such work is begun, for each and every hour that said special equipment is in use on the work, to which sum no
percentage shall be added.
The compensation as herein provided shall be received by the Contractor as payment in full for Extra Work
done on a force account basis.
.....
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
34
The Contractor's representative and the Inspector shall compare records of extra work done on a force account
basis at the end of each day. Copies of these records shal1 be made in duplicate upon a form provided for this purpose
by the Inspector and signed by both the Inspector and the Contractor's representative, one copy being forwarded,
respectively, to the Engineer of his authorized representative, and to the Contractor. AI1 claims for extra work done on
a force account basis shall be submitted as hereinbefore provided by the Contractor upon certified statements, to which
shall be attached original receipted bills covering the costs of and the freight charges and hauling on al1 materials used
in such work, and such statements shal1 be submitted to the Engineer on the current estimate of the month in which work
was actual1y done.
9.5 Omitted Items _ The City shal1 have the right to cancel the portions of the Contract relating to the
construction of any items therein by the payment to the Contractor of a fair and equitable amount covering al1 items
incurred prior to the date of cancel1ation or suspension of the work by order of the Engineer.
9.6 Partial Pavments _ If the Work progresses according to Contract, the Contractor will be paid monthly
ninety (90) percent of the value of the work completed, and materials furnished by the Contractor under these
Specifications, when such materials have been delivered, inspected, and payments satisfactorily vouched for to the
Engineer, provided the materials, in the judgment of the Engineer, are such as will probably be incorporated in the Work
within thirty (30) days; ten (10) per cent of the amount due being reserved until a fmal settlement after the completion
of the Work.
It is understood and agreed that the City may also deduct from any estimate, either partial or fmal, the amount
of any unsatisfied claim against the Contractor for labor, materials, teams, equipment and/or other things as elsewhere
provided herein.
Should any defective work or material be discovered previous to the fmal acceptance, or should a reasonable
doubt arise previous to the fmal acceptance as to the integrity of any part of the completed Work, the estimate and
payment for such defective or questioned work shal1 not be allowed until the defect has been remedied and causes for
doubt removed. The monthly payments shall be approximate only, and al1 partial estimates and payments shall be
subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the total amount of the retained percentage of the Contract
is greatly in excess of the uncompleted portion of the Contract the Engineer may allow the Contractor a portion of the
suspended payment, provided that the City shall at all times retain an amount sufficient to enable it to complete the
uncompleted work in the Contract and liquidate unsatisfied claims.
9.7 Acceotance and Final Pavment - Whenever the improvement provided for under this Contract shal1 have
been completely performed on the part of the Contractor, and all parts of the Work have been approved by the Engineer
according to the Contract, and all trash, debris, equipment, and other things used in the construction removed from the
site of the construction and from the adjoining land, the Engineer, after final inspection as provided herein, shal1 certify
such fact to the Board in writing, recommending the acceptance of the Work.
Upon acceptance of the Work by the Board, a Final Estimate showing the value of the Work will be prepared
by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements and computations can be made all prior certificates or estimates
upon which payments have been made being approximate only and subject to correction in the Final Estimate.
,-
The amount of the Final Estimate, less any sums that may have been deducted or retained under the provisions
of this Contract, will be paid to the Contractor within thirty(30) days after the Final Estimate has been approved by the
Board, provided that the Contractor has furnished to the Board a sworn affidavit to the effect that al1 bills are paid and
no suits are pending in connection with the Work done under this Contract. Upon this fmal payment the City is to be
released from al1liability whatever growing out of this Contract.
..-
--
.--
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
35
DIVISION 3
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 10
GENERAL
10.1 WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION: Before starting work the Contractor shaIl furnish satisfactory
evidence that he has complied with the Workmen's Compensation Act of the State of Florida, and any
amendments thereto, and all laws pertaining to the protection of his employees.
10.2 BONDS: Bid and Contract Bonds will be required. A cashier's check, treasurer's check, bank draft of any
National or State bank, or Bid Bond payable to the order of the City of Miami Beach executed by the bidder
in the amount of not less than five (5%) percent of the total bid shall accompany each proposal. The
Performance and Payment Bonds shaIl each be in the amount of one hundred (100%) percent of the
contract price, submitted by the successful bidder and placed through a Miami Beach agency where
practicable.
10.3 PROTECTION TO PUBLIC: The Contractor shaIl erect and maintain barricades and warning signs to
protect the public during the course of the work.
The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect the abutting properties and minimize the possibility
of damage to same. Contractor shaIl be liable for restoration of all property including City property.
10.4 LEGAL LIABILITY: All suits, actions, or claims of whatever nature which, may arise occasioned either
directly or indirectly by the work provided for under the Specifications herein, shall be assumed by the
Contractor and the City Commission and all its officers, agents, employees shaIl be indemnified and saved
hannless therefrom.
10.5 FAMILIARIZATION: The Contractor shaIl visit the site of proposed work in order to become familiar
with existing conditions at the site.
10.6 PERMITS: The permit for the work shall be obtained from the Building Division and will be issued
without charge-to the Contractor.
10.7 CONFLICT BETWEEN SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS: In case of conflict
between the requirements of Special Provisions and General Provisions, the requirements of the Special
Provisions will prevail.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
36
CITY HALL 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE MIAMI BEACH FLORIDA 33139
MIAMI
BEACH
.....
CITY OF
November 24, 1997
ecONOMIc DeVELOPMENT DIVISION
(305J sn-71113
HOUSING & COMMUNTY DEVELOPMENT DMSION
(305J sn-72IIO
PLAfrNNG, DESIGN &. HISTORIC PRESERVAl10N DIVISION
(305J sn-noo
DEVELOPMENT. DESIGN AND HISTORIC PR1:SERVAnON SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Procurement Department
City of Miami Beach
SUBJECT: Project Name:
Project Location:
Wage Decision(s):
42nd Street Parking Garage - Parking System Improvements
Miami Beach, Dade County, FL, 33141
FL970001 Modification Number 9
Enclosed is the modified wage decision applicable to the subject project. It must be incorporated into
the contract documents and displayed at the job site.
Weekly payroll reports (WH347 or equivalent) are required to be submitted by the contractor and
subcontractors through the contractor certifying that aU laborers and mechanics engaged in the
construction of the project, including those employed by subcontractors, have been paid no less
than the minimum wage rates as listed on the enclosed wage decision.
Immediate inclusion of this wage decision into your executed contract will prevent the need
to include future modifications in the applicable wage decision and therefore, possible
change orders. Contact this office to verify that this wage decision is current prior to its
use. Modifications will not be automatically transmitted to you.
If you have any questions regarding these wage decisions or any other matters related to
Prevailing Wages, contact me at extension 6471.
?f&ok
John Quade,
Contracts Compliance Officer
Economic & Community Development Division
City of Miami Beach
~ I{-"<(-"I'}-
Re e ed by John Quade
....
--
WAGE DECISION# FL970001
FOR: 42nd Street Parking Garage-Parking System Improvements
-.
Publication Date: 11/14/97
State: FLORIDA
County: DADE
Construction Type: BUILDING
(does not include single family home &
apartments up to & including (4) stories)
Basic
Rate
$20.00
$16.70
$14.60
ASBESTOS WORKERS/HEA T & FROST INSULA TORS
BRICKLA YERSIBLOCKLA YERSIPLASTERERS
CARPENTERS (including lath work, drywall
framing & hanging)
CEMENT MASONS/CONCRETE FINISHERS
DRYWALL FINISHERS
ELECTRICIANS:
Contracts less than $2,000,000
Contracts over $2,000,000
ELEVATOR MECHANICS:
Constructors
GLAZIERS
INSULA TORS (Batt)
IRONWORKERS:
Reinforcing
Structural
LABORERS:
Unskilled
Pipelayers
MILLWRIGHTS
PAINTERS, BRUSH (excluding Drywall
Finishing & Paperhanging)
PAPERHANGERS
PIPEFITTERS (including HVAC)
PLUMBERS
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERA TORS:
Crane
Bulldozer
Backhoe
Oiler
Loader
Roller.
ROOFERS
SPRINKLER FITTERS
SHEET METAL WORKERS (Including HVAC duct work)
TILE SETTERS
TRUCK DRIVERS
1 $12.72 I
r $11.96 I
Fringe
Benefits
$3.71
$3.20
$2.45
Total
\~J$23~'1t1\
"fk\$19J}0
,t''I;?$11;05
Mod # 8
I \i~$12."l2',
1'~$W9&'
$18.05 $3.10+8% l'U$Zo2i&,~:
$20.50 $3.10+8% 1\:t};:~:24i
$21.74
$13.24
$11.48
I $12.67 I
I $12.04
$7.29
$9.10
$18.14
$10.37
$12.25
$20.10
$14.67
$19.20
$10.82
$12.86
$14.45
$11.04
$8.09
$10.58
$20.75
$18.13
$14.35
$7.26
6.41+a ,,$28rt5.ta;f
$2.06 ,,\"'~5;3()!i
i1j:'i$11!4lt
$0.62 hJ:\,!!$13:29\
$1. 79 1t:~;$.13;83'~
;:,jj"~"$1,;29{\
"~!€l~;:fQc'
$4.27 If~f'n2."41i'
';fi;~d10~
$2.17 ":(4~~
$5.90'iil'#ln~;
$3.55 :t'lif:;$1~';
$3.00 \l~l~tlt
$2.05 ~
-:
$3.00 ~.". .... .......,:.
..~
$1.02 :~.'.'. ~.''!!lIJ
~~
$5.90 ~.
$5.3111~~"~
$3.20 i\i'.~
$1.29 ~.~{1$8$~
.
WELDERS _ Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
Footnote 'a' (for elevator constructors)
Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Fri-
day after Thanksgiving, & Christmas Day. Employer contributes 8% basic hourly rate for 5 years or more
of seNice or 6% basic hourly rate for 6 months to 5 years of service as Vacation Pay Credit.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be
added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses ( 29 CFR Part 5.5 (a) (1) (v) ).
...
CITY HALL 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE MIAMI BEACH FLORIDA 33139
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
INVITATION TO BID NO. 7-97/98 (AMENDED)
AMEND NT NO 3 P~OCUREMENT DIVISION
ME . 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE
January 8, 1998 MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA 33139
TELEPHONE: (3051 673-7490
SUNCOM: (305) 933-7490
FAX: {3051 673-7B51
City of Miami Beach Invitation To Bid No. 7-97/98 for 42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE
IMPROVEMENTS is amended as follows:
CLARIFY: Bidders shall submit bids on Pages 2,3, 4B and 5 of the Bid Package. There is no
P-l,2,3 and 4. (Please review all Amendments!) Disregard the word
Addendum/Addendum # and date.
REPLACE: Page 4A with Page 4B. (Elevator Repair Work & Contingency Fee of $200,000.00)
OUESTIONS & ANSWERS:
Q: Define the limits of slab-on-grade removals that will be required to accommodate all new
work.
A: The limit of the S. O. G. removal is what is required to complete the work shown on contract
drawings.
Q: Could the City or Engineer supply prospective bidders with an estimated quantity ofrebar
replacement, or could a separate line item be added to the bid?
A: Engineer cannot give estimate on quantity since the reinforcing is not all exposed. Contractor
shall assume replacing 70% of steel.
Q: Existing brackets on panels have six bolts securing them in place; the specifications call for
only four bolts. Please supply proper quantity and/or bracket design.
A: Detail Q/S-I9 is the repair to be used for the panel which shows eight (8) bolts per panel (4
top and 4 bottom) - six (6) bolts per slab (3 top and 3 bottom).
Q: Detail "Q" on S I 9 calls for bolts to meet A325 standards. Plans call for stainless steel. Bolts
cannot be provided in stainless steel and meet A325. Please clarify what type of bolts are to
be used.
A: Detail Q/S-I9 should read 5/8" dia. A407 bolts.
Bid No. 7-97/98
Amendment #3
January 8. 1998
Q: Sheet S# shows through slab repair quantities at 539 square feet plus 539 square feet. When
scaled off the plans, quantity figures at 240 square feet plus 240 square feet. Please verifY
if scale is correct, or quantities listed are correct. (column line 2-8D)
A: Quantities shown on Drawings govern.
Q: Item 20 adds the statement, "Color to be selected by the Engineer". Please verifY that a color
other than standard grey will be required for the Waterproof Membrane Deck Coating.
A: Color will be Gray.
Q Specifications state that Gutters and Downspouts shall be installed as part of the roof
system. The blueprints do not show downspouts, details, sections or terminations of the
roofing areas. Since there are no roof sections or details, will there be any coping,
and which type of flashing installation and nailers will be required?
A: Contractor's to provide aluminum edge coping around the EPDM roof system at the
perimeter of the stair tower roofs. At low edge of the roof provide an aluminum gutter with
two (2) downspouts. Splash blocks shall be installed on the rooflevel of the Garage below
the downspouts. Provide insulation needed to provide a positive pitch for the drainage of rain
water.
Q: Is there an existing roof system in the areas that are to receive new roofing? If so, will it be
necessary to remove the existing system? Please specifY what the existing roofing condition
is. For example, edge conditions, direction of roof slope, and is the structure sloped or will
tapered insulation be required?
A: No existing roof system exists.
Q: Item 23 indicates that the application of a concrete surface sealer is to be applied to the roof
level at all the stair towers. This is in conflict with the specifications which indicates that a
roofing system is to be installed in these areas.
A: Concrete surface sealer is to be applied to the roof parking level, not the stair tower roof
which will recieve the roofing system described in the specifications.
Q: Questions pertaining to the door flood barrier specification section 08316 and detail A on
sheet SlO of the bid documents.
A: Flood Barner. There are only two (2) required. They are at the office 6'.8" opening and 3-9
opemng.
PROPOSAL PAGE 3 OF 5
d) Manproofing & Rolling Grilles $
e) Interior and Exterior Painting $
f) Concrete Repairs including Through
Slab Repairs $
g) Expansion Joint Sealant Work $
h) Deck Coating & Seal Coat Work $
i) Elevator Repair Work $
j) Contingency Fee $ 200.000.00
TOTAL OF ITEMS La to 1.j $
2. MISCELLANEOUS WORK ITEMS $
3. SPECIAL AND GENERAL CONDITIONS $
4. SALES TAX $
"TOTAL ITEMS 1. TO 4. $
" NOTE: Sum must equal Base Bid Total
Minimum Wa~es: In accordance with City of Miami Beach Ordinance 94-2960, which
amended Article II, entitled "Construction Contracts - Minimum Wages
and Benefits" of Miami Beach City Code Chapter 31A, entitled
"Purchasing", Section 31A-27, the following will apply:
"...In all construction contracts in excess of $1,000,000 to which the City
is a party, the rate of wages and fringe benefit payments shall not be less
than the prevailing rate of wages and benefits for similar skills in a
classification of work as established by the Federal Register..."
The current prevailing wage rate and fringe benefit payments as published
by the U. S. Department of Labor in the Federal Register are included in
the bid specifications.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
4 (B)
Bid No 7-97/98
Amendment #3
January 8. 1998
DRAWING REVISIONS
Drawing #
Drawing E-5
Drawing E-6
Drawing S-19 of 20.
Drawing 8-20 of20.
Drawing S-lO of20.
Item Description
Add lightning protection air terminals to each roo flight pole. Bond
each pole to the lightning protection system already specified.
Include all materials and labor to properly install a complete system.
Fixture type "E" is Holphane Model WP-IA070MH27-GR
Section Q/S-19 should read use 3-5/8" A-41O, Stainless steel
threaded rods with 6" embedded in lieu 00 - ? of A-325.
A.
Detail - Gap between parapet and columns should read:
Detail B/S-20
B. Detail at Low Columns should read: Detail Cl8-20.
C. Detail - Wheel Stop should read: Detail E/S-20.
Door Schedule- Mark #5 size should read: (3"-4' X 6' -8)
The bidder must acknowledge receipt of this addendum, as well as receipt of all addenda, on the
proposal page.
All other terms and conditions ofInvitation to Bid No. 7-97/98 remain unchanged at this time.
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
r2/ -< a.
~~~~F~rd
Purchasing Agent
Je
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
CITY HALL 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE MIAMI BEACH FLORIDA 33139
PROCUREMENT DIVISION
1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA 33139
TELEPHONE: (305) 673-7490
SUNCOM: (3051 933-7490
FAX: 1305) 673-7851
INVITATION TO BID NO. 7-97/98 (AMENDED)
AMENDMENT NO.2
December 31, 1997
City of Miami Beach Invitation To Bid No. 7-97/98 for 42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE
IMPROVEMENTS is amended as follows:
CHANGE: Bid Opening Date from January 6, 1998 @ 2:00 P.M, to January 13, 1998
@ 2:00 P.M.
The bidder must acknowledge receipt of this addendum, as well as receipt of all addenda, on the
proposal page.
All other terms and conditions ofInvitation to Bid No. 7-97/98 remain unchanged at this time.
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
~ /J), ckJ--
U ~~_~~~_~~ Ford
Purchasing Agent
Je
CITY HALL 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE MIAMI BEACH FLORIDA 33139
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
INVITATION TO BID NO. 7-97/98 (AMENDED)
PROCUREMENT DIVISION
AMENDMENT NO.1 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE
December 23,1997 MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA 33139
TELEPHONE: (305) 673-7490
SUNCOM: 1305) 933-7490
FAX: (305) 673-7851
City of Miami Beach Invitation To Bid No. 7-97/98 for 42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE
IMPROVEMENTS is amended as follows:
CHANGE: Bid Opening Date from December 30, 1997, to January 6, 1998 @ 2:00 P.M.
ADD: "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REVISIONS"
(Pgs. 1-10, dated November 17, 1997.)
ADD: "SECTION 07600" TITLED "FLASHING AND SHEET METAL"
( Pgs. 07600-1 - 07600-5)
ADD: SECTION "PLl" (PLUMBING) DRAWINGS & SECTION "S10 - SI2".
(Drawings are available at the City of Miami Beach Procurement Division)
ADD: "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REVISIONS"
(2 Pages, dated December 22, 1997 & Pgs 09910-1 & 09910-2.)
REPLACE: PAGE 4, TITLED" PROPOSAL PAGE 3 OF 5", WITH PAGE 4A.
("ELEVATOR REPAIR WORK")
ADD:
CURRENT WAGE DECISION #FL970001MODIFICATION NUMBER 10,
DATED 12/12/97.
The bidder must acknowledge receipt of this addendum, as well as receipt ofall addenda, on the
proposal page.
All other terms and conditions ofInvitation to Bid No. 7-97/98 remain unchanged at this time.
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
A'~ In.~j
UJudith M. Ford
Purchasing Agent
Je
PROJECT NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE
MIAMI BEACH PARKING SYSTEM
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
ADDENDUM NO. 1
November 17, 1997
A) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REVISIONS
Item #
Section #
Item Description
1
Proposal
Proposal Form consisting of Pages
P-1, P-2, P-3 and P-4 is hereby re-
issued and replaces the version
previously used.
2
Special
Conditions
Page SC-2, Number 11. (first sentence)
is revised to read:
"11. Paint the exterior concrete
spandrel panels and all
surfaces of the concrete
stair jelevator towers and
existing metal railings and all
existing vertical wall panels
(inside and outside)."
3
Special
Conditions
Page SC-3, Paragraph 4. Coordination
of Work, is revised to read:
"4. Coordination
The performance of this work is
to be coordinated with the City
of Miami Beach Parking
Department, Attention: Ms.
Jacqueline Gonzales, Director,
Telephone (305) 673-7505 to
assure that access to the
appropriate work areas is
provided to the Contractor."
4
Special
Conditions
Page SC-4,
Performance
to read:
Paragraph 7. Time of
( first sentence) is revised
"7. Time of Performance
The time of performance for the
work is established at 547
consecutive calendar days
calculated from ten (10) days
after the issuance of the
notice to proceed by the Owner
5
Special
Conditions
6
Section 01068
Definitions and
Standards
7
Section 03300
Concrete
8
Section 03300
Concrete
- 2 -
until the
Certificate
Completion."
date of the
of Substantial
Page SC-5, Paragraph 14. Definition
becomes 15, and 14 is revised to read:
"14. Supplemental Floor Drains
The Contractor shall include in
the Base Bid, the cost of
furnishing and installing ten
(10) six inch floor drains and
300 L.ft. of 4" PVC Schedule 40
piping connected to the storm
water drainage as directed by
the Engineer."
Page 01068-2,
read:
15.
is revised to
"15. Testing Laboratory: An
independent entity engaged for
the project to provide material
testing reports and similar
services~n
Page 03300-4, E., is revised to read:
"E. General concrete testing will
consist of 1 set of 3 cylinders
for each day's casting or
every 15 cu. yds. whichever is
the lesser, plus slump tests,
entrained air tests, etc. as
determined by the Engineer."
Page 03300-8, J.
Admixtures, becomes K.
revised to read:
Prohibited
and J. is
"J. Polvpropolene Fibers:
Fibers shall be 100% virgin
polypropolene fillibrated
fibers as manufactured by
Fibermesh Company, 4019
Industry Drive, Chattanooga,
Tennessee 37416 or approved
equal. Fibers shall comply
with the following:
01. May not contain reprocessed
olefin materials.
9
Section 03300
Concrete
10
Section 03300
Concrete
11
Section 03300
Concrete
12
Section 03300
Concrete
13
Section 03300
Concrete
14
Section 03300
Concrete
15
Section 03310
Concrete Rein-
forcement and
Form Work
02. Specifically manufactured to an
optimum gradation utilizing 25
individual fiber designs for
use as secondary concrete
reinforcement.
03. Fibers are for the control of
cracking due to drying
shr inkage and thermal change,
increased impact capacity,
shatter and abrasion resistance
and added toughness."
Page 03300-8, since Item No.9 revised
K. to Prohibited Admixtures revise K.
Certification to read:
"L. Certification"
Page 03300-9, I. Slump becomes J. and
I. is revised to read:
"I.
All concrete used
project shall
Polypropolene Fibers
Design Mix."
on this
include
in the
Page 03300-9, since Item No. 11 revised
J., revise J. to K., K. to L., L. to
M. and on Page 03300-10 M. to N.
Page 03300-17, after (c) insert (d) to
read:
"(d) All concrete placed on the roof
level shall be water cured as
described above."
Page 03300-18, delete H., 01 thru 06.
Page 03300-18, since Item #14 deleted
paragraph H., revise I. to H., J. to
1. and K. to J.
Page 03310-2, 2.02 Materials, A. is
revised to read:
"A. 8ar Reinforcement Shall be
newly manufactured rolled
Billet Steel manufactured in
the United States of America
conforming to the following:"
- 3 -
16
Section 03600
Epoxy Injection
Repairs To
Concrete
17
Section 03600
Epoxy Injection
Repairs To
Concrete
18
Section 03600
Epoxy Injection
Repairs to
Concrete
19
Section 07100
waterproof
Membrane Deck
Coating
20
Section 07100
Waterproof
Membrane Deck
Coating
21
Section 07155
Bituminous
Damproofing
- 4 -
Page 03600-2, 1.05 Job Conditions, A.
Environmental Conditions, 01. is
revised to read:
"01. Do not apply material if it is
raining or if said weather
appears to be imminent."
Page 03600-2, 2. Part 2 Surface
Preparation, revise first sentence in
A. to read:
"A. The cracks and adj acent substrate
must be clean and sound."
Page 03600-6, C. Placement Procedure,
01., second sentence in a. is revised
to read:
"a. Spacing of the porting devices
shall not exceed the thickness
of the substrate or the spacing
shown on the Contract Drawings
whichever is less."
Page 07100-1, 1.02 Qualitv Assurance,
insert after B. - C to read:
"C. The material manufacturer shall
submit to the Engineer a letter
certifying that the material
furnished will properly bond to
the concrete deck surface and
performance will not be
adversely affected by the
presence of painted ceilings
and soffit areas below the
deck."
Page 07100-3, revise 04. to read:
"04. Wearing Course - Intermediate
and Top Coat Novol EP-III. Color
to be selected by the Engineer. "
Page 07155-2, 3. Part 3 - Execution,
B., 04 is revised to read:
"04. Apply fiber glass mesh over all
cracks, cold joints,
construction joints and control
joints in concrete. Span 6" on
each side."
22
Section 07180
Concrete Surface
Seal Coat
23
Section 07180
Concrete Surface
Seal Coat
24
Section 07180
Concrete Surface
Seal Coat
25
Section 07212
Rigid Insulation
26
Section 07212
Rigid Insulation
27
Section 07500
Elastic Sheet
Roofing
- 5 -
Page 07180-1, 1. Part 1 - General,
1.01, B. is revised to read:
"B. Apply concrete surface sealer
to all concrete parking deck
slabs on grade and concrete
platforms and islands on the
Grade Level."
Page 07180-1, 1. Part 1 - General,
1.01, C. is revised to read:
"e.
Apply concrete surface
to all concrete stair
risers, and platforms
levels, including first
level and roof level
stair towers."
sealer
treads,
on all
(grade)
in all
Page 07180-3, 3. Part 3 - Execution,
3.02, C. is revised to read:
"C.
Apply to all concrete
islands and platforms
slabs on grade.
slabs,
of the
Page 07212-2, 3. Part 3 - Execution,
3.02 is revised to read:
"3.02 INSULATION OF CEILINGS"
Page 07212-3, B. Installation, 02. is
revised to read:
"02. Cut Board as required to
accommodate mechanical devices,
electrical boxes and similar
penetrations."
Page 07500-1, 1. Part 1 - General,
1.01, A. is revised to read:
"A. Work Included: Provide all
labor, material, tools and
equipment necessary to install
a fully adhered EPDM membrane
roofing system over stair
tower, elevator tower and
elevator machine room roofs
where shown on the drawings, as
specified herein, and required
for a complete and proper
installation.
28
Section 07500
Elastic Sheet
Roofing
29
section 07600
Flashing and
Sheet Metal
30
Section 07900
Preformed Joint
Sealers
31
Section 07920
Sealants and
Caulking
32
Section 07920
Sealants and
Caulking
33
Section 08410
Aluminum
Entrances and
Windows
Page 07500-1, 1. Park 1 - General,
1.02, after B. add C. to read:
"C.
Leaders
07600.
and Gutter
Section
Flashing and Sheet Metal consisting of
Pages 07600-1 thru 07600-5 is hereby
re-issued and replaces the version
previously used.
Page 07900-2, 1. 06 Job Conditions,
revise E. to read:
"E. Do not proceed with the
installation of joint sealer
under adverse weather
conditions when joint to be
sealed is damp or wet or when
temperatures are below or above
the manufacturer's recommended
limitations for installation.
Consult the manufacturer for
specific instructions before
proceeding."
Page 07920-1, 1 Part 1 - General, 1.01,
after A. add 8. to read:
"B. Waterproof Membrane Deck
coating - Section 07100."
Page 07920-5, after Number 09. insert
Number 10. to read:
"10. Cracks in slabs shall receive
an application of waterproof
membrane deck coating per Section
07100."
Page 08410-3, E. Structural
Calculations, revise 01. to read:
"01. For framing
connections."
members
and
- 6 -
'-
34
Section 08410
Aluminum
Entrances and
Windows
35
Section 08410
Aluminum
Entrances and
Windows
36
Section 09260
Gypsum Wallboard
System
37
Section 09650
Resilient
Flooring
38
Section 09650
Resilient
Flooring
39
Section 09900
Painting
Page 08410-3, E. Structural
Calculations, revise 02. to read:
"02. Signed and sealed by Florida
Professional Engineer who
specializes in the design of
window wall systems."
Page 08410-3,
Calculations, after
03. to read:
E. Structural
Number 02. insert
"03. Calculations shall be submitted
to the City of Miami Beach
Building Department and the
Engineer for review and
approval."
Page 09260-3, 3. Part 3 - Execution,
3.01, C. Groutinq Door Frames, after
01. insert 02. and 03 to read:
"02. Follow procedure requirements
of Dade county and the City of
Miami Beach."
"03. In the event of conflict
between the above, follow the
most restrictive requirements."
Page 09650-1, 1. Part 1 - General, 1.02
Oua1itv Assurance, A. Rubber Tile and
Rubber Wall Base delete the following:
"Nora, division of Freudenberg Building
Systems, Inc."
Page 09650-2, 2. Part 2 -Products,
2.01, Materials, revise A. to read:
"A. Rubber flooring tile or sheets
as manufactured by Kentile
Floors, Inc. or Armstrong
Company with the following
features:"
Page 09900-4, E. Exterior Paint For
Var ious Surf aces - Exter ior, revise 04.
to read:
"04. Existing Concrete Spandrel
Panels and Walls and Exterior
Vertical Wall Panels (Old
Construction Only)"
- 7 -
....
40
section 09900
Painting
41
section 09900
painting
42
section 09900
painting
43
section 10300
Fixed Grille -
Manproofing
44
section 10400
Signs
45
section 10400
Signs
Page 09900-6, A., revise 01. to read:
"01. Exterior and interior concrete
spandrel panels and exterior
facade vertical panels around
entire perimeter of the garage
and all surfaces of the
concrete stair /elevator towers.
All concrete planter boxes. All
surfaces which are visible from
the exterior and interior."
Page 09900-6, A., revise 14. to read:
"14. Metal stair~ and rails leading
to Elevator Machine Rooms."
Page 09900-8, E. Old concrete and
Masonrv Work, revise 01. to read:
"01. Pressure wash all surfaces with
3500 psi water blast equipment
to remove all dirt, loose paint
and other soluble contaminants.
Remove any insoluble
contamination with hand or
power tools to remove all dirt,
loose paint, chalk and other
soluble."
Page 10300-3, 3.02 Installation, revise
B. to read:
"B. openings in the grille and
between fixed grille and
adjacent elements of building
construction shall be close
enough to prevent passage of 4"
0.0. Ball."
Page 10400-2, 2.02 ~, A. Maximum
Headroom Access Si n Headache Bar ,
revise 02. to read:
"02. Graphics: Pressure sensitive,
4 inch letters, upper case,
Helvetica Medium. Color of
background white; letters to be
Bright Red."
Page 10400-2, 2.02 ~, C. Elevator
Sian (Illuminated), revise 04. to read:
"04.
Letters to
plexiglass
face."
be Br ight
adhered to
Red
sign
- 8 -
46
Section 14200
Passenger
Elevators
47
Section 16110
Raceways
48
Section 16400
Main Molded Case
Circuit Breaker
and Current
Transformer
Cabinet
49
Section 16720
Fire Alarm
System
- 9 -
Pages 14200- (4) (5), 2. Part 2 - Pro-
ducts, 2.01 Outline of Equipment
Requirements, A. Equipment, insert
after number 21. Additional Features
(which is continued on Page 14200-5)
number 22. to read as follows:
"22. Waterproofing:
All equip-
ment which
is mounted
o nth e
outside of
the cab
shall be
waterproof
or mounted
inside of
waterproof
enclosures
and shall be
mounted away
from the
door open-
ings."
Page 16110-(3) (4), (3.02 Conduit
Installation - Page l6ll0-3) continued
on Page 16110-4 revise E. to read:
"E. Bush conduit entries into all
panelboards and boxes.
Bushings, on conductors No. 4
and larger, to be insulated
type with grounding provisions.
Use gasketed locknuts in
Garage.
Page 16400-4, 2.08 Electric Meter
Socket, revise A. to read:
"A. Electric Meter Socket shall be
furnished for Florida Power and
Light Company's use in installing
their electric meter."
Page 16720-5, Top of the Page - delete
the following:
Integral blocking capacitor for
line supervision.
50
B) DRAWING REVISIONS
Drawinq #
Drawing E-11
End of Adde~dum No. 1
Section 16675
Transient
Voltage Surge
Suppression
This entire section is misplaced.
Page 16675-10 will be found after Page
16720-4 and should be removed from
Section 16720.
Pages 16675-1 thru 16675-9 can be
found after Section 16741. Remove
all Pages 16675-1 thru 16675-9 and
attach with Page 16675-10 and insert
after Section 16670 directly behind
Page 16670-3.
Item Description
Modify the Fire Alarm System as follows:
Garage Area
units.
Eliminate speaker/strobe
Replace with separate speakers and
separate strobes. Utilize speaker
model ET-1010R with WBB-R
weatherproof back boxes, and WM
series strobes, both manufactured by
Notifier. Enclose strobes in clear
weatherproof lexan covers.
Add additional WM series strobes and
plastic enclosures in the following
locations (all levels):
Column Lines
A-3, G-3
A-5, G-5
A-7, G-7
A-9, F-9,
A-l1, F-ll
A-l3, F-13
Provide all required conduit, cable
and alarm equipment required to make
a complete, operable, code compliant
system.
Office Area
No changes
- 10 -
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: Furnish and install flashings, gutters,
leaders and sheet metal in the locations shown on the drawings
and/or as herein specified.
B. The work shall include, but is not limited to the following:
01. Metal Flashing
02. Gutters and Leaders
03. Soffits, Fascia and Trim
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Sealant and Caulking: section 07920.
1.03 FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS:
A. Flashing Built into Masonry: Section 04200.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Reference Standards:
01. Comply with details and recommendations of SMACNA Manual
for workmanship, methods of joining, anchorage, provis-
ions for expansion, etc. unless otherwise indicated on
the drawings or specified herein.
B. Provide five (5) year written guarantee of all labor and
materials furnished by this Section from the date of final
acceptance of the work.
01. This guarantee shall cover the perfect repair or
replacement of any or all defective work or materials in
this Section and the making good of any and all damage
caused by faulty work or materials. Should the sub-
contractor deem the work or materials shown or de-
scribed, as inadequate for the purpose and prejudicial
to the intent of the guarantee, he shall exercise any
and all additional precautions necessary to fulfill this
guarantee.
02. This sub-contractor shall furnish all labor and materi-
als required to immediately fulfill and make good his
guarantee. Upon \oJritten verification by the Owner of
any defects appearing in his work.
- 07600-1 -
03. The guarantee shall cover such failures as follows:
a) Leaking.
b) Failure to stay in place.
C) Undue expansion, lifting, deformation, loosening
and splitting at seams.
d) Splitting, pulling loose, buckling and tearing.
1.05 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings:
01. For shop fabricated flashing.
02. For gutters and leaders.
03. Show profile, joint details, corner details and types
and locations of fasteners.
04. Indicate type, gauge and finish of metal.
2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET METAL FLASHING:
A. Aluminum:
01. Aluminum flashing to be ASTM B209 Alloy 3003-H14 .032"
thick.
2.02 FASTENERS:
A.
Secure flashing with aluminum
not lighter than #12 gauge
penetrate wood.
or stainless steel barbed nail
and of sufficient length to
2.03 FABRICATION:
A. Cleats:
01. Minimum width 2"
02. Same material and thickness as metal being supported.
2.04 GUTTERS AND LEADERS:
A. Materials:
01. All gutters and leaders are to be fabricated of extruded
aluminum 3105 alloy .032" thick.
02. All gutters and leaders to have mitered and welded
corners.
03. Provide steel straps formed from at least 0.028 inch
(0.7-mm-) thick, galvanized steel sheet; hangers or
other attachment devices; screens; end plates; and trim
and other accessories indicated or required for complete
installation.
- 07600-2 -
04. Gutters to be equipped with leaf guards at downspout
locations.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SHEET METAL FLASHING:
A. Protection:
01. Protection contact areas of dissimilar metals with heavy
asphaltic or other approved coating, specifically made
to stop electrolytic section.
B. General:
01. Install work watertight, without waves, warps, buckles,
fastening stress or distortion, allowing for expansion
and contraction.
03. Angle bottom edges of exposed vertical surfaces to form
drip.
3.02 METAL FLASHING:
02. Hem exposed edges.
A. Workmanship:
01. Contractor shall construct and install work in substan-
tial workmanlike manner. Conform accurately to details
and applicable recommended practice and standard
specifications for sheet copper work of the copper and
Brass Research Association. Make ample provisions for
expansion and construction. Complete work shall be
watertight, free from bends and buckles.
02. Where aluminum comes into contact with masonry or any
metal, these materials shall be given a heavy coat of
pitch prior to the application of the aluminum.
03. In addition to items of sheet metal specifically
specified herein, the contractor shall provide all
additional items of sheet metal indicated and required
for water tightness and to complete work under this
section.
04. Flashings shall be installed at all junctions of roofs
with any intersecting surfaces, such as walls, parapets,
pipes and any other surfaces adjoining or extending
through roofs. Metal cap and membrane base flashing
shall be used. Where conditions are not particularly
shown or described, flashing shall be installed to make
a watertight installation, subject to the approval of
the Engineer.
05. New metal flashing adjacent to existing copper flashing
shall be copper.
06. Flanges of metal flashing: Pipe, vent, curb flashing,
gravel stops that are set on roofing shall have flanges
set in roofing cement, except where otherwise indicated
or specified.
- 07600-3 -
3.03 PROTECTION CLEANING:
A.
Surfaces adjacent to areas being
protected against staining or
operations.
flashed shall be carefully
other damage during such
B. Adjacent materials or surfaces shall be cleaned immediately as
the work progresses, including any smears, droppings and
misplaced material. Contractor is responsible to touch up any
damaged metal coatings. Work shall be left in a neat, clean
condition upon completion.
C. Upon completion, remove all material, debris, etc., created as
a result of work under this Section and leave area in a clean
condition.
3.04 GUTTERS AND LEADERS:
A. Gutters:
01. Provide in longest practical sections (approximately 50
feet) jointed by not less than one-inch (1") lapped,
sealed and riveted joints lapped in the direction of
flow; rivets shall be not less than one-eighth inch
(1/8"), same metal or compatible metal.
02. Provide rolled formed end caps, miters corner trim, cave
tube, etc. as may be required for a complete installa-
tion.
03. Slope gutters to downspouts not less than one-inch (1")
in 20 feet.
04. Hangers for support of gutters shall be adjustable strap
spaced not more than 32 inches apart; metal for hangers
shall be same or as compatible with the gutters. Secure
hangers with screws, bolts or clips of compatible metal.
05. Provide basket type strainers of #14 gauge, non-corro-
sive wire, fitted snugly into all outlet tubes.
B. Leaders:
01. Leaders (downspouts) shall be corrugated rectangular as
indicated on drawings, fabricated from crimped or
corrugated sheets in 8 to 10 foot lengths. End joints
shall telescope not less than one inch (1"). Include
all necessary fittings and accessories, such as elbows,
offsets, mitres, etc. Downspouts shall set plumb and be
supported clear of the wall by metal straps shall be
located near tops and bottoms and at intermediate points
not over 10' apart preferably at joints. Support
leaders on straps or manufacturer's stock device,
subject to the approval of the Engineer. Metal shall be
same as the leaders or compatible non-ferrous metal.
Secure supports to masonry walls with non-ferrous screws
with corrosive resistant sleeves. Leader bottoms shall
be neatly fitted into drainage pipes or turned out two
inches (2") above concrete splash block as indicated on
drawing.
- 07600-4 -
3.05 PROTECTION CLEANING:
A.
Clean exposed metal
written instructions.
surfaces according to manufacturer's
Touch up damaged metal coatings.
B. Protection: Provide protective measures as required to ensure
work of this Section will be without damage or deterioration
at the time of Substantial Completion.
End of Section
- 07600-5 -
PROJECT NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE
MIAMI BEACH PARKING SYSTEM
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
ADDENDUM NO. 2
A) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REVISIONS
Item #
Section #
1
Section 07100 -
Waterproof
Membrane Deck
Coating
2
Section 08710 -
Finish Hardware
December 22, 1997
Item Description
Add the following to Paragraph 2.01
"Acceptable Products"
"C. Acceptable Products
01. Scotch-Clad Brand Deck
Coating by 3M Construction
Markets, St. Paul,
Minnesota.
02. Strongwal Traffic
Bearing Membrane System
by Strongwall
Industries, Ridgewood,
New Jersey.
03. Iso-Flex 750 Series Deck
Coating Systems by
Lymtal International,
Inc., Orion, Michigan.
04. All of the above systems
shall be applied in
accordance with
paragraph 3.02 which
describes the
Installation Methods for
the Watson-Bowman System
specified in paragraph
2.01, A., and at the
rate of application
required to achieve the
mil thickness specified
therein."
The following items have been added
to the Hardware Schedule in
Specifications Section 08710,
Paragraph 3.02. C. Hardware Schedule
"C. Hardware Set #3 -
Door #8 - Storage,
Door #11 Electrical
Distribution Room and
The Door to the Elevator Motor
Room at the Roof of Stair #4"
3
Section 09910 -
Traffic Paint
Striping
This section 09910 - Traffic Paint
Striping is hereby added (see
attached) .
B) DRAWING REVISIONS
Drawinq #
Item Description
Drawing S-14
Detail 6, Upper Roof Plan, Stair #1 - the
gate indicated shall be as follows:
"Chain Link Fence with Padlock."
Drawing E-1, E-6 and E-3
"All disconnect switches used in
project shall be rated heavy duty.
shall be NEMA type 3R, unless
othewise."
this
All
noted
Drawing E-10A
"Strap lightning protection conduct every
three feet."
Drawing E-3
"Provide 4 pair
phone conduits.
22 ga."
phone cable in all office
Cable shall be category 3,
Drawing E-10
"Provide 2 pair category 3 phone cable, 22
ga."
Drawing FP-1 and FP-2
Add the following:
"In regard to Fire Protection, all pipe,
devices and testing methods shall conform
to NFPA-13."
End of Addendum No. 2
Project No. 9432R
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09910
TRAFFIC PAINT STRIPING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to
make a complete installation of traffic paint striping
in the locations shown on the drawings and/or where
herein specified.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
Concrete Surface Seal Coat
See Section 07180.
B.
Concrete Waterproof Deck Coating
See Section 07100.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Manufacturer's literature for traffic striping paint proposed
for use on this project.
1.04 DELIVERY:
A. All traffic paint is to be delivered to the job site in new
unbroken sealed containers bearing the manufacturer's label.
Label shall include the following information:
01. Name of Manufacturer.
02. Name of Material.
03. Contents by volume of major pigment and vehicle
constituents.
04. Thinning instructions (if any).
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Striping surfaces to be clean and dry and satisfactory to
receive striping.
B. Do not apply unless weather conditions are favorable.
C. Do not apply traffic paint when slab temperature is less than
350F.
- 09910-1 -
~
2.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 TRAFFIC PAINT:
A. For application to concrete decks conform to Federal
Specification TT-P-1l5.
B. Paint markings shall be White in color, except for Handicap
stall markings which shall be Blue.
3.
PART 3
EXECUTION
A. All work shall be carefully laid out to width, length and pattern
shown on the drawings. Before any traffic paint is applied the
layout of all work is to be reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
B. Care shall be taken to avoid spilling paint or otherwise disfiguring
surfaces not required to be painted. Any paint spilled or completed
striping not approved by the Engineer shall be removed. Waste paint
and residue from cleaning and maintenance of the equipment shall be
disposed of in a location and in a manner satisfactory to the
Engineer.
C. Schedule work operations and conduct work in accordance with pre-
determined program that shall be approved by the Engineer.
D. The striping machine shall be of a type and manufacture regularly
used in the striping of pavements. It shall be self-propelled,
shall apply paint by means of a compressor or activator spray gun
and shall be equipped with controls to accurately regulate the
amount of paint to be applied to the finish stripe. The design of
the machine shall be such as to produce sharp edge stripes of
uniform density with square cut ends. The machine shall also be
equipped with hand spray attachments for use where required.
E. Apply two (2) applications of paint striping. Minimum drying time
between coats shall be 24 hours.
F. Traffic striping paint shall be applied after concrete surface seal
coat or concrete waterproof deck coat is applied and cured.
End of Section
- 09910-2 -
,
PROPOSAL PAGE 3 OF 5
d) Manproofing & Rolling Grilles $
e) Interior and Exterior Painting $
f) Concrete Repairs including Through
Slab Repairs $
g) Expansion Joint Sealant Work $
h) Deck Coating & Seal Coat Work $
i) Elevator Repair Work $
TOTAL OF ITEMS La to 1.i $
2. MISCELLANEOUS WORK ITEMS $
3. SPECIAL AND GENERAL CONDITIONS $
4. SALES TAX $
"'TOTAL ITEMS 1. TO 4. $
'" NOTE: Sum must equal Base Bid Total
Minimum Wa~es: In accordance with City of Miami Beach Ordinance 94-2960, which
amended Article II, entitled "Construction Contracts - Minimum Wages
and Benefits" of Miami Beach City Code Chapter 31A, entitled
"Purchasing", Section 31A-27, the following will apply:
"...In all construction contracts in excess of$l,OOO,OOO to which the City
is a party, the rate of wages and fringe benefit payments shall not be less
than the prevailing rate of wages and benefits for similar skills in a
classification of work as established by the Federal Register..."
The current prevailing wage rate and fringe benefit payments as published
by the U. S. Department of Labor in the Federal Register are included in
the bid specifications.
BID NO: 7-97/98
DATE: 12/1/97
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
4 (A)
CITY OF
MIAMI
BEACH
CITY HALL 1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE MIAMI BEACH FLORIDA 33139
DEVELOPMENT, DESIGN AND HISTORIC PRESERVATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT DIVISION
(305) 673-7193
HOUSING & COMMUNlTV DEVELOPMENT DIVISION
(305) 673-7260
PLANNING. DESIGN & HISTORIC PRESERVATION DIVISION
(305) 673-7550
December 17, 1997
Judy Ford, Procurement Director
City of Miami Beach
On December 12, 1997 the Department of Labor issued modification 10 to the FL970001 Building
Wago Oo",ion. Endored i, tho modifiod wage doei,ion whieh i, "Pplieablo to tho ",bj"" p",joe! "neo
the date of the bid opening, December 30, 1997, is more than 10 days from now. It must be
incorporated into the contract documents and displayed at the job site.
Project Name:
Project Location:
Wage Decision(s):
42nd Street Parking Garage - Parking System Improvements
Miami Beach, Dade County, FL, 33141
FL970001 Modification Number 10
SUBJECT:
Weekly payroll reports (WH347 or equivalent) are required to be submitted by the contractor and
subcontractors through the contractor certifying that all laborers and mechanics engaged in the
construction ofthe project, including those employed by subcontractors, have been paid no less
than the minimum wage rates as listed on the enclosed wage decision.
Immediate inclusion of this wage decision into your executed contract will prevent the need
to include future modifications in the applicable wage decision and therefore, possible
change orders. Contact this office to verify that this wage decision is current prior to its
use. Modifications will not be automatically transmitted to you.
If you have any questions regarding these wage decisions or any other matters related to
Prevailing Wages, contact me at extension 6471.
~
Quade,
C n acts Compliance Officer
Ec nomic & Community Development Division
City of Miami Beach
l2:n--0
WAGE DECISION# FL970001
42nd Street Parking Garage. Parking System Improvements
Publication Date: 12/12/97
State: FLORIDA
County: DADE
Construction Type: BUILDING
(does not include single family home &
apartments up to & including (4) stories)
ASBESTOS WORKERSIHEA T & FROST INSULA TORS
BRICKLA YERS/BLOCKLA YERS/PLASTERERS
CARPENTERS (including lath work, drywall
framing & hanging)
CEMENT MASONS/CONCRETE FINISHERS
DRYWALL FINISHERS
ELECTRICIANS:
Contracts less than $2,000,000
Contracts over $2,000,000
ELEVA TOR MECHANICS:
Constructors
GLAZIERS
INSULA TORS (Batt)
IRONWORKERS:
Reinforcing
Structural
LABORERS:
Unskilled
Pipelayers
MILLWRIGHTS
PAINTERS, BRUSH (excluding Drywall
Finishing & Paperhanging)
PAPERHANGERS
PIPEFITTERS (including HVAC)
PLUMBERS
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERA TORS:
Crane
Bulldozer
Backhoe
Oiler
Loader
Roller
ROOFERS
SPRINKLER FITTERS
SHEET METAL WORKERS (Including HVAC duct work)
TILE SETTERS
TRUCK DRIVERS
Basic
Rate
$21.93
$16.70
$14.60
$7.29
$9.10
$18.14
$10.37
$12.25
$20.10
$14.67
$19.20
$10.82
$12.86
$14.45
$11.04
$8.09
$10.58
$20.75
$18.13
$14.35
$7.26
Fringe
Benefits
$5.26
$3.20
$2.45
Mod # 9
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
Footnote '8' (for elevator constructors)
Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Fri-
day after Thanksgiving, & Christmas Day. Employer contributes 8% basic hourly rate for 5 years or more
of service or 6% basic hourly rate for 6 months to 5 years of service as Vacation Pay Credit.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be
added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR Part 5.5 (a) (1) (v)).
f};J ~~ b\J(,
n ee-+, ~
~CA 1'1<2 At="f\ Llfil('") N ? !/QAJ&
Th.\Jtt 1)1~\--tR\ R~l-1f ASSoc:\c,-\-~.s. 5/6 -73r- 7.;16 i
C'nr~$ ,ffi~~~ _~:f{\~ A.s~oc;,,~ 51~ - 7 3~ - 1 ab 1
4L/IZC~~ C/?/Z!tJE,(/I7/ c...... c,/V1,8. @ 7~- 7080
./ /<//j ~ , --./ c- ' ,-co -:? , '-- I, U
C - /f,A/,v,A/C /6"'- ~CUl5#' .JV/<::' /4, ,v/,.-C:- 76 7 g~, C; /7" g
y Q \\'\6~ ~e,,'00\ -( \,\€.(\'Q.C.., Co. f. LjQ1- YL-:J.- I '::2l.1~
~ I ,I=') " '... 1'-<..\.5
../ J 0 lJ "l ~\ !Y~I... W ,'::''JIe1z./j ~\JATeI(I)' '(",VFfl\JC1 '7')4- '174-- +677
./ ----7'Ho~7/1S Ut=<....JI-I /1/0 -T/:C /-1 957'- 77:;2 - '77Y;
,/ D~<J\. 's".".r-c-\\J \-\r..",,;J .s~'l.\~ C1.e...;....." l'l.-or'j\SII-6"1HJ
, . . . . Ce)"" 5Y'1(,.
- GM--C )L.'l.:<'-(?,.q /0 "'_ -c..-,,~ ,I "_1-', >'.-.,<.\.",,-,,( 9'-;0,' ~"t-;i!6--'
. l vI: ~. J-' '-. ~. . (F) ~ . "
"" :::reV-fa.... ,L-(cq...-r,~ ,fTL-/f.vT,j <?o v~T~..,~o'''''' ~D!;') .:u.2.-k~00
~I}() J ~12~~ CmA #~';:-1 :5or, ~T3. lS'br
/ J o~N tJ~k€"' CoJ'rs r-ro C'Olf--9r 3tJ>-?3?rZ/Gt;-
I J".od ~&e:- A-~c: ~~~77I-a1/~
/7#/1- 7~cV // // (/o/7/-a:Y6
J ..)v~ C A-M P05 ~ I.e...A\... \' t.r-..JTee.f'(L585" Q;oS)23't-C. '" 3
~ tfj,J...t6(" ~ ~~~ &.<<Inl-lL)~- &'52- fOZD
(F) ,... c::.l?~
j ~~O ~~ ~ C4-isr :WG ~ -~p-;,-gSZJ
.,,/ .fj)L' r -I- ,-, / --=qr."
! E /1.,-../ ff' i'/l,-~:~ 0/"1 C c-;''.."<._ (C/l.,T 1S ! - (/ -yo, '-',
v - 1';( '7 ~ S-48Z.~
../ E eA)~i IV ~ Y AJ 'P&i.J p.. c...ou ~?J" ffi-V cr' b7v I J-AJ '- "0-:; - 5 r 6 -41 tC;
(N/3DS- 5"- tJHO
./ lJAI'lIfl 5.rnot/ HJ1. tUNlMCTItlc. en? Co) m-S'l"'11l;/...,
./' ~fZ- 9.S>-().?:>'f. '"
O'MJ/![/l.... I-H;/!AJ,().ft/ 16f::,1./ €):J1'€.jYJ.eu..> r-/l..y ~-:>G - ,?od.o
/h/'?&'7 tJ/Jo/!//!,?/;/j 5./:5 . 715'1-9 ('1-fSS-S
-;~. tw!~ ~~ J%::~~~~,..;J;~ f~t/- rj(1~,;srs
.~~ ?J x/ ~..:/r ' ,
JbQJ~f-,' [;I;~~l t IS ~u.~~. ~\)\\IA :3D5"~~L\. \toZD
"1 '-VJ 1,.'- D"t! 'i
-:J;;'1t" 13"/1/5 C-fh5 froc.ur~t1'"le.".t- (r) C?o~'7:J-7tfCfi.j
(f) \'- \.'- l~l
J
J
1
1
1
I
.L
1
L
L [R
I
~
L
-I
J
,./
J
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE
PARKING SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH FlORIDA
. BID PROPOSAL FORM
. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
. TECHNICAL SPECIRCA TlONS
R~~~ o:"~~~TES ~
330 OLD COUNTRY ROAD, MI/'ooIEOLA. N.Y. '11501
PHONE (516) 739-7267 FAX (516) 746-7846 URBITRAN
EMAlL: UAI-RAIoAP_IX.NETCOM..COM
~
-
-'
,-
.....
-
-------
PROJECT NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYS'.I!EM IMPROVEMENTS
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE
MUNICIPAL PARKING SYS'.I!EM
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paqe No.
Bid proposal
Special conditions SC-1 to SC-5
Technical specifications
\ DIVISION 1 GENERAL ~~~;;;;;;;~ \
-~...,,---_._-_..".,-_..~_.-
Section 01010 .j SUIlDllary of work 01010-1
Section 01045 j cutting and patching 01045-1 to 01045-2
section 01068 J Definitions and standards 01068-1 to 01068-2
section 01070 J Applicable standards 01070-1 to 01070-3
Section 01100 J Alternates 01100-1 to 01100-2
section 012.00 V project Meetings ie",\.,..I'''"'IlLo{ 01200-1 to 01200-2
\ 1W'..e II ,.,,_n+)
Section 01300 Submittals and substitutions 01300-1 to 01300-5
section 01310 </ shop Drawings 01310-1 to 01310-2
Section 01320 V Progress Photographs 01320-1 to 01320-2
section 01400 QUality control 01400-1 to 01400-2
(VO~~ ) Section 01450 V project sign 01450-1 to 01450-2
~ Section 01500 V Temporary Facilities 01500-1 to 01500-4
Section 01540 security and Protection 01540-1 to 01540-3
Section 01600 Materials and Equipment 01600-1 to 01600-2
Section 01710 Cleaning 01710-1 to 01710-3
Section 01720 project Record Documents 01720-1 to 01720-4
Section 01730 Operation and. 07130-1 to 01730-3
Maintenance Data
--._-~,-----_.-,..-.._--
'\ DIVI..:>.~ 2---'-- - SITE WORK \
Section 02050 / Demolition
02050-1 to 02050-2
PROJEC':r NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE
MUNICIPAL PARKING SYSTEM
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
pacre No.
L DI\'~_SI~~'-j_-------'=--
Section 03300
Cast-In-place Concrete
03300-1 to 03300-18
section 03310
Concrete Reinforcement
and Form Work
03310-1 to 03310-4
-'
section 03500
Repair of Concrete
03500-1 to 03500-4
03600-1 to 03600-7
Section 03600
EpOXY Injection Repairs
to Repairs
\_~=-~:~_J:_~~=~-
Section 04200
unit Masonry
04200-1 to 04200-8
~- .- '--'-"--"-'-.. --
\ DIVISION 5 - --._--
Section 05500
Miscellaneous Metals
05500-1 to 05500-4
DIVISION 6
WOOD AND PLASTICS \
"'~,...,.~
section 06100
Rough Carpentry
Finish carpentry
06100-1 to 06100-4
--
section 06200
06200-1 to 06200-3
\ DIVISION 7 --~~~. =- _. -~~ ~i~~~~D:M6fsTURE )~ROTE.CTI~~ r
Section 07100 waterproof Membrane 07100-1 to 07100-5
Deck Coating
section 07150
Foundation and slab
waterproofing
07150-1 to 07150-2
--
section 07155
Bituminous Damproofing
Concrete surface Seal Coat
07155-1 to 07155-2
07180-1 to 07180-3
Section 07180
section 07190
vapor Barrier
07190-1 to 07190-2
Section 07212
Rigid Insulation
Fire Stopping
07212-1 to 07212-3
07270-1 to 07270-3
section 07270
section 07300
Expansion Joints
07300-1 to 07300-5
Section 07500
Elastic Sheet Roofing
07500-1 to 07500-5
section 07600
Flashing and sheet Metal
07600-1 to 07600-4
section 07900
Preformed Joint Sealers
07920-1 to 07920-4
section 07920
Sealants and caulking
07920-1 to 07920-5
- TC-2 -
PROJECT NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYS'l'EM IMPROVEMEH'l'S
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE
MUNICIPAL PARKING SYS'rEM
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
TABLE OF COHTElllTS (Continued)
\DIVISION 8
--------.__..__.._-.._------~--_._-
DOORS AND WINDOWS)
-_._-----~--_._---_..- ... - -----'
-
section 08110
section 08316
section 08330
section 08410
section 08710
section 08800
\ D~_\1~I3I~~:~--_::=
section 09111
section 09220
section 09260
section 09300
section 09500
section 09650
section 09782
section 09900
.-
\ D:rYISION 10
section 10300
steel Doors and Frames
Door Flood Barrier
Rolling Grilles
Aluminum Entrances
and Window Wall
Finish Hardware
Glass and Glazing
FINISHES 1
Metal stud Framing system
Waterproof Cement plaster
Gypsum wallboard system
Tile
Acoustical Treatment
Resilient Flooring
Detectable warning Surfaces
painting
'--SPECIALTIES. t
Fixed Grilles - Manproofing
chainlink Fence and Gates
section 10350
section 10400
section 10800
section 10900
-
signs
Toilet Accessories and
Partitions
Miscellaneous Items
- TC-3 -
pacre No.
08110-1 to 08110-5
08316-1 to 08316-3
08330-1 to 08330-3
08410-1 to 08410-8
08710-1 to 08710-7
08800-1 to 08800-5
09111-1 to 09111-3
09220-1 to 09200-4
09260-1 to 09260-6
09300-1 to 09300-3
09500-1 to 09500-3
09650-1 to 09650-3
09782-1 to 09782-2
09900-1 to 09900-8
10300-1 to 10300-3
10350-1 to 10350-2
10400-1 to 10400-3
10800-1 to 10800-3
10900-1 to 10900-2
PROJECT NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYSTEM IMPROVEMER'.rS
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE
MUHICIPAL PARKING SYSTEM
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
TABLE OF CORTEHTS (Continued)
Paqe No.
lEIVISION 14 E.J.RlAT~:L
section 14200 Passenger Elevators 14200-1 to 14200-15
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
--..
section 15010 Mechanical Requirements 15010-1 to 15010-9
section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials 15050-1 to 15050-10
- and Methods
section 15410 Plumbing Piping 15410-1 to 15410-8
section 15430 Plumbing specialties 15430-1 to 15430-4
section 15450 Plumbing Fixtures 15450-1 to 15450-2
section 15700 Heating ventilation and 15700-1 to 15700-4
Air conditioning
JiIV~~~~___.._._. ___...::_.__~=i~s~~~.
section 16110 Raceways 16110-1 to 16110-5
section 16],.20 wires and cables 16120-1 to 16120-3
section 16130 Boxes 16130-1 to 16130-4
section 16140 wiring Devices 16140-1 to 16140-3
section 16190 supporting Devices 16190-1 to 16190-3
section 16400 Main Molded Case circuit 16400-1 to 16400-4
Breaker and Current
Transformer Cabinet
section 16440 Disconnect switches 16440-1 to 16440-3
-
section 16450 Grounding 16450-1 to 16450-2
section 16460 Dry Type Transformers 16460-1 to 16460-4
section 16470 panelboards 16470-1 to 16470-4
section 16475 OVercurrent Protective
.- Devices 16475-1 to 16475-2
section 16500 Lighting 16500-1 to 16500-5
section 16550 Lighting spare Parts 16550-1
-
- TC-4 -
PROJECT NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYSTEM IMPROVEMER'l'S
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE
MUNICIPAL PARKING SYSTEM
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Paqe No.
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL (continued)
section 16635 Natural Gas Fueled 16635-1 to 16635-9
Emergency Generator
and Transfer Switch
section 16670 Lightning Protection system 16670-1 to 16670-3
section 16720 Fire Alarm system 16720-1 to 16720-5
section 16741 Telephone Raceway system 16741-1 to 16741-2
section 16675 Transient voltage 16675-1 to 16675-10
Surge Suppression
section 16765 Telephone Call-For- 16765-1 to 16764-5
Assistance system
section 16770 Bold Up Alarm 16770-1 to 16770-4
section 16911 Lighting control Equipment 16911-1 to 16911-6
--
-
-
- TC-5 -
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PROJECT NO. 9432RA
PARKING SYS!l'EM IMPROVEMEIr.l'S
42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE
MUNICIPAL PARKING SYSTEM
MIAMI BEACR. FLORIDA
1. Intent of Contract Documents
It is the intent of these contract documents to provide for the furnishing
of all labor materials and equipment required to complete the parking
system improvements described in these documents and/or shown on the
drawings.
2. Scope of work
The following items of work are included in this Contract. This work is
generally described below, and more specifically described on the drawings
and in the technical specifications and contract documents. This list of
items is for:
A. 42nd STREET PARKING GARAGE:
01. Demolish existing concrete walls and slabs at West End of
Garage where shown on the drawings.
02. Remove all parking meter pipes and patch concrete as detailed
-on the drawings.
03. Construct new office area and toilet rooms in the vicinity of
Columns 4 to 5 and A to D.
04. Construct new concrete islands and platforms for the installa-
tion (by others) of cashier booths and parking control
equipment, and for traffic flow control, in the locations
shown on the drawings.
05. Install new electrical conduit and stub outs within these
concrete platforms for electrical power and communications to
service all of the parking control equipment in the locations
shown on the drawings.
06. Install conduit, cable and w~r~ng for electrical power and
communications to the concrete platforms and to be terminated
in the locations shown on the drawings.
07. Construct new Electrical Distribution Room, install all
electrical equipment and make all connections shown on
drawings. Install new equipment in existing electrical
distribution room as shown on drawings.
08. Install new rolling grilles at each entrance lane, exit lane
and other locations required to provide a complete manproofed
condition at each vehicular and pedestrian entrance and exit
location.
-
SC-l
......
09. Install fixed grille manproofing at the floor openings and
stair/elevator tower openings in the locations shown on the
drawings.
10. Paint the interior parking garage ceiling slabs, beams and
soffits, walls and parapets on all floor levels throughout the
entire parking structure in accordance with specifications -
section 09900.
11. Paint the exterior concrete spandrel panels and all surfaces
of the concrete stair/elevator towers and existing metal
railing screens. Paint interior parapets, interior spandrel
panels, perimeter columns and concrete planter boxes, all in
accordance with the methods described in specifications -
section 09900.
12 . Remove existing parking stall markings and install new parking
stall and pavement markings throughout the garage in the
locations shown on the drawings and as described in section
09910.
13. Remove and replace all expansion joint materials in the
garage. prepare the blockout for the new expansion joints and
construct the sloped approaches as shown on the drawings.
Perform the work as described in specifications - Section
07300.
14. Perform all concrete repairs to floor slabs, concrete walls,
platforms, beams and girders in the locations shown on the
drawings. Perform the work as described in specifications -
Section 03500.
15. Perform all work required to repair cracks in concrete floor
slabs, concrete beams and girders in the locations shown on
- the drawings. Perform the work as described in specifications
- Sections 03500 and 03600.
16. Apply waterproof membrane deck coating to all concrete parking
decks and platforms throughout the Garage on all levels except
the slab-on-grade. Perform the work as described in specifi-
cations - Section 07100.
17. Apply concrete seal coat material to the concrete parking
decks and platforms on all the slab-on-grade ~eas. Perform
the work as described in specifications - section 07180.
-
18.
Remove and legally dispose of all of the existing parking
garage lighting fixtures, lamps, exposed conduits, and
distribution equipment. Rewire entire building as shown on
drawings. All electrical items shown are new unless specifi-
cally marked as "existing to remain." Install all new
equipment and fixtures in all areas shown on drawings.
19.
Install new "Telephone call For Assistance" system in the
locations shown on the drawings. Perform the work as de-
scribed in specifications - Section 16765.
--
20.
Install new Natural Gas Fueled
Transfer switch in the location
Perform the work as described in
16635.
Emergency Generator and
shown on the drawings.
specifications - section
-
sc-2
r-
21. Remove existing signs and install new information and direc-
tional signs throughout the garage as shown on the drawings.
22. Remove all existing stair rails and hand rails throughout the
Garage. Patch concrete where old rails have been removed.
Install new stair and hand railings in the locations shown on
the drawings and/or where required to provide a complete safe
installation complying with all federal, state and local
requirements.
23. Remove and replace the existing electric traction elevators
and all equipment doors and frames as described in specifica-
tions - section 14200.
24.
Install lightning protection system on the roof of the Garage.
Include all fittings, cables, air terminals, etc. to provide
complete system. Locations of air terminals are shown on
drawings.
.-
3. Other Contracts
This Contractor is hereby advised that the city of Miami Beach has entered
into a separate agreement with Royce parking control systems, Inc., 2411
s.w. 58th Terrace, Hollywood, Florida 33023; telephone #: (954) 966-3903
to furnish and install cashier booths and parking control equipment on the
concrete islands and platforms being installed under this contract.
This Contractor shall cooperate with Royce in providing access for the
performance of their work, and shall provide full cooperation and
coordination to complete this project in the best interests of the city of
Miami Be'ach.
.....
4.
Coordination of work
-
The performance of this work is to be coordinated with the city of Miami
Beach Parking system Management, Attention: Mr. Jacqueline Gonzalez,
Director, Telephone (305) 673-7505 to assure that access to the appropri-
ate work areas is provided to the Contractor.
s.
Protection of site
This Contractor is to furnish, install and maintain in a safe condition
all barricades, warning lights and protective devices to prevent the
public from entering the work area. upon completion of this work, the
Contractor shall remove all such devices from the premises.
6. Schedule of work
The Contractor shall submit a written construction schedule showing how
the work will be scheduled and performed within the time of performance
which has been established.
,...
SC-3
7 . Time of Performance
The Time of Performance for the work is established at 360 consecutive
calendar days calculated from ten (10) days after the issuance of the
notice to proceed by the owner until the date of the certificate of
substantial completion.
The Engineer shall issue a Certificate of substantial completion when, in
his judgment, the work has been substantially completed and the owner can
take occupancy and commence operation of the Parking Garage.
The Contractor shall have thirty (30) days after the date of the
certificate of Substantial Completion to achieve Final completion of the
project.
8. Temporary Electricitv
The Contractor shall provide temporary power for his work operations.
This shall be a temporary construction service from Florida Power & Light
company or at the contractor's option may be a separate temporary service
from the parking structure electrical distribution room.
The Contractor shall be responsible" for furnishing and installing all
temporary power poles, cables, fused disconnect switches, transformers,
meters and devices of all types as may be required to provided temporary
power for the project.
The Contractor shall pay for the cost of power consumed for the work of
this contract.
The Contractor may elect to utilize portable power generators for
temporary power. The cost of furnishing, installing, maintaining and
running said temporary generators shall be the sole obligation of the
Contractor:
9. Shop Drawinqs and Cataloque cuts
,....
shop drawings and catalogue cuts for all equipment and materials to be
utilized on this project shall be submitted in accordance with Specifica-
tions - Section 01300 to:
RAMP ASSOCIATES
A Division of urbitran Associates
330 old Country Road/Suite 307
Mineola, New York 11501
TEL: (516) 739-7267 FAX: (516) 746-7846
10. Field Diq
The Contractor shall perform a "Field Dig" to expose existing utilities in
all locations where excavation or utility crossings or connections are
required by the drawings.
This "Field Dig" shall be done at no extra cost to the owner.
If the "Field Dig" shows that the installation of foundations, utilities,
conduit or piping called for by the Contract Documents cannot be installed
as designed, he shall immediately notify the Engineer and request further
directions.
~
SC-4
11. Permits
The Contractor shall file for and obtain all permits required by Florida
Department of Environmental Resources Management (DERM) for performance of
any work under this Contract. The cost of said filing and permits shall
be included in the Contractor's Base Bid proposal.
12. Cash Allowance
The Contractor shall include in his Base Bid a cash allowance
amount of $200,000.00 to be used for such items as the owner may
and in accordance with General Condition paragraph 3.8.
in the
direct
The Contractor's cost for unloading and handling at the site,
installation costs, overhead, profit and other expense for the
allowance amount shall be included in the Contract Sum and not
allowance.
labor,
stated
in the
13. sollards
The Contractor shall include in the Base Bid the cost of furnishing and
installing ten (10) bollards as specified in specifications - section
05500 in addition to the number of bollards shown on the drawings.
14. Definition
where the phrase "By others" is used in the specifications, it shall mean
that any work so excluded from the specifications shall be performed by the
General Contractor awarded this contract.
End of section
--
,....
,-
'-'
--
--
SC-5
....
....
....
-
D:IV:IS:ION
01010
01045
01068
01070
01100
01200
01300
01310
01320
01400
01450
01500
01540
01600
01710
01720
01730
--
-
1 GENERAL REOU:I~S
summary of work
cutting And patching
Definitions And standards
Applicable standards
Alternates
project Meetings
submittals and substitutions
Shop Drawings
progress photographs
Quality control
project sign
Temporary Facilities
security And protection
Materials And Equipment
cleaning
project Record Documents
operation And Maintenance Data
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SBCTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORlt
1. PART 1 - GBNERAL
1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Furnish all material, labor, equipment, service and supervi-
sion necessary for the construction of the parking system
Improvements 42nd street parking Garage project No. 9432RA as
indicated and shown in the contract documents.
B. contractor's Duties:
01. Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for:
a. Labor, materials and equipment.
b. Tools, construction equipment and machinery.
c. Water, light, electric power and other utilities
required for construction.
d. other facilities and service necessary for proper
execution and completion of the work.
02. Pay legally required sales, consumer and use taxes.
03. Pay all legally required impact fees and building permit
fees.
04. Enforce strict discipline and good order among employ-
ees. Do not employ:
a. Unfit Persons.
b. Persons not skilled in assigned tasks.
05. Enforce strict use of the premises as specified in the
General Conditions.
,-
06. Recondition all existing systems, structures and
finishes used and/or damaged during the construction
process to re-establish them to a good working condition
and appearance.
1.02 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The contractor shall schedule his work so as to have entire
project substantially complete by the end of the contract time
of performance.
B. The contractor shall complete the entire project including all
"punch list" work within thirty (30) days after the date of
substantial completion.
r-
End of Section
- 01010-1 -
,-
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SEC'l'ION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: This section establishes general requirements
pertaining to cutting (including excavating), fitting, and patching
of the work required to:
01. Make several parts fit properly.
02. Uncover work to provide for installation, inspection, or
both, of ill-timed work.
03. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements
of the Contract Documents.
B. Related work Described Elsewhere:
01. In addition to other requirements specified, upon the
Engineer's request, uncover work to provide for in-
spection by the Engineer and remove samples of installed
materials for testing.
02. Do not cut or alter work performed under separate
contract without the Engineer's written permission.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Perform all cutting and patching in strict accordance with
pertinent requirements of these specifications and, in the
event no such requirements are stipulated, in conformance with
the Engineer's written direction.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Request for the Engineer's Consent:
01. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit
written request to the Engineer for permission to
proceed with cutting.
02.
Should conditions of the work, or schedule, indicate a
required change of materials or methods for cutting or
patching, so notify the Engineer and secure his written
permission prior to proceeding.
....
....
- 01045-1 -
....
--
B. Notices to the Engineer:
01. where additional cutting and patching is requested by
the Engineer, submit cost estimate to the Engineer and
secure the Engineer's approval of cost estimates before
proceeding with cutting and patching.
02. Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time
the work will be uncovered, to allow for Engineer's
observation.
2. PAR~ 2 - PRODUcrS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. For replacement of work removed, use materials which com~ly
with the pertinent sections of these specifications.
2.02 PAYMENT FOR COSTS:
A. The owner will reimburse the Contractor for cutting and
patching performed pursuant to the Engineer's written request
in accordance with the Cost Estimate approved by the Engineer
B. Perform all other cutting and patching necessary to comply
with the Contract Documents at no cost to the owner.
3 . PAR~ 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDITIONS:
A. Inspection:
01. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject
to movement or damage during cutting, excavating,
backfilling, and patching.
02. After uncovering the work, inspect conditions affecting
installation of new work.
B. Discrepancies:
,...
01.
If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, im-
mediately notify the Engineer and secure needed direc-
tions.
,-
3.02 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING:
A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily
limited to, shoring, bracing, and support required to maintain
structural integrity of the work.
End of section
......
,...
- 01045-2 -
--
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTIOR 01068
DEFINITIONS AND ~ARDS
1 . PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DEFINITIONS
A. Except as specifically defined otherwise, the following
definitions supplement definitions of the contract, General
conditions, Supplementary Conditions and other general contact
documents, and apply to the work.
01. General Requirements: Provisions of Division 1 sections
of these specifications.
02. Indicated: shown on drawings by notes, graphics or
schedules, or written into other portions of Contract
Documents. Terms such as "shown", "noted", "Scheduled"
and "specified" have same meaning as "indicated", and
are used to assist the reader in locating particular
information.
03. Directed, Requested, Approved, Accepted, etc.: These
terms imply "by the Engineer", unless otherwise indicat-
ed.
04.
Approved by the Engineer:
tor from responsibility
Contract Documents.
In no case releases Contrac-
to fulfill requirements of
05. project site: space available to Contractor at location
of project, either exclusively or to be shared with
separate contractors, for performance of the work.
06.
Furnish: supply and deliver to project site, ready
unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation,
similar subsequent requirements.
for
and
07. Install: operations at project site, including unload-
ing, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring,
applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar requirements.
08. Provide: Furnish and install, complete and ready for
intended use.
09. Installer: Entity (firm or person) engaged to install
work, by contractor, subcontractor or sub-subcontractor.
Installers are required to be skilled in work they are
engaged to install.
10. specification Text Format: Underscoring facilities scan
reading, no other meaning . Imperative language is
direct at contractor, unless otherwise noted.
-.
- 01068-1 -
'-
....
11. overlapping/Conflicting Requirements: Most stringent
(generally) language written directly into Contract
Documents indicates that a less stringent requirement
might be acceptable. Refer uncertainties to Engineer
for decision before proceeding.
12. Where optional requirements are specified in a parallel
manner, option is intended to be Contractor' sunless
otherwise indicated.
15.
,
13. Minimum Requirements: Indicated requirements are for a
specific minimum acceptable level of quality/quantity,
as recognized in the industry. Actual work must comply
(within specified tolerances), or may exceed minimums
within reasonable limits. Refer uncertainties to
Engineer before proceeding.
14. Abbreviations, plural Words: Abbreviations, where not
defined in Contract Documents, will be interpreted to
mean the normal construction industry terminology ,
determined by recognized grammatical rules, by the
Engineer. plural words will be interpreted as singular
and singular words will be interpreted as plural where
applicable for context of Contract Documents.
Testing Laboratory: An independent entity engaged for
the project to provide inspections, tests, interpreta-
tions, reports and similar services.
1.02 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
A. Industry standards: Applicable standards of construction
industry have same force and effect on performance of the work
as if copied directly into Contract Documents or bound and
. published therewith.
standards referenced in Contract Documents or in governing
regulations have precedence over non-referenced standards,
insofar as deferent standards may contain overlapping or
conflicting requirements. Comply with standards in effect as
of date of Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Abbreviations: where abbreviations or acronyms are used in
Contract Documents, they mean the well recognized name of
entity in building construction industry refer uncertainties
to Engineer before proceeding.
,....
C. Trade Union Jurisdictions: Maintain current information on
jurisdictions matters, regulations, actions and pending
actions: and administer/supervise performance of work in a
manner which will minimize possibility of dispute, conflicts,
delays, claims or losses.
Trades: Except as otherwise indicated, the use of titles such
as "carpentry" in specification text, implies neither that the
work must be performed by an accredited or unionized trades-
person of corresponding generic name (such as "carpenter"),
nor that specified requirements apply exclusively to work by
tradesperson of that corresponding generic name.
D.
End of section
,....
- 01068-2 -
,....
-
Project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SBC':rION 01070
APPLICABLE STARDARDS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
01. Throughout the Contract Dncuments, reference is made to
codes and standards which establish qualities and types
of workmanship and materials, and which establish
methods for testing and reporting on the pertinent
characteristics.
02. where materials or workmanship are required by these
Contract Documents to meet or exceed the specifically
named code or standard, it is the Contractor's respon-
sibility to provide materials and workmanship which meet
or exceed the specifically named code or standard.
03. It is also the Contractor's responsibility, when so
required by the Contract Documents or written request
from the Engineer to deliver to the Engineer all
required proof that the materials or workmanship, or
both, meet or exceed the requirements of the specifical-
ly named code or standard. Such proof shall be in the
form requested by the Engineer and generally will be
required to be copies of a certified report of tests
conducted by a testing agency approved for that purpose.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Familiarity with Pertinent codes and standards: In procuring
all items used in this work, it is the contractor;s respon-
sibility to verify the detailed requirements of all applicable
codes and standards and to verify that the items procured for
use in the work meet or exceed the specified requirements.
B. Rejection of Non-complying Items: The Engineer reserves the
right to reject items incorporated into the work which fail to
meet the specified minimum requirements. The Engineer further
reserves the right, without prejudice to other recourse, to
accept non-complying items subject to an adjustment in the
contract amount as approved by Engineer and the owner.
C. Applicable standards listed in these specifications include,
but are not necessarily limited to, standards promulgated by
the following agencies and organizations:
01.
AASHTO
American Association of state
Highway and Transportation
officials
341 National Press Building
washington, DC 20004
--.
- 01070-1 -
02.
03.
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
,...
ACI
AISC
ANSI
ASTM
AWS
ANNA
AWl
CRSI
CS
FGMA
FLDOT
NAAMM
NEC
NEMA
American Concrete Institute
Box 19150, Redford station
Detroit, MI 48129
=
American Institute of steel
construction, Inc.
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
=
American National standards
Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
(successor to USASI and ASA)
American society for Testing
and Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19130
=
=
American welding society, Inc.
2501 NW 7th street
Miami, FL 33125
=
American Water Works Assn., Inc.
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
=
Architectural woodwork Institute
2310 S. walter Reed Drive
Arlington, VA 22206
=
Concrete Reinforcing steel
Institute
228 North LaSalle street
chicago, IL 60610
commercial standard of NBS
Department of Commerce
Government printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
Flat Glass Marketing Assn.
3310 Harrison
Topeka, KS 66611
Florida Department of
Transportation
National Association of
Architectural Metal Mfrs.
1033 south Blvd.
Oak park, IL 60302
=
National Electrical Code
(see NFPA)
National Electrical Mfrs.
Association
155 East 44th Street
New York, NY 10017
- 01070-2 -
End of section
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
NFPA
OSHA
SDI
SFBC
SSpc
TCA
UL
=
National Fire Protection Assn.
470 Atlantic Avenue
Boston, MA 02210
occupational Safety and Health
Administration
=
=
steel Deck Institute
135 Addison Avenue
Elmhurst, IL 60125
south Florida Building code
1994 Edition
=
=
steel Struetures painting
council
4400 5th Avenue
pittsburgh, PA 15213
=
Tile Council of America Inc.
P. O. Box 326
princeton, NJ 08540
=
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
207 East ohio street
chicago, IL 60611
- 01070-3 -
-
.-
,....
project No. 9432RA
Parking system zmprovements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DZVZSZON 1 - GENERAL REQUZREMER'l'S
SECTZON 01100
ALTERNATES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: owner to compare total costs where
alternates materials an methods might be used,
alternatives have been established as described on the
Drawings and in this section of the specifications.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere: Materials and methods
to be used in the base bid and in the alternates have
been described on the Drawings and in pertinent sections
of Specifications.
Methods for stating the proposed contract sum is
described in the proposed Form.
1.02
SUBMITTALS:
A. All alternates described in this Section are required to
be reflected on the proposal Form as submitted by
bidders. However, do not submit alternatives other than
as described in this section, except as provided for
"substitutions" under the General Conditions.
1.03
PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. If the owner elects to proceed on the basis of one or
more of the described alternates, make all modifications
to the work required in furnishing and installing the
selected alternate or alternates to the approval of the
Engineer and at no additional cost to the owner other
than as proposed on. the proposal Form.
,....
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
ALTERNATES:
.-
A. Consult the Instructions to Bidders and the Proposal
Form pertinent to the construction division being bid
for any or all alternates to the work.
2.02
LIST OF ALTERNATES:
A. ALTERNATE NO. 1
.-
Delete the ORSOGRIL MODEL BRITO
specified in Section 10300 - FIXED
and replace it with the following:
STEROPE material
GRILLE-MANPROOFING
,....
- 01100-1 -
"....
01. NYLOFOR 3D panel fencing as manufactured by
BEKAERT CORPORATION Marietta, Georgia 30067
Telephone 770-421-8520
02. Use the NYLOFLOR 3D material in all locations
where the ORSOGRIL is specified and follow all of
the requirements of section 10300 to the extent
that they APPLY.
B. ALTERNATE NO. 2
Delete the aluminum rails specified in Section 05500 -
Miscellaneous Metals and replace them with the
following:
.01 Steel Rails of the size shown on the
drawings as 1.5"OD, 1.5 "ID and 3/4" square
tubes.
.02 All rails are to be finished with three
coats of paint as specified in Section
09900, 2.02-E 01.
03. Provide the steel rails in all locations
where the aluminum rails are specified and
follow all of the requirements of Section
05500 to the extent that they apply.
3.01
3. PAR'I.' 3 - EXECtnIOR
See specific section of specifications involved.
End of Section
- 01100-2 -
--
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
./
DIVISIOR 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTIOR 01200
PROJECT MEETIRGS
1. PART 1 - GERERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. work Included: To enable orderly review during progress of
the work, and to provide for systematic discussion of
problems, the Engineer and/or the designated Inspector will
conduct project meetings throughout the construction period.
The Contractor shall be required to attend all scheduled
project meetings.
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: The Contractor's relations
with his subcontractors and materials suppliers, and discus-
sions relative thereto, are the Contractor's responsibility
and are not part of project meetings content.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Persons designated by the Contractor to attend and participate
in the project meets shall all have required authority to
commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon in the project
meetings.
1.03 SUBMrTTALS:
A. Agenda Items: To the maximum extent practicable, adviJHL_t..b~
Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of project meetings
regarding all items to be added to the agenda.
B. Minutes: The Engineer will compile minutes of each project
meeting and will furnish one (1) copy to the contractor. The
Contractor may make and distribute such other copies as he
wishes.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(NO products are required in this section.)
3 . PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MEETING SCHEDULE:
A. Except as noted below for Preconstruction Meeting,. project
meetings ~ll.!!~__J1el~.~~"::IlI()Ilth~y. Coordinate as. necessary
~~ establish mutualLly acceptable schedule for meet~ngs.
3.02 MEETING LOCATION:
A. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings wj,ll be held at
the field construction office on the project site-;---------
- 01200-1 -
3.03 PRECONSTRUCT ION MEETING:
A. preconstruction meeting will be scheduled with,i,~ ten days
~fterthe owner. has.issued Notice to proce~d. proviae
atf:eiidaf1"Oe oy authorized representatives of the Contractor and
all major subcontractors. The Engineer will advise other
interested parties and request their attendance.
B. Minimum Agenda: Distribute data on, and discuss:
01.
organizational arrangement
personnel, and those of
suppliers, and Engineer.
of contractor's forces and
subcontractors, materials
02. Channels and procedures for cODD1lun'cations.
03. construction schedule, including sequence of critical
work.
04. Contract Documents, including distribution of required
copies of original documents and revisions.
05. processing of Shop Drawings and other data submitted to
the Engineer for review.
06. Processing of field revisions and change orders.
07. Rules and regulations governing performance of the work.
08. Procedures for safety and first aid, security, quality
control, housekeeping, and other related matters.
3.04 PROJECT MEETINGS:
A. Attendance: To the maximum extent practicable, assign the
same person or persons to represent the contractor at project
meetings throughout progress of the work. subcontractors,
materials suppliers, and others may be invited to attend those
project meetings in which their aspects of the work are
involved. To the extent possible they shall assign the same
person in their firm to attend.
B. Minimum Agenda:
01. Review, revise as necessary, and approve minutes of
previous meeting.
03. Identify problems which impede planned progress.
04. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain
planned schedule.
05. complete other current business.
End of Section
- 01200-2 -
.....
.....
Project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GE1IIERAL REQUIREMEII'l'S
SECTION 01300
SUBMU"rALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
01. Wherever possible throughout the Contract Documents, the
minimum acceptable quality of workmanship and materials
has been defined by manufacturer' s name and catalog
number, reference to recognized industry and government
standards, or description of required attribute and
performance.
02. To ensure that the specified products are furnished and
installed in accordance with design intent, procedures
have been established for advance submittal of design
data and for their review by the Engineer.
03. Make all submittals required by the Contract Documents,
and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish
compliance with the specified requirements.
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: Individual requirements for
submittals are described in pertinent other sections of these
Specifications.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Coordination of submittals: Prior to each submittal, careful-
ly review and coordinate all aspects of each item being
submitted and verify that each item and the submittal for it
conforms in all respects with the requirements of the Contract
Documents. By affixing the Contractor's signature to each
submittal, certify that this coordination has been performed.
B. certificates of compliance:
01. certify that all materials used in the work comply with
all specified provisions thereof. certification shall
not be construed as relieving the Contractor from
furnishing satisfactory materials if, after tests are
performed on selected samples, the material is found to
not meet specified requirements.
02. show on each certification the name and location of the
work, name and address of contractor, quantity and date
or dates of shipment or delivery to which the cer-
tificate applies, and name of the manufacturing or
fabrication company. Certification shall be in the form
of a letter or company-standard forms containing all
required data. certificates shall be signed by an
officer of the manufacturing or fabricating company.
......
- 01300-1 -
r
-
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submittal schedule: within 20 days after award of
contract, and before any items are submitted for
approval, submit to the Engineer two (2) copies of the
schedule described in Article 2.01 of this section.
B. certificates of Compliance: upon completion of the
work, and as a condition of its acceptance, submit to
the Engineer all certificates of compliance.
C. Procedures: Make submittals in strict accordance with
the provisions of this section.
2. PAR~ 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SUBMI~~AL SCHEDULE:
A. General: compile a complete and comprehensive schedule of all
submittals anticipated to be made during progress of the work.
Include a list of each type of item for which Contractor's
drawings, Shop Drawings, certificates of Compliance, material
samples, guarantees, or other types of submittals are re-
quired. upon approval by the Engineer this schedule will
become part of the Contract and the Contractor will be
required to adhere to the schedule.
B. coordination. coordinate the schedule with all necessary
subcontractors and material suppliers to ensure their
understanding of the importance of adhering to the approved
schedule and their ability to so adhere. coordinate as
required to ensure the grouping of submittals as described in
Article 3.02 below.
C. -Revisions: Revise and update the schedule on a monthly basis
as necessary to reflect conditions and sequences. promptly
submit revised schedules to the Engineer for review and
cOIl1Illent.
2.02 SHOP DRAWINGS AND COORDINATION DRAWINGS:
A. Shop Drawings:
01. Scale and Measurements: Make all Shop Drawings ac-
curately to a scale sufficiently large to show all
pertinent aspects of the work.
02. Type of Prints Required: Submit all show Drawings in
the form of one reproducible transparency of each sheet
plus two blue line prints or black line prints of each
sheet. Blueprints will not be acceptable.
03. Prior to submission of Shop Drawings to the Engineer,
the Contractor shall review each sheet of the submittal
verifying that materials and details shown are as
specified and/or shown on the Drawings of the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall verify that all
dimensions shown are in accordance with drawings and the
site conditions. The Contractor shall then include his
stamp of_ approv,=-l on each sheet of the ~_ubmit:ta1.
- 01300-2 -
04. Reproduction of Reviewed shop Drawings: printing and
distribution of reviewed Shop Drawings for the En-
gineer' s use will be by the Engineer. All reviewed
comments of the Engineer will be shown on the
reproducible transparency when it is returned to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall make and distribute
all copies required for his purposes.
2.03 MANUFACTURERS' LITERATURE:
A. General: Where contents of submitted literature from manufac-
turers includes data not pertinent to the submittal, clearly
indicate which P~;:~-!-<:l!!.~L1:.l1_~_c<:lE_1:.~n'l:~ is _b~i,Il9 sub~_tted for
review. - - --- - -
B. Number of copies Returned: Submit the number of copies which
are required to be returned plus two copies which will be
retained by the Engineer.
2.04 SAMPLES:
A. Accuracy of samples: samples shall be of the precise article
proposed to be furnished.
B. Number of samples Required: Unless otherwise specified,
submit all samples in the quantity which is required to be
returned plus one which will be retained by the Engineer.
C. Reuse of Samples: In situation specifically so approved by
the Engineer, the Engineer'S retained sample may be used in
the construction as one of the installed items.
2.05 COLORS AND PATTERNS:
A. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described
in the contract Documents, and whenever a choice of color or
pattern is available in a specified product, submit accurate
color and Ea:t:t;erIl_c:l!arts to the Engineer for review and sele_c:-
tion.
2.06 SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. Approval Required:
01. The Contract is based on the standards of quality
established in the contract Documents.
02. All products proposed for use, including those specified
by required attributes and performance, shall require
approval by the Engineer before being incorporated into
the work.
03. The Engineer will consider proposals for substitution of
materials, equipment and methods as outlined below, only
when such proposals are accompanied by full and complete
technical data and all other information required by the
Engineer to evaluate the proposed substitution. All
requests for substitution shall come only from a
bonafide plan holding contractor.
.-
- 01300-3 -
-
.....
04. Coordination: Changes requested by the Contractor in
brands of materials or equipment specified or indicated
on the Drawings shall place the burden of coordination
with the other sub-contractors on the Contractor
requesting the change.
B. "Or Equal":
01. Where the phrase "or equal" or "equal as approved by the
Engineer" occurs in the Contract Documents, do not
assume that materials, equipment, or methods will be
approved as equal unless the item has been specifically
approved for this work by the Engineer.
02. The decision of the Engineer shall be final.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Consecutively number all submittals. Accompany each
submittal with a letter of transmittal containing all per-
tinent information required for identification and checking of
submittals.
;
B. Internal Identification: On at least the first page of each
copy of each submittal, and elsewhere as required for iden-
tification, clearly indicate the submittal number in which the
item was included.
C. The transmittal letter shall clearly identify the
specification section Number related to the product submitted.
D. Resubmittals: when material is resubmitted for any reason,
transmit under a new letter of transmittal and with a new
submittal number.
E. submittal Log: Maintain an accurate submittal log for the
duration of the contract, showing current status of all
submittals at all times. Make the submittal log available for
the Engineer'S review upon request.
3.02 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Prior to submittal for approval, use all means
necessary to fully coordinate all material including, but not
necessarily limited to:
01. Determine and verify all interface conditions, catalog
numbers, and similar data.
02. Coordinate with other trades as required.
03. Clearly indicate all. deviations from requirements of the
Contract Documents.
.....
- 01300-4 -
....
B. Grouping of submittals: unless otherwise specified, make all
submittals in groups containing all associated items to ensure
that information is available for checking each item when it
is received. Partial submittals may be rejected as not
complying with the provisions of the contract Documents and
the Contractor shall be strictly liable for all delays so
occasioned.
3.03 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Make all submittals far enough in advance of
scheduled dates for installation to provide all time required
for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible
revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders and
securing delivery.
B. Engineer's Review Time: In scheduling, allow at least ten
(10) working days for review by the Engineer following his
receipt of the submittal.
c. Delays: Delays caused by tardiness in receipt of submittals
will not be an acceptable basis for extension of the Contract
completion date.
3.04 ENGINEER'S REVIEW:
A. General: Review by the Engineer shall not be construed as a
complete check, but only that the general method of construc-
tion and detailing is satisfactory. Review shall not relieve
the Contractor from responsibility for errors which may exist.
B. Authority to Proceed: The notations "No Exception Taken" or
"Make changes Indicated" authorize the Contractor to proceed
-with fabrication, purchase, or both, of the items so noted,
subject to the revision, if any, required by the Engineer's
review comments.
C. Revisions: Make all reV1S1ons required by the Engineer. If
the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change
in his scope of work, he shall so notify the Engineer as
provided for under "Changes" in the General conditions. show
each drawing revision by number, date, and subject in a
revision block on the drawing. Make only those revisions
directed or approved by the Engineer.
D. Revisions After Approval: When a submittal has been reviewed
by the Engineer, resubmittal for substitution of materials or
equipment will not be considered by the Engineer unless
accompanied by an acceptable explanation as to why the
substitution after approval is necessary.
3.05 SHOP DRAWINGS ON SITE:
A. Maintain one (1) copy of all approved shop drawings on the
project site at all times for review by the Engineer or his
Inspectors.
....
End of section
- 01300-5 -
project NO. 9432RA
parking System xmprovements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
j
DXVXSXON 1 - GENERAL REQUXREMEH'1'S
SECTXON 01310
SHOP DRAWXNGS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings as described in Jeneral
conditions, each individual section, and this section of the
specifications as required for Engineer's proper evaluation.
B. All costs arising from improper submittals will be borne by
the Contractor.
1.02 SCHEDULING
A. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to cause
no delay in general progress of the work. Provide schedule of
shop drawings submittal at pre-construction conference.
B. Delay of submittals of shop drawings shall be no cause for
extending contract time.
c. Allow a minimum of two weeks time (more time for complicated
or extensive shop drawings) for Engineer's review. Allow for
possibility of rejection and resubmittal.
1. 03 APPROVAL
A. General Contractor shall review all shop drawings for compli-
ance with Contract Documents. They shall be stamped with
Contractor's stamp and show approval, ini tials of person
approving, and date. No shop drawing will be reviewed by the
Engineer without General Contractor's prior approval.
B. Shop drawings will be reviewed by Architect/Engineer. Take
action described as follows:
01. No Exception Taken - Proceed with fabrication, purchase
or both.
02. Make Corrections Indicated - Make changes as noted.
Proceed with fabrication, purchase or both.
03. Revise/Resubmit - Resubmit with changes noted and/or
required. Do not proceed with fabrication.
04. Not Approved - Resubmit in accordance with Contract
Documents.
C. Approval of the shop drawings is merely an aid to the Contrac-
tor by the Engineer, checking only for conformance with design
concept and compliance with Contract Documents. Contractor
shall remain responsible for supplying and installing items
- 01310-1 -
that conform to Contract Documents and for quanti ties and
dimension which shall be conformed and correlated at job site.
Contractor shall remain responsible for fabrication processes
and techniques of construction and for coordination of all
trades.
D. work shall not proceed until shop drawings (shop drawings for
item associated with shop drawing) have been released by the
Engineer in accordance with 1.03 B. above.
E. Engineer or his representative may reject any or all items for
installation for which there are no approved shop drawings.
2. PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings in the form of one (1)
reproducible transparency plus two (2) sets of blue line or
black line prints and/or manufacturer's brochures.
B. unless required otherwise by the Engineer and/or OWner,
quantity shall be a minimum of (5) sets of brochures. The
Engineer will retain one (1) copy for his records plus one (1)
copy for city of Miami Beach. The Engineer will stamp all
sets and return a minimum of three (3) sets to Contractor.
Additional sets will be marked and stamped on request by the
General Contractor.
C. For drawings, the Engineer will stamp the transparency and
return it to the Contractor for distribution.
2.02 ACCURACY
-A. "If shop drawings are unnecessarily inaccurate, Engineer will
not correct all inaccuracies but will ask for a complete
resubmittal.
B. shop drawings which deviate from Contract Documents shall be
accompanied by a letter from subcontractor stating deviations
from Contract Documents and reasons for appropriateness for
use.
End of section
- 01310-2 -
-
--
Project No. 9432RA
parking System zmprov8ments
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
I
DZVZSZON I - GENERAL REQUZREMBR'.rS
SECTZON 01320
PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included.
01. Photographs of The project site.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Professional photographer with suitable photographic equipment
and experience in photographing of construction sites.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS:
A. Furnish photographs with a minimum of four (4) separate views
of the construction site showing as much as possible of the
work completed in the proceeding month.
B. Color photographs, 8" x 10" in size, mounted on cloth with one
.inch (1") binding margin on left hand side.
C.
Plate in lower right hand of photograph indicating:
01. Name of project
02. Name of owner
03. Name of Contractor
04. Name of Engineer/Designer
05. Date of Photograph
06. Photograph Number
D. Provide a minimum of four (4) views per month, and an ad-
ditional twelve (12) views during the construction period or
upon completion of the project from locations as directed by
the Engineer.
3 . PART 3 - EXECUTZON
3.01 PHOTOGRAPHS OF SITE:
A. Take the photographs on approximately the same date each
month.
- 01320-1 -
.....
B.
Take the photographs from high
encompass the entire site.
provided that the requirements
elevation or vantage point to
Aerial views are acceptable
of c. below are met.
c. Take the photographs from the same vantage points each month
for ready comparison of work progress.
D. Take supplemental photographs as directed by the Engineer.
E. Provide one (1) 35 mm color slide for. each view required in D.
above.
3.02 SETS REQUIRED:
A. Furnish two (2) complete sets of all photographs for the
following distribution.
01. Set No. 1 - owner - city of Miami Beach, Florida.
02. Set No. 2 - Engineer/Designer - Ramp Associates, a
division of urbitran Associates.
End of section
.-
.-
- 01320-2 -
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01400
OOALITY CON'l'ROL
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
01. cooperate with the owner's selected testing laboratory
and all others responsible for testing and inspecting
the work.
02. Provide other testing and inspecting as may be specified
to be furnished by the Contractor in this section and/or
elsewhere in these specifications.
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere:
01. Requirements for testing may be described in various
other sections of these specifications.
02. where no testing requirements are described, but the
owner decides that testing is required, the owner may
direct that such testing be performed under current
standards for testing. payment for such testing will be
made as described in this section.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Qualifications of the Contractor's
_ Laboratory: The testing laboratory shall
mutual approval of owner and Engineer.
B. Codes and standards: Testing, when required, will be in
accordance with pertinent codes and regulations and with
selected standards of the American society for Testing and
Materials.
proposed Testing
be qualified to the
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 PAYMENT FOR TESTING:
A. The owner will employ and pay for the services of an Indepen-
dent Testing Laboratory to perform the services specified
herein, except that the Contractor shall reimburse the owner
for the cost of those services which, in the opinion of the
Engineer, are required because of the following:
01. Failure of materials or workmanship to meet Contract
requirements.
02. Materials or practices, not complying with the
specifications, which could possibly result in defective
work thereby rendering it necessary or advisable to
perform tests to determine whether or not work is
acceptable.
03. changes in source, quality or characteristics of
materials.
- 01400-1 -
.....
04. Wasted time of inspectors because of cancellations or
delays of concrete placement or other work.
05. site cured cylinders requested by the Contractor for his
convenience.
B. The cost of testing for the purpose of qualifying
substitutions shall be borne by the contractor.
C. The cost of retesting, after initial tests have indicated
noncompliance, in an effort to qualify for compliance, shall
be borne by the Contractor.
2.02 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING:
A. Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by
a plan approval authority, and which are made by a legally
constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of and
shall be paid for by the contractor, unless otherwise provided
in the contract Documents.
2.03 CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE TESTING:
A. Inspecting and testing performed exclusively for the Contrac-
tor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor.
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY:
A. Representative of the testing laboratory shall have access to
the work at all times. Contractor shall provide facilities
for such access in order that the laboratory may properly
perform its function.
3.02 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING:
A. Establishing the schedule:
01. By advance discussion with the testing laboratory ,
selected with the approval of the owner and Engineer,
determine the time required for the laboratory to
perform its tests and to issue its findings.
02. The Contractor shall schedule all required testing
within the construction schedule.
B. Revising the Schedule: When changes of construction schedule
are necessary during construction, coordinate such changes
with the testing laboratory as required.
C. Adherence to the schedule: When the testing laboratory is
ready to test according to the determined schedule, but is
prevented from testing or taking specimens due to in-
completeness of the work all extra costs for testing at-
tributable to the delay shall be borne by the Contractor.
End of section
- 01400-2 -
.-
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
J
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQOIREMENTS
SECTION 01450
PROJECT SIGN
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish and install two (2) project signs in two (2) locations
to be designated by the Engineer or owner.
1.02 PROJECT SIGN
A. Construct project signs as indicated on design layout included
herein. No other company signs will be allowed on project
site.
B. coordinate location of sign with project Engineer and owner.
C. Install sign within fifteen (15) days after commencement date
specified in the "Notice '1'0 Proceed".
2. PART 2 - PRODOC'l'S
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Materials to be as indicated on design layout.
3 . PART 3 - EXECO'l'IOR
3.01 Install two (2) project signs in locations designated.
3.02 Maintain in good condition until completion and acceptance of the
project.
3.03 Remove sign from project site within ten (10) days after Final
certificate of occupancy is issued.
- 01450-1 -
r
)
)
)
~
o
I
':-
o
I
':-
t1o-,9
NO-I?
z
I!l
in
z
o
~
<
z
~
\)
ILl
-,
o
R:
It
~
Z
ILl
\)
-..
r: 5111111
~ 4huu;
(J)
~cr-- ~
~Z-i-
~W 8 )
~ ~ 1t-.1
W (~zw~~~~~~~
>~ zz~zzzz
(!) O~ ~ i'
Z'a:t! n: ~ ~
- - ~ N ~
~~-:r:-:: L
~~~;-\t;-
.... - I ni I
~ ~ I
...
x ~
Q ~~ltlLl"P
\l~8~~8tIflO
. "0.. ~v.:I:
-t.... . <to..
U\o..o~rILlO!
xR~x~Q~
vQ. ~
4:)~~~~:I:~
X}--ICO....l \)-1
':-j[2~2~2
Ifl
~Ifl :R ~
<10 OO:ElQ <
&O~~i53:~ ~11i
~23!H~~~~~
-I<ILl<C:l{1ll .jfilLllfl
<C.r6liIflQ-I :I:~
I-ul 1Ll1-}-~ILl--lS
~I!lI;t< ~<C lll}-Ci
<Q!::lUO...JZO~11l
Q..1U3:IflU<ILlI->:E
~~
XO
11.....1
O:I:
?:~
-ILl
\)ID
.l
vA .0-.;-
.hl r
__~I
UI "
"n~
I- i1i
- ~!rt-
o~f~
0'1'
U1~
U1=
<{ ~fl
. ,
Cl. II:
~~Ii
<{.
0: <11
~
a:
w
w
z
C!l
Z
W
a:
o
F--
o
<:
a:
I-
Z
r
vA
tn
-'
N
-Sl 0
I I
in d:)
~ Q
2Mltiot~
If. O<tiifi~:!j
It ~lfllf20ILl
~ 0!~1L<\)1ll
UI ~~Ot>~~
~ ~}-~~R:ln
I!) ~l1..-':I:}-1Ll
:E {5f5~~:z!~
N u >~< Oz
10
.'
N
1fl1Ll~
~....I~
IflOu
~:I:<
li~Q..
<~5
~~U
\)<~
NCiQ.. .
-. 1Ll....l
X.nILl...J
. -au:
-Sl z. C1
x;::.nz
. IU"" <
-SlIflXIfl
~
) ~
z
) u:
o
.'
n
~
tn
Iii
:?
~
<;i
o
*
(5
I
-1
<(
I-
ill
D
z ~
\l) ~
o
to ~
....I
I- -:i.
t"\ ijj
V in
!d:j ~
() ~
it ~
(L. 0
z
z
Q
I-
U
UJ
If)
1L
Q
C.
Z
llJ
project Ro. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
/
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQOIREMEH'l'S
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The Contractor shall at no additional cost to the owner,
comply with and furnish all labor, materials and services in
accordance with the requirements of this section, unless any
of said requirements are in conflict with the requirements of
Federal, State or local laws, rules and regulations in which
event(s) the requirements of applicable Federal, state, or
local laws, rules, and regulations shall govern.
1.02 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove such
addi tional storage sheds, temporary buildings, as required for
the performance of the contract. Locations of all such
temporary structures shall be as approved by the Engineer.
1.03 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING, STAGING AND PLANKING
A. Except as otherwise specified in the various sections of the
. specifications, the Contractor shall provide, set-up and
maintain all derricks, hoisting machinery, scaffolds and
staging and planking and shall do all hoisting required for
the project. All in conformance with applicable safety
regulations.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain in a safe
condition, staging and planking over eight feet in height and
all supports therefore, for the use of all trades requiring
same, and shall bear all costs therefrom, except where
specified otherwise in the various sections of the specifica-
tions. The Contractor shall confer with the various trades to
ascertain where and when such staging and planking will be
required.
C. Scaffolds shall have solid backs and floors to prevent
dropping materials therefrom to the floors or ground.
1. 04 TEMPORARY STAIRS AND RAMPS
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain all
temporary ramps, stairs, and ladders, as required for the use
of all trades for the proper execution of their work, and
shall bear all costs therefrom. The Contractor shall remove
these items where permanent stairs are installed and when
other like items are no longer required.
- 01500-1 -
1.05 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
r
A. The Contractor shall perform the following work:
01. Protect excavations, trenches, building and materials at
all times from rain water, groundwater, backing-up or
leakage of sewers, drains or other piping and from
water damage of any origin. He shall provide all pumps,
piping, coverings and other materials and equipment
required and/or as specified.
02. He shall provide temporary weathertight enclosures for
openings in exterior walls and in the roof decks when
and as required to protect the work from damage by
inclement weather. such protection items shall be
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
-
03. The permanent door enclosures shall not be used as
temporary enclosures, but temporary framed plywood or
wood batten doors, with proper self-closing hardware,
shall be provided.
Protect sills, jambs and heads of openings through which
materials are handled.
04.
05. Protect all exposed concrete surfaces and finished
floors against mechanical damage, plaster droppings,
oil, grease, paint or other materials which will stain
the floor finish. He shall install and maintain
protective coverings on finished floors in areas where
other work will be done.
06. He shall not permit roof surfaces and waterproofed
surfaces to be subjected to traffic nor used for storage
of materials. where some activity must take place in
order to carry out the work, he shall provide protection
for such surfaces.
B.
After the installation of work by any subcontractor
properly completed, the Contractor shall be responsible
its protection and for repairing, replacing or cleaning
such work which has been damaged by other trades or by
other cause, so that .all work is in perfect condition at
time of acceptance of the building.
is
for
any
any
the
/"
1.06 WEATHER PROTECTION
A. "Weather Protection" shall mean the temporary protection of
that work adversely affected by moisture, wind, heat, or cold
by covering, enclosing and or heating. This protection shall
provide adequate working areas as determined by the owner and
consistent with the approved construction schedule to permit
the continuous progress of all work necessary to maintain an
orderly and efficient sequence of construction operations. The
contractor shall furnish and install all "Weather Protection"
material and be responsible for all costs. This provision
does not supersede any specific requirements for methods of
construction and/or curing of materials.
~-
B. Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall
comply with all safety regulations including provisions for
adequate ventilation and fire protection devise.
- 01500-2 -
-
c. unit heaters, if used, shall be of the smokeless type and be
installed and operated in such a way that finished work will
not be damaged thereby. salamanders shall not be used.
D. Irrespective of any approval by.the owner of the contractor's
methods for weather protection, the entire responsibility for
weather protection during construction shall be assumed by the
contractor, who shall be liable for any damage to any work
caused by his failure to supply adequate and proper weather
protection.
1.07 TEMPORARY ENGINEER/INSPECTOR FIELD OFFICE
A. The Contractor shall furnish a trailer to be used by the
Engineer and Inspector representatives of the city of Miami
Beach as a project field office.
B. This trailer shall be approximately 8'x30' in size and shall
include, as a minimum the following facilities and equipment.
01. Water Cooler.
-
02. Two (2) telephones and two incoming lines.
03. plain paper Facsimile (Fax) Machine with separate
Telephone Line.
04. One (1) Desk with Drawers.
05. Two (2) Desk Chairs.
06. plan Table minimum size 36' x 72".
07. Drafting stool to fit 05. above.
08. One (1) 4-drawer file cabinet with locks and keys.
09. plan Rack.
10. copy Machine with book copy multiple copy and collating
feature. (Type to be approved by the Engineer).
11. Heating, cooling, lighting (40 f.c. minimum).
"'
12. Windows and Door with Lock Bar and Padlock.
1.08 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. WATER
....
01. Water necessary for construction of the improvements and
testing its plumbing and mechanical systems shall be
furnished by the Contractor. contractor shall make all
connections and provide all piping necessary for this
service.
02. contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide
all water and distribution of same required during
entire construction period. Installation of the
construction water meter and cost of all temporary water
shall be paid for by contractor.
- 01500-3 -
03. Provide sufficient water outlets for use by all trades,
conveniently located around entire project for proper
execution of work.
B. ELECTRICITY
01. See Special Conditions.
C. TOILET FACILITIES
01. Contractor shall provide and maintain an adequate number
of temporary toilets with proper enclosures as necessary
for use of workmen during construction. Locate toilets
where directed. Keep toilets clean and comply with all
local and state health requirements and sanitary
regulations. Temporary toilet facilities shall consist
of prefabricated chemical type as approved by all
applicable local and state codes. Temporary privies
shall not be used. Permanent plumbing fixtures within
the building shall not be used during construction.
D. The two (2) telephones with two (2) incoming lines shall be
installed by the General Contractor in the Temporary Engi-
neer/Inspector Field Office and it shall remain in operation
until the full completion of the project. All charges in
connection with the telephone including Local and Long
Distance service shall be paid for by the contractor.
01. Provide separate telephone service connection line for
FAX machine to be furnished by the Contractor for the
duration of the project. Contractor shall also pay all
charges in connection with the FAX telephone service
charges.
1.09 PROJECT SIGN: See Section 01300.
End of section
.....
......
- 01500-4 -
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQOIREMENTS
SECTION 01540
SECURITY AND PROTECTION
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Requirements: This section specifies minimum requirements of
temporary provisions for security and protection is the
Contractor's sole responsibility, and is not limited to the
minimums established by the requirements hereof. Except as
otherwise indicated, the use of alternative security and
protection methods of facilities, equivalent to those speci-
fied is the Contractor's option. The work of this section is
defined to exclude required insurance coverage, perfor-
mance/payment bonds, first aid requirements, general supervi-
sion, quality control, damage surveys, pre-qualification of
construction personnel, temporary enclosure of completed work
and stored materials, inspections and test of the work,
instructions to owner's personnel and similar recognized
protection/security provisions, which are, nevertheless,
specified in other parts of the contract document, if re-
quired.
B. The types of security and protection facilities and services
required for the entire project include, but are not limited
to, the following:
01. Temporary fire protection access.
02. Temporary fire protection.
03. Barricades, warning signs, lights.
04.
security enclosure and lockup of work.
-
05. Personnel security program.
06. Environmental protection.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Regulations: comply with governing regulations for the
installation and operation of security and protection facili-
ties, including the rules and recommendations of fire depart-
ments, police, rescue squad's, watchman services, and similar
local organization and companies.
--
1.03 JOB CONDITIONS
A.
Scheduled Uses: Provide security and protection at the times
first needed at the site; and maintain, expand, and modify the
facilities as needed throughout the construction period.
"-
- 01540-1 -
B. Conditions of Use: Use security and protection facilities and
services in a safe, sanitary, lawful, and publicly acceptable
manner, which will not interfere unduly with performance of
the work nor result in other deleterious effects.
1.04 MATERIALS OF SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES
A. General: For use in security and protection facilities,
provide either new or used materials and equipment, which are
in substantially undamaged and serviceable conditions.
Provide types and quality levels which are recognized in the
construction industry as suitable for the intended use in each
application.
1.05 INSTALLATION OF SECURITY/PROTECTION FACILITIES
A. General: Use qualified tradesmen for the installation of
security and protection facilities. Locate facilities where
they will serve the total project construction work adequate-
ly, and result in a minimum interference with performance of
the work. Relocate, modify and extend facilities as required
during the course of the work, to properly accommodate the
entire work of the project. Provide and maintain a reasonably
neat and uniform appearance in security and protection facili-
ties, acceptable to Architect/Engineer and the owner.
1. 06 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
r,
A. GENERAL: During the construction period and until the time
certain protection needs may be fulfilled by permanent
facilities, install and maintain whatever types and forms of
fire protection to prevent and protect against fire losses
which are reasonably predictable and controllable. Except as
. otherwise indicated or required, comply with the applicable
recommendations of NFPA No. 10 "Portable Fire Extinguishers"
for each area of each construction activity whenever combusti-
ble materials, flammable liquids and similar exposures to
possible fires are present. Locate Extinguishers where most
convenient and effective for the intended purposes. Store
combustible materials in recognized fire-safe locations and
containers.
-'
1.07 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS AND LIGHTS
A. General: comply with recognized standards and code require-
ments for the erection of substantial and structurally
adequate barricades wherever needed to prevent accidents and
losses. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning
signs inform personnel at the site, and the general public
where exposure exists, of the hazard being protected. Provide
lighting where appropriate and needed for the recognition of
the facility, including flashing red lights where appropriate.
B. storage: Where materials and equipment must be temporarily
stored, prior to and during construction, and are of substan-
tial value or attractive for possible theft, provide secure
lockup and enforce strict discipline in connection with the
timing of installation and release of materials, so that the
opportunity for theft and vandalism is minimized.
- 01540-2 -
...
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
A. General: Provide protection facilities, operate temporary
facilities, conduct construction activates, and enforce strict
discipline for personnel at the project site in ways and by
methods which comply with environmental protection regula-
tions, and which will minimize the possibility that the air,
waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or
that other undesirable and deleterious effects might result
from performance of the work at the project site. Avoid the
use of tools and equipment which product harmful noise: and
restrict the use of noise-making tools and equipment to the
hours of use which will minimize noise complaints by persons
or firms near the project.
1.10 TE<<MINATION AND REMOVAL
A.
General: Maintain protection and security facilities and
services in good operating condition through the time and use
and until the completion and use of permanent work makes each
temporary services unnecessary, or until the owner's occupan-
cy has replaced the need for the service or until its discon-
tinuation has been otherwise authorized. Remove each facility
promptly after its use has been terminated. complete or
restore permanent work which may have been delayed or other-
wise affected by the temporary facility. Replace work which
cannot be satisfactorily restored. Except as otherwise
indicated, the materials and equipment of temporary security
and protection facilities remain the property of the Contrac-
tor.
-,
End of section
I....
- 01540-3 -
project NO. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Flordia
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQOIREMENT
SECTION 01600
MATERIALS AND EOUIPMEII'l'
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 STANDARDS
A. References to Standards, Codes, specifications, Recommenda-
tions and Regulations: Refer to the latest edition or
printing in effect at the date of issue shown in the Docu-
ments, unless other date is implied by the suffix number of
the standard.
-'
B.
Applicable portions of the standards listed that are not in
conflict with the Contract Documents shall be construed as
specifications for this work.
C. specified variations from the standards listed shall be
construed as amendments and the unaltered portions of the
standards shall remain in full effect.
D. In case of discrepancies or variations between the
specifications and the standards, the requirements of the
specifications shall govern.
E. In case of discrepancies or variations between the listed
standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
F. Keep at the site not less than one copy, in good conditions,
of the standards specifically indicated as the methods for
applying, installing, connecting and erecting. Inform
involved personnel as the requirements and availability of the
standards.
1.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Schedule deliveries and unloading to prevent traffic conges-
tion, blocking of access and interference with work. Arrange
deliveries to avoid larger accumulations than can be suitably
stored at site. comply with restrictions for Use of Premises.
B. Provide for continuity of supply to avoid change of supplier
or change in brand of materials during any phase of work.
C. Pack and handle materials to prevent damage during loading,
delivering and storing.
D.
Deliver packaged materials to site in
original, unopened, labeled containers.
containers until approximate time for use.
manufacturer's
Do not open
E. Store materials at locations that will not interfere with
progress of work. Arrange locations of storage areas in
approximate order of intended use.
- 01600-1 -
F. store materials in a manner that will prevent damage to
materials or structure, and that will prevent injury to
persons.
G. store cementitious materials in dry, weathertight, ventilated
spaces.
H. store ferrous materials to prevent contact with ground and to
avoid rusting and damage from weather.
1. 03 WORKING AND STORING AREAS
A.
Except as specifically provided, storing or working outside of
indicated spaces will not be permitted.
:;...
B. Keep areas outside the indicated working and storing spaces
f.~ee from debris incidental to this Contract.
C.
parking of private cars is not permitted on private property
nor on private roads. parking on City of Miami Beach property
shall be coordinated with the owner's representative. Notify
employees and subcontractors of this requirement at beginning
of work.
"--
1.04 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
A. Apply, install, connect and erect manufactured items or
materials according to the recommendations of the manufacturer
when such recommendations are not in conflict with the
Contract Documents.
B. Furnish to the Engineer on request, copies of the manufac-
turer.s recommendations. Secure approval of recommendations
before proceeding with work.
C. Keep at the site not less than one copy, in good condition, of
manufacturer' s recommendations or direction pertaining to work
at the site. Inform involved personnel of requirements and
availability of manufacturer's recommendations.
1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions will only be allowed as specified in section
01300.
End of Section
- 01600-2 -
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01710
CLEANING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
-'
A. Work Included: Throughout the construction period, maintain
the construction site in a standard of cleanliness as de-
scribed in this section.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Inspection: Conduct daily inspection, and more often if
necessary, to verify that requirements of cleanliness are
being met.
B. codes and standards: In addition to the standards described
in this Section, comply with all pertinent requirements of
governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
2. PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2 .01 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. Provide all required personnel, equipment, and materials
needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness.
2.02 COMPATIBILITY:
A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are
compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by
the manufacturer of the material or as approved by the
Engineer.
3. PAR~ 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING:
~
A.
General:
01. Retain all stored items in an orderly arrangement
allowing maximum access, not impeding storm water
drainage or traffic, and providing the required protec-
tion of materials.
02. Do not allow the accumulation of scrap, debris, waste
material, and other items not required for construction
of this work.
03.
At least twice each month, and more often if necessary,
completely remove all scrap, debris, and waste material
from the job site.
.:-
--
- 01710-1 -
-
....
04. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal
from the job site, observing all requirements for fire
protection and environmental protection.
B. site:
01. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the site and
pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove
all such items to the place designated for their
storage.
02.
weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect all
arrangements of materials stored on the site~ restack,
tidy, or otherwise service all arrangements to meet the
requirements of subparagraph 3. Ol.A.l above.
-
03.
Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all
times.
-
C. structures:
01. weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect the
structures and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste
material. Remove all such items to the place designated
for their storage.
02. weekly, and more often if necessary, sweep all interior
spaces clean. "clean", for the purpose of this sub-
paragraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from
dust and other material capable of being removed by use
of reasonable effort and handheld broom.
03. As required preparatory to installation os succeeding
materials, clean the structures of pertinent portions
thereof to the degree of cleanliness recommended by the
manufacturer of the succeeding material, using all
equipment and materials required to achieve the required
cleanliness.
04.
Following the installation of finish floor materials,
clean the finish floor daily (and more often if neces-
sary) at all times while work is being installed.
"Clean", for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be
interpreted as meaning free from all foreign material
which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may be injurious
to the finish floor material. .
.....
D. owner's Right To Clean up
01. Should the Contractor fail to clean up the site of the
work, and the streets immediately adjacent to the site
in accordance with the above requirements, the owner
reserves the right to clean up with his own forces, or
by retaining an outside contractor for this purpose, and
deduct said reasonable costs associated with this
cleaning from money due to the Contractor.
~~
- 01710-2 -
......
3.02 FINAL CLEANING:
A. Definitions: Except as otherwise specifically provided,
"clean" (for the purpose of this.Article) shall be interpreted
as meaning the level of cleanliness generally provided by
skilled cleaners using commercial quality building maintenance
equipment and materials.
B. General: Prior to completion of the work remove the job site
of all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and
waste. conduct final progress cleaning.
-'
C.
site: unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer,
broom clean all paved areas on the site and all public paved
areas directly adjacent to the site. completely remove all
resultant debris.
D. structures:
01. Exterior: visually inspect all exterior surfaces and
remove all traces of soil, waste material, smudges, and
other foreign matter. Remove all traces of splashed
materials from adjacent surfaces. If necessary to
achieve a uniform degree of exterior cleanliness, hose
down the exterior of the structure. In the event of
stubborn stains not removable with water, the Engineer
may require light sandblasting or other cleaning at not
additional cost to the owner.
,-
02.
Interior: visually inspect all interior surfaces and
remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges, and
other foreign matter. Remove all traces of splashed
materials from adjacent surfaces. Remove all paint
droppings, spots, stains, and dirt from finished
surfaces. Use only the specified cleaning materials and
equipment.
03. Glass: clean all glass inside and outside.
04. polished Surfaces: To all surfaces requJ.rJ.ng the
routine application of buffed polish, apply the polish
recommended by the manufacturer of the material being
polished.
E. Timing: schedule final cleaning as approved by the Engineer
to enable the owner to accept a completely clean project.
3.03 CLEANING DURING OWNER'S OCCUPANCY:
A. Should the owner occupy the work or any portion thereof prior
to its completion by the Contractor and acceptance by the
OWner, responsibilities for interim and final cleaning of the
occupied spaces shall be as determined by the Engineer in
accordance with the General conditions of the Contract.
End of section
,...
- 01710-3 -
-
...
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQOIREMENTS
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCOMElI'l'S
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A.
work Included:
-
01. Throughout progress of the work of this contract,
maintain an accurate record of all changes in the
Contract Documents, as described in Article 3.01 below.
02. Upon completion of the work of this contract, transfer
the recorded changes to a set of Record Documents, as
described in Article 3.02.
B. Related work Described Elsewhere:
01.
submittals - section 01300
-
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. General: Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of
Record Documents to one person on the Contractor's staff as
approved in advance by the Engineer.
B. Accuracy of Records: Thoroughly coordinate all changes within
-the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on
each page of specifications and each sheet of Drawings and
other Documents where such entry is required to properly show
the change. Accuracy of records shall be such that future
search for items shown in the contract Documents may
reasonably rely on information obtained from the approved
Record Documents.
-
c. Timing of Entries: Make all entries within 24 hours after
receipt of information.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: The Engineer'S approval of the current status of
Record Documents will be a prerequisite to the Engineer's
approval of requests for progress payment and request for
final payment under the contract.
B. Progress Submittals: Prior to submitting each request for
progress payment, secure the Engineer'S approval of the Record
Documents as currently maintained.
c. Final submittal: Prior to submitting request for final
payment, submit the final Record Documents to the Engineer and
secure his approval.
- 01720-1 -
-
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Use all means necessary to maintain the job set of Record
Documents completely protected from deterioration and from
loss and damage until completion of the work and transfer of
the recorded data to the final Record Documents. In the event
of loss of recorded data, use all means necessary to secure
the data to the Engineer's approval; such means shall include,
if necessary in the opinion of the Engineer, removal and
replacement of concealing materials and, in such case, all
replacements shall be to the standards originally specified in
the Contract Documents.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 RECORD DOCUMENTS:
....
A.
Job Set: promptly following award of contract, secure from
the owner, at no charge to the contractor, one complete set of
all documents comprising the Contract.
B. Final Record Documents: At a time near the completion of the
work, secure from the OWner at no charge to the contractor,
one complete set of reproducible transparencies of all
drawings included in the Contract.
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 MAINTENANCE OF JOB SET:
A. Identification:
01.
Immediately upon receipt of the job set described in
Paragraph 2.0l.A above, identify each of the documents
with the title "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET".
..-
B. Preservation:
01.
considering the Contract completion time, the probable
number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken
out for new entries and for examination, and the
conditions under which these activities will be per-
formed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job
set to the approval of the Engineer.
--
02. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of
new data and for review by the Engineer, until start of
transfer of data to final Record Documents.
03. Maintain the job set at the site of work as designated
by the Engineer.
C. Making Entries On Drawings:
-
01. using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible
pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line, as
required. Date all entries. Call attention to the
entry by a "cloud" around the area or areas affected.
In the event of overlapping changes, different colors
may be used for each of the changes.
...,.
- 01720-2 -
......
-
-
D. Making Entries on other Documents:
01. where changes are caused by directives issued by the
Engineer clearly indicate the change by note in ink,
colored pencil, or rubber stamp.
02. where changes are caused by contractor-originated
proposals approved by the Engineer, including inadver-
tent errors by the contr~ctor which have been accepted
by the Engineer, clearly indicate the change by note in
erasable colored pencil.
Make entries in the pertinent documents as approved by
the Engineer.
03.
.....
E. conversion of schematic Layouts:
01.
In most cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits
and circuits, piping, ducts, and other similar items, is
shown schematically and is not .intended to portray
precise physical layout. Final physical arrangement is
as determined by the contractor, subject to the En-
gineer's approval. However, design of future
modifications of the facility may require accurate
information as to the final physical arrangement of
items which are shown only schematically on the Drawing.
...
02. show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension
accurate to within 25 mm (1"), the centerline of each
run of items such as are described in paragraph 3.01.E.l
above. clearly identify the item by accurate note such
as "cast iron drain", "galvanized water", etc. Show, by
symbol or note, the location of the item ("underslab",
"in ceiling plenum", "exposed", etc.). Make all
identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be
related reliably to the specifications.
03. The Engineer may waive the requirements for conversion
of schematic data where, in the Engineer's judgement,
such conversion serves no beneficial purpose. However,
do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifi-
cally issued in writing by the Engineer.
04. Timing of Entries: Be alert to changes in the work from
how it is shown in the Contract Documents. promptly,
and in no case later than 24 hours after the change has
occurred and been made known to the contractor, make the
entry or entries required.
F. Accuracy of Entries:
01. Use all means necessary, including the proper tools for
measurement, to determine actual locations of the
installed items.
3.02 FINAL RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. General: The purpose of the final Record Documents is to
provide factual information regarding all aspects of the work,
both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of
design to proceed without lengthy and expensive site
measurement, investigation, and examination.
- 01720-3 -
-
B. Approval Of Recorded Data Prior To Transfer: Following
receipt of the sepia transparencies described in Paragraph
2.01.B above, and prior to start of transfer of recorded data
thereto, secure a review by the Engineer of all recorded data.
Make all required revisions.
D.
C. Transfer Of Data To Drawings: Carefully transfer all change
data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the correspon-
ding sepias, coordinating the changes as required, and clearly
indicating at each affected detail and other drawing the full
description of all changes made during construction and the
actual location of items described in Paragraph 3.01.E above.
Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the
area or areas affected. Make all change entries on the sepias
neatly, consistently, and in ink or crisp black pencil.
Transfer Of Data To Other Documents: If the Documents other
than Drawings have~ kept clean successfully during
progress of the work, and if entries have been sufficiently
orderly thereon to the approval of the Engineer, the job set
of those Documents (other than Drawings) will be accepted by
the Engineer as final Record Documents for those Documents.
If any such Document is not so approved by the Engineer,
secure a new copy of that Document from the Engineer at the
Engineer's usual charge for reproduction; carefully transfer
the change data to the new copy and to the approval of the
Engineer.
~
...--
E. Review And Approval: Submit the completed total set of Record
Documents to the Engineer as described in Paragraph 1.03. C
above. Participate in review meeting or meetings as required
by the Engineer, make all required changes in the Record
Documents, and promptly deliver the final Record Documents to
the Engineer.
3.03 CHANGES SUBSEQUENT TO ACCEPTANCE:
.-.
A. The Contractor shall have no responsibilities for recording
changes in the work subsequent to acceptance of the work by
the Owner, except for changes resulting from replacements,
repairs, and alterations made by the Contractor as part of the
project guarantee or warranty.
End of Section
-
-
,...;>
.....
- 01720-4 -
..
-
Project No. 9432RA
Parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISIOlII 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01730
OPERATION AND MAIH'l'EHAHCE DMA
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A.
work Included: To aid in the continued instruction of
operating and maintenance personnel, and to provide a positive
source of information regarding the products incorporated in
the work, furnish and deliver the data described in the
Section and in other sections of these specifications.
...
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere:
01. Make all submittals in strict accordance with the
provisions of Section 01300.
02. Required contents of submittals may also be amplified in
the pertinent other sections.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
In preparation of data required by this section, use only
personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
operations and maintenance of the described items, completely
familiar with the requirements of this section, and skilled in
technical writing to the degree needed for communicating the
-essential data.
.'-
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A.
preliminary: submi t two (2) copies of a preliminary draft of
the proposed manual and manuals to the Engineer for review and
comments.
-
B. Final: unless otherwise directed in the pertinent other
sections, or in writing by the Engineer, submit three (3)
copies of the final manual to the Engineer prior to in-
doctrination of operation and maintenance personnel.
.....
2 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 INSTRUCTION MANUALS:
....
A.
General:
submitted
prepare in
where instruction manuals are
under other sections of these
accordance with the following:
required to be
specifications,
01.
size
8 ~ " x 11 "
(22 cm by 28 cm)
02.
Paper
white Bond, at least 9 kg
(20 lb.) weight
.....
;;",
- 01730-1 -
-
-
03.
Text
Neatly typewritten
11" (28 cm) in height
preferable; bind in with text;
foldout acceptable; larger
drawings acceptable, but fold
to fit within the manual and
provide a drawing pocket inside
rear cover or bind in with
text.
04.
Drawings
05.
Flysheets
separate each portion of the
manual with neatly prepared
flysheets briefly describing
contents of the ensuing port-
ion; flysheets may be in color.
Use heavy-duty plastic or card-
board covers with binding mech-
anism concealed inside the man-
ual; 3-ring binders will be
acceptable; all binding shall
be subject to the Engineer's
approval.
~
06.
Binding
07.
Measurements
show the u.s. measurements plus
the SI equivalents.
....
c. Covers: Provide front and back t:overs for each manual, using
durable material approved by the Engineer and clearly identified on
or through the front cover with at least the following information:
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA
-
PARKING SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
42ND STREET PARKING GARAGE
(Name of Contractor)
.-
(General subject of this Manual)
~
(Space for Approval Signature of the Engineer and Approval Date)
D.
Contents:
Include at least the following:
---
01. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the manual, giving
immediate information as to location within the manual of all
emergency data regarding the installation.
02. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of
all equipment involved, including lubrication, disassembly,
and reassembly.
-
03. complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment.
---,
complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable
parts, name and address of nearest vendor, and all other
pertinent data regarding procurement procedure.
05. Photocopy of all guarantees and warranties issued.
04.
-
- 01730-2 -
-
-
06. Manufacturers' bulletins, cuts and descriptive data, where
pertinent, clearly indicating the precise items included in
this installation, and deleting, or otherwise clearly in-
dicating, all manufacturers' data with which this installation
is not concerned.
07. such other data as required in pertinent other sections of
these specifications.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
.....
3.01 INSTRUCTION MANUALS:
A.
preliminary: Prepare a preliminary draft of each proposed
manual. show general arrangement, nature of contents in each
portion, probable number of drawings and their size, and
proposed method of binding and covering. secure the En-
gineer'S approval prior to proceeding with final.
B. Final: complete the manuals in strict accordance with the
approved preliminary drafts and the Engineer'S review com-
ments.
"-
-J...
c.
Revisions: Following the indoctrination and instruction of
operation and maintenance personnel, review all proposed
revisions of manuals with the Engineer. If the Contractor is
required by the Engineer to revise previously approved final
manuals, compensation will be made as provided under "changes"
in the General conditions.
-
End of section
-
"
....,
....
- 01730-3 -
.-
DIVISION
02050
--
-
-
-
;-
.-
......
-
-
2 SITE WORK
Demolition
-
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
01.
Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to
complete the demolition work on the drawings and/or as
specified.
......
02. Demolish and remove all concrete curbs, walls,platforms
or slabs~ all bituminous pavement and base~ all pavement
and other materials to complete the work of the project
as shown on the drawings and/or as specified.
Remove all roof level lighting poles and luminaires and
all existing lighting fixtures as shown on the drawings.
03.
.....
1.02 PROTECTION:
A. Furnish, erect and maintain all temporary barricades, fences,
coverings, enclosures, signs and lighting as may be required
to carry on demolition work in a safe and satisfactory manner
and to keep the public from entering the work area.
1. 03 PERMITS:
A. Contractor shall secure demolition permits, fees, insurance,
licenses, etc., as required, at his own expense, and notify
all local agencies, such as Building Department, Fire
Department, police, etc., that have jurisdiction.
Notify city Water Department, Florida Power & Light company,
Southern Bell, Gas utility company and all other involved
utility companies before commencing demolition work.
B.
>~'....
1.04 NOTIFICATION:
A. Contractor shall notify and obtain approval from owner and/or
Engineer before commencing demolition work.
1.05 COOPERATION:
A. Examine Drawings and specifications for all contracts of the
work to be performed in approximately the same time frame to
determine nature of proposed construction. Perform work to
conform with construction called for in such a manner as not
to interfere with or delay work of other Contractors.
2 . PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 (NOT APPLICABLE)
- 02050-1 -
-
~
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 DEMOLITION:
A. All work shall be executed in orderly and careful manner with
due consideration for occupants, neighbors, and the public.
B. Demolish existing structure to the elevation of the supporting
concrete slab.
C. Rubbish and debris shall be sprinkled thoroughly during
demolition to lay dust. Explosives shall not be used.
D. Break-up and remove any basement floor slabs encountered to
prevent pocketing of water.
3.02 REMOVAL:
.-
A.
Remove from site all debris and all materials not indicated to
be salvaged. All removed materials not to be salvaged shall
become property of Contractor who shall legally dispose of
materials to approval of Engineer.
3.03 CLEANING:
A.
Upon work
material,
section.
completion, remove from the site all tools,
and rubbish of every sort, created by work of this
Leave premises in a neat and orderly condition.
..-
End of section
,.-.
-
-"'
-
.~
-
,;-
-
- 02050-2 -
-
DIVISION 3
CONCRETE
Cast-In-place Concrete
03300
03310
03500
03600
Concrete Reinforcement
and Form Work
Repair of Concrete
Epoxy Injection Repairs '1'0 Concrete
..
,.-
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
....
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to
complete all cast-in-place concrete and related work, as
shown specified or required to make the work of this
Section complete.
02. Furnish and install related items specified herein.
03. Install items furnished but not specifically required to
be installed under other Section.
04. Coordinate, cooperate and assist with installation of
items furnished and installed under other trades.
B. Related work specified Elsewhere:
01.
Concrete Reinforcement & Formwork
section 03310
--
1.02 -SUBMITTALS:
submit 3 copies of the following:
A. Manufacturer's Data:
For standard factory manufactured materials.
...
B.
proposed concrete design mixes.
2 copies of back-up data. Use
submittal form.
3 copies of proposed mix and
attached concrete mix design
-
C.
suitable Samples in Duplicate:
Bearing pads.
Dovetail anchor slots.
Non-Shrink grout.
-
D. samples to Testing Agency:
01. concrete constituents including admixtures.
-
E. Mill Reports for Cement.
F. Methods proposed for hot weather curing, and protection of
concrete (submit prior to commencement of concrete work).
-
- 03300-1 -
..-
-
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS:
A. Comply with the provisions of the following standards, except
as otherwise indicated. Provide 1 copy of each standard in
shop and field office.
01.
ACI
211.1
Recommended Practice for Selecting proportions for Nor-
mal weight Concrete.
02.
ACI
211.2
Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for st-
ructural Light weight Concrete.
03.
ACI
301
-
specifications for structural Concrete for Buildings.
04.
ACI
304
Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transport-
ing and Placing Normal Weight Concrete.
05. ACI 605
concreting. Hot Weather.
06.
ACI
309
Consolidation of concrete.
07.
ACI
318
-
Building code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
08.
ACI
347
Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
09. ASTM C31
Making and curing Concrete compression and Flexural
strength Test specimens in the Field.
-
10. ASTM C42
Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and sawed Beams of
Concrete.
-
11. ASTM C94
specifications for Ready Mixed concrete.
12. ASTM c330
specifications for Lightweight Aggregates for structural
Concrete.
13. ASTM c143
Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete.
- 03300-2 -
;;-.
-
14. ASTM C172
Sampling Fresh Concrete.
15. ASTM C173
-
Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed
volumetric Method.
Concrete by
16. ASTM C23l
--
Test for Air content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method.
17. ASTM C567
Test for unit weight for structural Lightweight con-
crete.
18. NRMA
concrete plant standards and Truck Mixer and Agitator
standards.
B. perform all work in accordance with rules and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction. In the absence of other
authorities comply with the south Florida Building Code. In
case of conflict most stringent shall govern.
1.04 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR:
A. The Contractor alone shall be fully responsible for the
design, strength, safety and adequacy of all formwork,
shoring, bracing and all methods of construction, and for the
strength, slump, consistency, finish and general quality of
concrete. The specifying herein of requirements for formwork
or construction methods, cement/water ratios, slump,
preliminary approvals by the Engineer, inspection testing and
quality control performed by owner's testing agency, or any
other requirements of the specifications shall be construed as
the minimum acceptable, and shall not eliminate, lessen or
restrict in any manner the responsibility of the contractor
for all construction methods and for providing concrete in the
completed structure that fully meets the strength, appearance
and all other requirements of the specifications and Drawings.
1.05 INSPECTION, TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL:
A. A testing agency will be employed by the owner to verify the
acceptability of materials and the design of the basic
concrete mixes.
B.
Since the requirements throughout this section are written
with the intent to secure the best end result, it is recog-
nized that perhaps certain deviations may be advisable under
the project conditions. Any such deviations may be allowed
only after examination by and upon the written authorization
of the Engineer.
C. coordinate with the testing agency to insure that materials
are supplied, sampled, and tested so as not to delay the
progress of the job. whenever the source, quality or charac-
-
-
- 03300-3 -
....
-
D.
teristics of the approved material changes or indicates lack
of compliance with Contract requirements, the Contractor shall
resubmit additional materials for the testing agency to
sample.
The owner shall pay for the cost of the services of the
testing agency except that the contractor shall reimburse the
owner for the cost of those services which, in the opinion of
the Engineer, are required because of the following:
01. Failure of materials or workmanship to meet Contract
requirements.
...
02. Materials or practices, not complying with the specifi-
cations, which could possibly result in defective work
thereby rendering it necessary or advisable to perform
tests to determine whether or not work is acceptable.
03. Changes in source, quality or characteristics of materi-
als.
04. wasted time of inspectors because of cancellations or
delays of concrete placement or other work.
05. site cured cylinders requested by the Contractor to
verify strengths.
E. General concrete testing will consist of 1 set of 3 cylinders
for each day's casting or every 25 cu. yds. whichever is the
lesser, plus slump tests, entrained air tests, etc. as deter-
mined by the Engineer. One cylinder shall be tested at 7 days
and two cylinders at 28 days. Additional cylinders shall be
made if so directed by the Engineer or desired by the Contrac-
tor. Tests shall be performed by testing agency personnel.
F. The Contractor shall cooperate by allowing clear and safe
access to the work for sampling, inspection and storage of
specimens and equipment. He shall construct a storage box on
the site of sufficient size to store 24 cylinders which will
afford the protection required by ASTM C3l, paragraph 7 (A).
G. If any strength test of laboratory cured cylinders fall below
the required strength by more than 500 psi, or if observations
or other evidence indicates deficiencies in protection or in
curing, or if the concrete is suspected of having been frozen,
steps shall be taken to assure that load carrying capacity of
the structure is not jeopardized.
H. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, the ultimate load
carrying capacity or durability has been significantly
reduced, the concrete shall be removed and replaced at the
Contractor's expense unless the Engineer deems it appropriate
to take core test. In such cases, a minimum of 3 cores shall
be taken for each strength test more than 500 psi below the
required strength.
I. Those portions of the structure that do not meet the contract
requirements based on appearance or for any other aesthetic
reason shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed
by the Engineer and all cost of corrections, removal and
replacement, shall be at the Contractor's expense.
- 03300-4 -
-
--
J. The Contractor may proceed with form construction, installa-
tion of embedded items, and reinforcement but shall not place
concrete into or around such items until the Engineer has
approved the work.
K. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and testing agency
not less than 24 hrs. (excluding weekends and holidays) in
advance of the starting of any project concrete operations,
whenever concrete in excess of 2 cu. yds. is batched or
placed. The Engineer shall have the option to alter these
requirements.
2 . PAR~ 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 MISCELLANEOUS RELATED MATERIALS:
Not less than 48 percent solids. Acceptable are:
SRB Latex by Euclid Chemical Co.
Sika Bond by sika Chemical Co.
Daraweld C by W. R. Grace Co.
Everbond by Land M Construction Chemicals.
Non-shrink patching mixture for repair of defective
surfaces shall be specially formulated package
approved by the Engineer. Acceptable are:
Euco-speed by Euclid Chemical Co.
Set 45 by Master Builders
sonopatch by Sonoborn contech.
E. Dovetail anchor slots shall be approved type with felt
fillers, formed of i20 USS gauge galvanized steel, or eraydo--
zinc alloy. Dovetail anchor slots and dovetail anchors which
engage such slots shall be obtained from a single source.
slots and anchors shall engage with a positive snug fit.
-
,.-
,.-.
-""
-
,.-
-
A.
curing Materials:
Waterproof papers - ASTM C17l-60
Mats -ASTM c440
Burlap - Fed. spec. CC-c-467A
B.
Non-shrink cement grout under steel base plates and bearing
plates or required fill in concrete walls or slabs shall be a
mixture of water and specially formulated packaged mixture
approved by the Engineer, such as 5 Star Grout by us Grout
co., Masterflow 713 by Master Builders, Euco N-S by Euclid
Chemical company, crystex by Land M construction Chemicals,
Set Non-shrink Grout by Set products, or sonogrout Byflow by
sonneborn-contech. The resulting grout shall have the follow-
ing qualities:
01. No drying shrinkage or settlement at any age.
C.
compressive strength (2" x 2" steel formed cubeS) not
less than 5,000 psi at 7 days, and 7,500 psi at 28 days
when placed in flowable consistency.
Bonding Admixture Non-Reemusifiable Latex:
- 02.
D.
concrete
mixture
- 03300-5 -
-
F. wedge inserts to support masonry relieving angles shall be
"3/4" Peerless Long" by Richmond Screw Anchor Bolt, wedge
insert #LW-340 by Hohmann and Barnard or approved equal.
Inserts shall be anchored in place by a #4 rod 2'-0" long
installed through the anchorage loop and bent at 135 degrees.
G. clear Curing and Sealing Compound (VOC compliant):
The compound shall have 30% solids content minimum, and will
not yellow under ultra violet light after 500 hours of test in
accordance with ASTM D4887 and will have a maximum moisture
loss of 0.039 grams per sq.cm. when applied at a coverage rate
of 250 sq.ft. per gallon.
01. super Aqua Cure vox, super Diamond Clear vox, by The
Euclid chemical Co.
02. Kure-N-Seal 30WB by Sonneborn-contech.
-
H. Evaporation Retarder:
When high temperatures, low humidity and dry winds create
conditions suitable for plastic cracking, the evaporation
retarder "Eucobar" by The Euclid Chemical Co. or "Confilm" by
Master Builders may be required to be applied by spray one or
more times during the finishing operation.
2.02 CONCRETE MIX MATERIALS:
A. Cement - American made Portland cement, ASTM c150 Type I or
Type II with the following additional requirements.
Cement to be used in exposed-to-weather concrete shall
meet the additional requirement that it shall exhibit no
efflorescence when subjected to standard wick Test in
conformity with ASTM C67 (but employing 2" x 7" x 1/2"
mortar slabs comprising a 1:2 mixture by weight of the
cement under test and ottawa Sand, mixed to a flow of
100 percent with local tap water and aged 1 week prior
to test).
02. High early strength cement ASTM C150 Type III (may not
be used without the written approval of the Engineer).
01.
-
-
B.
Fine aggregate (normal weight) shall consist of washed, inert,
natural sand conforming to ASTM c-33 and the following addi-
tional requirements:
:-...
sieve
~
#16
#50
#100
F.M.
organic
silt
Mortar strength
soundness
Retained
0-5 Percent
25-40
70-87
87-93
2.60 +/- .20
Plate 2 Max.
2.0 Percent Max.
100 Percent Min.
compressive Ratio
25 Percent Max. Loss,
Magnesium sulfate, 5 cycles
-
-
- 03300-6 -
,-..,.
--
c. coarse aggregate (normal weight) shall consist of well graded
crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to ASTM c-33 and the
following additional requirements:
Designated
size
F.M.
(+/- .20)
2"
7.45
1~"
7.20
1"
6.95
3/4"
6.70
1/2"
6.10
,.-
organic
plate 1 Max.
silt
1.0 Percent Max.
soundness
25 Percent Max.
Loss, Magnesium
sulfate, 5 cycles
D. pea-gravel shall be washed clean, hard, rounded gravel
conforming to ASTM C-33, except that it shall be graded to 90
percent passing the 3/8" screen and 90 percent retained in the
1/4" screen.
E. Water for all concrete shall be potable, clean and free from
injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or
other deleterious substances.
F. Water reducing and plasticizing admixtures - shall conform to
ASTM C494, Type A "and shall contain no chloride compound.
Acceptable are:
"WRDA" - W. R. Grace co., cambridge, Massachusetts
"PDA25" - protex Industries, Inc., Denver, colorado
- "Pozzolith 200N or 122N" - Master Builders co., cleveland,
ohio
G. Air Entraining Agent - shall conform to ASTM C260, agent shall
be fully compatible with the water reducing agent to be used.
Acceptable are:
"Darex AEA" - W. R. Grace co., cambridge, Massachusetts
"Air Mix" - The Euclid chemical Co., cleveland, ohio
"MB - VR"
Master Builders co., cleveland, ohio
-
H. High Range water-Reducing Admixture (superplasticizer):
The admixture shall conform to ASTM C494, Type F or G, and not
contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal
drinking water. Acceptable are:
"Eucon 37"
by The Euclid chemical company
--
"pheobuild 1000" by Master Builders
"Daracem 100" by W.R. Grace
I. Non-corrosive, Non-chloride Accelerator:
The admixture shall conform to ASTM C494, Type C or E, and not
.--
- 03300-7 -
-
-
contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal
drinking water. The admixture manufacturer must have lonq-
term non-corrosive test data from an independent testinq
laboratory (of at least a Year'S duration) usinq an acceptable
accelerated corrosion test method such as that usinq electri-
cal potential measures. Acceptable are:
"ACcelguard 80"
by The Euclid Chemical Company
by W.R. Grace
-
"Daraset"
J. Prohibited Admixtures:
calcium Chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more
than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted.
K. certification:
written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and
the chloride ion content of the admixture will be required
from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix design review by
the Engineer.
-
2.03 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN:
A. It is the intent of this specification to secure, for every
part of the work, concrete for homogeneous structure which,
when hardened, will have the required strength, appearance and
resistance to weathering.
B. Basic mix proportions shall be established by the Contractor
by means of prior laboratory tests made with the constituents
to be used in the work. If suitable data are not available,
Contractor shall engage a testing laboratory to provide them.
C. where the concrete production facility has a record, based on
at least 30 consecutive strength tests representing similar
materials and conditions to those expected, the strength used
as the basis for selecting proportions shall exceed the
nominal design strength by at least:
400 psi if the standard deviation is less than 300 psi.
550 psi if the standard deviation is 300 to 400 psi.
700 psi if the standard deviation is 400 to 500 psi.
900 psi if the standard deviation is 500 to 600 psi.
If the standard deviation exceeds 600 psi or if a suitable
record of strength test performance is not available, propor-
tions shall be selected to produce an average strength at
least 1200 psi greater than the nominal design strength.
E. The tests used to establish standard deviation shall represent
concrete produced to meet a specified strength or strengths
within 1000 psi of that specified for that proposed work.
-.
D.
F. when trial batches are used as a basis for determining mix
designs, the mix proportions of each type of concrete to be
used in the work shall be based on curves showing. the
relationship between water content, cement content, and 7 and
28 day compressive strengths of concrete made using the
proposed materials. The curves shall be determined by 4
or more points, each representing an average of at least 4
- 03300-8 -
-
,....
~
--
-
- J.
--
--
-
test specimens at each age, and shall have a range of values
sufficient to yield the desired data, including all the
compressive strengths called for on the plans, without
extrapolation. The design mixes of the concrete to be used in
the structure, as determined from the curves shall be based on
an average strength 1200 psi greater than the nominal design
strength. Make proper allowances to compensate for the
weakening effect of the air entrainment.
All concrete used in this project shall have an entrained air
content of 4 to 6 percent. An entraining cement shall not be
used. The maximum w/c ratio for all parking structure slabs
and all other areas noted on the drawings shall be 0.40 (5,000
psi concrete or higher), 0.45 for concrete 4,000 psi.
H. Maximum designated sizes of normal weight aggregate shall be
as follows:
G.
01.
l-~" for concrete in foundations.
02. 3/4" for all other concrete.
03. Pea-gravel 3/8" for sections 3" thick or less.
I.
slump:
All concrete containing the high-range water-reducing admix-
ture (superplasticizer) shall have a maximum slump of 9"
unless otherwise approved by the architect. The concrete
shall arrive at the job site at a slump of 2" to 3" be
verified, then the high-range water-reducing admixture added
to increase the slump to the approved level. All other
concrete shall have a maximum slump of 4".
K.
- At least 5 weeks before the first scheduled concrete place-
ment, submit to the Engineer and the testing agency, proposed
design mixes for each type of concrete to be used in the work.
Include water/cement/strength curves and all other supporting
data. Also, submit to the owner's testing agency all concrete
materials and mixtures for acceptance testing of the materials
and verification of the proposed concrete mixes at least 5
weeks before the Contractor proposes to use them in the work.
Deliver to the Engineer for future reference, small samples of
each cement shipment used in the work, in sealed containers
plainly and neatly marked with source, where proposed to be
used, date and name of collector. All costs in connection
with furnishing and delivery of samples shall be at Contrac-
tor's expense.
L. If the basic design mixes have not been properly established
and presented to the Engineer or if design mix verification
tests by the testing agency indicate that the design mixes in
any way fail to comply with all specified requirements, the
Engineer may require that design mixes be revised and resub-
mitted until the proposed design mixes are satisfactory. No
concrete may be placed in the work until the appropriate
design mix has been approved by the Engineer.
The contractor shall satisfy himself that the proposed mix
designs have satisfactory workability, finishability, and
setting time characteristics to enable him to achieve the
- 03300-9 -
-
quality requirements of this concrete in the hardened state.
M. If, during the progress of the work, any difficulty should
occur in securing concrete of the required workability and
strength with the materials being used, the Engineer may order
such changes in the proportions or materials, or both, as may
be necessary to secure the desired properties, subject to the
limiting requirements specified herein. Any changes so
ordered shall be made at the contractor's expense.
--
2.04 MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE:
A. All concrete shall be ready-mixed produced by a plant accep-
table to the Engineer. All constituents, including admix-
tures, shall be batched at the central batch plant.
B. Measure materials by weighing. The apparatus for weighing the
aggregates and cement shall have been certified by the Local
sealer of weights and Measures within 1 year of use. Each
size of aggregate and the cement shall be weighed separately.
The accuracy of all weighing devices shall be such that
successive quantities can be measured to within 1 Percent of
the indicated amount. Cement in standard packages (sacks)
need not be weighed. Measure mixing water by volume or by
weight. The water measuring devices shall be accurate to
within 1/2 of one percent. All measuring devices shall be
subject to approval. Admixtures shall be mixed, dispensed and
used in accordance with the specific manufacturer's detailed
specifications. Dispensing may be done either manually with
the use of calibrated containers or measuring tanks, or by
means of an approved impulse dispenser designed by the
manufacturer of the specific admixtures.
C. All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods
- shall conform with truck mixer and agitator standard of the
Truck Mixer Manufacturer's Bureau of the National Ready-Mixed
Concrete Association, as well as the latest ACI standard (ACI
304) for measuring, mixing and placing concrete and ASTM c94.
Trucks shall not be loaded in excess of NRMCA Ratings for
natural aggregate concrete.
D. Discharge of Materials: Discharge concrete without segrega-
tion of the ingredients. Open discharge door sufficiently so
that neither the coarse aggregate nor mortar is restrained.
Incorporate all concrete in the work in its final shape and
location within 1 hr. after introduction of water or within
such shorter period as the testing agency may direct during
hot weather. Immediately remove all materials not so incorpo-
rated in the work from the construction site.
3 . PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for and insure that
installation of all embedded items conform to requirements of
ACI 318, Chapter 6, paragraph 6.3, "Conduits and pipes
Embedded in concrete", and as specified below. Do not install
any accessories until their type and location have been
verified by all affected trades.
01. The installation of all inserts required by other trades
- 03300-10 -
-
-
02.
shall be coordinated with, or shall be installed prior
to, the placing of reinforcing steel.
Install anchor bolts, etc., furnished by other sections.
Set anchor bolts with line and transit and secure to
prevent displacement.
-
03.
Embed no pipes other than electrical conduit in any
structural concrete. Provide steel sleeves for pipes
passing through concrete. Apply for permission from
Engineer for any variation from the following re-
quirements unless shown on the Structural Drawings.
Make request in writing accompanied by suitable sketch.
--
(A) No conduit coating except galvanizing or equiva-
lent, shall be used.
--
(B)
Do not cut or displace any reinforcement.
(C) Do not place conduit between concrete surfaces
and reinforcement.
(D) Solid slabs - restrict O.D. of conduit to 1/4 of
slab thickness. Keep within middle half of that
thickness.
-
(E)
Run conduit larger than 1/6 slab thickness ap-
proximately parallel and at right angles to slab
reinforcing, not diagonally.
(F) place nearly parallel conduits apart at least 6
times O.D. of conduit being used.
(G) Do not embed conduit over 4 percent of the gross
concrete area of columns.
(H) Do not embed conduit in beams or ribs unless
specifically shown on the structural Drawings.
3.02 PLACING CONCRETE:
A. Transport concrete mixes to place of final deposit as rapidly
as practical by methods which prevent segregation of the
ingredients and displacement of reinforcement, avoid
rehandling. Deposit no partially hardened concrete. when
concrete is conveyed by chutes, the equipment shall be of such
size and u-shaped design as to insure a continuous flow in the
chute. Flat (coal) chutes shall not be employed. The chutes
shall be metal lined and different portions shall have
approximately the same slope. The slope shall not be less
than 25 degrees not more than 45 degrees from the horizontal,
and shall be such as to prevent the segregation of the
ingredients. The discharge end of the chute shall be provided
with a baffle plate or spout to prevent segregation. If the
discharge end of the chute is more than 5' above the surface
of the concrete in forms, a spout shall be used, and the lower
end maintained not more than 4'-0" above the surface of
deposit. when the operation is intermittent, the chute shall
discharge into a hopper. Concrete.shall not be allowed to
flow horizontally over a distance exceeding 5'. Provide
runways, or other means of wheeled equipment used to deposit
concrete over reinforcement, do not support runways on rein-
-
- 03300-11 -
--
forcement.
B. Unless otherwise permitted the work shall so be executed that
a section begun on anyone day shall be completed in daylight
on the same day.
C. All soil supporting slabs and footings and all reinforcing
inserts, and forms, and where applicable, all steel framing
metal deck and shear connectors, shall be approved by the
Engineer before placing the concrete.
D. Remove water and all foreign matter from place of deposit.
Place no concrete on frozen soil and provide adequate protec-
tion against frost action during freezing weather.
E. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more
than 0.05% chloride ions shall not be used anywhere on the
site for any purpose.
F. Concrete shall be deposited continuously, and in layers of
such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete
which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of
seams and planes of weakness within the section. If, due to
emergency conditions, a section cannot be placed continuously
between planned construction joints, as specified, a field
joint and additional reinforcement shall be introduced so as
to preserve the structural continuity, provided, the Engineer
is notified immediately and his consent obtained.
G. In order to secure full bond at construction joints, the
surfaces of the concrete already placed, including vertical
and inclined surfaces, shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign
materials and laitance, roughened with suitable tools such as
chipping hammers, wire brushes, etc., and recleaned by a
. stream of water or compressed air, well before the new
concrete is deposited. The joints shall be dampened with
water. A bonding grout composed of one part portlant cement,
1.5 parts fine sand, the specified bonding admixture and water
at a 50:50 ratio and mixed to achieve the consistency of thick
paint. New concrete shall be placed while the bonding grout
is still tacky.
H. Concrete shall be placed in such a manner as will prevent
segregation, and accumulations of hardened concrete being
placed. To achieve this end, suitable hoppers, spouts with
restricted outlet, tremies, etc., shall be used as required.
-
I. vertical lifts shall not exceed 18". Vibrate through succes-
sive lifts to avoid pour lines. Vibrate first lift thoroughly
until top of lift glistens, to avoid stone pockets, honeycomb
and segregation.
J. Concrete during and immediately after depositing shall be
thoroughly compacted by means of internal type mechanical
vibrators to produce required quality of finish. vibration
shall be done by experienced operators under close supervision
and shall be carried on long enough to produce homogeneity and
optimum consolidation without permitting segregation of the
constituents or "pumping" of air.
K. All vibrators used for normal weight concrete shall operate at
a speed of not less than 7,000 vpm and be of suitable capaci-
-.
- 03300-12 -
-
ty. Use and type of vibrators shall conform to ACI 309
"Recommended Practice for consolidation of Concrete."
L.
For all surfaces exposed to review in the finished
vibration shall be supplemented by proper wooden
puddling to remove included bubbles and honeycomb.
work,
spade
M. For placements other than concealed massive foundations, etc.,
at least one vibrator shall be on hand for every 10 cu.
yields. of concrete placed per hr. plus one spare. All
vibrators shall be operable and on the site prior to starting
placement.
~
N. cold joints are to be avoided, but if they occur, the Engineer
may require removal of all or part of the concrete at which
cold joint occurs, using any method he deems necessary.
Minimum requirement will be that a cold joint shall be treated
as a bonded construction joint.
o. when placing exposed concrete vertical surfaces, strike
corners of forms rapidly and repeatedly from the outside along
the full height while depositing concrete and vibrating.
P. After depositing concrete in columns or walls, at least 2 hrs.
must elapse before depositing in beams, girders or slabs
supported thereon.
-
chutes, hoppers, spouts, adjacent work, etc., shall
thoroughly cleaned before and after each run and the water
debris shall be discharged outside the form.
R. All structural slabs and slab on grade shall be finished to
exact elevations shown on the Drawings, the slab thickness
being increased where necessary to compensate for all set-
. tlements and deflection due to the weight of the wet concrete.
be
and
Q.
s. Pumping of concrete shall be permitted, provided the Contrac-
tor presents conclusive proof that he has the experience,
ability and equipment to place concrete meeting all
specification requirements, proposed equipment shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval. The submittal shall
include satisfactory evidence that there will be no detri-
mental effect on the entrained air content, density or other
characteristics of the concrete, the pump shall have a standby
motor and both motors shall be in good working condition
before concrete is placed. All pumped concrete, architectural
concrete or concrete with a water/cement ratio (below 0.50)
shall contain the specified high-range water-reducing admix-
ture (superplasticizer). Before any concrete is placed in the
structure, a portion of the slab on grade or other concrete
selected by the Engineer shall be placed to demonstrate the
performance of the pumping equipment. where concrete is
placed by pumping, slump tests shall be made at the truck
before concrete is placed in the pump; entrained air content
shall be measured and cylinders shall be cast at the place of
deposit after pumping.
3.03 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE SURFACES:
A. upon request of the Engineer all defective concrete, which in
the opinion of the Engineer does not exactly match the
adjacent existing concrete surfaces, shall be removed and
-
- 03300-13 -
,-
-.
replaced with new material.
B. All patching and repairs shall be performed at the Contracto-
r's expense.
3.04 FINISHING OF FORMED CONCRETE SURFACES:
A. It is the intent of this specification to require forms,
mixture of concrete, and workmanship so that concrete sur-
faces, when exposed, will require no patching or repairs.
B. Formed concrete surfaces to be painted or exposed to view in
the finished work shall be finished as follows:
-
01. As soon as the forms have been stripped and the concrete
surfaces exposed, fins and other projections shall be
removed, surface defects which do not impair structural
strength shall be patched, and repairs to defective
concrete and honeycombed areas shall be made. clean all
exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by
the leakage of concrete, to the approval of the En-
gineer.
02 . Immediately after removal of forms, remove form tie
plugs. Holes shall then be promptly filled upon
stripping as follows: moisten the hole with water,
followed by a 1/16" brush coat of neat cement slurry
mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately
plug the hole with a 1:1.5 mixture to cement and
concrete sand mixed slightly damp to the touch (just
short of balling). Hammer the grout into the hole until
dense, and an excess of paste appears on the surface in
the form of a spiderweb. Fill hole flush with concrete
surface and finish smooth.
C. Formed concrete surfaces not to be left exposed to view in the
finished work shall be finished as follows:
01. Fins shall be knocked off and ground, if necessary. Any
large holes shall be repaired as described herein below.
Generally, smaller surface pits and blemishes not
affecting future work or structural capacity, may be
left as stripped.
3.05 FINISHING FLATWORK:
A. preliminary slab Finishing:
01. All slabs, regardless of final finish, shall be finished
as follows:
-
(A) Scratch Finish: After the concrete has been
placed, consolidated, struck off and leveled to
an FFI5/FLI3 tolerance it shall be roughened with
stiff brushes or rakes before the final set.
(B) Float Finish: After the concrete has been
placed, consolidated, struck off and leveled to
the proper elevation and has stiffened suffi-
ciently to permit the operation, and water sheen
has disappeared, the surface shall be floated, at
least twice, to a uniform sandy texture to
- 03300-14 -
-..
,.....
achieve an FF20/FL17 tolerance.
(C) After the concrete has received a float finish as
indicated above the concrete shall be troweled,
at least twice, to a smooth dense finish. This
concrete shall achieve an FF25/FL20 (FL17 for
elevated slabs) tolerance. Tolerance measurement
shall be taken before removing supporting forms
or shores.
,.....
B.
Floated Finish:
01. Provide floated finish on the following surfaces:
.--.
(A)
Slabs to receive built-up roofing or membrane
waterproofing.
,.....
(B) Slabs to receive tile.
(C) Top surfaces of walls, curbs, or other surfaces
not requiring a steel troweled surface.
C. steel Troweled Finish:
01. Provide steel troweled finish on the following surfaces:
(A) stairs.
(B) Slabs to be left exposed and not specified to
receive another finish.
(C) Top surfaces of equipment pads.
(D) Non-slip aggregate hardened surfaces.
D. Broomed Finish:
-
01.
Provide broomed finish on the following surfaces:
(A) Slabs to receive floor fill concrete or monolith-
ic topping.
(B) Traffic paving, parking decks and ramp traffic
surfaces, not to receive "traffic topping".
(C) Exterior walkway and paving - see Division 2.
02. Slabs to receive broomed finish shall be finished as
follows:
.-
After the surface has received a float finish the
surface shall be broomed to achieve a medium
texture. Before finishing broom finish slabs, to
be exposed to view in the finished work, prepare
a sample panel and obtain approval from the
Engineer.
E. Installation of Joint Sealer and Expansion Joints:
(A)
01. Immediately after removal of plastic form strips, or
after forming joints, prepare all joints and fill with
,....
- 03300-15 -
~
-
joint sealer and finish flush with concrete surface as
described in section 07920.
3.06 CURING, PROTECTION AND FORM REMOVAL:
A. Protect all concrete work against injury from heat, cold and
defacement of any nature during construction operations.
B. concrete, particularly exposed surfaces, shall be treated
immediately after concreting or finishing is completed to
provide continuous moist curing above 50 degrees F. for at
least 7 days, regardless of ambient air temperatures.
Note: The purpose of moist curing is to continuously provide
additional available water to the concrete to permit hydration
of cement. periodic sprinkling is not effective in curing,
an(~ will not be accepted as meeting curing requirements.
C. Have on the site, ready for use, sufficient and adequate
equipment for protecting the concrete from any and all kinds
of damage by the elements, including equipment for enclosing,
heating, and shading the concrete.
D. Formed surfaces shall be periodically sprayed with water while
forms are in place as often as weather conditions require so
as to keep the forms and concrete continuously wet.
01. After forms are stripped, wet down all column and wall
surfaces thoroughly and cover with insulating blankets
during cold weather and quilted covers, cotton mats or
other approved covers at other times so that the
concrete is kept continuously wet and at minimum
temperature of 50 degrees F. for 7 days (or for 350 day
degrees) after it is placed.
Forms may be kept in place a m~n1mum of seven (7) days
to effect curing but shall be kept continuously wet
while in place.
02.
--
E. Unformed surfaces such as floors and tops of columns, walls,
etc., shall be moist cured at a minimum temperature of 50
degrees F. for seven days (or for 350 day degrees) as follows:
If the concrete shows any signs of drying out before it
is hard enough to allow ponding or covering without
marring the finish, immediately provide a fog spray of
water over the floor surface until the concrete can be
ponded or covered.
02. As soon as the concrete has hardened so the finish will
not be marred, perform one of the following:
01.
-
(A) Wet the concrete and continue with ponding.
(B) Cover the upper surface and perimeter edges with
a continuous layer of quilted covers or cotton
mats, or plastic lined burlap. Thoroughly moist-
en the covers periodically each day to keep them
continuously wet so that the concrete will be
continuously wet during the curing periods.
- 03300-16 -
-.,
--
(C) Apply a uniform coat of the specified curing
compound. coverage shall not exceed 400 sq.ft/-
gal. for steel troweled surfaces and 300 sq.ft./-
gal. for floated or broomed surfaces.
F. During application do not drag covers over the finished
concrete nor over covers already spread. Take precautions to
prevent the covers from being displaced. If it is necessary
to remove a cover for any reason, do not expose the concrete
slab for more than 1/2 hr. Do not stain the newly finished
slab.
G. Temperature Records - Keep a permanent record showing the date
and the outside and concrete temperatures for all concreting
operations (including curing). Take thermometer readings at
the start of work in the morning, at noon, and again late in
the afternoon. Record the locations of all concrete placed
and cured during such periods, all in such a manner as to show
any effect the temperature may have had on the construction.
H. cold weather Protection - When the air temperature is at or
below 45 degrees F. or when weather reports indicate that the
temperature may fall below 45 degrees F. or when weather
reports indicate that the temperature may fall below 45
degrees F., within the 24 hour period following placement of
concrete, take all adequate and proper measures as required to
maintain the temperature of the concrete between 50 degrees F.
and 70 degrees F. for the specified curing period and to
protect the concrete against damage by freezing or the cold,
including but not limited to the following:
01.
Ascertain that the requirements for heating of ag-
gregates and water have been followed.
,.....
-
Heat formwork, reinforcing and underlying subgrades with
live saturated steam so as to raise the temperature well
above the freezing point. Concrete surfaces shall be
covered to prevent direct contact with the steam.
03. After placing of concrete, protect against cold by means
of tight covering and supply of sufficient heat, where
required, to maintain the temperature of the concrete at
a temperature of 50 to 70 degrees F. for at least 7 days
after placement of concrete. The concrete shall not be
protected with salt hay, manure, or any other material
containing live or organic acids. Concrete shall be
kept continually moist during the curing periods.
02.
04. The section to be concreted shall be completely housed
or enclosed wherever practicable before placing of
concrete, in a manner that will insure the maintenance
of the required temperatures. such enclosures shall be
left in place for the curing period.
05. High early strength cement shall not be used unless
specifically approved by the Engineer. High early
strength concrete may be achieved by use of Type I
cement and an approved non-corrosive, non-chloride
accelerator or Type III cement.
r-
- 03300-17 -
~
.....
-
06. Except as modified above, follow procedures as outlined
in ACI 306.
I. Hot Weather Protection - Take special care during the concret-
ing operations during hot or dry weather. Wet forms just
before placing of concrete and keep exposed surface continu-
ously damp. Take special precautions in placing of slabs in
unshaded locations so as to prevent flash settings of con-
crete. Provide a continuous fog spray of water or use the
specified evaporation retardant applied by spray one or more
times after screeding. The concrete shall be maintained in a
moist condition to prevent plastic cracking. Use the speci-
fied water-reducing retarding admixture (Type D) in lieu of
the water-reducing admixture (Type A) only with specific
approval of the Engineer.
J. Removal of Forms:
01.
-
Remove forms only after concrete has attained sufficient
strength to support its own weight, construction live
loads thereon, and lateral loads, all without excessive
deflection or damage to the structure. See ACI 347
"Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" for
detailed discussion of form removal.
02. Leave forms and supports in place for not less than the
following periods of time. Where strength gain may have
been retarded, or when necessary to protect surfaces
from construction operations, etc. , or where more
restrictive requirements are shown on the Drawings,
leave forms in place longer.
(A)
(B)
(C)
vertical Surfaces - Concrete must reach 100 day
degrees and must attain a strength of not less
than 30 percent of the specified strength, where
such forms support formwork for slab or beam
soffits removal time of these elements shall
govern.
-
Horizontal Surfaces
concrete must reach
attain a strength of
specified strength.
Definition of Day Degrees: Total number of days
times mean daily air temperature at surfaces of
concrete. For example, 5 days at a temperature
of 60 degrees F. equals 300 day degrees. (Days
or fractions of days in which temperature is
below 50 degrees F. shall not be included in the
calculation of day degrees.)
- Except as noted below,
300 day degrees and must
not less than 60 percent of
-
K. If high early strength concrete is approved by the
Engineer, the temperature requirement may be reduced to
three days.
End of section
....
--
- 03300-18 -
-
--
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 3 - CORCRE'l'E
SECTION 03310
cONcRE'l'E REIRFORCEMER'l' AND FORM WORK
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included:
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to
complete all cast-in-place concrete reinforcement, form
work, and related work.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere:
01. Submittals - See section 01300.
02. Inspections, Testing, Quality Control - See Section
01400.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit 3 copies of the following:
01. Shop Drawings:
(A) Bar reinforcement shop drawings shall include
setting plans, wall elevations, bending diagrams,
cutting lists, and other information so as to
completely and clearly define and establish the
location, spacing, size, length, bending, shape,
splicing, keying at construction joints and all
other pertinent information as required.
Drawings shall show grades of reinforcing steel.
Opposite hand reinforcing shall be detailed
separately. Wall reinforcing shall be detailed
on wall elevations. Each shop drawing shall show
splice length for every size and type of bar
used.
--
(B)
Type, size and location of all accessories required for the
proper assembling, placing and support of the reinforcement.
(C)
All openings, depressions, construction and control joints,
trenches, sleeves, inserts and all other project requirements
affecting reinforcing details and placing.
B.
Manufacturer's Data:
.--
For standard factory manufactured materials.
1. 03 CODES AND STANDARDS:
A. Comply with the provl.sl.ons of ACI-301 "Specifications for
Structural Concrete for Buildings" and ACI-347 Recommended
Practice for Concrete Form Work.
,-
- 03310-1 -
,-
B. Perform all work in accordance with rules and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction. In the absence of other
authorities comply with state Building Code. In case of
conflict most stringent shall govern.
1.04 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR:
A. The Contractor alone shall be fully responsible for the
design, strength, safety and adequacy of all form work,
shoring, bracing and all methods of construction.
2. PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIALS:
-
A. Wood Forms - Exposed Concrete:
HD overlay plywood Class I EXT-DFPA, in full size sheets where
possible. Thickness as required for spans and pressures.
B. wood Forms - Concealed Concrete:
#4 common or better lumber or B-B plyform Class II EXT-DFPA.
Thickness as required for spans and pressures.
C. Metal Forms:
As approved and capable of producing finished surfaces equal
to those produced by above specified wood forms.
D. Form Ties:
Shall be of approved design, ~n~mum working strength 3,000
lbs. each, so adjustable as to permit complete tightening of
-forms. After removal of protruding part of tie no metal to be
nearer than 1-1/2" to face of concrete. Ties at exposed sur-
faces shall have wood, plastic or metal cones. Ties below
grade shall have water seal washers.
--
E. Form Release Agent Shall Be:
01.
Rich-cote as manufactured by Richmond Screw Anchor co.,
Inc.
-
02. Formshield and manufactured by W. R. Grace and Co.
03.
Bay Cote as manufactured by Bay oil Co.
-
04. Or approved equal.
2.02 MATERIALS:
A. Bar Reinforcement - Shall be newly manufactured rolled Billet
steel conforming to the following:
01. ASTM A615 Grade 60 for bars.
02. ASTM A775 for fusion bonded epoxy coating on reinforcing
bars. Apply 7-8 mil thickness.
03. Free from all contaminants chlorides and other
deleterious material which in the judgement of the
- 03310-2 -
-
--
Engineer will affect the performance of the reinforcing
steel or reduce the bond, between the reinforcing steel
and the concrete.
B. welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to ASTM Alas.
sizes as shown on the Drawings. Deliver in flat sheets - not
in rolls.
C. Reinforcement Accessories:
01. Accessories shall be as manufactured by superior
Concrete Accessories, Inc., Dayton sureGrip and Shore
co., R.K.L. Building Specialties co., Inc., or equal.
02. Accessories shall include all spacers, chairs, ties,
slab bolsters, clips, bar chairs, and other devices for
properly assembling, placing, spacing, supporting, and
fastening the reinforcement.
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF FORMS AND SHORING:
.
A. Forms shall be so designed by the Contractor to withstand all
dead and live loads, including construction live loads and not
move out of specified tolerances for line and elevation. Forms
and form accessories shall be so designed that upon removal
they will in no way damage concrete surfaces.
B. Forms shall be built mortar-tight.
C. Holes for concrete placement through sides of forms shall not
- be used. .
D.
Forms for beams and other horizontal surfaces shall be
constructed with adequate camber resulting in level surfaces
before forms are removed.
.-.
E. Before form materials are re-used, surfaces that will be in
contact with freshly cast concrete shall be thoroughly
cleaned, damaged areas repaired, and all projecting nails
withdrawn.
F. Before reinforcement is placed on or against form work,
surfaces of forms coming in contact with fresh concrete shall
be cleaned and then treated with approved form release agent.
G. Set and maintain concrete form work to ensure completed work
is within the tolerance limits listed in ACI 347.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS:
A. Joints not indicated on plans shall be located and constructed
so as to least impair strength and appearance of work.
Locations of all joints must be approved by Engineer.
3.03 INSTALL EMBEDDED ITEMS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AS SPECIFIED
IN SECTION 03300.
--
- 03310-3 -
.....
3.04 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT:
A. Reinforcing shall be accurately placed and rigidly secured in
position.
B. Tie reinforcing with annealed 118 gauge (min.) wire, and bend
all wire back beyond general plane of reinforcing.
C. welded wire fabric reinforcement in slabs shall be continuous,
shall have joints lapped at least one full mesh, but not less
than 12" and shall be supported at proper elevations by
accessories.
D. Bending, Tack welding, cutting or substituting reinforcement
in the field, other than shown on the Contract Drawings, in
any manner is prohibited, unless specific approval for each
case is given by the Engineer or his designate.
E. At the time the concrete is placed, all reinforcement shall be
free from excessive rust, scale, or other coatings which might
destroy or reduce the bond.
F. where epoxy coated reinforcing bars or welded wire fabric is
specified for use, observe the following precautions:
01. Use nylon or padded bands for bundling.
02. Use nylon or padded wire rope slings.
03. Lift at the third points or use spreader bars.
04. store material on padded or wood cribbing.
05. Do not move material by dragging.
06. Minimize walking on material.
07. Do not drop tools or heavy material on bars or fabric.
08. Touch up damaged bars with epoxy coating which is
compatible to original coating to meet approval of the
Engineer.
G. Before concrete is cast, check all reinforcement after it is
placed to insure that reinforcement conforms to Contract
Drawings and approved shop Detail Drawings and specification
requirements. such checking shall be done only by qualified
experienced personnel. In addition, the Engineer'S repre-
sentative shall be notified at least 36 hrs. prior to concrete
placement and given the opportunity to inspect the completed
reinforcement and form work before concrete placement.
-.
End of Section
-
.....
- 03310-4 -
,.....
project 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
SECTION 03500
REPAIR OF CONCRE'l'E
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. To repair all scaled, spalled or damaged concrete on parking
level decks in the locations shown on the drawings and/or
where directed by the Engineer.
B. To repair damaged concrete on overhead concrete surfaces in
the locations shown on the drawings and/or where directed by
the Engineer.
C. To repair damaged concrete on vertical surfaces of concrete
columns, haunches, girders, beams, spandrels or walls in the
locations shown on the drawings and/or where directed by the
Engineer.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Installer:
01.
Acceptable to manufacturer of designated patch material.
- 02.
03.
Minimum three (3) successive years experience.
successfully completed projects of similar magnitude
using similar material.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data:
01. Primer.
02. Water dispersible epoxy material.
--
03. Concrete patch material for horizontal, vertical and
overhead patching.
04.
Manufacturer's MSDS for all products.
~
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS:
,-
A.
Environmental Requirements:
01. Do not apply material when slab temperature is less than
400 F or surfaces to be prepared are wet.
02. Do not apply material until all deteriorated concrete
and loose concrete has been removed and surfaces are
clean and dry.
- 03500-1 -
,....
-
2 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS:
A. Horsey-Set/WOE Water Dispersible. Epoxy (Clear) as manufactured
by Watson Bowman Acme corp., 95 pineview Drive, Amherst, New
York, 14228, (716) 691-7566.
B. Or approved equal.
C. Clean silica sand - conform to ASTM c-33.
D. Portland Cement - conform to ASTM C-150.
E. Five star Grout as manufactured by u.s. Grout Corporation,
Fairfield, Connecticut 06430 (203) 336-7900 and:
01. Five star Concrete Patch.
02. Five Star structural Concrete V/O (for use on vertical
and overhead patching).
F. Magna-crete as manufactured by Republic steel, cleveland, ohio
(216) 251-2025, for use on overhead and vertical patches.
This product uses a special activator as the mixing agent
instead of water.
G. Epoxy coated reinforcing steel - conform to ASTM A-6l5 and
ASTM A-775.
H. Welded Wire Mesh - Conform to ASTM A-185.
-
3 . PART 3 - EXECO'l'IOR
3.01 - PREPARATION AND APPLICATION - SLABS:
A. Remove all loose concrete or previously applied repairs,
overlays, or coatings. Continue removal operation in radial
direction until all loose or delaminated concrete is removed.
Test adjacent concrete areas by sounding with a hammer or
steel rod. scarify remaining surfaces by blasting, chipping,
grinding or other method approved by the Engineer, to remove
all unsound concrete.
B. All exposed reinforcing steel or wire mesh shall be
sandblasted to remove all rust and painted with epoxy coating
or poly-ura-prime Paint. (Manufactured by Tnemec)
C. In the event that it is determined that the reinforcing steel
has rusted and reduced the bar size, add supplemental rein-
forcing steel as directed by the Engineer~ securely anchoring
it to adjacent sound concrete before proceeding with steps D,
F, and G.
prime entire concrete surface of the area to be patched using
Horsey-set/WOE primer.
-
D.
- 03500-2 -
-
E. For spalled areas greater than 1/4" deep: mix Horsey-set/woE
with sand and cement and install as concrete. Use 6 bags of
cement per cu. yd. of sand cement mix. Apply .33/1 water
cement ratio (.9 gal/WOE to 1 cu. ft of the dry mix). Trowel
top surface to level of adjacent concrete, provide light broom
finish to match adjacent concrete.
F. Immediately after finishing apply one coat of Horsey-set/WOE
over the patch by brush, roller or spray to serve as a curing
compound.
G. After 48 hours, apply a second coat of Horsey-set/WOE as a
concrete surface sealer, over the patch and for at least one
foot beyond.
H. As an alternate procedure to E. above for very deep patches or
pot holes (deeper than 4 inches) apply Five star Concrete
Patch or other packaged products specified in 2.01 above. This
is a packaged grout mix to which water is added. Add only the
amount of water as recommended by the manufacturer to produce
a non-sag consistency. (This is essential). See 2.01 above
for other acceptable products and their mixing requirements.
01. Roughen adjacent concrete surfaces to insure good bond.
02. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces. Saturate with water,
but do not leave standing water.
03. Apply concrete patch material and screed. Then finish
with medium street broom.
04. Keep moist with wet burlap for one hour, then apply
Horsey-set/WOE curing compound by brush, roller or spray
(see G. above).
3.02 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION - VERTICAL & OVERHEAD SURFACES:
A. Remove all loose concrete, then chip away unsound concrete.
Test remaining concrete areas by sounding with a hammer to
insure that only sound concrete remains. Continue chipping
until sound concrete is reached.
B. Clean all adjacent steel plates, connections, etc., or
reinforcing steel by sandblast cleaning or power tool cleaning
with power needle sealer.
C. Paint all steel with Tnemec Poly-ura-prime No. 50-330 before
patching.
D. Clean all concrete surfaces by washing with water until the
concrete is saturated.
E.
Mix the Five Star Structural Concrete or the Magna-crete patch
material with minimum amount of water or activator in accor~
dance with the manufacturer's instructions to produce a non-
sag material.
--
F. where the depth of the area to be patched is greater than one
(1") inch or where the area to be patched is greater than one
(1 sq. ft.) square foot use mechanical fasteners and provide
supplemental epoxy coated reinforcing steel.
r-
- 03500-3 -
r-
.....
Install the mechanical fasteners by drilling into the concrete
and installing steel studs secured in place by epoxy gel
capsules. Secure the reinforcing steel to the steel studs.
Apply the vertical or overhead patch material in layers as
necessary to achieve a solid full depth patch with no voids.
G. For small patches water cure for one-half (1/2) hour minimum;
for large patches water cure for two (2) hours or follow the
manufacturer's written directions, whichever is more strin-
gent.
H. See 2.01 above for other acceptable products.
3.03 PAINTING OR SEAL COAT WORK:
A. Where concrete repairs are performed on surfaces which are
painted or seal coated, the contractor shall repaint or reseal
the repaired area to match existing adjacent surfaces.
3.04 CLEANING:
A. Upon completion, remove all material, debris, etc., created as
a result of work under this section and leave area in a clean
condition.
End of section
-.
- 03500-4 -
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
SECTION 03600
EPOXY INJECTION REPAIRS TO CONCRE'l'E
1. PART 1 - GENERAL - CRACKS
1.01 SCOPE:
A. To furnish all materials, labor, tools, and equipment for the
repair of structural and non-structural cracks in concrete in
the locations shown on the drawings and/or as herein specified
or where directed by the Engineer.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturing Qualifications
01. The manufacturer of the specified product shall have
been in existence for a minimum of five (5) years, and
shall have a program of training, certifying, and
technically supporting a nationally organized Approved
contractor Program.
02. The manufacturer shall be certified as meeting the ISO
9000 Quality standard at all facilities producing the
specified product.
B. contractor/Installer Qualifications
01. Contractors shall be an Approved Contractor of the
manufacturer of the specified product, who has completed
a program of instruction in the use of the specified
repair material, and provide a notarized certification
from the manufacturer attesting to their Approved
Contractor status.
02. At the discretion of the Engineer, bids may be accepted
from a contractor/Installer other than an Approved
Contractor of the manufacturer of the specified product.
Said contractors/Installers shall provide the Engineer
with five (5) job references where they have successful-
ly repaired structural and non-structural cracks with
the specified product on comparable projects.
C. Provide a certificate stating that the repair material meets
the specified requirements and submit the manufacturer's
current printed literature on the specified product.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Manufacturers literature for all materials proposed to be used
for the epoxy injection repairs.
,.....
- 03600-1 -
-,
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver the specified product in original, unopened containers
with the manufacturer's name, labels, product identification,
and batch numbers.
B. Store and condition the specified product as recommended by
the manufacturer.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Environmental Conditions
01. Do not apply material if it is ra~n~ng or snowing or if
said weather appears to be imminent.
B. Protection
01. Precautions should be taken to avoid damage to any
surfaces on/or near the work zone due to mixing and
handling of the specified repair material.
2. PAR!r 2 - SURFACE PREPARATION
A. The cracks and adjacent substrate must be clean, sound and free of
frost. Remove all dust, concrete laitance, grease, curing com-
pounds, waxes, impregnations, foreign particles, efflorescence and
other bond inhibiting materials from the surfaces by mechanical
means, such as sandblasting, high pressure waterblasting, or other
means as may be approved by the Engineer.
01. Epoxy resin adhesive - repair area may be dry or damp, but
must be free of standing water prior to product application.
B. Expandinq polyurethane chemical qrout - Drill 5/8" diameter holes
along the side of the crack at 45 angles. Drill the hole to
intersect the crack midway through the substrate. Install the
injection packers in holes. Prior to product applications moisture
must be present. If concrete being injected contains insufficient
moisture to activate the grout, inject the crack with a small amount
of water prior to the application of the chemical grout.
3.
PART 3 - SCOPE: PRODOCT AIm APPLICATION
-
This specification describes the pressure injection of cracks with epoxy
resin adhesives.
3.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Epoxy resin adhesives:
01. Sikadur 52 as manufactured by sika corporation,
Lyndhurst, New Jersey, is considered to conform to the
requirements of this specification and has performed
satisfactorily for the pressure injection grouting of
cracks for a minimum of five years.
- 03600-2 -
-,
02. sikadur 31, Hi-Mod Gel, as manufactured by sika corpora-
tion, Lyndhurst, New Jersey, is considered to conform to
the requirements of this specification and has performed
satisfactorily for the sealing of cracks and porting
devices for the pressure injection grouting of cracks
for a minimum of ten years.
B. Substitutions:
.-
01.
The use of other than the specified products will be
considered providing the contractor requests their use
in writing to the Engineer. This request shall be
accompanied by (a) A certificate of compliance from an
approved independent testing laboratory that the
proposed substitute products meet or exceed the speci-
fied performance criteria, tested in accordance with the
specified test standards: and (b) Documented proof that
the proposed substitute products have a five year proven
record of performance of pressure injection grouting of
cracks, confirmed by actual field tests and five
successful installations that the Engineer can investi-
gate.
3.02 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA:
A. Properties of the mixed epoxy resin adhesive used for the
pressure injection grouting:
01. Pot Life: 20-30 minutes.
02. Tack-Free Time to Touch (3-5 mils): 5-7 hours
03. Initial Viscosity (Brookfield viscometer, spindle #2:
Speed 100): 150-200 cps.
04. Color: clear, amber.
B. properties of the cured epoxy resin adhesive used for the
pressure injection grouting:
01. compressive properties (ASTM D-695) at 28 days.
a. compressive strength: 10,200 psi min.
b. Modulus of Elasticity: 300,000 psi min.
02. Tensile properties (ASTM D-638) at 14 days.
a. Tensile strength: 5300 psi min.
b. Elongation at Break: 2-3.5%
c. Modulus of Elasticity: 170,000 psi min.
03. Flexural properties (ASTM D-790) at 14 days.
a. Flexural strength (Modulus of Rupture): 4600 psi
min.
b. Tangent Modulus of Elasticity in Bending: 320,000
psi min.
,.....
- 03600-3 -
,.....
04. Shear strength (ASTM D-732) at 14 days: 3700 psi min.
05. Total Water Absorption (ASTM D-570) at 7 days: 1.5% max.
(2 hour boil).
06. Bond strength (ASTM D-882) Hardened Concrete to Hardened
Concrete.
a. 2 day (dry cure): 2500 psi min.
b. 14 day (moist cure): 2000 psi min.
07. Deflection Temperature (ASTM D-648) at 14 days: 104 F
min (fiber stress loading = 264 psi).
08. vicat Softening Temperature (ASTM D-648) at 14 days:
1l0F min.
09. Effective shrinkage (ASTM C-883): passes test min.
--
10. The epoxy resin adhesive shall be approved by the united
states Department of Agriculture.
C. properties of the mixed epoxy resin adhesive used for the
sealing of cracks and porting devices:
01. Pot Life: 25-45 minutes.
02. Tack-Free Time to Touch: 2-3 hours.
03. consistency (1/2 in. thick): non-sag.
04. Color: gray.
D. - properties of the cured epoxy resin adhesive used for the
sealing of cracks and porting devices:
01. compressive Properties (ASTM D-69S) at 28 days.
a. Compressive strength: 10,000 psi min.
b. Modulus of Elasticity: 700,000 psi min.
02. Tensile properties (ASTM D-638) at 14 days.
a. Tensile strength: 3000 psi min.
b. Elongation at Break: 0.3% min.
c. Modulus of Elasticity: 630,000 psi min.
03. Flexural properties (AS'l'M D-790) at 14 days.
a. Flexural strength (Modulus of Rupture): 3700 psi
min.
b. Tangent Modulus of Elasticity in Bending: 850,000
psi min.
04. Shear strength (ASTM D-732) at 14 days: 2800 psi min.
05. Total Water Absorption (ASTM D-570) at 7 days: 1.0% Max.
- 03600-4 -
-.
(2 hour boil).
06. Bond strength (ASTM D-882) Hardened Concrete to Hardened
Concrete.
a. 2 day (dry cure): 2800 psi min.
b. 14 day (moist cure): 2000 psi min.
07. Deflection Temperature (ASTM D-648) at 14 days: 104 F
min (fiber stress loading = 264 psi).
08. The epoxy resin adhesive shall conform to ASTM C-88l,
Type 1, Grade 3, Class Band C.
09. The epoxy resin adhesive shall be approved by the United
states Department of Agriculture.
3.03 MATERIALS:
A. Epoxy resin adhesive for the pressure injection of cracks.
01. component "A" shall be a modified epoxy resin of the
epichlorohydrin bisphenol A type containing suitable
viscosity control agents.
02. component "B" shall be primarily an aliphatic diamine
containing suitable viscosity control agent and acceler-
ators.
03. The ratio of Component "A": Component "B" shall be 2:1
by volume.
B. The epoxy resin adhesive for the sealing of cracks and porting
devices.
01. component "A" shall be a modified epoxy resin of the
epichlorohydrin bisphenol A type containing suitable
viscosity control agents and pigments.
02. Component "B" shall be primarily a reaction product of
a selected amine blend with an epoxy resin of the
epichlorohydrin bisphenol A type containing sui table
viscosity control agents, pigments and accelerators.
03. The ratio of Component "A": component "B" shall be 1:1
by volume.
04. The material shall not contain asbestos.
C. Porting devices as required for either manual or automated
application. Porting devices for automated application shall
be supplied from the manufacturer of the pressure injection
equipment.
3.04 MIXING AND APPLICATION:
A. Mixing the epoxy resin adhesive for sealing the cracks and
porting devices shall be in accordance with the manufactures
printed directions.
,...
- 03600-5 -
-
B. Mixing of the epoxy resin adhesive used for the pressure
injection grouting.
01. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions.
c. placement procedure.
01. The epoxy resin adhesive for sealing the cracks and
porting devices.
a. Set porting devices as required by the manufac-
turer. spacing of the porting devices should not
exceed the thickness of the substrate. Spacing
of the porting devices shall be accomplished as
required to achieve the travel of the epoxy resin
adhesive for the pressure injection grouting
between ports and fill the cracks to the maximum.
On structures open on both sides, provide porting
devices on opposite sides at staggered eleva-
tions. Apply the mixed epoxy resin adhesive for
sealing either manually or with the injection
equipment over the cracks and around each porting
device to provide an adequate seal to prevent the
escape of the epoxy resin adhesive for the injec-
tion grouting. Where required by the Engineer,
apply the epoxy resin adhesive for sealing in
such a manner that minimal defacing or discolor-
ation of the substrate shall result.
02. The epoxy resin adhesive for the pressure injection
grouting.
a. Manual: Load the mixed epoxy resin adhesive for
grouting into a disposable caulking cartridge or
bulk-loading caulking gun. Inject the prepared
cracks with a constant pressure in order to
achieve maximum filling and penetration without
the inclusion of air pockets or voids in the
epoxy resin adhesive. Being the pressure injec-
tion at the lowest port, thus indicating traveL
When travel is indicated, to discontinue or
continue the pressure injection from that port
should be made by the contractor, based on his
experience, with the approval of the Engineer.
continue the procedure until all pressure inject-
able cracks have been filled.
b. Automated: Dispense the epoxy resin adhesive for
grouting under constant pressure in accordance
with procedures recommended by the equipment
manufacturer or as required to achieve maximum
filling and penetration of the prepared cracks
without the inclusion of air pockets or voids in
the epoxy resin adhesive. The pressure injection
of single or multiple ports, by the use of a
manifold system, if possible. This decision
should be made by the contractor, based upon his
experience with the approval of the Engineer.
continue the approved procedure until all pres-
sure injectable cracks have been filled.
- 03600-6 -
......
D. If penetration of any cracks is impossible, consult the
Engineer before discontinuing the injection procedure. If
modification of the proposed procedure is required to fill the
cracks, submit said modification in writing to the Engineer
for acceptance prior to proceeding.
E. Adhere to all limitation and cautions for the epoxy resin
adhesives in the manufacturers current printed literature.
3.05 CLEANING:
A. After the epoxy resin adhesive for grouting has cured, the
epoxy resin adhesive for sealing and porting devices shall be
removed as required by the Engineer. clean the substrate in a
manner to produce a finish appearance to match the adjacent
concrete surfaces acceptable to they Engineer.
B. Leave finished work and work area in a neat, clean condition
without evidence of spill-overs onto adjacent areas.
End of section
- 03600-7 -
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
04200 unit Masonry
...,
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: All masonry work and related items necessary
to complete the work indicated on the Drawings and described
in the specifications.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere:
01. Cast-In-place Concrete section 03300
02. Reinforcing steel section 03310
03. Fire stopping section 07270
04. steel Doors & Frames section 08110
05. Aluminum Entrances
& Window Wall section 08410
06. Painting section 09900
1.0 QUALI,TY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications of Workmen: Use only skilled masons who are
thoroughly experienced with the materials, methods, and design
requirements specified for the cutting and placing of concrete
masonry units.
B. Codes and standards:
01. Any material or operations specified by reference to the
published specifications of a manufacturer, the American
Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Con-
crete Masonry Association (NCMA) or other published
standards shall comply with the current specification or
standard listed.
02. where provisions of pertinent codes and standards con-
flict with the requirements of these Specifications, the
more stringent provisions shall govern.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: comply with provisions of section 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: complete Shop Drawings showing all dimensions
necessary for fabrication and placing of reinforcing steel and
accessories required for bond beams, lintels, and reinforced
masonry construction shall be submitted.
.....
- 04200-1 -
-
C. Certification: The masonry unit manufacturer shall submit,
prior to delivery of any materials to the job site, a certifi-
cate attesting compliance with the specifications for grade,
type and compressive strength shall be submitted.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND PROTECTION:
A. General: Use all means necessary to protect concrete masonry
materials before, during, and after installation and to pro-
tect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. storage:
01. store masonry units off the ground and protect them from
stain or other defacement.
02. store cementitious materials in a dry location, off the
ground and under cover.
03. store sand to preclude contamination by dirt, organic
matter or other harmful substance.
04. Protect reinforcement from rust, ice, or other coating
that may reduce or destroy the bond.
C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all
repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the
Engineer and at no additional cost to the owner.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS:
A. Units shall conform to the applicable ASTM specifications with
additional requirements as specified.
01. Hollow non-loading bearing: ASTM C129
02. Hollow load-bearing: ASTM C90
03. Solid load-bearing: ASTM C145
04. Brick: ASTM C55, Grade A
B. Grade:
Ol. Interior Use: Grade B
02. Exterior Use and Below Grade: Grade A
C. shapes:
01. Use typical shapes such as corners, standard jambs, lin-
tels, etc. as required.
02. Lintel or solid block shall be used under ends of all
beams and where otherwise required and/or shown on the
Drawings.
03. Bond beam block shall be used where required on Draw-
ings.
- 04200-2 -
--
E. Water Content: At time of setting the average percentage of
moisture shall not exceed 40% of the fully saturated content.
2.02 MORTAR:
A. Materials shall conform to the following standards of quality
of the American Society for Testing and Materials:
03.
04.
05.
06.
01.
02.
Mortar for Unit Masonry:
Portland Cement:
ASTM C270
ASTM Cl50
Air-Entraining Portland Cement:
ASTM C175
Hydrated Lime:
Hyraulic Hydrated Lime:
Quicklime:
ASTM C207 Type S
ASTM C141
ASTM CS
07.Aggregate:
ASTM C144
B. Mixing and proportions shall be as outlined in ASTM C270 for
the types and uses listed below:
01. Exterior load-bearing walls and those exposed to earth
or weather: Type M
02.
03.
Exterior non-loading walls:
Interior load-bearing walls:
Type M or S
Type M, S, or N
04. Interior non-Ioading-bearing walls: Type M,S, N,or 0
05. Mortar for standard block work and brick shall be stan-
dard grey color. Provide a light grey color unless
otherwise noted on the drawings.
C. Water: Water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts
of acid, alkalies, or organic materials.
2.03 FACE BRICK: (Not Required In This Contract)
A. Include in Base Bid all costs associated with special brick
shapes required for brick sills, inside and outside corners
and to complete the brick masonry as detailed on the drawings.
B. Include in Base Bid all costs associated with installation of
face brick.
C. Brick shall conform to ASTM C 216, Grade SW, Type FBS. When
tested in accordance with ASTM C-67, the rate for efflores~
cence shall be not greater than "slightly efflorescent".
D. For face brick to be installed on precast concrete spandrel
panels supply face bripk with two finish faces and with kerf
to permit easy splitting for installation as soap course.
E. See Brick allowance in Bid Proposal form.
- 04200-3 -
2.04 GROUT:
A. Unless otherwise noted, all grout shall have an ultimate
compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days.
2.05 REINFORCING:
A. Reinforcing shall meet the following requirements:
01.
Bars:
ASTM A-615, Grade 60
02.
welded wire Fabric:
ASTM A-185
03. Truss Type wall Tie:
a. All walls shall be tied with Dur-O-Wall truss trirod or
approved equal manufactured from #9 gauge wire con-
forming to ASTM A-82 with galvanized cross rods.
2.06 TIES AND ANCHORS:
A. 16 gauge x 7/8" wide corrugated sheet steel with length re-
quired to project 2-1/2" into 4" units, 4" into wider units
and 1-1/2" into 2" units.
2.07 EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS:
A. Provide expansion and control joints in exterior and interior
walls. Same shall equal the following:
01.
On exterior walls, install regular rapid control joint
as manufactured by Dur-o-Wall. Spacing not to exceed 30
feet.
, 02.
On interior wall exposed to rooms each side use rapid
control joint #8 wide flange. spacing not to exceed 30
feet.
03. Material of molded rubber conforming to ASTM
D-2000 2AA- 805.
2.08 OTHER MATERIALS:
A. All other materials, not specifically described but required
for a complete and proper installation shall be selected by
the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer.
3. PART 3 - EXEcO'l'ION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS:
A. Inspection: Prior to all work in this section, carefully in-
spect the installed work of all other trades and verify that
all such work is complete to the point where this installation
may properly commence.
B. coordination: Carefully coordinate with all other trades to
ensure proper and adequate interface of the work of other
trades with the work of this Section.
- 04200-4 -
3.02 GENERAL:
A. Installation:
01. Before beginning work, make a story pole indicating
coursing for entire height of wall, including door and
window openings.
02. Lay units plumb and true to line with uniform joints.
03. Exposed units shall be symmetrical about the centerline
of walls, piers, etc.
04. Avoid over-plumbing and pounding corners and jambs after
they are set in position. If adjustment is necessary
after mortar has started to harden, remove the mortar
and replace with fresh mortar.
05. Prevent mortar or grout from staining the face of
masonry which will be left exposed or painted, im-
mediately remove any mortar that does contact the fact
of such masonry.
06. Do not use chipped or broken units~ if any such units
are discovered in the finished structure the Engineer
may require their removal and replacement with new
units, at no additional cost to the owner.
B. Filling of Joints:
01. Exterior walls shall have full head and bed joints.
02. Exterior wall shall have all vertical joints completely
filled between masonry units, except the cavity walls,
by one of the following:
a. By parging the face of backing or back of facing.
b. pouring joint full of grout.
c. shoving.
03. Unless otherwise noted, interior walls may have
face-shell mortar bedding.
c.
Tooling:
unless noted otherwise, all joints shall be com-
pletely tooled and slightly concave. Joints on
wall surfaces receiving decorative cement finish
shall be struck flush.
D.
cutting:
All cutting required shall be performed with a
power-driven saw in such a manner to provide true
and even edges.
E. wetting Masonry Units:
01. Keep concrete units dry at all times~ do not wet them
either before or while they are being laid.
F. Protection of work:
01. Keep masonry work dry during erection by covering with
- 04200-5 -
a waterproof membrane at the end of each day and during
shut down periods when work is halted by inclement
weather.
02. Protection membrane shall overhang each side of wall at
least two (2) feet and shall be securely anchored.
03. Maintain protection membrane on partially completed
walls at all times while they are not being worked on
and on completed walls until permanent protection is
placed.
04. Protect door jambs and corners from construction damage
by installing barricades at locations that are par-
ticularly vulnerable.
3 . 03 CONCRETE BLOCK:
A. standard Block:
01. Sizes of concrete block units shall be as shown on the
Drawings.
02. Where block is exposed use high quality uniform joints,
strike joints with 18" striking tool.
03. Where block is plastered, high quality dense units are
required but minor flaws will be allowed.
B. Lintel Block:
01. Lintel block shall be used as shown on the drawings.
02.
Lintel blocks shall be reinforced as shown
ings and filled with 3,000 psi concrete.
lintel block with mortar.
on the draw-
Do not fill
03. Note on drawings, details and lintel schedule, where
lintel blocks used in exterior walls require additional
lintel block courses, reinforcing and concrete fill.
04. unless bottom surfaces of lintel block is exposed, manu-
facture with bottom knock out panel at location of
grouted cores.
3.04 MORTAR:
A. Mixer: Use a mechanical mixer of one sack minimum
capacity.
B. Mixing Time:
01. Mix mortar at least three minutes after all
materials have been added.
02. Mix only as much mortar as can be used in one
hour after water has been first mixed into the
batch.
C. Retempering:
01. Mortars shall be used and placed in final
- 04200-6 -
position within 2-1/2 hours after mixing.
02. Mortars that have stiffened because of evapo-
ration of water from the mortar shall not be
retempered.
03. Do not use mortar after it has begun to set.
3.05 MASONRY WALL REINFORCING:
A. General:
01. Load-bearing walls shall have Dur-O-Wall placed 16 o.c.
in bed joints, except that it shall be at 8" o.c. for
the top three courses.
02. Non-loading-bearing walls shall have' Dur-O-Wall in-
stalled at 16" o.c., except that it shall be at 8" o.c.
for the first two courses.
03. Reinforcement shall be continuous except it shall not
pass thru vertical masonry control joints.
04. width of joint reinforcement shall be comparable to wall
thickness in all cases.
B. Intersections:
01. Furnish prefabricated tee sections at all wall intersec-
tions.
02. Furnish prefabricated corner sections at all inside and
outside corners.
C . 'Grouting:
01. Fill first two courses solid.
02. Perform grouting in accordance with the provisions for
highlift grouting.
3.06 FRAMES AND INSERTS:
A. Frames:
01. Masons shall cooperate with carpenters in setting door
and window frames furnished under other sections.
02. All frames shall be set plumb, true and stay-braced
until frames are entirely built and masonry is set.
03. Metal door frames shall be set with "T" anchors into
concrete block using 6 anchors per frame.
04. All spaces between hollow metal frames and masonry shall
be completely filled with mortar.
05. Joints between hollow metal frames and masonry shall be
not less than 1/4" nor more than 3/8" in width and shall
be raked back 3/4" for installation of caulking as
specified in section 07900.
,....
- 04200-7 -
B. Inserts:
01. Masonry contractor shall coordinate his work with other
trades.
02. Masons shall set and bed in all bearing plates, anchors,
bolts, etc. and shall build carefully and properly
around all beams, columns, etc. to make a complete and
substantial job.
03. Build in and around any and all equipment and inserts
that the owner or other contractors have furnished and
set in place.
3.07 FLASHING:
A. <lase Flashing:
01. Install base flashing at foundation lines of exterior
walls and wherever else required, or noted.
02. Install weep holes at 32" o.c. using cotton rope wicks.
B. wall Flashing:
01. Install flashing and counter flashing lock strips as
walls are laid.
02. Surface of masonry in contact with flashing shall be
free from projections which might puncture the flashing
material.
3.08 CONTROL JOINTS:
A. Installation:
01. Install joint strips as walls are being laid.
02. Keep joint gap free from mortar or debris.
3.09 CLEANING:
A. pointing: Point up open joints or holes in joints, cut out
defective joints and repoint.
B. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean all exposed masonry with brushing
and scrubbing to remove all mortar drippings and stains.
3.10 CLEAN-UP:
A. site cleaning: upon completion of all work of this section,
promptly remove from the job site all mortar droppings, broken
units, and debris arising from the work of this section leav-
ing all areas in a neat and orderly condition.
End of section
....,
- 04200-8 -
DIVISION 5
METALS
05500
Miscellaneous Metal
,....
Project No. 9432RA
Parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 5 - METALS
SECTION 05500
MISCI:LLJUIBOOS METAL
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included
Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to furnish
and install, or where specified, furnish for installation un-
der other sections, all miscellaneous metal work shown and/or
specified.
B. Related work specified Elsewhere
Field painting - See Section 09900.
C. Furnish but Installed Elsewhere
01. Anchors and inserts to be built into work of other
trades.
02. Loose Lintels - See Section 04200.
03. Refer to specific items specified herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. standards
Except as otherwise specified herein, perform work in accor-
dance with the following standards:
01. AISC "specifications for the Design, Fabrication and
Erection of Structural steel For Buildings".
02. AWS "Code for Welding in Building Construction".
03. AISC "Specification for the Design of coldFormed steel
Structural Members".
04. NAAMM "Metal stairs Manual".
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
Indicate all shop and erection details, method of anchorage,
size and gauges of metal, location of supporting members, type
of paint and all special requirements, for all items of mis-
cellaneous metal.
B. Manufacturer's Data
For standard factory fabricated items.
- 05500-1 -
2. PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Structural steel shapes, plates and bars shall conform to ASTM
A-36.
B. structural steel tubing shall conform to ASTM A-501.
c. welded and seamless steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A-53.
D. Sheet steel, zinc coated (Galvanized) by the hot dip process
shall conform to ASTM A-446.
E. sheet and strip steel shall conform to ASTM A-568.
F. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A-48.
G. Extruded aluminum shall conform to ASTM B-22l.
H. unless otherwise indicated, anchors and fasteners shall be
zinc coated complying with ASTM A-153, for exterior use and
where used in exterior walls. select size and type of anchors
and fasteners as required to adequately attach miscellaneous
metal items.
I. Anchors and fasteners for aluminum work shall be stainless
steel.
J. comply with ASTM A-123 for galvanizing of rolled, pressed and
forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips 1/8" thick and
heavier.
K. comply with ASTM A-385 and A-386 for galvanizing of assembled
steel products.
L. 'prime Paint
01. poly-ura Prime No. 50-330 by Tnemec Company, Inc..
2.02 FABRICATION - GENERAL:
A. Items shall be completely shop assembled, where practical,
ready for field erection/installation.
B. Fabricate work true to line, level, plumb with accurate angles
and straight sharp edges.
c. Form bent metal corners to the smallest radius possible with-
out causing separation of metal.
D. Exposed shop and field connections shall be welded or con-
nected with flat head counter sunk bolts, unless otherwise in-
dicated. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush, to match and
blend with adjoining surfaces.
E. Provide anchoring devices as shown and as required to provide
adequate support for the intended use of the work.
F. No advertising matter or name plates shall appear exposed
surfaces.
- 05500-2 -
2.03 SHOP PAINTING
A. preparation for painting
All miscellaneous ferrous metal specified to be painted shall
be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP2 "Hand Tool cleaning" or
SSPC SP3 "power Tool cleaning" or SSPC sp7 "Brush-Off Blast
Cleaning". Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in ac-
cordance with SSPC sp-l "solvent cleaning".
B. surfaces to be Painted
All surfaces of ferrous metal, except surfaces to be in con-
tact with concrete or masonry.
All surfaces of aluminum in contact with steel, concrete or
masonry shall be protected with a coating of zinc chromate
primer.
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
A. structural Framing
Furnish and install all structural steel framing, steel tub-
ing, steel plates and other steel shapes associated with the
steel stair super-structure, aluminum entrances and window
walls.
B. Bollards
Furnish, for installation under Division 3, all indicated Bol-
lards. Material - 3" or 6" O.D. steel pipe as shown on
drawings with 1/4" plate cap welded to top and ground smooth,
complete with one shop coat of paint. (see section 09900 for
surface preparation and paint material specification).
C. Railings
01. All railings are to be aluminum pipe railing in the
locations as shown and detailed on the drawings. pipe
shall be of the size shown on the drawings and fabricat-
ed from aluminum alloy 6063-T52-Schedule 40 with all
connections welded, then ground smooth.
02. All railings are to be cleaned of all contaminants and
prepared for painting as described in NAAMM Metal
Finishes Manual. All railings are to be finished with
baked on enamel paint of the color selected by the
Engineer, and applied by electro static paint process.
03. All stair hand railings are to be of the size shown and
detailed on the drawing.
a. where the drawings call for 1.5" I.D.
rails, wall thickness shall be 0.20".
b. Where drawings call for 1.5" O.D. rails,
wall thickness shall be 0.188".
c. Where the drawings call for square tubes,
use 1.125" x 1.125" with wall thickness of
0.095".
- 05500-3 -
04. Furnish calculations prepared by a specialty
Engineer registered to practice engineering in
the state of Florida certifing that the rails
meet all building code and local code require-
ments.
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'IOH
3.01 INSTALLATION
Installation shall be in accordance with the reviewed Shop Drawings
and in accordance with the Contract Documents. work shall be in-
stalled true to line, level, plumb with accurate angles, tightly
jointed and adequately reinforced and anchored in place.
3.02 FIELD WELDING
A. Field welding shall be done with shielded arc welding.
B. The Contractor shall provide safe and substantial work plat-
forms at proper height to permit best possible field welding
technique. Temporary enclosure, shielding, etc. shall be pro-
vided to protect welding operators and joints to be welded
against the elements during welding operations.
3.03 CORRECTIVE WORK
A. Structural steel members or assemblages having fabrication er-
rors, or which have errors or deformations preventing proper
assembly and fitting of parts, shall be reported immediately
to the Engineer. They shall not be incorporated in the fin-
ished work. such members or assemblages may be corrected if
permitted by the Engineer, such corrective work shall be in
accordance with the Contract Document.
B. Submit to the Engineer for approval Drawings showing reasons
for and details of proposed corrective work, and receive ap-
proved Drawings prior to performing the corrective work.
3.04 FIELD TOUCH-UP PAINTING
A. After erection all exposed surfaces where shop coat is missing
or has been damaged shall be touched-up using the same type of
paint as approved for the shop coat.
B. Prior to touch-up, all areas to be painted shall be thoroughly
cleaned of rust, dirt and weld slag.
.......
End of section
.-
.......
- 05500-4 -
DIVISION
06100
06200
6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPEN'l'RY
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEHWERE:
A.
Concrete Formwork
Section 03310.
B.
Finish Carpentry
section 06200.
1.02 FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS:
A. Furnish bolts, anchors to other trades to be built into
masonry or concrete walls.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Lumber:
01. Comply with Product standard P20 "American Softwood Lum-
ber Standard" by the National Bureau of Standards.
02. Conform to requirements of the National Grading Rule
committee for dimension lumber.
03. Identify all lumber by official grade mark, including:
(A) Symbol of grading agency.
(B) Mill number or name.
(C) Grade of lumber.
(D) Species or species grouping.
(E) Rules under which graded.
(F) Moisture content designation.
B. Plywood:
01. Comply with Product standard PI, Softwood Plywood, Con-
struction and Industrial, by the National Bureau of
standards.
02. Identify all plywood by APA Grade Trademark, including:
(A) Type.
(B) Grade.
(C) class.
(D) Identification Index.
- 06100-1 -
(E) Inspection and testing agency mark.
C. Pressure Treated Wood Products:
01. Comply with Amercian wood Preservers Bureau standards.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Certification:
01. Pressure Treated Lumber:
(A) submit certification from treatment plant stating
compliance with specified standards and that
moisture content was reduced to 19 percent max.
after treatment.
1. 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area
protected from weather.
B. Store materials a minimum of 6" above ground on frame work or
blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering, pro-
viding for adequate air circulation-.
C. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp portion of
building.
2 . PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 LUMBER:
A. 'Dimensions:
01. Specified lumber dimensions are nominal, unless other-
wise indicated.
02. Actual dimensions conform to industry standards estab-
lished by the American Lumber standards Committee.
B. Moisture Content:
01. 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of permanent
closing of building.
02. Marked S-Dry.
C. Surfacing:
01. Surfaced four sides (S4S), unless otherwise indicated.
D. species:
01. Douglas fir, white fire, western larch or southern pine.
E. Grades:
01. Lumber 2" to 4" thick x 2" to 4" wide.
(A) Light framing, standard or better grade.
- 06100-2 -
02. Lumber 2" to 4" thick x 5" and wider.
(A) structural joints and plank, #2 or better grade.
03. Boards (Furring and Grounds).
(A) #2 or better grade.
2.02 PLYWOOD:
All plywood shall be CDX exterior grade.
2.03 PRESSURE TREATMENT:
A. In accordance with American wood Preservers Bureau LP-2, soft-
wood lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne salt
preservatives for use above ground.
B. Material dried after treatment to a maximum moisture content
of 19 percent.
C. 2 brush coats of treatment solution applied to all field cuts.
D. Required:
01. All wood used on exterior of building, whether exposed
or concealed.
2 . 04 ROUGH HARDWARE:
A. Provide all rough hardware including nails, spikes, screws,
bolts, and similar hardware specified or required in assembl-
ing and securing carpentry work.
- B. ,Hardware exposed to moisture shall be hot dip galvanized or
approved non-ferrous metal.
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3 .01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL:
A. Use materials of longest practical length and size to avoid
joints.
B. securely attach work to substrate using types of anchors as
indicated.
C. Install work plumb, level and in true alignment.
D. work accurately cut and fit.
3.02 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS AND BLOCKING:
A. Provide where shown and where required for screeding or at-
tachment of other work.
...
B.
Grounds to be of thickness required to bring face of ground to
face of finish material involved.
C. Building of wood blocking into masonry walls is not permitted.
- 06100-3 -
~
D. Anchor roof nailers to substrate with 1/2" diameter bolts
spaced a maximum of 48" on center, with additional bolts at
corners and laps, unless otherwise indicated. Counter bore
wood so that bolt and nuts are recessed below top surface of
nailer.
E. Provide wood blocking in metal stud partitions for attachment
of wall hung materials and/or equipment.
3.03 WOOD FURRING:
A. unless otherwise indicated, provide 1" x 3" or 1" x 4" furring
at 16" O.C.
3.04 BACKER BOARDS:
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide 3/4" CDX exterior grade
plywood furred backer boards for mechanical, electrical,
plumbing, sprinkler and telephone controls and equipment of
the sizes required where indicated on the Drawings.
-.
End of section
'...
- 06100-4 -
project No. 9432RA
Parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPEN'l'RY
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Rough carpentry: section 06100
1.02 INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS:
A. steel Doors and Frames: Section 08110
B.
Finish Hardware:
section 08710
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Reference standards
01. comply with the "Quality standards" of the Architectural
woodwork Institute.
02. Any reference to premium, custom or economy grade, shall
be defined in the "Quality standard".
03. Millwork not given a specific quality grade shall be
custom grade.
B. All units constructed as complete as practical at mill, ready
for field installation.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Samples
.......
01. Each wood species which is to receive transparent finish
at job site. (size 6" x 12").
02. Laminated plastic for color selection.
B. show Drawings
01. For all items of architectural woodwork.
02. Indicate details of construction and installation, in-
cluding relationship to adjacent materials.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY:
A. Deliver woodwork only after installation and storage areas are
complete and dry so that woodwork will not be damaged by ex-
cessive changes in moisture content.
- 06200-1 -
....
2. PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 MILLWORK:
A. Millwork for Transparent Finish
01. AWI quality grade casework: custom.
02. Construction: Flush overlay.
03. Exposed parts: white birch.
04. Cut of plywood veneer: Rotary cut.
B. Millwork with High Pressure plastic Laminate Finish
01. AWI quality grade casework: Custom.
02. Construction: Flush overlay.
03. High pressure laminated plastic color/pattern: As se-
lected by Engineer.
C. plastic Laminate Counter TOps
01. AWI quality grade: Custom.
02.
self-edge laminated plastic top and backsplash of 3/4"
plywood non-coved construction unless otherwise indicat-
ed.
03.
Provide balancing sheet material specified on back sur-
face of laminate covered tops.
, 04.
Plastic laminate sheet stock of longest manufacturers
length to minimize joints.
05.
scribe backsplash to wall for tight fit.
D. General
01. Make all cutouts for installation of work required under
other sections.
2.02 HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATE:
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
01. The Formica corporation.
02. westinghouse Electric corporation.
03. Nevamar corporation.
04. Ralph wilson plastics company.
B. colors/patterns as selected by Engineer from manufacturers'
standard materials.
C. Laminated plastic - General Purpose
01. NEMA publication No. LD3, GP50 - abrasive Class AI.
- 06200-2 -
D. Laminated Plastic - Backing Sheet
01. Equal to Grade 92 by the Formica Corporation.
E. Adhesive
01. Contact type, as recommended by manufacturer of plastic
laminate.
2 . 03 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMEs WORK:
A. Furnished under Section 08110.
2.04 FINISH HARDWARE WORK:
B. Received, stored and installed under this Section.
,..
.-.
A. Furnished under Section 08710.
-",
C.
B. Received, stored, fitted and installed under this section.
Set metal thresholds in exterior walls in full bed of sealant.
Remove excess material and neatly point.
.-.
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
"'"'.
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. In accordance with the Contract Documents and the reviewed
Shop Drawings. All work installed plumb, level and in true
alignment.
B. Materi~l installed in units as ~ong as practical with joints
located to be as inconspicuous as possible and to allow for
shrinkage.
C. All work securely attached.
....
D.
Finish work blind nailed insofar as possible.
-
E. Corners carefully mitered, except interior wood moldings coped
or housed on in-corners.
,....
End of Section
~.
- 06200-3 -
DIVISION
07100
07150
07155
07180
07190
07212
07270
07300
07500
07600
07900
07920
7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
waterproof Membrane Deck coating
Foundation and Slab Waterproofing
Bituminous Damproofing
Concrete Surface Seal Coat
Vapor Barrier
Rigid Insulation
Fire stopping
Expansion Joints
Elastic Sheet Roofing
Flashing and Sheet Metal
Preformed Joint Sealers
Sealants and Caulking
-..
-
:::..
-
.-
,....
--
c:::.
Project Ro. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTIOR
SECTION 07100
WATERPROOF MEMBRANE DECK COATING
1.
PART 1
GENERAL
,...
1.01
DESCRIPTION:
A.
Work Included: Provide all labor, materials, tools and
equipment to perform all waterproof deck coating work in
locations as shown on the drawings, as specified herein,
and required to provide a complete and proper
installation.
......
B. Related work Specified Elsewhere
J
Ol.
02.
03.
04.
concrete Repairs
Concrete surface sealcoat
Expansion Joints
sealants and Caulking
section 03500
section 07200
section 07300
section 07920
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Applicator:
01. The applicator/sub-contractor for the work of
this section shall be an Installation Contractor
authorized, approved and qualified by the
manufacturer of the materials to be used and
having the necessary equipment and fa~ilities to
fulfill the requirements of the manufacturer and
this section.
Submit to the Engineer evidence of
manufacturers authorization, approval
qualifications and proof of a minimum of five
years installation experience with methods
materials similar to those specified herein.
B. All materials in the waterproofing Membrane Deck coating
system shall be supplied from a single manufacturer
complete with technical and test data to substantial
conformance to the specifications.
02.
the
and
(5)
and
.,;
1.03
WARRANTY:
A. The contractor, Applicator and the Manufacturer of the
materials shall submit to the owner in writing, in a
form acceptable to the Engineer, a warranty covering all
labor and material provided in the Section. This
warranty shall provide that if there is a failure of the
waterproofing material and or leakage within 5 years of
- 07100-1 -
the date of final acceptance of the project, that all
labor and material to repair these areas (in a manner
acceptable to the Engineer), will be performed at no
cost to the owner.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data:
01. waterproof Membrane Deck coating materials.
02. Primer
B. Sample where requested by the Engineer
1. 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A.
Store all materials in a clean, dry, secure area with
temperature maintained at 500 F minimum.
~
B. All materials shall bear the manufactures original labeling
and markings.
C. Handle all materials in accordance with the manufacturers
written directions.
1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:
.....
A.
The following conditions must be
Applicator/Installer
observed by the
01.
Do not install on wet surfaces or where standing water
is present.
, 02.
Do not permit prolonged breathing of vapors or contact
with skin.
03.
Do not permit smoking, open flames, sparks or high heat
during application of material.
04.
Provide supplementary ventilation during the performance
of this work to safely remove all fumes.
2.
PART 2
PRODOCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS:
A.
system NOVOL 2 Zero VOC HEAVY DUTY Traffic Deck Membrane
system as manufactured by:
Watson-Bowman-Acme corp.
Division of Harris Specialty Chemicals, Inc.
95 pineview Drive
Amherst, N.Y. 14228
Telephone (716) 691-7566 or (800) 677-4WSA
This system is comprised of the following:
....
01.
Primer:
Horsey-Set/WOE water Dispersible Epoxy
02. crack Treatment: NOVOL EP-II Elastic Deck coating
03. waterproofing Membrane Base Coat - NOVOL EP-II
- 07100-2 -
;.;.;e
-
-
J
~:-"
,....
-
c::
-
04. wearing Course - Intermediate and TOp Coat NOVOL EP-III
05. UV Resistant Top Coat - Horseyset EP-V
B.
Or Approved Equal
2.02
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION:
A. waterproofinq Membrane (BASE COAT - NOVOL EP-II
1. The base coat (membrane) shall meet the following minimum. performance
criteria:
a)
Minimum Tensile
Strenqth
Base Coat
Top Coat:
1,000 psi
600
(ASTJI 0412),
b)
Minimum Elongation
Base Coat
350'
20 psi
(ASTJI 0412),
(ASTH 0903),
C)
Minimum Adhesion
Base Coat
3.
PART 3
EXECO'l'IOR
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. Perform all concrete repairs under section 03500
B. Perform all sealant and caulking work under section 07920
C. Clean concrete deck surfaces which are to receive
waterproofing membrane deck coatings to remove all grease and
oil stains, all other contaminants and concrete laitance by
ONE OR MORE of the following methods as may be necessary to
achieve satisfactory conditions of the concrete deck.
01. waterblast cleaning -with- minimum water pressure of
2500 PSI.
Add commercial grade detergent where necessary.
02. Light duty shot blast cleaning.
D.
Have concrete deck surfaces reviewed by representative of
manufacturer of waterproofing Membrane Deck coating material
and obtain written approval of surface preparation before
proceeding with the installation. Repeat any operation
required to obtain said approval.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. waterproofing Membrane Deck coating
01. After completion of surface preparation and receipt of
letter of approval from the manufacture proceed with the
following installation.
02.
Prime the cleaned concrete surface with Horsey-set WOE -.
water dispersible epoxy at rate of 150 sq. ft. per
gallon.
Apply 25 Mils DFT application of EP-II Elastic Deck
Coating material over all visible cracks in concrete
slabs and any control joints or caulked joints.
03.
- 07100-3 -
-
.....
04. Apply the Elastomeric Base Coat of EP-II uniformly to
the primed surface. The EP-II shall be applied at a
rate to achieve a minimum of 20 mils Dry Film Thickness.
The EP-II coating shall be allowed to cure thoroughly.
Detailing treatment shall be provided at all
construction joints and at all cracks 1/16" inch or
wider. EP-II material shall also be applied at base of
columns, walls and curbs to produce an 8" high base.
01.
B. wearing Course (INTERMEDIATE AND TOP COAT - NOVOL EP-III):
.....
02.
03.
A wearing course shall be applied over the Base Coat
(EP- II) consisting of an Intermediate Coat (EP-III)
which while wet, shall have aggregate broadcasted over
and backrolled locking in aggregate. After the
Intermediate Coat has cured, a Top Coat (EP-III) shall
be applied over the Intermediate Coat. The TOp Coat
(EP-III) while wet, shall have aggregate broadcast over
and backrolled locking in aggregate.
A selected aggregate (silica sand) shall be broadcast
evenly over the surface and fall on the surface in
vertical direction so as to displace uncovered coating
(24 mesh silica sand).
The systems shall have the following minimum dry mil
thickness, without aggregate~ Heavy Duty system
thickness of 56 MILS, Medium Duty system thickness of 46
MILS.
-
'-
......
04. HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM
Drive Aisles and Sloping Floor Ramps
05.
PRIMER:
BASE COAT:
INTER.COAT:
TOP COAT
HORSEY SET WOE CLEAR
HORSEYSET EP II
BORSEYSET EP III
HORSEYSET EP III
TOTAL
2-3 MILS
20 MILS
20 MILS
16 MILS
58-59 MILS
MEDIUM DUTY SYSTEM
parking stall Areas
'-
PRIMER:
BASE COAT:
INTER. COAT:
TOP COAT:
HORSEYSET WOE CLEAR
HORSEYSET EP II
HORSEYSET EP III
HORSEYSET EP III
TOTAL
2-3 MILS
20 MILS
16 MILS
10 MILS
48-49 MILS
C. TOP COAT FOR ROOF LEVEL
01. Apply an additional top coat of Horseyset EP-V on the roof
level as protection against ultraviolet light at the following
rates:
a)
b)
parking stall areas
Driving Aisles
10 Mils DFT
16 Mils DFT
.-<
- 07100-4 -
-'-
3.03 CLEANING
A. Upon completion, remove all material, debris, etc., created as a
result of work under this Section and leave area in a clean
condition.
End of section
-
-
..:.:"
.....
-..
,...
-
'-'
-
- 07100-5 -
-=
-.
-
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improv_ents
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 - 'l'BERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07150
FOUNDATION AND SLAB WATERPROOFING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A.
Furnish and install waterstops as required and/or as indicated
on the drawings for all exterior and interior concrete walls
below grade, and for certain floor slabs below grade.
-
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
'-
A. Concrete Work section 03300
B. Concrete Unit Masonry section 04200
C. Bituminous Damproofing section 07155
D. Earthwork section 02200
~
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Applicator:
01. Acceptable to manufacturer of damproofing material.
02. Min. 3 successive years experience.
03. successfully completed projects of similar magnitude,
using similar materials.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
....
A. Product Data:
01. Damproofing materials, including detailed application
instructions.
B. certification:
..;;
01. Evidence of applicator's qualifications.
2 . PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 WATERSTOP WATERPROOFING:
A. Acceptable products:
'.
01. parastop II waterstop as manufactured by Paramount
Technical products, Inc., 2600 paramount Drive, spear-
fish, S.D., 57787, Telephone: 800-658-5000.
- 07150-1 -
.u.
02.
This is a PENTA laminate of bentonite, super tough high
density polyethylene (H.D.P.D.) and polypropylene. The
laminate allows the parastop II to seal between any
surface with which it is contact each time water is
present.
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 WATERSTOP WATERPROOFING:
A. preparation:
-'"
01.
Remove protrusions or indentations greater than 1/2" in
dimension in all areas where the Paras top II is to be
installed.
B.
Installation:
01. Install the 1-1/2" high parastop II in the locations
shown on the drawings, by laying it flat and nailing
every 1-1/2' to 2'. At joints, overlap joint a minimum
of 2" and secure in place by using case hardened
washered nail.
End of section
-
-
....:>
-.
- 07150-2 -
-
.....
....
project No. 9432RA
Parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 - 'l'RERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07155
BI'l'OMINOUS DAMPROOFING
1. PAR!r 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
.....
A. Furnish and install bituminous damproofing where indicated on
the drawings for concrete walls below grade that are not to
receive foundation waterproofing system.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
Concrete Work:
section 03300.
B.
unit Masonry:
section 04200.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Applicator
01. Acceptable to manufacturer of damproofing material.
02. Minimum 3 successive years experience.
03. successfully completed projects of similar magnitude,
using similar materials.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data
01. Damproofing materials, including detailed application
instructions.
B. certification
01. Evidence of applicator's qualifications.
2. PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 FOUNDATION WALL DAMPROOFING:
A. Acceptable Products
01.
Koppers 452 Primer.
-
02. Hydroshield 451 Mastic.
03.
Koppers Heavy-Duty Glass Fiber Mesh.
'-
04. Protection Board - 1/4" Fiberboard.
05.
Or approved equal.
-
- 07155-1 -
B. Material
01. cold applied asphalt compound combined with mineral
fibers and formulated for exterior below grade
damproofing.
02. Primer for use with above described asphalt compound.
03. Heavy-duty glass fiber mesh.
04. Fiberboard.
3 . PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3.01 FOUNDATION WALL DAMPROOFING:
A. Preparation of surfaces
-"'-
01. Remove form release agents, dirt, grease, laitance and loose
material.
B. Application
01. Apply after concrete has cured for minimum of 14 days and
surface is dry.
02. Apply primer at rate of 0.5 gal. per 100 sq. ft.
03.
Apply base coat of hydroshield mastic at rate of 5 gal. per
100 sq. ft.
---'
04. Apply fiber glass mesh over all cracks, and cold joints in
concrete.
05. 'Apply top coat of hydroshield at rate of 2 gal. per 100 sq.
ft.
06.
Apply to exterior side of exterior foundation walls where
shown on drawings. Apply from top of footing to finish grade.
......
07. Fill all cracks, crevices and form cove at intersection of
walls and footing.
08. Fill in around all pipes, anchors and other items that
penetrate damproofing.
.....
09.
Apply protection board to entire area prior to backfilling.
'"'"
End of section
.....
....
- 07155-2 -
,-
.....
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 - 'l'IIERMAL AND MOIS'l'ORE PROTECTION
SECTIOR 07180
CONCRETE SURFACE SEAL COAT
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 SCOPE:
A. Clean all concrete surfaces as described in this section.
B. Apply concrete surface sealer to all concrete parking deck
slabs the first (grade) level.
C. Apply concrete surface sealer to all concrete stair treads and
platforms on all levels, including first (grade) level and
roof level in all stair towers.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A.
Repair of Concrete
See section 03500.
B.
waterproof Membrane Deck coating
See section 07100.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Applicator:
01.
Factory trained and factory authorized
acceptable to manufacturer of concrete
material.
applicator
seal coat
02.
Minimum 3 successive years experience.
...
03. successfully completed projects of similar magnitude
using material.
B. warranty:
01. The contractor and the Manufacturer of the material
shall jointly submit in writing, in a form acceptable to
the Engineer, a warranty covering all labor and material
provided in this section. This warranty shall provide
that if there is a failure of the seal coat material
within 3 years of the date of final acceptance of the
project, that all labor and material to repair damaged
or spalled concrete areas (in a manner acceptable to the
Engineer) and to reapply seal coat material, will be
performed at no cost to the owner.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data:
01. Concrete surface seal coat material.
- 07180-1 -
,.....
B. certificate:
....
01. Evidence of applicator's qualifications and experience
in using the specified or similar products.
C. Material safety Data sheets.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Environmental Requirements:
01. Do not apply materials when slab temperature is less
than 400 F.
02. Do not apply material until surfaces are cleaned and dry
(or damp). Do not apply to wet surfaces.
B. ventilation, Health, and Fire Requirements:
01. Provide adequate ventilation during application of
materiaL
02. Do not permit prolonged breathing of vapors or contact
with skin.
.-
2. PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS:
A. Horsey-set/WOE Water Dispersible Epoxy - Color WOE-TAN 14002
(#87424) as manufactured by Watson-Bowman Acme, A Division of
Harris specialty Chemicals, Inc., 95 pineview Drive, Amherst,
'New York, 14228, Tel: (716) 691-7566 or (800) 677-4WBA.
B. Or approved equal.
-
2.02 PRODUCTS NOT ACCEPTABLE:
A. silanes.
,....
B.
siloxanes.
C. Products with V.O.C. content greater than 300 gms/liter.
--
2.03 OTHER PRODUCTS:
A. Any products submitted for consideration as an equal to that
specified in 2. Ol/A. above shall be accompanied by independent
testing laboratory performance results using the test proce-
dures described in Federal Highway Administration 244 Test
comparing the performance of the proposed product to the
specified product.
B. Product submitted must comply with all Federal and state
regulations regarding V.O.C. content.
....
-
- 07180-2 -
,.....
-
3. PART 3 - EXECO'l'ION
3 . 01 PREPARATION:
A.
Thoroughly clean the surface of the concrete slab by water
blast cleaning equipment having a minimum capacity of 2,000
PSI to remove all dirt, film, concrete laitance or other
contaminants. The condition of the concrete must be approved
by the Manufacturer, and the Applicator prior to application.
.....
B. where seal coat material will not adhere to the slab due to
the presence of any contaminant not removed by water blast
cleaning, the Engineer may require shot blast cleaning in said
areas (at no additional cost to the owner).
3.02 ~PPLICATION:
A. After surfaces are clean and dry, apply 1 coat of surface seal
coat at rate of 150 sq. ft. per gallon by brush roller or
airless spray. squeege application shall not be permitted.
B. While seal coat material is still uncured, uniformly broadcast
angular silica sand into the top surface to produce a non-skid
surface. Back roll to fully encapsulate the sand. Apply
additional sealer as necessary to fully encapsulate the sand.
c. Apply to all concrete slabs, islands and platforms of the slab
on grade level except those areas that are specified to
receive waterproof membrane deck coating (section 07200).
D. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions
where they do not conflict with above.
-
3.03 CLEANING:
A. upon completion, remove all material, debris, etc. created as
a result of work under this section, and leave area in a clean
condition.
End of Section
~~
....
- 07180-3 -
-
...-
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
--
DIVISION 7 - 'l'HERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTEC'l'ION
SECTION 07190
VAPOR BARRIER
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
.......
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to
install vapor barrier in the locations shown on the
drawings or as herein specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Use only qualified workmen thoroughly skilled and trained in
applying vapor barrier.
..-
B.
Installation to meet the requirements of this specifications
or the manufacturers requirements, whichever is more restric-
tive.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Manufacturers literature on vapor barrier.
B. 'Physical sample.
2 . PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2 .01 UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER:
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
01. Fortifiber Corporation, Howard City, Michigan 49329,
Telephone No. (616) 937-4324 or (800) 442-2587.
02. Raven Industries, springfield, Ohio, 45505, Telephone
No. (800) 543-5995.
......,
03. Or approved equal.
2 . 02 MATERIALS:
A. Moistop as manufactured by Fortifiber Corporation.
01. Flexible sandwich of Kraft Paper, glass reinforcing
fibers, and two layers of inert polyethylene.
--
02.
Perm rating of approximately 0.1 using ASTM-E 96
Procedure.
- 07190-1 -
,...
2.03 REPAIR TAPE:
A. Fortifiber Grade 495 pressure sensitive tape.
3 . PART 3 - EXECO'l'IOR
3.01 INSPECTION OF SUBGRADE MATERIAL:
-
A. verify that subgrade has been properly installed, graded,
compacted to specification and ready to receive underslab
vapor barrier.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. goll down the Moistop vapor barrier in the widest practical
width parallel with the direction of pour.
B. All joints shall be overlapped a minimum of six (6") inches
and sealed with Grade 495 pressure sensitive tape.
C.
If the vapor barrier is punctured in any manner, make repairs
using Grade 495 pressure sensitive tape. where punctures are
larger than the width of tape make a patch out of Moistop
vapor Barrier Material and tape down on all four sides.
-,
End of Section
-
-
-
.....
-
....
- 07190-2 -
-
,-
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
,;
DIVISION 7 - 'l'BERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07212
RIGID INSULATION
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data
......
Manufacturer's current data for insulation, including
detailed installation specifications.
B. Certification
01.
01. Manufacturer's certification that materials meet
specified requirements (if requested by Engineer).
.....
2.
PART 2 - PRODOCTS
2.01 CAVITY WALL INSULATION
--
A.
Acceptable Products
01. styrofoam SM by Dow Chemical Company.
,...c.
Formular Polystyrene Insulation by united States Gypsum
company.
03. Or approved equaL
02.
B. Material
01. Minimum properties
(a) K factor of .20 at 74 degrees F., ASTM C518.
(b) Min. 1.7 lb. density, ASTM C303.
-
(C)
Min. compressive strength of 18 psi, ASTM D162l.
(d) Water absorption of less than .7 percent, ASTM
D2842.
02. Adhesive
-
(a)
styrofoam Brand Insulation Mastic ill by Dow
Chemical company.
(b) Or approved equal.
.....
03.
Thickness
(a) 1-1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated.
-
- 07212-1 -
-
2.02 COMPOSITE WALL INSULATION
A. Acceptable Products
01. Thermo-stud wall insulation system by W.R. Grace
company.
02. Or approved equal.
B. Insulation Material
01. Expanded polystyrene board with following minimum
properties:
(a) K factor of .26 at 75 degrees F., ASTM C177.
(b) 1. 0 lb. nominal density.
(C) compressive strength 12 psi. ASTM D162l.
(d) Water absorption less than 2.0 percent, ASTM
C272.
(e) Flame spread rating less than 25, ASTM E84.
.....
02. Insulation factory grooved to receive furring channels.
03. Thickness
(a)
1-1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated.
.....
C. Furring Channels
01.
"U" shaped, 1-5/8" wide with 5/8" serrated edges.
"-
02. Fabricated from min. 25 gauge electro-galvanized steel.
03. Channel fasteners as recommended by the manufacturer of
the system and designed to adequately support attached
finish and other indicated materials.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CAVITY WALL INSULATION
A. Insulation
01. Install insulation against inner wythe within cavity.
02. place insulation with long dimension horizontal.
03. stagger vertical joints.
04. Install units tightly together.
05. Insulation held in place between masonry, reinforcement
and adhesive application.
3.02 CEILING OR CEILING INSULATION
A. preparation of Surfaces
.-
- 07212-2 -
-
....
,-
,-...
End of section
.-
--
-
,-
-
-
-
--
--
,"'"
01. clean substrate free of projecting and loose materials.
B. Installation
01. Insulation joints tightly butted.
cut board as required to accommodate doors, windows,
electrical boxes and similar penetrations.
03. Install fasteners on substrates as required to provide
durable support for system.
02.
04. Max. spacing of fasteners 18" on center.
- 07212-3 -
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 - TIlERMAL AND MOIS'rORE PROTECTION
SECTION 07270
FIRE STOPPING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. work Int"luded: provide all labor materials and equipment to
perform all fire stopping operations in locations shown on the
drawings and/or specified herein and as required for a
complete and proper installation.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE :
A. Concrete work section 03300
B. concrete Repair section 03500
C. Electrical work Division 16
D. Mechanical work Division 15
E. Aluminum Entrances
& window wall section 08410
F. _ Masonry section 04200
1.03 QUALITY ASsURANCE:
A. Applicator
01. Acceptable to manufacturer of fire stopping materials.
02 . Minimum of 2 successive years experience.
03. successfully completed projects of similar magnitude
using similar materials.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data
01. Fire stopping material.
B. certifications
01. Evidence of applicator.s qualifications.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Environmental Requirements:
- 07270-1 -
,-
01. Do not apply 'material when temperatures of adjacent
concrete, electrical or mechanical materials is less
than 40 degrees F.
02. Do not apply material until surfaces are cleaned and
dry. Do not apply to wet or dirt contaminated surfaces.
B. ventilation, Health and Fire Requirements:
01. Provide adequate ventilation during application of
material.
02. Do not permit prolonged breathing of vapors or contact
with skin.
.-
2.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
A. FIREMASTER PUTTY by Thermal ceramics company,
P.O. Box 923, Augusta, Georgia 30903 or New York Office.
Telephone: (212) 293-0750
FIREMASTER PUTTY by Thermal Ceramics company
FIREMASTER MASTIC by Thermal ceramics company
PENSIL 100 SEALANT by GE silicones,
260 Hudson River Road, waterford, New York 12188
PENSIL 300 JOINT SEALANT by GE Silicones
PENSIL 500 PUTTY by GE Silicones
Or approved equal.
--
3. PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A. Preparation of Surfaces:
--
01.
Remove all dust, dirt, or other contaminants such as
form release agents, laitance and loose materials.
B. Installation:
01. Install fire stopping material in accordance with the
manufacturers printed directions. Apply sufficient
thickness of material to achieve 2 hour fire rating
unless otherwise specified.
02. Avoid splatter or excess material.
03. Use masking tape where required to protect adjacent
surfaces of concrete, concrete blocks, electrical
conduit or wiring, mechanical ducts or piping or other
similar materials.
,-
- 07270-2 -
r-
3.02 CLEANING
A. Upon completion, remove all materials, debris, etc. created as
a result of the work of this Section and leave area in a neat
clean condition.
End of Section
....
...
-
-
-
- 07270-3 -
-
,-
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
r'-
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07300
EXPANSION JOIR'l'S
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: Provide all labor, materials,t"':)ls and equip-
ment for the complete and proper installation of expansion
joints in the locations shown on the drawings and/or as herein
specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Applicator:
01.
Must be factory trained/approved applicator by
manufacturer of expansion joint material.
-
02. Minimum three (3) successive years experience.
03. successfully completed projects of similar magnitude us-
ing similar materials.
B. Guarantee:
-
01.
Provide single document written guarantee in a form ac-
ceptable to the Engineer from the Manufacturer and the
Applicator and Contractor. Said guarantee shall provide
that, should the expansion joint leak water, or should
it fail in abrasion, adhesion or cohesion within three
(3) years from the date of substantial completion, the
Contractor shall remove and replace the joints at no
cost to the owner.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. General:
.....
01. comply with the provisions of section 01300.
B.
Manufacturers
including the
project.
schedule confirming that the gland size being furnished is
appropriate for the joint opening provided at the prevailing
slab temperature at the time work! is scheduled to be
installed. Revise gland size, with approval of the Engineer
to meet the size of the blockout.
literature and samples of all materials,
gland for the size(s) to be installed on this
C.
-
,-
D. Material safety Data Sheets confirming that all products meet
all requirement for volatile organic compounds (v.o.c.
compliant) .
,-
- 07300-1 -
,-
-
1.04 REQUIRED ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:
A. slab Temperature:
01. Minimum of 400F during installation and curing period.
B. Weather:
-
01. No installation permitted if ra1n1ng or if the slab is
wet. If slab is damp prime with Horsey-set/woE primer.
C. Ventilation:
01. Health-Fire: Adequate ventilation required. Do not
permit smoking, open flames, or sparks during installa-
tion. Do not permit prolonged breathing of vapors or
contact with skin.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS:
A.
As manufactured by Watson-BOWIIIan Acme Division of Harris
specialty Chemicals, Inc., 95 pineview Drive, Amherst, New
York, 14228, Tel.: (716) 691-7566 (800) 677-4WBA.
-
01. Gland Type Expansion Joint seals - Preformed fabric
reinforced, elastomeric membrane equal to the Watson
BOWIIIan Acme corp. MODEL No. ME-225 of the 201 Membrane
system meeting the following physical requirements:
02. or approved equal.
PHYSICAL REQUIREMER'l'S FOR THE ELASTOMER
IN THE MEMBRANE SRAPES
Test
Method
Requirements
Tensile strength, min.,psi
Elongation at Break
min., percent
Hardness, Type A Durometer
points, (Modified)
compression Set, 22 h at 212 F
Method B, max, percent
Low Temperature Brittleness
Method A, nonbrittle
after 3 min., at -40F
Ozone Resistance, Procedure B
1000 pphm ozone, 70 h at 100F
sample under 20% strain
oil Deterioration, volume increase
after immersion in ASTM oil 3
70 h at 212 F, max., percent
During VUlcanization
ASTM D412 1500
ASTM D412 175
ASTM 02240 65+/-5
ASTM D395 35
ASTM D2137 Pass at -40F
ASTM D1l49 No Cracks
ASTM D471 120
Bonding
ASTM D429 80%
-..
- 07300-2 -
-
,...
,-
03. Joint seals (Gland) Thermoplastic Membrane (santoprene)
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR THE
THERMO PLASTIC MEMBRANE SHAPES
Properties
Method
Requirements
Materials
Hardness
ASTM 0-2240
Thermoplastic Rubber
64A :!: 3
0.97 :!: 2
1000 psi
400%
340 psi
140 pH
10%
23% @ 770F
36% @ 2120F
-760F
Specific Gravity
Tensile strength
Ultimate Elongation
100% Modulus
Tear Strength
Tension Set
compression Set
168 hrs.
Brittle Point
ASTM D-297
ASTM 0-412
ASTM D-412
ASTM D-412
ASTM D-624
ASTM D-412
ASTM D-395
ASTM D-746
-
04. Provide factory prefabricated splices for all changes in
direction.
05. Elastomeric Concrete:
a.
WABOCRETE II as manufactured by Watson Bowman
Acme Division of Harris specialty Chemicals, Inc.
meeting the following physical requirements:
Or approved equal.
--
b.
--
TABLE 2: PHYSICAL REQUIREMER'l'S FOR WABOCRETE II
at 230C+/-lo (730F+/_20)
...-'
Gel Time AASHTO T-237 150 grams 10-15 minutes
1 gallon 20-30 minutes
Tests with Binder Only
Tensile ASTM D-412 7 Days 6.7 mPa (1000 psi)
strength
Tensile ASTM 0-412 7 Days 200%
Elongation
Hardness, ASTM 0-2240 7 Days 35-40
Durometer D
Tear Resistance ASTM D-624 7 Days 100 lbs/inch
--
-
--
- 07300-3 -
-
-
TABLE 2 (continued)
Tests with Binder and Aggregate
ASTM 0-695
ASTM D-3209
158F
OF
-32F
21-32C
10-21C
4-10c
15 mPa (2200 psi)
2 mPa (300 psi)
90%
No Cracks
No cracks
compressive
strength
5% compressive
stress
5% Resilience
Impact
Resistance
ASTM 0-695
ASTM 0-695
Cure Time
(Open to Traffic)
(70-90F)
(50-70F)
1-2 hr.
2-3 hr.
3.3.5 hr.
-
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION - WATSON-BOWMAN ACME MEMBRANE 201 SYSTEM GLAND:
A.
preparatory Work
01. The blockout shall be provided to the specified dimen-
sions and acceptable to the manufacturer. Any edge
raveling at the joint opening or spalls shall be
repaired with Magnacrete Concrete Patch to provide a
solid, square blockout.
-
02.
Install the Magnacrete Concrete Patch material where
shown on the drawings.
......
03.
The blockout substrate shall be sandblasted clean of all
contaminants and impurities immediately prior to the
system installation to assure proper wabocrete adhesion.
......
04. The membrane 201 gland element shall be unpackaged and
laid in a relaxed position to relieve any temporary set
from shipment packaging prior to placement. The winged
flaps of the gland element shall be wiped clean with a
solvent solution such as toluene.
05. Adjacent deck surfaces shall be taped off and protected
to assure a clean, neat, professional installation.
B.
Installation
-
The entire installation shall be made in strict accordance
with the manufacturer's written instructions.
01. Prepare the Elastomeric Concrete in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions.
-
02. Apply Prima-Lub Adhesive to the vertical surfaces (only)
of the expansion joint interface opening.
03. place the gland in the opening. Use clamping devices to
compress gland to proper size for installation. Provide
- 07300-4 -
--
mechanical fasteners to hold flanges of the gland
securely in place.
04. Trowel in the mix of Wabocrete II - the alternate
elastomeric concrete. Tamp to remove all air pockets
and to consolidate the mix. Finish the top surface to
match the elevation of the adjacent concrete.
05. Prevent traffic from crossing the expansion joint system
until entire assembly has cooled and is firmly cured.
3.02 CLEANING:
A. Upon completion, remove all materials, debris, etc. created as
a result of the work under this section and leave ar~a in a
clean condition.
End of section
.....
-
,......
-
-
..-
- 07300-5 -
.....
-
Project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
--
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07500
ELASTIC SIIEET ROOFING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: Provide all labor, material, tools and
equipment necessary to ;,nstall a fully adhered EPDM membrane
roofing system over stair tower roofs where shown on the
drawings, as specified herein, and required for a complete and
proper installation.
B. system Description: Elastomeric sheet roofing directly
adhered to roof insulation using bonding adhesive. Insulation
fastened to substrate using mechanical fasteners.
C. Install on all stair and elevator tower roofs.
.....
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
Wood Nailers:
section 06100
B.
Metal Roof Flashing:
Section 07600
1.03 QUAL~TY ASSURANCE:
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
01. Underwriter'S Laboratories, Inc.
a) Class "A" fire hazard classification.
02. Factory Mutual Research corporation:
a) PM noncombustible rating required.
B. Applicator:
.01.
Acceptable to manufacturer of roofing materials and
factory trained by him.
02.
03.
Minimum 2 successive years experience.
successfully completed projects using similar materials.
-
C. Details:
01. The Drawings for this project reflect detailing for one
manufacturer's roofing. The manufacturer supplying
roofing shall submit details of their proposed method of
installation for the Engineer's review.
02. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make
- 07500-1 -
--
necessary changes, as approved by the Engineer, to
accommodate the roofing system submitted.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
.-
A.
shop Drawings:
Indicate proposed details and methods of installation.
B. Product Data:
Manufacturer's current product data for all materials,
including detailed installation specifications.
C. certification:
01. Evidence of roofing applicators experience (if requested
by Engineer).
02. certify that roofing system complies with specified
requirements of regulatory agencies.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING, STORAGE AND DELIVERY:
A.
Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened
containers and rolls with labels intact and legible.
?-.
B. Deliver materials requiring fire resistance classification to
the job with labels attached and packaged as required by
labeling service.
C. Handle rolled goods so as to prevent damage.
D. Store materials on clean raised platforms with weather
protective covering when stored outdoors.
E. Provide continuous protection of materials against wetting and
moisture absorption.
F. Protect materials against damage by construction traffic.
G. Remove wet insulation from project site.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
......
A. Apply roofing in dry weather.
1. 07 WARRANTY REQUIRED:
A. warranty:
01. Prior to final payment, furnish a ten (10) year warran-
ty.
-
warranty to cover a period of ten (10) years, beginning
upon final acceptance of roofing work.
03. Cover all repairs required to maintain roof and base
flashing in a watertight condition.
02.
04. upon notification, inspect and make immediate repairs as
required to stop leaks and correct other roofing
--
- 07500-2 -
,...
-
defects.
05. When conditions permit make permanent repairs to
affected areas.
06.
Make repairs at no expense to owner.
.......
07. Form of warranty shall be satisfactory to Engineer and
properly signed by roofing manufacturer.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ELASTIC SHEET ROOFING:
A. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
01. Rubber Gard EPDM roof system. 045" thick by Firestone.
02. sure-seal, EPDM .045" thick by carlisle Tire and Rubber
Co.
-
03. versigard EPDM .045" thick by Goodyear.
B.
Include base flashing, splicing materials, anchors, seam
sealer, adhesives separator mat and other materials as
required for a complete installation.
A"
2.02 ROOF INSULATION:
A. General:
01. A complete system of materials to provide a finished
surface with a uniform minimum 1/4" slope to drains.
02. system shall be compatible with membrane roofing
specified.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
01. Dow corning.
02. Johns-Manville.
03. Nrg company.
04.
Approved Equal.
-.
c. Acceptable Materials:
01. Closed cell isocyanurate - 1" thick Class A.
02. Expanded polystyrene - ASTM C578 Type II
1 ~" thick - Class A.
-
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. Remove all exisiting roofing materials and contaiminants and
membranes from the roof slab over the stair and elevator
towers.
- 07500-3 -
-
,...
..-
B. verify that all necessary concrete slab repairs have been
made.
C. Coordinate installation of wooden nailers and cant strips.
.....
3.02 INSPECTION OF SURFACES:
A. verify that work of other trades which penetrates roof decks
has been completed and that such work has been properly
installed and will not adversely affect the installation or
performance of the roofing system.
B. Examine surfaces for adequate anchorage, foreign materials,
moisture and other conditions which would adversely affect the
roofing application and performance.
3.03 APPLICATION - GENERAL:
A. Install in accordance with the accepted roofing manufacturer's
written specifications and recommended details.
B. Roof decks shall be thoroughly dry before application of
roofing.
--
C.
Inspection of the roofing shall be made, by a responsible
representative of the roofing manufacturers, during ap-
plication and after completion.
D. Roofing insulation shall be dry when installed and shall be
protected from the weather during installation. Any materials
which become wet shall be removed and replaced with new dry
materials.
-
E.
when application of roofing is begun, the roofing system in
that area shall be completed before end of day and before
being wet by the elements.
Install temporary water cut-offs at completion of each day'S
work and remove upon resumption of work.
--
F.
3.04 INSULATION:
A. General:
..-
01. Lay in parallel courses.
02. Fasten to substrate using mechanical fasteners.
03. Insulation to slope to roof drains and/or scuppers.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF MEMBRANE:
A.
Install elastomeric sheet roofing in accordance with manufac-
turer's current printed instructions.
-
B. Loosely lay membrane sheet over roof insulation and allow
membrane to relax 30 minutes minimum before bonding, splicing
or attaching. Apply adjoining sheets by lapping the edges and
splicing with splice adhesive or tape.
C. Evenly fold the sheet back on itself to expose the underside.
-
- 07500-4 -
r-
.....
""'
Apply bonding adhesive evenly to the insulation and the
membrane. Roll membrane to prevent wrinkles. compress with
stiff brush broom to assure full contact.
D. complete the splice between flashing and sheet roofing before
bonding the flashing to the vertical surface.
End of section
- 07500-5 -
,-.
.....
project No. 9432RA
parking system xmprovements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DXVISXON 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTXON
SECTXON 07600
FLASHING AND SBEE'l' METAL
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: Furnish and install flashings and sheet metal
in the locations shown on the drawings and/or as herein
specified.
B. The work shall include, but is not limited to the following:
01. Metal flashing
--
02. soffits, Fascia and Trim
03. Decorative cupolas, Cornices and Trim
.....
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSBWBBRB:
A. Sealant and caulking: section 07920.
1.03 FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS:
A. Flashing Built into Masonry: section 04200.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Reference standards:
.-
01.
comply with details and recommendations of SMACNA Manual
for workmanship, methods of joining, anchorage, provis-
ions for expansion, etc. unless otherwise indicated on
the drawings or specified herein.
B.
Provide five (5) year written guarantee of all labor and
materials furnished by this section from the date of final
acceptance of the work.
-
01.
This guarantee shall cover the perfect repair or
replacement of any or all defective work or materials in
this section and the making good of any and all damage
caused by faulty work or materials. Should the sub-
contractor deem the work or materials shown or de-
scribed, as inadequate for the purpose and prejudicial
to the intent of the guarantee, he shall exercise any
and all additional precautions necessary to fulfill this
guarantee.
02. This sub-contractor shall furnish all labor and materi-
als required to immediately fulfill and make good his
guarantee. upon written verification by the owner of
any defects appearing in his work.
-
,....
- 07600-1 -
r-
-,
-
03. The guarantee shall cover such failures as follows:
a) Leaking.
b) Failure to stay in place.
C) undue expansion, lifting, deformation, loosening
and splitting at seams.
d) splitting, pulling loose, buckling and tearing.
1.05 SUBMITTALS:
A. shop Drawings:
01. For shop fabricated flashing.
02. show profile, joint details, corner details and types
and locations of fasteners.
03. Indicate type, gauge and finish of metal.
2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET METAL FLASHING:
A. copper: copper shall be equal to Revere standard copper for
Building construction. cold-rolled copper shall be of weight
not less than 16 ounces per square foot, each side lead
coating and the weight of lead coating shall be exclusive of
the weight of the sheet copper specified or indicated.
B. soldering flux shall be an approved brand of soldering paste
or a muriatic acid solution cut with zinc. when acid type
flux is used, it shall be thoroughly cleaned off the metal
after soldering.
....
2.02 FASTENERS:
A. For copper:
01. copper, copper alloy, bronze or brass.
B. For stainless steel:
01. stainless steel.
2.03 SOLDER:
A. ASTM B32, Alloy Grade 58, 50 percent tin, 50 percent lead.
2.04 FLUX:
A. General use: Federal spec 0-F-506, Type 1.
B. stainless steel: specifically formulated for stainless steel
and a type which residue can be removed by rinsing with clear
water.
2.05 FABRICATION:
A. cleats:
- 07600-2 -
,.....
,.-
01. Minimum width 2"
02. Same material and thickness as metal being supported
(minimum) .
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION:
A. Protection contact areas of dissimilar metals with heavy as-
phaltic or other approved coating, specifically made to stop
electrolytic section.
3.02 GENERAL:
A. Install work watertight, without waves, warps, buckles,
fastening stress or distortion, allowing for expansion and
contraction.
B. Hem exposed edges.
C. Angle bottom edges of exposed vertical surfaces to form drip.
3.03 METAL FLASHING:
--
A.
workmanship:
01. Contractor shall construct and install work in substan-
tial workmanlike manner. Conform accurately to details
and applicable recommended practice and standard
specifications for sheet copper work of the copper and
Brass Research Association. Make ample provisions for
expansion and construction. complete work shall be
watertight, free from bends and buckles.
soldering shall be performed with well heated copper and
solder shall be entirely sweated through the seams with
a full 1" solder evenly flowed in each seam. On slopes
greater than 45 degrees, a second coat of solder shall
be flowed and sweated into seams as indicated above.
Nails shall be not driven through sheet metal unless
specifically shown or directed. Horizontal joints of
sheets to be soldered, shall be tinned 1 1/2" on each
width. vertical joints shall be pretinned same as
above in the shop or on the ground.
02.
--
--
03.
04.
-
05.
.-
r
cleats shall be used for all sheets over 12" wide.
Cleats shall be 2" wide by 5" long and shall be set
apart 8". Cleats shall be tinned with soldered seams
and one end locked into the sheet metal seam, and the
opposite end nailed to the roof and then turned back
over the nail.
Insulation for electrolytic action: copper and zinc
alloy shall be insulated from ferrous metals with 2 lbs.
sheet metal. where aluminum comes into contact with
masonry or any metal, these materials shall be given a
heavy coat of pitch prior to the application of the
aluminum.
In addition to items
specified herein, the
metal specifically
shall provide all
of sheet
contractor
- 07600-3 -
-
additional items of sheet metal indicated and required
for water tightness and to complete work under this
section.
B. Flashing:
01. General: Flashings shall be installed at all junctions
of roofs with any intersecting surfaces, such as walls,
parapets, pipes and any other surfaces adjoining or
extending through roofs. Metal cap and membrane base
flashing shall be used. where conditions are not
particularly shown or described, flashing shall be
installed to make a watertight installation, subject to
the approval of the Engineer.
02. New metal flashing adjacent to existing copper flashing
shall be copper.
03. Flanges of metal flashing: pipe, vent, curb flashing,
gravel stops that are set on roofing shall have flanges
set in roofing cement, except where otherwise indicated
or specified.
3.04 PROTECTION CLEANING:
A.
Surfaces adjacent to areas being flashed shall
protected against staining or other damage
operations.
B. Adjacent materials or surfaces shall be cleaned immediately as
the work progresses, including any smears, droppings and
misplaced material. work shall be left in a neat, clean
condition upon completion.
be carefully
during such
C. upon completion, remove all material, debris, etc., created as
a result of work under this section and leave area in a clean
condition.
-
--
End of section
-
-
--
- 07600-4 -
--
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOrSTIJRE PROTECTION
SECTION 07900
PREFORMED JOrR'l' SEALERS
1. PART 1 - GBHBRAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work included: Perform all preformed sealing work indicated
on the drawings, specified in this Section. The work includes
the furnishing of all labor, material, tools, equipment and
services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the
execution of installation of preformed joint sealers as shown
on the drawings or specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Use only qualified workmen thoroughly skilled and specially
trained in the techniques of seal installation, who can
demonstrate ability to install joint sealer to engineer' s
satisfaction.
B. Installation of joint seal shall be in strict accordance with
the manufacturer.s printed directions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Before delivery to the job, submit samples of joint sealer for
approval.
--
B.
submit Material safety Data Sheets.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery sealant materials to the site in manufacturer's
original undamaged containers with wrapping intact.
B. Store sealant materials in dry, enclosed areas, off the
ground, at room temperature of 680 F. Remove quantity of
material required for installation. When ambient temperature
is 500 F or lower, store sealant at room temperature for at
least 24 hours prior to installation.
C. precompressed sealant materials shall be transported from
storage areas to the location of joints in original wrapped
containers.
-
D.
precompressed material must not be stored in direct sunlight.
1. 05 WARRANTY:
A. Sealant materials shall be warranted against defects for a
period of 3 years from date of substantial completion.
r-
- 07900-1 -
,-
-
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. The joint configuration and the joint surfaces shall be as
detailed in the drawings and in accordance with the contract
specifications. All known detrimental conditions shall be
reported immediately in writing to the Engineer for correction
by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer.
B. verify the actual width of each joint to be sealed against the
specified width to ensure compliance with the specified
percentage of compression required. Ensure that joint is wide
enough in relation to expected movement.
C. verify available depth of seal to ensure sufficient depth of
seal, especially where joint is wider than specified.
D. Do not proceed with the installation of joint sealer if the
joint is other than designed, until written notification of
these conditions is submitted to the Engineer and written
acknowledgement with an order to proceed is provided by the
Engineer.
E. Do not proceed with the installation of joint sealer under
adverse weather conditions when joint to be sealed is damp,
wet or frozen, or when temperatures are below or above the
manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation.
consult the manufacturer for specific instructions before
proceeding.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 COMPRESSIBLE SEAL:
--
A.
. Emseal open-cell polyurethane foam impregnated with latex-
modified asphalt, or Emseal GreyFlex polyurethane foam
impregnated with high density acrylics, as shown on the
drawings, as manufactured by Emseal USA, Inc., stamford, CT
(203) 967-3828 (or approved equal). Foam to have at least 90%
open cell structure impregnation agent to be stabilized,
water-based, emulsion with proven non-migratory, characteris-
tics. Material to be supplied precompressed to less than
joint size.
B. Seal shall be Emseal or Emseal GreyFlex precompressed to 20%
of design opening.
C. Material shall be at a compression of 20% of uncompressed
dimension when joint is at mean size, for water tightness.
Depth of seal shall be as recommended by manufacturer (Refer
to Manufacturer Joint sealant sizing chart).
2.02 MATERIALS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
A.
Primer: Emseal primer as supplied by manufacturer, shall be
used.
-
B. Cleaning agent: As recommended by seal manufacturer.
-.
- 07900-2 -
,-
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION (WORKMARSBIP" INSTALLATION)
3.01 SURFACE CONDITION:
A. Joint surfaces to receive seal shall be sound, smooth,
straight, parallel, clean, dry and free of all visible
contaminants. Applications on non-visible coatings or
contaminants to surfaces of joint interface area prior to
installation of seal shall be controlled by the contractor in
consultation with the seal manufacturer and approved by the
Engineer.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES:
A. Primer thoroughly clean joints and apply primer as recommended
by seal manufacturer, to dry surfaces, just prior to instal-
lation of each length of seal (i.e. , do not prime entire
joint). Consult manufacturer for detailed instructions on
application of primer to sealant material..
3.03 INSTALLATION:
--
,..-
--
G.
.-
H.
,......
r-
A. Perform work in strict accordance with manufacturer's instruc-
tions, using recommended tools (e.g., miter box, heat gun,
propane torch, spring clips, etc.).
B.
Install sealant material when the temperature is between 400
F and 950 F.
Advise manufacturer is anticipated temperature is expected to
be above or below the above stated limits.
C.
Joint faces shall be checked for the presence of honeycombing
- and edge spalling, and visible structural defects.
D.
Clean joints to be sealed to ensure that they are dry, free of
ice or frost, free of dust, loose mortar, oil, grease and
other foreign materials detrimental to insertion and adhesion
of sealant materials.
E.
Remove shrink wrap from each 6' -6" section or required length
from reel for immediate insertion into joints, taking care not
to pull or stretch the sealant material. Remove wrapping from
that quantity which can be installed immediately, except where
otherwise directed by manufacturer's representative on site.
Joining of individual sealant strips to provide a continuous
length shall be done by means of scarfed joints, cut at 45%
relative to the side of the joint. Use knife heated to cherry
red color for cutting bituminous foam. Use cold knife dipped
in soapy water for cutting GreyFlex. Scarfed ends shall be
pushed well over one another.
F.
special Conditions: For turns
spliced using manufacturer's
procedure.
Heat installed sealant material with propane torch or hot-air
blower, if required. To accelerate initial adhesion of the
strips to the joint sides. Apply heat lightly, avoiding
burning of the sealant material. where required, use wedges
and junctions, seals should be
recommended adhesive and/or
- 07900-3 -
-
to hold sealant strips in place, removing them immediately
after initial adhesion has occurred.
3.04 CLEAN UP:
Remove all waste materials from the site. Do not use waste
materials for patching unless so directed by the manufacturer. seal
shall be cleaned of all foreign matter as recommended by the seal
manufacturer. Leave work in a condition satisfactory to the
Engineer.
End of section
-
-
-
.....
-
-
-
- 07900-4 -
.....
,....
project NO. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SBCTION 07920
SEALANTS AND CAULKING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Concrete Surface Seal COat - section 07180.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Applicator's Qualifications:
01. Acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and caulking.
02. Minimum 2 successive years experience in application of
sealants.
--
03.
successfully completed projects of similar magnitude,
using similar materials.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data:
01. Each type of sealant or caulking, including application
instructions.
02. Backing material.
,.....
03.
Color charts.
B. Certification:
01. Certification of applicator's qualifications (if re-
quested by Engineer).
C. Compatibility
-
01. Assure compatibility with Concrete Surface Seal coat
Material: Section 07180.
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Apply materials when ambient temperature is within the limits
recommended by manufacturer of sealant.
-
1.05 WARRANTY:
A.
Cover materials and workmanship against defects for three (3)
years from date of substantial completion of project.
B. Repair or replace defective work, and other work damaged
thereby, during warranty period, at no expense to owner.
,-
.-
- 07920-1 -
r-
C. Following types of failures are considered defects: leakage,
hardening, cracking, crumbling, melting, shrinkage, running or
straining adjacent work, or failure to bond to adjacent
surfaces .'
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CAULKING COMPOUND (GENERAL INTERIOR APPLICATION)
A. Acceptable Products:
01. Sonolac by Sonneborn Building Products Division of Con-
tech, Inc.
02. AC-20 by Pecora Corporation.
03. Or approved equal.
B. Materials:
01. Caulking:
(a) Acrylic Latex caulking compound.
(b) Permanently flexible, on-staining, non-bleeding.
(C) capable of satisfactorily receiving oil base or
latex paint.
-
(d) color as selected by Engineer from manufacturer's
standard colors.
02. Primer:
(a) Manufacturer.s standard primer, if recommended.
2.02 SEALANT (INTERIOR AT PLUMBING FIXTURES):
A. Acceptable Products:
01. Silicone Rubber Bathtub Caulk by Dow Corning corpora-
tion.
02. Silicone sanitary Sealant by General Electric.
03.
proglaze by Tremco.
-
04. Or approved equal.
B. Materials:
01. Sealant:
(a) 1 part mildew resistant silicone sealant.
(b) Federal spec. TT-S-001543, Class A.
(C) Permanently flexible and non-shrinking.
(d) Color: White.
- 07920-2 -
02. Primer:
(a) Manufacturer's standard primer, if recommended.
2.03 SEALANT (EXTERIOR APPLICATION & SLAB ON GRADE CONCRETE ISLANDS &
PLATFORMS)
A. Acceptable Products:
01. Iso-Flex 880 by Harry S. Peterson co., Inc.
02. Dymeric by Tremco Manufacturing company.
03. urexpan NR-200 by Pecora corporation.
04. Or approved equal.
B. Material:
01. Multi-component urethane sealant.
02. Federal spec TT-S-0227E, Type 2, Class A.
03. Minimum 5 years successful field experience on various
types of buildings.
04. Color - Black Or Gray.
.-
05.
Primer generally required.
06. withstand movement up to 25 percent extension and 25
percent compression.
2.04 JOINT BACKING ROD:
A. Acceptable Products:
01. Sonofoam Backer Rod by Sonneborn Building Products Divi-
sion of contech, Inc.
02. Ethafoam by Dow Chemical company.
03 . Or approved equal.
B. Material:
,-
01. Resilient closed cell polyethylene foam.
2.05 BOND BREAKER TAPE:
A. Acceptable Products:
.-
01.
480 or 481 Tape by 3M Company.
-
3.
02. Or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. Thoroughly clean joints of all dirt, loose mortar, oil,
grease, concrete laitance and other foreign materials which
may adversely affect sealant performance.
r-
- 07920-3 -
r-
B. Joints thoroughly dry.
c. Remove temporary protective coatings from metal, using manu-
facturer's recommended cleaners.
3.02 JOINT FILLER AND BACKING:
A.
Where joint depth permits, install joint backing rod.
-.
B. size of rod to allow 25 percent compression when inserted in
joint.
c. Use method to assure rod is installed at uniform depth and
without bulging or creases.
D. where depth of joint will not permit use of joint backing rod,
install bond breaker tape at back of joint to assure two point
bonding of sealant.
3.03 APPLICATION:
A. Apply sealant using manufacturer's recommended equipment.
B. Properly tool sealant to assure maximum adhesion to sides of
joint and give correct bead configuration.
3.04 LOCATIONS OF USE:
-
work shall include, but is not necessarily limited to the following:
A. caulking compound (General Interior Application)
01. Joints between steel door or view window frames and ex-
posed masonry walls, where the space exceeds 1/16".
02. vertical joints of intersecting concrete masonry parti-
tions which are indicated to remain exposed. See Sec-
tion04200.
03. Intersections of gypsum wallboard with dissimilar mater-
ials. See Section 09260.
04. Elsewhere where indicated.
B. Sealant (Interior at plumbing Fixtures)
Joints between finish walls/floors and all fixtures abutting
wall or floor.
-
c. Sealant (Exterior and Interior Application)
01. Joints between hollow metal frames and masonry or
concrete.
02. Joints between curtain wall and masonry or concrete.
03. Joints between windows and masonry or concrete.
04. Joints between louvers and masonry or concrete.
05. control joints in masonry or concrete.
06. Flashing reglets.
- 07920-4 -
07. Mortar joint at top of counter flashing.
08. Joints between precast or cast-in-place concrete and
aluminum, curtain walls, door frames or vision panels.
09. All other joints to close building to elements.
3.05 CLEANING:
A. Upon completion, remove all materials, debris, etc. created as
a result of work under this section and leave area in a clean
condition.
B. Clean any adjacent surfaces which have been damaged, marred or
splattered as a result of the work under this section.
End of section
,..
...
...
- 07920-5 -
DIVISION
08110
08316
08330
08410
08710
08800
8 DOORS AND WINDOWS
Steel Doors and Frames
Door Flood Barrier
Rolling Grilles
Aluminum Entrances and Windows
Finish Hardware
Glass and Glazing
--
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVJ:SJ:ON 8
SECTION 08110
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included
Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to furnish
all steel doors and frames as shown ana/or specified.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere
01.
Aluminum Thresholds:
section 08710.
02.
03.
Glass and Glazing:
Finish Hardware:
section 08800.
section 08710.
04.
sealants and Caulking:
section 07920.
C. Furnished but Installed Elsewhere
01.
steel Doors and Frames:
section 06200.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings
Indicate conditions at all doors with various wall thicknesses
and materials, gauges of metal, anchorage details and a sched-
ule listing finish hardware.
2. PART 2 - PRODUC'l'S
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
steel doors and frames shall be manufactured by pioneer Fireproof
Door corp., Firedoor corp. of America, Trussbilt, Inc., williamsburg
steel Products co.,' overly Manufacturing Co., American steel
Products, curries Manufacturing Co., superior Fireproof Door Company
Division of Roblin, or E. H. Friedrich company.
2.02 STEEL FRAMES:
A. Material
r-
01. Exterior and openings in parking structure.
commercial grade cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM
A366, not less than 16 gauge, zinc coated with not less
than 0.10 oz. per sq. ft.
r-
- 08110-1 -
r-
02. Interior openings
commercial grade cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM
A366. Metal Thickness for frames not less than 18
gauge.
View window frames shall be 16 gauge.
B. Design and construction
01. General
Frames shall be combination buck, frame and integral
trim type, formed to indicated design. All trim joints
..hall be mitered. stops shall be 5/8" deep, unless
otherwise indicated.
02. Corner Joints
(a) Head members and jamb members shall be neatly
fitted together and held in position using tabs
and slots. All contact edges shall be tightly
closed and trim aligned to fit straight, level
and true, all to the satisfaction of the En-
gineer.
(b) Interlocking tabs shall be secured by welding
where they pass through slots and backbends shall
be welded together.
(C) The mitered trim joints shall be continuously
welded inside the frame section leaving a hair-
line seam on the outside face.
(d) welds on exposed surfaces shall be ground smooth
and flush.
03. Hardware Reinforcements
Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped
at the factory for fully templated mortised hardware, in
accord with approved hardware and templates provided by
the hardware supplier. where surface-mounted hardware
is to be applied, frames shall have reinforcing plates.
All drilling and tapping for surface mounted hardware
shall be done by field installation personnel.
Minimum Thickness of hardware reinforcing plates shall
be as follows:
(a) Hinges and strikes reinforcement - 10 gauge.
(b) closer reinforcement (16" long) - 12 gauge.
(C) pivot reinforcement - 7 gauge.
(d) Flush bolt reinforcement - 12 gauge.
(e) Reinforcement for surface mounted hardware - 14
gauge.
-,
- 08110-2 -
......
04. Mortar Guards
Provide 26 gauge steel mortar guards for all mortised
items.
05. Head Reinforcement
Heads of frames over 3' wide in 3", 4" and 6" nonload
bearing masonry partitions (except labeled frames) shall
be reinforced at the factory to support the masonry wall
above. Reinforcing shall be as approved by the Archi-
tect for condition involved.
06. Floor Anchors
(a) Floor anchors shall be securely welded inside
each jamb, with 2 holes provided at each jamb for
floor anchorage.
Minimum thickness of floor anchors shall be 14
gauge.
07. Jamb Anchors
(a) For Masonry Walls
....
4 adjustable 14 gauge strap anchors per jamb.
Anchors shall be not less than 2" x 10" and shall
be corrugated or perforated.
(b) For Metal studs and Drywall system.
4 fixed 14 gauge anchors welded to frame and se-
cured to metal studs with sheet metal screws.
(C) special Anchors
where frames abut columns, provide special
anchors to suit conditions.
08. Temporary spreader
Before shipment, each frame shall be provided with a
steel spreader temporarily attached to the bottom of
both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and hand-
ling. Do not remove spreaders until frames are secured
in place.
09. silencers
Punch interior frames for resilient silencers as fol-
lows:
--
(a) 3 on knob side of single leaf doors.
(b) 2 at head of double doors, except double acting
doors.
c. preparation For Hardware
01. Applicable ANSI series, Electrical preparation for
security and hardware related devices, including all
- 08110-3 -
....
-
backboxes and raceways, to be provided. stub out all
conduits 2" above door frame. All screw holes to be
pre-drilled and tapped.
2.03 STEEL DOORS:
A. Material
commercial quality cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366,
18 gauge, both faces. Exterior doors and doors opening to
parking deck shall be fabricated of steel having zinc coating
of not less than 0.10 oz. per sq. ft.
B. Design and construction
01. General
Doors shall be fully welded, seamless construction with
no visable seams or joints on faces or vertical edges.
Face, edges and top shall be finished flush. BOttom
channel of exterior doors shall be recessed 5/8".
Reinforce doors with formed steel sections extending
full height of door, spaces a maximum of 6" on center.
space within door shall be sound deadened and insulated
the full height of the door with an inorganic non-com-
bustible batt type material. provide parallel meeting
stiles on pairs of double egress doors.
02. Hardware Reinforcement
Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped
at the factory for fully templated hardware, in accor-
dance with the approved hardware schedule and templates
provided by the hardware supplier. where surface-
mounted hardware is to be applied, doors shall have re-
inforcing plates. All drilling and tapping of surface
mounted hardware shall be a field operation by instal-
lation personnel.
Minimum gauges for hardware reinforcing plates shall be
as follows:
(a) Hinge and pivot reinforcement - 10 gauge.
(b) Lock reinforcement - 14 gauge.
(c) closer reinforcement - 12 gauge.
(1 piece channel 20" long)
(d) Flush bolt reinforcement - 12 gauge.
(e) concealed holder reinforcement - 12 gauge.
(f) Reinforcement for surface mounted hardware - 14
gauge. (EScutcheon plates, kick plates, push and
pull plates, etc.)
03. Fixed Panels
where indicated, provide fixed hollow metal panels above
exterior doors. Same construction as specified for
- 08110-4 -
--
doors.
04. Louvers
Provide metal louvers (Chevron Type) in doors where in-
dicated. Provide non-corrosive insect screen at louvers
at exterior doors.
05. Glass stops and Mouldings
where required, provide hollow metal mouldings to secure
glass. Fixed mouldings shall be securely welded to door
on the security side. Loose stops shall be not less
than 20 gauge steel, with mitered corner joints.
2.04 LABELED FIRE DOORS AND FRAMES:
A. Doors and Frames indicated to have fire resistance ratings
shall have UL labels attached indicating class of fire resist-
ance.
B. Provide astragal at pairs of doors.
2.05 CLEARANCES:
Edge clearances shall be provided as follows:
A. Between doors and frames, both head and jambs: 1/8".
B. Under Doors:
01. No threshold: 1/4" over finish flooring.
02. Over threshold: 3/16".
C. Between pairs of doors: 1/8" on high side of bevel and at
parallel bevels.
2.06 FINISH:
A. After fabrication/assembly, all tool marks and surface imper-
fections shall be dressed smooth by grinding, filling and
sanding as necessary to make all surfaces smooth, level and
free of all irregularities.
B. zinc coated steel shall be touched up with ZRC cold galvaniz-
ing compound.
C. All exposed surfaces, including inside and outside of frames,
shall be thoroughly cleaned and given a factory coat of rust-
inhibitive metal primer, compatible with galvanizing and
finish coat of paint specified in section 09900 which shall be
fully cured before shipment.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION - SEE SECTION 06200.
....
End of section
,.....
- 08110-5 -
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
SECTION 08316
DOOR FLOOD BARRIER
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included
01. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to
furnish and install Door Flood Barriers on all doors to
occupied spaces and/or as shown on the door schedules as
shown and/or specified.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere
01. steel Doors and Frames section 08110.
02. Aluminum Entrances and Window Wall Section 08410.
03. Sealants and caulking Section 07920.
04. painting section 09900.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings
01. For flood barriers including all dimensioned plans,
elevation sections, connections, anchorage and parts
list.
B. Manufacturer's Data
01. submit installation details and maintenance instructions
for flood barriers and all related appurtenances.
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS:
A. Manufacturer
01. submit evidence to the Engineer demonstrating a minimum
of five (5) years successful experience in the design
and fabrication of flood barriers comparable to those
required for this project.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FLOOD BARRIER:
A. A flood barrier shall be Model FB11 as manufactured by The
Presray corporation, pawling, New York, 12574, Telephone (914)
855-1220.
- 08316-1 -
--
B. Or approved equal.
2.02 MATERIALS:
A. Panel 6060-T6 Aluminum Plate.
B. conversion Frame - stainless steel.
c. Finish:
01. Panel satin finish bare aluminum.
02. Conversion frame satin finish stainless steel.
D. Seals:
01. Dual Presray Type 1 Pneuma - Seal inflatable gaskets
with PR 4009 extruded aluminum retainer. Each seal
shall have an automotive type air inflation stem and
independent 0-60 psi pressure gauge.
E. Hardware:
01. Handles
a. welded aluminum hand grips on top edge and/or
side of panel for ease of handling.
02. Latch Bolts
a. Quick acting manually operated bolts located at
each jamb to lock panel in position.
03. Air Source
a. One (1) Presray type PR 4934 compressed air tank
to fill seals.
04. Wall mounted storage rack and transport dolly to move
panels into position.
2 . 03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
A. Flood Barriers shall be designed with applicable safety
factors in accordance with AISC specifications, and shall
provide an effective seal against the flood level as measured
to the top of the barrier.
B. Panel and Conversion Frame shall have radiuses lower corners
to optimize sealing.
C. Conversion frame shall have counter sunk mounting holes for
expansion anchors and bolts.
2.04 FABRICATION:
A.
sealing surfaces
maximize sealing,
free from cracks,
shall be finished to 63 micro-inch to
uninterrupted by steps greater than 0.015,
and finish lay parallel to seal.
B. Frame shall be straight within 1/8" over entire length.
- 08316-2 -
2.05 INSPECTION AND TEST:
A. Proof test and leak test to be performed in presence of the
Engineer.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Install flood barriers in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions and approved shop drawings.
End of section
...
-.
- 08316-3 -
--
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 8
SECTION 08330
ROLLING GRILLES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment nece~~ary to
furnish and install all aluminum rolling grilles as
shown ,and/or specified, complete with all anchors,
rails, posts, controllers and other appurtenances.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere
01.
Finish Hardware:
Section 08710
02.
03.
Sealants and caulking:
Section 07920
Electrical conduit,
wiring & Connection:
Division 16
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings
01. Indicate conditions at all grilles with various wall
thickness and materials, gauges of metal, anchorage
details and a schedule listing all finish hardware.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER:
A. Cornell Iron Works, Inc.
Mountaintop, pennsylvania 18707
Telephone: 800-233-8366
B. OVerHead Door corporation
Telephone 1-800-887-000R
c. Or approved equal.
2.02 ALUMINUM ROLLING GRILLES:
A. Model vision Aire Design v-6.
B. curtain of grille to conform to the following:
01. Horizontal bars to be 5/16" solid aluminum of alloy 5056
H 32 with vertical spacing 2" oc.
02. vertical chains formed by eyeletted aluminum links 3/4"
wide 6" oc.
....
- 08330-1 -
-
03. Bottom and top bars to be extruded aluminum tubular
section 2-1/2" x 3-1/2"x 1/8" thick reinforced with 3"
x 2" x 3/16" aluminum angles.
C. Guides
01. Extruded aluminum sections 1/8" thick, equipped with
wood pile runners and snap-on trim to cover fasteners.
Equip with integral support tubes.
D. Counter Balance Assembly
01. steel pipe barrel of size capable of carrying curtain
load with maximum deflection of 0.03" per ft. of opening
width.
02. Heat-treated helical torsion springs encased in steel
barrel designed for 22,000 cycle life minimum.
03. Ball bearings at rotating support points.
04. Wheel for applying initial spring torque and for future
adjustment.
E. Brackets
01. steel bracket plate less than 3/16" thick.
02. Ball bearings at rotating support.
03. Bolted to guide assembly extension, support counter
balance assembly and form end enclosure.
F. Hood
01. 24 gauge steel supports as required to prevent excessive
sag.
G. operation
01. Motor operation Model M96 Motor operator complete with
limit switches, friction clutch and 24 volt control
circuit.
02. Furnish Cornell manual release system at all motor
operated grilles. Actuation of the pull handle
disengages the motor drives and causes the grilles to
open partially. Release of the handle automatically
returns grille to motor operation.
H. Locking
01. Provide for locking at both jambs by cylinder locking
device in curtain or at guides, operable from both
sides. Furnish guide locks with electric interlock of
Model M-96 operator. Furnish standard cylinder
replaceable in field with master keyed cylinder.
I . control
01. Activation of the rolling grilles shall be by means of
key operated switch control.
- 08330-2 -
02. This section to provide electrical interface between the
key switch.
2.02 FINISHES:
A. Rods, tube spaces and link chains shall be aluminum with clear
anodized finish.
B. All track, end members, intermediate members and hinged panels
and covers shall be powder finish paint. color to be select-
ed.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Install doors and operating equipment complete with necessary
hardware, jamb and head mold stops, anchors, inserts, hanger
and equipment supports in accordance with final shop drawings,
manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein.
B. Installation shall be performed by manufacturer's authorized
representative.
c. upon completion of installation, lubricate, test and adjust
doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion.
End of section
....
- 08330-3 -
project NO. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 8 - DOORS ,AND WINDOWS
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM BRTRAIlICES AND WINDOWS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included
Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to com-
plete all aluminum entrances and window work as shown on the
drawings and/ or specified.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere
01.
02.
caulking
Fire stopping
Section 07920
Section 07270
C. Furnished Elsewhere but Installed under this Section
01. cylinders for locking devices - section 08710.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Contractor
01. To eliminate divided responsibility for the integrity of
the exterior walls, the following shall be the responsi-
bility of one contractor, who shall directly manufacture
or fabricate a substantial portion of the system.
(a) section 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Windows.
(b) section 08800 Glass and Glazing.
B. Manufacturer
01. Minimum of five (5) successive years manufacturing en-
trance and window wall systems of similar design and
project magnitude.
C. Erector/Installer
01. Minimum of three (3) successive years of successfully
erecting window wall systems and entrances of similar
design and magnitude.
D. Performance Requirements
01. provisions For Thermal Movement.
(a) Provide for expansion and contraction of compo-
nent materials as caused by a surface temperature
range of minus 15 degrees F. to plus 175 degrees
F. without causing buckling, distortion, stresses
on glass, failure of joint seals, undue stress on
- 08410-1 -
structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners,
reduction of performance, abnormal function or
windows or doors or other detrimental effects.
02. structural properties
(a) Exterior window wall system component materials
shall be designed to withstand an inward and
outward wind load acting normal to the plane of
the wall. said load shall be calculated in
accordance with standard building code - South
Florida Building code - 1994 Edition.
(b) Window wall and entrances must be approved by
Dade county Product control. Each product must
bear the Dade County stamp/seal of approvaL
(b) The deflection of any framing member in a direc-
tion normal to the plane of the wall when sub-
jected to a uniform load deflection test at
design pressures specified above in accordance
with ASTM E330 shall not exceed 1/240 of its
clear span.
(C) When uniform load structural test is performed in
accordance with ASTM E330 with inward and outward
acting test pressures 1.5 times the design wind
pressure the results shall be as follows: No
glass breakage, no permanent damage to fasteners
or anchors, hardware parts or actuating
mechanisms. No permanent deformation to main
framing members in excess of 0.2 percent of their
clear span. No permanent deformation to window,
door or panel members in excess of 0.4 percent of
their clear span.
03. Water Penetration
(a) No uncontrolled water penetration when curtain
wall system is tested in accordance with ASTM
E331. Differential static pressure used in Test
20 percent of inward acting design wind load
pressure as herein specified.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
04. Air Leakage
(a) Air leakage through the curtain wall system shall
not exceed 0.06 CFM'per square foot of fixed wall
area plus the permissible allowance specified for
operable windows within the test area. Method of
testing ASTM E283.
A. samples
01. Framing members with specified finish. Assembled into
approximately 3'-0" X 2'0" panel.
B. Shop Drawings
01. Indicate details of fabrication and installation.
02. Include gages, sizes, types of materials, method of an-
choring and relationship to adjacent materials.
C. Product Data
- 08410-2 -
01. For standard manufactured products.
D. Test Reports
01. certified test reports to verify performance require-
ments specified herein.
02. The supplier/manufacturer shall submit a letter certify-
ing that the products furnished can resist hurricane
force winds, protect against air, water, burglary ,
cyclic wind forces and missile impact.
E. structural calculations
01. For framing members.
02. signed and sealed by Florida Professional Engineer.
F. Permit
01. Contract must obtain separate Building Department permit
for all windows and entrances confirming compliance with
Dade county Regulation.
1.04 WARRANTY:
A. workmanship and Materials
01. Prior to final payment furnish a written warranty to
cover defects in materials and workmanship of the entire
aluminum door and curtain wall system for a period of 5
years beginning upon substantial completion of the
project.
02. warranty shall require that there shall be no uncon-
trolled penetration of water, no deflection of support-
ing members in excess of that specified and that air
infiltration shall not exceed that specified.
03. Make modifications/repairs as approved by the owner to
correct deficiencies throughout the warranty period.
B. Applied Finish:
01. Prior to final payment furnish a written warranty to
cover the finish applied to the curtain wall system com-
ponents.
02. warranty shall require that no blistering, peeling,
cracking, flaking, checking or chipping to the extent
that such shall create unsightly conditions or otherwise
impairs the intended architectural qualities of the
building.
03. warranty that color will not change more than 5 National
Bureau of standard units over a 10 year period as calcu-
lated in accordance with ASTM 0-2244.
04. If the above standards are not met, paint all affected
areas and repaint such areas as required throughout the
warranty period to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
1.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Kawneer Architectural Products.
- 08410-3 -
.....
B. Amarlite Corporation.
c. Tubelite Architectural Products.
D. Alenco Division of Redman Building products, Inc.
E. Acorn Window systems
F. Or approved equal.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1.01 WINDOW SYSTEM:
A. Series 1400 Fixed Window system by Tubelite with 1" insulating
glass.
B. Or Approved Equal.
2.02 ENTRANCE DOORS:
A. Kawneer Narrow stile 260 in Insulcast 451-T Frame, with
insulating glass and all detailed options.
B. Or Approved Equal.
2 . 03 MATERIALS:
A. Aluminum Alloys:
Comply with requirements published in the Aluminum Associa-
tion'S "Aluminum standards and Data" and the following stan-
dards :
01. Sheets and plate ASTM B209
(a) Alloy 5005 where exposed.
(b) Alloy 3003 where concealed.
02. Extruded bars, rods, shapes and tubes ASTM B221, Alloy
6063-T5.
03. Bars, rod and wire ASTM B211.
04. standard structural shapes ASMT B308.
05. Drawn seamless tube ASMT B210
06. Extruded structural pipe and tubes ASMT B429.
07. welding rods and bare electrodes AWS A5.10.
B. Carbon steel:
Conform with requirements published in AISI "steel Products
Manual" and the following standards:
01. structural shapes, plates and bars ASTM A36.
02.
sheet and
(Grades A
strip, cold rolled,
thru E) ASTM A611.
structural
quality,
03. sheet and strip, hot rolled, structural quality, (Grades
A thru E) ASTM A570.
- 08410-4 -
04. Sheet, hot dipped galvanized, structural quality,
(Grades A thru F) ASTM A446.
c. stainless steel
Conform with requirements published in AISI "steel products
Manual" and following standards:
01. plate, sheet and strip (Types 409, 410, 430) ASTM A176.
02. Sheet, strip, plate and flat bar for architectural
structural applications (Types 201, 202, 301, 302, 304,
316 in Grades A thru D) ASTM A666.
D. Fastener Metals for Joining various Metal combinations
01. Aluminum to Aluminum:
(a) Aluminum
(b) stainless steel
02. Aluminum to stainless steel or carbon steel:
(a) stainless steel
03. carbon steel to carbon steel
(a) stainless steel
(b) zinc plated steel
(C) cadmium Plated steel
04. stainless steel to stainless steel
(a) stainless steel
E. Fastener Alloy Types, Designations and standards
01. stainless steel:
(a) AISI type 305 cadmium Plated.
02. Metallic coated Carbon steel:
(a) zinc plated ASTM A164.
(b) cadmium plated ASTM A165.
03. Aluminum Alloys:
(a) screws and Bolts AA 2024 or 6061.
(b) Nuts AA 6262.
(C) Rivets AA 1100, 6053 or 6061.
F. protective Materials for Metals
where dissimilar metals are in contact with one another, coat
contact surfaces with zinc chromate primer.
G. Fire stop Material
01. Thermafiber safing insulation by united states Gypsum
- 08410-5 -
Company or approved equal.
02. 4" thick, 4 PCF minimum density.
03. supported by galvanized steel safing clips.
H. premolded Joint Material
01. Snug seam joint system by Alcoa or approved equal.
2.04 ALUMINUM FINISH:
A. organic coating - Enamel
01. Pretreatment process in accordance with AAMA Aluminum
curtain wall booklet .8 for organic coatings.
02. Prime coat as recommended by manufacturer of finish
coat.
B. Doors
Equal to Kawneer Narrow stile 260 in INSULCAST 451-T frame
including all options as indicated. Fabricated of extruded
hollow aluminum tubes with no exposed seams.
01. weatherstripping at exterior doors
(a) Head and Jamb
1. Provide continuous pile weatherstripping as
integral part of door or frame.
C. Hardware
Furnished and installed under this section as follows:
01. Finishes
(a) Pivotsets - us10
(b) Door Closers - sprayed finish to match US10
(C) Threshold - us10
02. Hardware each door or each leaf at pair of doors.
1 Set offset pivots Rixson 195 or equal top and bottom
1 Intermediate Jamb pivot Rixson M19 or equal
1 RIM cylinder - Furnished Under section 08710
1 Rim panic device for cylinder, with pull and thumb
latch release (not required on office door only)
1 Closer LCN 5034 OP-H90 or equal
1 Set Weatherstripping
1 Threshold w/sweep
2.05 FABRICATION:
A. General:
All parts of the curtain wall system shall be of the materi-
als, design, sizes and thickness indicated on the drawings and
- 08410-6 -
as herein specified.
01. Finish Coat: Manufacturers standard baked enamel fin-
ish. special color as selected by the Engineer from
MUnsell system of color notation.
2.06 WINDOW FRAMING SYSTEM:
A. Meet the structural performance requirements as specified
under paragraph entitled "Performance Requirements".
B. Metal framing produced from Alloy specified under paragraph
entitled "Aluminum Alloys" and exposed surfaces finished as
specified under paragraph entitled "Aluminum Finish".
C. Make provisions in framing for minimum edge clearance, nominal
edge cover and nominal pocket width for the thickness and type
of glazing indicated. provisions shall be in accordance with
the recommendations of the manufacturer of the glazing materi-
al and the FGMA Glazing Manual.
D. Framing anchors shall provide for three-way adjustment to ac-
commodate fabrication and construction tolerance and structur-
ally adequate to carry the weight of wall units and resist
wind loads.
E. Metal column covers break metal shapes, etc. produced from
Alloy specified under paragraph entitled "Aluminum Alloys" and
exposed surfaces finished as specified under paragraph en-
titled "Aluminum Finish".
F. Sizes and profiles of members: As indicated on drawings with
or without thermal breaks as indicated.
2.07 ENTRANCE DOORS AND HARDWARE:
A. General
Doors shall be of extruded Aluminum Alloy 6063-T5. Door sec-
tions shall not be less than 1/8 inch thick. Trim mouldings
shall not be less than 1/16 inch thick. On extruded work,
edges, angles and corners shall be square, clean and sharp.
Screws shall be stainless steel throughout. Glazing members
shall be of snap-in design to eliminate use of exposed screws.
If heads of fasteners are exposed, they shall be painted the
same color as attached member. Resilient setting for glass
shall be Neoprene or vinyl.
B. Joints In Metal Work
All exposed work carefully matched to produce continuity of
line and design, with joints accurately fitted and rigidly se-
cured. All exposed ends of trim and trim covers shall be
closed and finished to match all other exposed surfaces.
C. shop Assembly
Fit and assemble work in the shop as far as practicable.
D. Fasteners
Conceal all fasteners, except where indicated in the contract
- 08410-7 -
documents to be exposed.
E. welding
01. All welding shall be in accordance with recommendations
of the American welding society and shall be done with
electrodes and/or by methods recommended by the sup-
pliers of the metals being welded. Type, size and spac-
ing of welds shall be as shown on approved shop draw-
ings.
02. Welds behind finished surfaces shall be so done as to
minimize distortion and/or discoloration on the finished
side. weld spatter and welding oxides on finished sur-
faces shall be removed by de scaling and/or grinding.
03. All glass surfaces should be protected from weld spat-
ter.
F. Depth of glazing rabbets as recommended in FGMA Glazing Man-
ual.
G. Flashing at sloped glazing shall be aluminum finished to match
other exposed surfaces.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. comply with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instruc-
tions for installation of entrance and curtain wall system.
B. Materials erected plumb, level and true to line, without dis-
tortion.
C. _ Anchor members solidly to surrounding construction to prevent
distortion or misalignment.
3.01 ERECTION TOLERANCES:
A. Maximum variation from true vertical, horizontal or designed
position shall be 1/8" per 12' in any member or 1/4" in any
total run in any wall plane.
B. Maximum offset from true alignment between consecutive members
in line end to end shall be 1/16".
3.02 FIRE STOP MATERIALS:
A. Install fire stop material to close off space between interior
of curtain wall surface and the building structure where indi-
cated on the drawings or where required by the prevailing
code.
End of Section
- 08410-8 -
project NO. 9432aa
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida I
DIVISION 8 - DOORS 6 WINDOWS
SECTION 08710
FINISH BARDWARB
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
Furnish and deliver to the Finish carpentry Contractor for his
installation, all finish hardware and related items necessary
to complete the work indicated on the Drawings and/or de-
scribed herein.
B. Related Items specified Elsewhere:
01.
02.
Rough hardware -
Installation of finish hardware -
Section 06100.
Section 06200.
03.
Hardware for aluminum entrances
(except cylinders) -
section 08410.
C. Furnished by this Section - installed elsewhere.
01. cylinders for Aluminum Entrances - installed by Section
08410.
02. panic Hardware for Fixed Grille Manproofing - installed
by Section 10300.
1.02 QUALIFICATIONS OF SUPPLIER:
A. supplier shall be able to furnish to Engineer, upon request,
evidence of having supplied finish hardware for building simi-
lar in type and cost to this project for a minimum of 2 years.
B. A qualified architectural hardware consultant must be a full
time employee of the supplier and must be available to provide
information or assistance in person when required to do so.
C. In the shortest time practical after receipt of contract or
purchase order, this supplier shall submit for approval 6 cop-
ies of an itemized hardware schedule indicating therein the
Engineer's opening number, location, hardware group number,
manufacturer's name, catalog number, material, finish, etc.,
of each item he proposes to furnish.
D. provide catalog cuts, technical data and/or physical samples
as requested by the Engineer.
E. Approval of the schedule shall not relieve the supplier of the
responsibility to furnish all finish hardware required to com-
plete the building whether included in the approved schedule
or not.
- 08710-1 -
1.03 INSPECTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
A. should items of hardware not definitely specified be required
furnish such items of type and quality for the service requir-
ed and comparable to adjacent hardware.
B. No claims for extra charges will be allowed for any work, ma-
terial or services resulting from errors or omissions in the
contract documents that could have been foreseen prior to the
bid opening date and included in the cost of finish hardware.
1. 04 TEMPLATES:
A. Furnish all necessary schedules, instructions and accurate
templates required for the preparation of doors, frames and
other components of the building construction that receive
finish hardware.
B. provide templates and schedules in ample time so as not to
cause any delay in fabrication of items or materials con-
cerned.
1. 05 PACKING, MARKING AND ON-SITE STORAGE:
A. Items shall be individually packaged and, so far as possible,
delivered in the manufacturer's original container. Each
package or box shall be clearly marked with manufacturer's
name, catalog number, material, finish, hardware group number;
item number, opening number and any other marking required for
easy identification when receiving or installing hardware.
B. The Finish carpentry Contractor is responsible for storage and
_ safeguarding finish hardware after acceptance at job site.
1.06 INSTALLATION AND SERVICE:
A. Finish hardware shall be installed by the Finish carpentry
Contractor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
neatly fitted, properly adjusted to operate as intended and
left free of defects.
B. Prior to installation, this supplier shall confer with the in-
staller at the job site to review proper installation, appli-
cation, location and adjustment of finish hardware.
1.07 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER:
A.
On completion of the project, the hardware supplier shall in-
struct the owner or his representative as to proper operation,
adjustment and maintenance of finish hardware. Any hardware
function or feature not readily apparent shall be described at
this time.
-
2. PART 3 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. In general, the following is a list of acceptable manufactur-
ers of the various items specified. catalog number of the
manufacturers whose names are enclosed in parenthesis have
- 08710-2 -
been used throughout the hardware schedule to denote quality,
design, function and type of hardware required.
onlI equivalent products of the other listed manufacturers
wil be accepted unless specific approval of substitution is
obtained in accordance with the instruction to bidders.
01. Butts - Hager, Lawrence, McKinney, (stanley).
02. Locksets and deadlocks - corbin, Russwin, sargent,
(Yale) .
03. Bolts (manual) - Baldwin, Ives.
04. Door closers surface MT. - (LeN), Norton, sargent.
05. Push bars, push and pull plates - Baldwin, (Brookline)
cipco, Dor-Line.
06. Kick plates - Baldwin, Brookline, cipco, Dor-Line.
07. wall or floor stops, bumpers and holders - Baldwin,
Glynn - Johnson, Ives.
08. weatherstripping and thresholds - pemko, Reese, Zero.
Note: Manual flush bolts, dustproof strikes floor and
wall stops or bumpers and floor holders may be selected
from the lock manufacturer's catalog and submitted as
identical to those specified, subject to the approval of
the Engineer.
2.02 MATERIALS AND FINISHES:
B.
.....
A. Unless otherwise indicated finish of the various items speci-
fied shall be -
2.03 BUTTS:
01. Butts-Exterior doors - satin finish stainless steel
(US32D), NRP.
Interior doors - satin chrome (US26D).
02. Locks and latches satin finish stainless steel
(US32D), or satin chrome (US26D).
03. Deadlocks - satin chrome (US26D).
04. Push and pulls - satin finish stainless steel (US32D).
05. Surface mounted door closers - factory applied lacquer
to match door and frame.
06. Kick - Matte finish laminated plastic.
07.
stops and bumpers - satin chrome (US26D).
A. Furnish type and size as listed herein.
Designation of types, such as B1, B2 etc. is used throughout
the hardware schedule to denote butts required for each hard-
ware group.
01. Type B1 - Full mortise 4 1/2" x 4 1/2", stainless steel
template butts equal to stanley FBB 199.
02. Type B2 - Full mortise 4 1/2" x 4 1/2", steel, spring
- 08710-3 -
hinges equal to stanley 2060.
03. Type B3 - Full mortise pivot reinforced stainless steel
flush ball bearing template butts equal to stanley FBB
222.
2.04 LOCKS:
A. Locks and Latches
01. Heavy duty cylindrical type (Fed. 161 preparation) with
forged andlor machined steel, stainless steel, brass or
bronze working parts. Furnish wrought box strikes with
curved lips of sufficient length to protect frame and
trim. Locks at pairs of doors shall have minimum 5/8"
throw latch bolt and shall be furnished with protected
back strike.
02. Lock functions shall be as called for in the hardware
schedule.
B. Deadlocks
01. Mortise type with forged andlor machined steel, stain-
less steel, brass or bronze working parts. Furnish arm-
ored front and wrought box strike. Locks at pairs of
doors shall have minimum 3/4" throw dead bolt.
02. Acceptable mortise type deadlock series are:
....
.- (a) corbin 420 x 2139 turnpiece
(b) Russwin 01202 x 089 turnpiece
(C) sargent 4870 x 130KB turnpiece
(d) Yale 300
2.05 CYLINDERS:
A. Furnish brass or bronze, key in knob, rim or mortise cylin-
ders, keyed to the building system, for all keyed locksets,
deadlocks and entrance locks.
2.06 KEYS AND KEYING:
A. All cylinders shall be factory keyed to a new Master Key
systems. In addition, all cylinders shall be keyed alike.
The hardware supplier shall spend whatever time is required
with the owner to obtain his requirements and properly layout
the complete keying schedule for approval.
B. All master keys are to be inserted in envelopes properly
labeled with identifying information. Envelopes are to be
turned over to the owner or his agent who will sign a receipt
for all keys.
c. Keys Required:
01. Master Key - six per master key set.
2.07 BOLTS:
- 08710-4 -
-
A. Manual flush bolts shall be "UL" listed and fit door and frame
preparation in accordance with A.S.A. standard Al15.4 - 1959.
Face plate to match door edge conditions.
B. Manual flush bolt shall be similar to Ives 458B. Length of
manual bolt head and rod assemblies shall be: Bottom bolt -
12" from bottom of door to center of face plate.
TOp bolt - as required to locate center of face plate no high-
er than 6' - 0" from floor.
Measurements are taken from bottom of door to center line of
bolt face plate when bolt is retracted.
c. Furnish dust proof strikes equal to Ives 489B for bottom bolts
on interior doors. Provide neatly drilled hole in threshold
for bottom bolts on exterior doors.
2.08 SURFACE MOUNTED DOOR CLOSERS:
A. Unless otherwise specified, closers shall be surface mounted
with flat, rectangular, minimum projection covers. closers
shall have hydraulically controlled full rack and pinion me-
chanism. closing speed, latch speed and backcheck shall be
controlled by separate valves. Furnish closers with adjust-
able spring power where specified. provide arms, brackets,
plates and other accessories as scheduled or as may be neces-
sary to suite individual door conditions. closer size shall
be recommended by the manufacturer. All door closers shall be
the product of one manufacturer.
B. standard mount closers shall be used wherever possible. Fur-
nish parallel arm or inverted mount closers where required to
permit 180 degree swing of doors. Door closers to be hidden
from public view where possible by installation on the room
- side of door. In stair towers door closers are to be mounted
inside the stair tower.
2.09 PULL PLATES, PUSH PLATES, PUSH BARS:
A. Where "pull" is indicated in the schedule furnish Brookline
807 or equal. Base plates are to have no surface screws.
Furnish concealed back-to-back mounting.
B. Where "push plate" is indicated in the schedule furnish Brook-
line 275A or equal.
c. Where "cylinder pull" is called for in the schedule furnish
Brookline 771 or equal.
D. other push and pull items shall be types scheduled, or equal.
2.10 KICK PLATES:
A. Kick plates shall be 8" high by 2" less than nominal door
width unless otherwise scheduled.
B. plates, unless otherwise indicated, will be 1/8" thick lamin-
ated plastic such as Formica, Micarta or Textolite. color to
be as selected by the Architect from the solid color range
which includes black, brown, etc., furnish metal plates, in
material and finish specified, where called for in schedule.
Furnish oval, under-cut head, stainless steel screws finished
to match plate color for all plates.
- 08710-5 -
...........
2.11 STOPS AND HOLDERS:
A. Wherever door or hardware will strike a finished wall or fixed
equipment, furnish some type of door stop or bumper, either
wall, floor or overhead type. Wall bumper similar to Ives 407
1/2 are preferred. Use floor type bumpers where drywall par-
titions occur. Where wall bumpers are impractical, furnish
dome stops such as Ives 436 or 438, or overhead type similar
to Glynn-Johnson GJ 360 series. Furnish roller bumpers of
proper type wherever the swing of two doors conflict. Floor
or wall type holders shall be of type specified. where car-
peting is to be installed, furnish carpet risers for floor
mounted stops and holders.
....
2.12 WEATHER STRIP AND THRESHOLDS:
A. weather strip sets shall consist of three pieces, one per each
jamb and head. Length as required for size of opening. Type
to be Reese 33 or equal.
B.
,'-
,-
C.
D.
-
Threshold strip to be Zero No. 22, or equal. Furnish one per
door leaf.
Astragal(s) to be Zero 156M. Furnish one or two per opening
(full height) as required by type.
Thresholds to be extruded aluminum, Reese 5205A as scheduled
or detailed, unless otherwise indicated. Furnish length as
required for the full width of the opening. Furnish machine
screws and lead anchors. set in full bed of mastic.
2.13 SILENCERS:
A. At interior hollow metal door frames only, furnish 3 rubber
. door silencers for each single door frame and 2 for each dou-
ble door frame, similar to Ives No. 20.
,3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
....
A.
3.01 FASTENINGS:
.....,
Furnish expansion shields or tamp-in fasteners for items to be
attached to brick, concrete or concrete block. Furnish toggle
bolts for items to be attached to hollow tile, steel stud or
demountable partitions.
B. Furnish proper screws, sex bolts, through bolts, etc., as re-
quired to make secure attachment of each item to the material
it is installed on.
3.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE:
A. Hardware Set No. 1 (Aluminum and Glass Doors MARK 7)
~.
~
01. cylinder furnished by this section.
02. Hardware furnished by section 08410.
- 08710-6 -
B. Hardware set No.2 (parking offices -Mark 1, 2, 3, & 4)
1-1/2 PR BUTTS 4-1/2 x 4-1/2
1 Lockset (Yale)
BI-FBB-179 26D
5305 Function - style 5300L
Augusta AU
70-PH-6-240
1 Closer
c. Hardware Set No.3 (Toilet Room Mark 6 & Closets Mark 9 & 10)
1 ~ pr Butts 4~ x 4~ B1-FBB-179 26D
1 Lockset 5305 Function - style 5300L
Augusta AU
1 Kickplate
1 Pushplate
1 Closer 70-PH-6-240
'-
D. Hardware Set No. 4 (Entrance Door Mark 5)
1~ Pr Butts 4~ x 4~
1 Lockset
BI-FBB-179 26D
5404L Function - style 5300L
Augusta AU
E. Hardware Set No.5 Panic Hardware for Fixed Grille Manproofing
(section 10300)
Von Duprin Series 99EO Touch Bar Exit Devices (Exit only).
Modify as follows:
a. Provide weep holes in mechanical housing and coat
mechanism with lithium grease.
F. Hardware Set No. 6
01. Furnish One (1) Lund Key cabinet No. 1200
(30 Key capacity)
'"'
End of section
,....
-
....
-
- 08710-7 -
.....
.I
,.:..:.,
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
SECTION 08800
GLASS AND GLAZING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
Furnish ail labor, material and equipment necessary to com-
plete all glass and glazing work as shown andlor specified.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
....
I
A.
Manufacturer's Data:
B.
For each type of glazing material.
Samples:
-"
...-
Glare reducing glass, wired glass and glass spandrel panels,
if specified.
C.
Guarantee:
Manufacturer of insulating glass shall provide a written guar-
antee which will, for a period of 10 years, guarantee that
glass will not develop any obstruction of vision as a result
of dust or film formation on the internal glass surfaces
caused by the failure of the hermetic seal, other than through
glass breakage.
D. Certification:
/'
01.
Manufacturers of Glass:
certify that products subject to "consumer product safe-
ty standards" comply with applicable standards. Include
testing data to support such certification.
02. Fabricators:
certify that glazing materials used in products subject
to "consumer product safety standards" comply with ap-
plicable standards.
.;
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
Manufacture and label tempered glass in accordance with the
Consumer Product safety Commission's safety Standards for Ar-
chitectural Glazing Materials, catagory II, as published in
Federal Register Volume 42, Title 16, Chapter II, Part 1201.
- 08800-1 -
r-
B. standard:
Glazing methods, shall conform to the Flat Glass marketing as-
sociation's Glazing Manual, Flat Glass Marketing Association's
Glazing sealing systems Manual and PPG-TSR No. 104C-Installa-
tion Recommendations For Tinted Glass, unless specificallyex-
cepted in detailed specifications.
C. Contractor
01. To eliminate divided responsibility for the integrity of
the exterior walls, the following shall be the responsi-
bili ty of one contractor, who shall directly manufacture
or fabricate a substantial portion of the system.
(a) section 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Windows.
(b) section 08800 Glass and Glazing.
1.04 LABELLING:
Factory label on each pane. Labels to remain on glass until final ~
cleaning.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
....
2 .01 ACCEPTABLE GLASS MANUFACTURERS:
A. PPG Industries
B. American saint-Gobain corp.
C. Libbey owens-Ford Co.
D. - Or approved equal.
-
2 . 02 MATERIALS:
A. Sheet Glass - Clear:
01.
Fed. spec. DD-G-451, Type II, class 1, Quality Q6 (B
Quality), double strength.
~
.-
02. Thickness as indicated on Drawings.
B. plate or Float Glass - Clear:
01. Fed. spec. DD-G-451. Type I, Class 1, Quality Q3.
02. Thickness as indicated on Drawings.
C. plate or Float Glass - Clear, tempered:
01. Fed. spec. DD-G-1403, Kind Ft. condition A, Type I,
Class 1, Quality Q3.
....
02. Thickness as indicated on Drawings.
D. Insulating Glass units:
01. Factory assembled units consisting of 2 panes of glass
separated by a dehydrated air space and all edges her-
- 08800-2 -
metically sealed.
,--'>
02. 1" insulating glass shall consist of two 1/4" thick
panes of glass separated by a 1/2" air space.
03. Tempered or laminated glass shall be used where required
by Code.
E. wire Glass:
01.
Fed. Spec. DD-G-451, Type III Class 1, King A, Forms 1,
Mesh M3.
Manufacturer and pattern: Diamond Pattern by Misco.
wire glass shall be listed by UL as a fire retardant
mater1al.
04. Thickness: 1/4".
F. Laminated Glass:
02.
03.
01. safety glass 9 sq. ft. or less in area shall meet re-
quirements of Category I (safe breakage at 150 FT.-LB.
impact. Larger lights shall meet requirements of Cate-
gory II (safe breakage at 400 sq. ft.-lb. impact).
02. Fabricated from Type 1, class 1, Quality Q3 glass with
a clear polyvinyl butyral inter layer.
03. Conform with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 safety Glazing Code and
ANSI standard Z.97.1.
04.
Thickness as required for glazing condition and struc-
tural requirements of glazing system.
G. Glazing Materials:
01. sealing Tape:
Tremco 440 pre-shimmed tape by the Tremco Manufacturing
company, or approved equal. Thickness 1/8".
02.
Glazing sealant - One Part:
~
sealant shall conform to the m1n1mum requirements of
Fed. spec. TT-S-00230A, Type II, or TT-S-00230C, Type
II. Dap Flexiseal one part polysulfide sealant or Dap
one part acrylic sealant by Dap Inc., Mono by the Tremco
Manufacturing Company, or approved equal.
03.
Glazing sealant - Two Part:
Conform to minimum requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-S-
00227c and ANSI Al16-1. Lasto-Meric by the Tremco Manu-
facturing company or approved equal.
2.03 GLASS TYPE AND THICKNESS:
....
A.
For all lights in hollow metal doors
01. wired Plate Glass clear - %" thick.
.-
B.
For office area windows and doors
01. Insulating glass units, clear, 1" thick.
-
- 08800-3 -
.....
3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
-
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:
Deliver materials, carefully packed, when and as required. Store
and protect until set and accepted.
3.02 SIZE OF GLASS:
obtain from actual frames, door and sash, accuracy of sizing rests
with glazier.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF GLASS:
A. General:
01. Glazing methods shall comply with the combined recom-
mendations of the Flat Glass Marketing Association's
Glazing Manual, the glass manufacturer and the manufac-
turer of the glazing materials.
02. Install glass with imperfections running horizontally.
B. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames:
01. Bed glass in compound, replace stops and fill space back
of stops with compound, equal amounts of compound on
each side of glass. Where glass size exceeds 50 united
inches, install neoprene spacers both sides of glass.
02. Great care shall be taken in cutting and installing wire
glass so that vertical wires run parallel to jamb mem-
bers, as far as possible.
c. Glazing windows:
01. Apply sealing tape to glazing leg of sash, with tape re-
cessed 1/8" short of sight line. Remove paper and apply
a dab of one part glazing sealant at all corners to
assure a positive seal at tape joints.
02.
Install 70-90 durometer neoprene setting and edge blocks
located where recommended by the window manufacturer.
.....
03. Set glass and fill void between edge of glass and sash
around entire perimeter (heal bead) with one part glaz-
ing sealant, install glazing beads.
04.
Install continuous vision strip between glass and glaz-
ing beads with strip continuously bedded in the glazing
sealant.
05.
Fill void at top of sealing tape with two part glazing
sealant.
.:~
D. Aluminum Exterior and Interior Doors and Frames:
Glaze with neoprene or vinyl glazing materials furnished and
recommended by door manufacturer.
....
- 08800-4 -
-
E. Glazing with laminated safety glass cover all edges of lamin-
ated safety glass with protective tape acceptable to glass
manufacturer prior to glazing in manner specified above.
-
End of Section
...,.
~
-
.....
......
-
;-
......
".....
- 08800-5 -
.....
DJ:VISION
09111
09220
09260
09300
09500
09650
09782
09900
9 FINJ:SHES
Metal stud Framing System
waterproof Cement Plaster
Gypsum wallboard System
Tile
Acoustical Treatment
Resilient Flooring
Detectable warning Surfaces
painting
.....
--
....
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISIOR 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09111
METAL STUD FRANIRG SYSTEM
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. work Included: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment
necessary to install complete non-load bearing metal stud
framing in the locations shown on the drawings andlor as
herein specified.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
01.
Metal Miscellaneous:
section 05500
02.
03.
wood Blocking, Rough Carpentry:
section 06100
Rigid Insulation:
section 07212
04.
Gypsum Wallboard:
section 09260
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
~
A. References:
01. ASTM C645: Non-loadbearing steel studs, Runners, and
Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum
Board.
02. ASTM C754: Installation of steel Framing Members to
receive Screw-Attached Gypsum wallboard, Backing Board
or water-Resistant Backing Board.
03. GA-203: Installation of Screw-Type steel Framing
Members to Receive Gypsum Board.
B. Perform work in accordance with GA 203 and ASTM C754.
--
C.
sequencing and scheduling:
01. Sequence work with other work directly affected by this
Section.
02.
Coordinate the work of other specialty Sections such as
mechanical and electrical, and special components
integral with this Section such as grab bars, recessed
cabinets, etc.
....
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
'""
A.
Product data describing standard framing member materials and
finish, product criteria, load charts, limitations, and
manufacturer's installation instructions.
,...
- 09111-1 -
r-
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. provide materials by one of the following:
01. Gold Bond Building Products
02. u.s. Gypsum company
03. Monex corporation
04. Inryco, Inc.
05. Or Approv" Equal.
2.02 STUD FRAMING MATERIALS:
A. studs: ASTM C645, minimum 25 ga-qe; non-load bearing rolled
steel, channel shaped, punched for utility access; hot-dipped
galvanized in accordance with ASTM A525 to G-90 coating class.
B. Runners: of same material and finish as studs, bent. leg
retainer notched to receive studs.
C. Wood sill plates, Furring, Blocking, Nailers: construction
grade softwood, moisture resistant and fire retardant treated.
D. Fasteners: GA-203; self-drilling, self-tapping screws.
E. Anchorage Devices: power driven.
F. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in section 09250.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTXON:
3.01 EXAMINATION:
A.
verify conditions are ready to receive work.
rough-in utilities are in proper location.
verify that
3.02 ERECTION:
A. Align and secure top and bottom runners at 24" (600 mm) o.c.
set bottom runners on continuous wood sill plate (nailer) with
30t felt spacer between sill plate and metal runner, to
isolate metal from treated wood. place one bead of acoustic
sealant between runners and substrate at sound insulated
walls.
B. Install studs vertically at 16" (400 mm) o.c. and not more
than 2" (50 mm) from abutting construction, each side of
openings, and at corners. place one bead of sealant between
studs and adjacent vertical surfaces.
c. secure studs to tracks with screws top and bottom through
track flanges both sides.
D. stud splicing not permitted.
- 09111-2 -
E. Construct corners using minimum three studs. Double studs at
wall openings, door and window jambs, and not more than 2"
each side of openings.
F. Partitions to be stiffened with 3/4" (19 mm) channels placed
horizontally and not more than 6' (1.8 m) apart vertically.
G. Align stud web openings.
H. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, and blocking with
electrical and mechanical work to be placed in or behind stud
framing.
I. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door
and window frame supports or attachments.
~
J.
Blocking: Secure wood blocking to studs.
(nailers) to metal at door jambs and
blocking for support of plumbing fixtures,
wall cabinets, hardware, etc.
Install wood studs
headers. Install'
toilet accessories,
K. Extend studs on each side of door frames from floor to
structure above. Anchor securely.
....
L.
Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending to
ceiling only and for partitions extending through ceiling to
structure above.
-'"
M.
Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces
made inaccessible after stud framing erection.
3.03 TOLERANCES:
A. Maximum variation of Any Member From plane: 1/8".
B. Maximum variation From True position: 1/8" provided that the
cumulative error does not exceed the requirements of the
gypsum board.
End of section
.....
,"::'
,....
,.....
- 09111-3 -
Project No. 9432RA
parking System xmprovements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DXVXSXOR 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09220
WATERPROOF CEMBR'1' PLASTER
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment to
provide waterproof cement plaster installation in the loca-
tions shown on f"'le drawings andlor as described in this
Section.
01. OVer concrete block.
02. OVer poured concrete walls.
03. On metal lath support frame.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
....
A.
Concrete Work
Section 03300.
B.
MaSonry work
Section 04200.
C.
painting
Section 09900.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. comply with the following standards.
01. ANSI A. 42.2 specifications for Portland Cement and
Portland - Lime plastering, Exterior (stucCO) and
Interior.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Manufacturers written recommendations, proportion mixes and
installation instructions.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:
A. Protect work from uneven and excessive evaporation from blasts
of dry air. Apply and cure cement plaster as required by job
conditions and climatic conditions to preventive rapid dry
out.
01.
Provide suitable coverings, moist curing barriers to
deflect sunlight and wind, all, as required by job
conditions.
;.-
2. PART - PRODUCTS
2 . 0 1 MATERIALS:
""
A. Cement.
01. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150 Type I.
- 09220-1 -
02.
03.
04.
Masonry Cement:
ASTM c-91.
Hydrated Lime:
Sand:
ASTM C-206 Type S.
ASTM C-33.
05. Water - potable and free from all substances harmful to
plaster.
06. Bonding Compound (for concrete surfaces to receive
waterproof cement plaster).
a. Acryl 60: standard Drywall Products (Thord)
Miami, Florida.
b. Concrete Bonding: Karl E. Reynolds, Hol '"ywood,
Florida.
-
c.
Chemweld:
Florida.
Florida Laboratories, Gainesville,
.::.
d.
Or approved equal.
07. Waterproof Admixture:
a. omicron by Master Builders.
b. Hydratite by W. R. Grace.
.....0.
c.
Or approved equal.
2.02: MIXES:
A. _ Mixing & proportions'
01. 1 Part Portland Cement
3 Parts to 5 Parts Sand.
3 plus 1/4 Part lime putting by volume for each bag of
cement used.
02. Add waterproofing admixture to finish stucco coat in
accordance with the manufacturer's rates and directions.
2.03: NUMBER AND THICKNESS OF COATS:
... A. On Metal Reinforcement (3 coats) :
vertical Horizontal
First Coat 3/8" 1/4"
Second Coat 3/8" 1/4"
Finish Coat In.:. In.:.
,.... Total 7/8" 5/8"
B. On solid Base (2 coats):
.-> Bonding Agent nil nil
First Coat 3/3" 1/4"
Finish Coat 1/4" 3/8"
Total 5/8" 5/8"
--
- 09220-2 -
-
c. Where cement plaster is applied over dissimilar materials
(i.e. masonry and concrete) which are to receive a continuous
coat of cement plaster, the thicker application shall apply,
to present a uniform finish appearance.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
A.
3 . 01 PREPARATION:
Prior to application ensure that all mechanical and electrical
services behind surfaces to receive cement plaster have been
tested and approved.
B. Roughen and clean concrete and concrete block surfaces to
degree required for proper suction and mechanical keying.
c. Apply bonding agent to concrete surfaces scheduled to be
plastered. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instruc-
tions, ensuring complete coverage.
Dampen masonry surfaces, for proper suction. Do not saturate
and do not apply cement plaster until visible surface water
disappears.
E. Relief from stresses: where dissimilar base materials abut
(i.e., masonry and structural concrete) which are to receive
a continuous coat of plaster, cover juncture with an 8-inch
wide strip of galvanized metal reinforcement extending 4-
inches on either side of the juncture.
D.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. Accurately measure ingredients, including water, using
measuring devices of known volume. Do no use shovel or water
buckets as measuring devices. proportion successive batches
alike.
B. Apply plaster to an entire panel with interruptions occurring
only at junctions of planes or at openings or expansion and
control joints.
place basecoat ( s ) within a maximum of 2 -1/4 hours after
mixing, except during hot, dry weather, reduce maximum placing
time as required to prevent premature stiffening.
Apply basecoat with sufficient pressure and material to ensure
tight contact with and complete coverage of base to the
specified thickness. Do not scratch or score, but leave rough
to provide mechanical key. Moist cure and allow each coat to
slowly dry for minimum period of 4-1/2 hours.
E. Allow basecoat(s) to cure for minimum 7 days prior to applica-
tion of finish coat.
c.
D.
F. Evenly dampen basecoat, to ensure uniform suction, and apply
finish coat to specified thickness.
G.
Avoid use of excessive water in application of finish coat; do
not retemper finish plaster with additional water.
Avoid excessive working of surface. Delay trowelling as long
as possible to avoid drawing excessive fines to surface.
B.
- 09220-3 -
...
-
.
~
-
....
-'"
c::.
--
-
I. Moist cure finish coat for minimum period of 48 hours.
3.03 PATCHING:
A. cut, patch, repair, and point-up as required. Repair cracks
and indented surfaces by moistening and filling with new
material, trowelled or tamped flush with adjoining surfaces.
Point-up finish plaster surfaces around items which are built
into or penetrate plaster surfaces.
~
3. 04 CLEANING:
A. Make prOV1S1ons to minimize spattering on other work. Remove
plaster from door frames, windows, other surfaces. Repair
floors, walls, other surfaces which have been stained, marred,
or damaged during plaster work. when work is competed, reIT,:>ve
unused materials, containers, equipment; clean floors of
debris.
3.05 FINISH TEXTURE:
.--
A.
stucco Texture:
sample panel.
Sand Texture as approved by Engineer from
~
End of Section
~
,.....
.-
-
~
~
,....
- 09220-4 -
..-
project Ro. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM
1.
PART 1 - GENERAL
--
1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. caulking Gypsum wallboard at Abutting Materials - See Section
07920.
B.
Painting
Section 09900.
1.02 FURNISHED ELSEWHERE BUT INSTALLED
A. Insulation in metal stud and drywall partitions - See Section
07213.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Job Mock-up
01. As soon as construction progress permits, the Engineer
will designate an area (approximately 200 sq. ft.) of
partition to be constructed. To establish standard of
quality.
02. The mock-up shall include an encased column, outside
corner, inside corner and wall area, with all joints
finished.
03. This mock-up will be painted under Section 09900.
Approved mock-up will be standard of quality for work to
follow and may remain a permanent part of the building.
1.04 RESPONSIBILITY
-
01. To insure unit responsibility, all metal studs, runners,
clips, etc., shall be products of, one manufacturer.
1. 05 REFERENCES
A. Application, procedures and workmanship shall be in strict ac-
cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
1.06 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:
A. ASTM C 36 - Regular gypsum wallboard, foil-backed gypsum
wallboard, fire resistance gypsum wallboard Type x.
B. ASTM C 79 - Gypsum sheathing board.
C.
ASTM C 442 - Regular gypsum backing or core board wallboard.
Fire resistance gypsum backing of core board wallboard.
ASTM C 475 - Joint treatment materials for gypsum wallboard
construction.
......
D.
-
- 09260-1 -
-.
E. ASTM C 630 - Moisture resistance gypsum wallboard.
F. ASTM C 645 - Light gauge steel s:tuds, runners, and rigid
furring.
G. ASTM C 656 - steel drill screws for the application of gypsum
sheet material to light gauge studs.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
-
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. National Gypsum Co. Gold Bond Building Products.
B. Flintkoke Building Products Co.
C. Georgia-pacific Corp.
D. united states Gypsum Co.
E. Or Approved Equal.
,..
Materials referenced herein by catalogue number, description,
are products of the National Gypsum Co. unless otherwise
noted.
--
2.02 MATERIALS:
A. Metal studs
--
Galvanized screw studs. In general use 3-5/8" and 6"
studs. Where thicker partitions are indicated or
required, construct double walls of 2-1/2" metal studs.
Gauge shall be as required to limit deflection of wall,
including gypsum wallboard, to L/120 under uniform load
of 5 psf. Minimum gauge of studs 25 gauge.
B. Metal Furring - Channel system
01.
01. Furring channels galvanized screw type furring
channels or screw studs.
-
C.
Gypsum wallboard
01. General - Wallboard of maximum practical size, so a
minimum number of joints occur. No end joints shall
align with edges of openings. Joints on opposite sides
of a partition are not to occur on the same stud.
02. Regular gypsum wall board - tapered edge 1/2" or 5/8" as
indicated.
--.
03. Insulating gypsum wallboard - tapered edge 1/2" or 5/8"
as indicated, with aluminum foil laminated to back.
vapor permeability shall not exceed .30 perms.
04. Fire resistant gypsum wallboard - Type X, tapered edge
1/2" or 5/8" as indicated.
05. Moisture resistant gypsum wall board - 1/2" tapered edge
board 1/2" or 5/8" as indicated.
"..
- 09260-2 -
,-
-
D. Gypsum shaft wall
01. cavity Shaft wall.
-
(a) USG cavity shaft wall system by united States
Gypsum company or approved equal.
02. Solid shaft Wall
(a) Metaledge corewall by National Gypsum company or
approved equal.
03. Walls shall have finished layer of gypsum drywall on 1
or 2 sides, as indicated.
04. Where specified, construct-ion shall comply with require-
ments for 2 hour fire resistant wall when tested in
accordance with ASTM El19 by an independent testing
laboratory approved by the Engineer.
E. Accessories
-,
01. Corner beads - galvanized steel standard corner bead.
02. Metal trim - galvanized steel #100 casing bead.
03. Isolation hangers - style W-200 as manufactured by
consolidated Kinetics corp., or approved equal.
F. Metal Furring - Tee system (contractor.s option)
01. #640 furring system by chicago Metallic corporation, or
Rigid suspension system by Flangeklamp Interior systems
Division Industries, Inc.
02. wire hangers: #9 galvanized steel wire.
3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
......
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A.
General
-
All materials shall be installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's written specifications. where gypsum wallboard
ceilings or partition walls of a different material, terminate
the edge of the wallboard with #200 casing bead. After joints
have been finished, remove joint compound from between casing
bead and abutting wall to receive caulking.
B. special procedures
01. Follow the procedures as outlined in National Gypsum
company Technical Bulletin 9-4638, entitled "partitions
in Reinforced concrete structures".
c. Grouting Door Frames
01. All steel door frames shall be grouted solid, with
sanded gypsum plaster. Grouting shall be done before
adjacent studs are installed.
--..
- 09260-3 -
......
D. Metal stud Partitions
01. Align floor and ceiling tracks to assure plumb par-
titions. Secure track with suitable fasteners 24" o.c.
max. position studs in track on 16" centers (max.) and
secure with screws thru both flanges of stud and track.
02 . Partitions 10' or more in height shall be braced
horizontally for lateral strength with 3/4" channels,
wired permanently to inside of studs. such bracing
shall be spaced not more than 6' o.c.
03. All details on fastening to metal bucks shall be as
detailed on Drawings.
04. Where a drywall finish is indicated over interior
masonry surfaces, apply drywall directly to masonry
using adhesive as recommended by the drywall manufac-
turer, unless other method of application is indicated.
05. Where studs are not carried up to underside of deck the
top runner channel shall be diagonally braced with pairs
of metal struts spaced a max. of 4'-0" o.c.
struts: 1-5/8" studies or approved equal, rigidly
attached to runner channel and structure above.
E. Exterior Wall Furring
01.
Attach galvanized screw type furring channels horizon-
tally at floor line and vertically 16" o.c. to masonry
surfaces where drywall finish is indicated. Secure
through alternate flanges with anchors as recommended by
the manufacturer.
--"
F. Gypsum wallboard
01.
Regular gypsum wallboard used generally.
,....
02 . Insulating gypsum wallboard required at all exterior
walls and office area walls.
03. Fire resistant gypsum wallboard as follows -
(a) smoke and fire partitions.
(b) Elsewhere where indicated. Refer to Drawings for
UL ratings, locations and details.
04. Moisture resistant gypsum wallboard as backer board for
ceramic tile in toilet areas.
G. Gypsum shaft wall
01. construct in accordance with the manufacturers. printed
recommendations. Include additional framing at door
frames, other openings, where walls exceed normal
heights, etc.
B. Joint system
01. properly conceal all nail and screw heads, joints, cor-
ner bead flanges, etc., using tape and joint compounds.
r-
- 09260-4 -
....
All in strict accordance with the manufacturer's speci-
fications.
02. All joints shall be finished smooth and flush with adja-
cent surfaces.
03. Where perimeter angles of acoustic ceilings are required
at columns encased with drywall, the contact area at the
angle shall be made true to line using joint compound
which is to be tapered to a feather edge.
I. Sound Rated Partitions
01. Where Drawings indicate batt insulation is to be in-
corporated in interior metal stud and drywall parti-
tions.
(a) Press insulation into place between studs to com-
pletely fill stud space from floor to structure
above or to other indicated heights and mechani-
cally or adhesively fasten to inside face of
opposite wall finish.
(b) Provide acoustical sealant to prevent sound leaks
in the following areas:
(1) single bead at center of floor track.
single bead at center of ceiling and wall
tracks, unless junction has finish joint
treatment.
(2) Caulk at floor line after finish layers of
wallboard are applied and before installa-
tion of base.
(3) Seal all openings of electrical boxes,
pipe, etc.
-
(C) Minimum size of sealant bead shall be 1/4" but
size must be increased in size as necessary to
assure positive seal.
(d) sealant must be non-harding type.
J. ceiling suspension
01. Contractor has the option of using channel system or tee
system for supporting ceilings as follows:
(a) Channel system
Attach screw type furring channels or studs 16"
o.c. to main runner channels with ,channel clips
or wire ties. spacing of main runner channels
shall be a maximum of 48" o.c.
(b) Tee system
--
Install in accordance with manufacturer.s recom-
mendations, with hanger wires spaced maximum of
48" o.c.
- 09260-5 -
K. column and Beam Fireproofing
01. Where detailed on the Drawings andlor indicated on the
schedule of Fireproofing of structural steel Members the
individually protected structural steel columns, beams,
girders and trusses (except those encased in masonry or
with sprayed fireproofing application) shall be fire-
proofed with fire resistance gypsum wallboard.
02. steel studs, fire resistance gypsum wallboard, tie wires
corner beads and other accessories and devices shall be
installed in strict conformance with the manufacturer's
written specifications and requirements of UL' s current
publication for fire resistance rated designs.
L. Cleaning
01. At the completion of partition and drywall work, all
rubbish, created by this subcontractor, shall be re-
moved, leaving floors broom clean.
02. Excess material, scaffolding, tools and other equipment
removed from building and job site.
End of section
-~
-
-
--
- 09260-6 -
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09300
TILE
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS:
-
A. samples:
01. of each kind and finish of tile to be used.
B. Manufacturer's Data:
01. For all manufactured materials.
C. Master Grade Certificates:
01.
Submit before starting work.
manufacturer and Contractor.
Certificate signed by
1.02 STANDARDS:
A. The following Specifications are recognized industry stan-
dards, procedures, methods and standards covered by them are
hereby made a part of these specifications. Furnish job
superintendent and project inspector with copies of these
standard specifications prior to start of work.
01.
Handbook for ceramic tile installation by Tile Council
of America, Inc. standard specification for ceramic
tile ANSI 137.1 - 1988.
""
02.
Ceramic tile set in dry-set portland cement mortar -
ANSI Specs. A 108.5.
....
03. Specifications for dry-set portland cement mortar - ANSI
Specs. A 118.1.
1. 03 DELIVERY AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver containers to site with labels intact, seals unbroken.
Do not perform work unless ambient temperature of area in
which work occurs is at least 40 degrees F. rising.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
-
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Wall tile shall be Bright and Matte manufactured by American
olean Tile company, 4-1/4" x 4-1/4" in size with 4-1/4" x 4-
1/4" cove.
B. Floor tile shall be ceramic Mosaic manufactured by American
olean Tile company, 2" x 2" in size.
C . Or approved equal.
--
- 09300-1 -
-
-
-
,-
......
2.02 MATERIALS:
A. General:
01. sand-clean, washed, sharp, durable, fine aggregate, free
from silt, loam, clay, soluble salts and organic
impurities. Sand shall be graded in accordance with
ASTM C144 for mortar or for grout as required.
02. Lime - standard brand hydrated lime, conforming ASTM C
206 or C207, type S.
03. Water - clean, free from injurious amount of oil, acids,
soluble salts, organic impurities.
04. Sealant - for use in tile control joints, expansion
joints and elsewhere where indicated shall be a 2
component sealant complying with Fed. Spec. TT-S-227E,
use Type II (non-sag) for joints in vertical surfaces
and Type I (self leveling) for joints in horizontal
surfaces. color sealants, as approved to match adjacent
joint finish.
05.
Dry-set mortar - water retentive hydraulic cement mortar
which complies with requirements of ANSI A 118.1. As
manufactured by L & M Tile Products, Inc., or approved
equal. Product furnished shall bear hallmark of Tile
council of America. Dry-set mortar shall be field mixed
with polycrete plus by L & M Tile Products or equal in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
06. Epoxies - Floor and wall Adhesive.
a. AO 2000 Epoxy Adhesives conforming to ANSI A
118.3.
07. Grout - for walls and floors.
a. American olean Dry-Wall Grout, conforming to ANSI
A 118.3. Color to be selected by the Engineer.
3.
PART 3 - EXECUTrOR
3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL:
A. Laying out Work
01. Before spreading setting beds, establish border lines if
any, center field work in both directions to permit
laying pattern with minimum of cut tiles. Lay floors
without borders from center lines outward. Make
adjustments at walls.
B. cutting, Drilling, etc.
01. Do all cutting, drilling, etc., of work necessary to
properly receive the hardware, plumbing and heating,
toilet fixtures and other work in connection therewith
as require and directed by the Engineer.
c. Foundations and settings
01. Furnish necessary additional concrete, cement mortar
foundations for all tile work.
- 09300-2 -
D. Joints
01. All joint lines shall be straight and of uniform width.
3.02 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION:
A. Tile Floors and Base
01. Thin Set
(a) Set with epoxy adhesive in accordance with ANSI
A 118.3.
(b) Provide expansion joints where tile abuts
restraining surfaces and at least 16' each way,
in large areas. Expansion joints not required in
small rooms (less than 12')
(C) Caulk expansion joints after tile work and grout
are dry.
(d) Extruded aluminum edging required at doors where
change flooring material occurs.
(e) Joint width - 3/8" unless otherwise indicated.
(f) Pattern - as indicated.
3.03 WALL TILE INSTALLATION:
A. On concrete or masonry walls ANSI A 118.3 Epoxy Adhesive.
B. On Gypsum Wall Board: ANSI A108.4 (Reference TCA Method W242
- organic Adhesive).
3.04 GROU'llNG:
A. Follow grout manufacturer's directions and recommendations as
to grouting procedures and precautions.
B. Remove all grout haze observing both tile and grout manufac-
turers' recommendations as to the use of acid and cleaners.
.....
C. Rinse tile thoroughly with clean water before and after
chemical cleaners.
D. Polish surface of tile work with soft cloth.
3.05 CLEANING:
A. Upon completion, clean floor, surfaces thoroughly in a manner
not to affect surfaces.
3.06 PROTECTION:
A. Before traffic is permitted over finished tile floors, cover
floors with building paper. Lay board walkways on floors that
are to be continuously used as passageways by workmen. Tiled
floor area to be trucked over, have suitable constructed
continuous plank runways of required width installed over
building paper. Remove cracked, broken, or damaged tiles -
replace with new.
End of Section
--
- 09300-3 -
-
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09500
ACOUSTICAL mEATMER'l'
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Furnishing and installation of light fixtures - See Division
16 - Electrical.
,-
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Installer's Qualifications
01 . Installer shall have had a m1n1mum of 3 consecutive
years of experience in the installation of acoustical
work, including projects of comparable magnitude.
,-
B. Tolerances
01. Design and tolerances of suspension materials shall be
as indicated in ASTM c-635.
02. Maximum allowable installation tolerances shall be as
indicated in ASTM c-636.
-
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
--
A. Shop Drawings
01. Lay-out of each type of acoustic treatment, indicating
sizes of units.
02.
Located all
callelectrical
acoustic work.
recessed and penetrating mechani-
materials and equipment associated with
03. Hanger spacing and insert and fastening details.
04. Details for changes in elevation.
05.
Details for all special conditions.
\-
B. Manufacturer's Literature for each acoustical
material and suspension system.
-
c. samples
01. Each type of acoustical material.
02. Each exposed suspension member.
,-
- 09500-1 -
-
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS:
A. General
01. For office areas - Armstrong Minaboard - Fissured 24 x
24" nominal size 5/8" lay in units.
02. For toilet rooms - Armstrong ceramaguard RH 1000 -
Perforated 24' x 24" nominal 5/8" thick lay in units.
03. All acoustical units shall have a maximum flame spread
rating of 25 or under when tested in accordance with
ASTM E-84.
2 . 02 SUSPENSION MATERIALS:
A. Design
01. suspension members shall be designed to comply to the
requirements of ASTM C-635, heavy duty system. All
components of a system shall be supplied by one manufac-
turer.
B. Rough suspension Members
01. Hanger for anchorage of hangers shall be capable of
supporting the full strength of the hangers attached
thereto. sheet metal inserts shall be galvanized after
fabrication.
02. Hanger Wire
(a) Minimum 12 gauge, galvanized, soft annealed, mild
steel wire.
03.
wire Ties
-
(a) Minimum 16 gauge, galvanized, annealed steel
wire.
04. Fasteners
(a) Screws, nails, etc., shall be electo-galvanized
or zinc coated after fabrication, or other
suitable non-corrosive metal.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL:
A. ceiling Heights
01. Measured from finished floor to bottom of acoustic tile,
board or pan.
B. Additional supporting Members
01. Provide all necessary additional hangers andlor framing,
as required and as approved by the Engineer to sup~ort
ceilings in areas where mechanical and electr1cal
- 09500-2 -
,-
installations prevent the normal spacing of supports.
C. supporting Light Fixtures
01. Where light fixtures are recessed or dropped into
acoustical ceiling construction, provide all required
supporting framing and hangers.
3.02
INSTALLATION:
,-
A. Type 1 units
01. snap face members onto carrier members. carrier members
spaced maximum of 5' -0" on center.
3.03 CLEANING:
A. Following erection, clean units, leave free from defects.
Remove units which are damaged or improperly applied. Replace
as directed.
End of section
,-
-
-
,.....
- 09500-3 -
.-
....
Project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DXVXSION 9 - FXRISBBS
SECTXOR 09650
RESXLXBR'l' FLOORXNG
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 REQUIREMENTS:
'-
A. section Includes
01. Preparation 'of substrate surfaces; application of
resilient flooring and related items.
B. Related sections
01. General Requirements - Division 1.
02. Concrete Floor Finishing - section 03300.
--
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Acceptable manufacturers include, but are not limited to, the
following:
Rubber Tile (Radial Desiqn)
Rubber Wall Base
.Nora, division of Freudenberg
Building systems Inc.
Kentile Floors, Inc.
Armstrong company
Flexco company
Burke Flooring company
Nora, division of
Freudenberg Building
systems, Inc.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data and installation instructions for each type of
material specified.
B. samples
-
01. submit samples of each flooring material, color and
pattern selected.
C. Extra stock
01. Deliver 25 sq. ft. of each color and pattern of floor
tile required for project, for maintenance use.
1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Temperature of the rooms shall be 700 F. m1n1mum for 24 hours
prior to installation, during installation, and for 48 hours
after installation.
--
- 09650-1 -
.....
>"",
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01. MATERIALS:
A. Rubber flooring tile or sheets as manufactured by Nora,
division of Freudenberg Building systems, Inc. with the
following features:
01. Heavy ,Traffic Radial Pattern - 10 year warranty.
02. Tiles 100 CM x100 CM - 39.37" x 39.37" in size.
Thickness 4.0 mm/.16".
,-
B. Rubber wall Base
.--
01. 4" high x 1/8" thick (100 mm x 3.1 mm) top set cove,
including premolded inside and outside corners.
C. Primers and Adhesive
01. Waterproof~ of types recommended by resilient flooring
manufacturer for specific material.
D. Sealer and Wax
01. Type recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer
material for material type and location.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. Ensure floor surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum
_ variation of 1/8" in 10 feet. Ensure concrete floors are dry
and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting.
,-.
A.
3.02 PREPARATION:
Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks,
joints, holes, and other debris with sub-floor filler.
B. Clean floor and apply, trowel and float filler to leave
smooth, flat hard surface.
3.03 INSTALLATION:
A.
B.
C.
,-
D.
E.
,-
-
spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring
before initial set.
Lay flooring with joints parallel to building lines to produce
symmetrical tile pattern.
Install with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at room or area
perimeter, to pattern selected.
Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where
flooring terminates.
scribe flooring to walls, columns, other appurtenances to
produce tight joints.
- 09650-2 -
~
F. Install base on solid backing. Adhere tightly to wall and
floor surfaces. Use premolded sections for inside and outside
corners. scribe and fit to door frames and other
obstructions.
G. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces:
clean, seal, and wax in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
3 . 04 CLEANING:
A. Upon completion, remove all materials, debris, etc. created a
a result of work under this section and leave area in a clean
condition.
B. clean any adjacent surfaces which have been damaged, marred or
splattered as a result of the work under this Section.
-
.-
- 09650-3 -
,...
project No. 9432RA
Parking system Improvements
42nd street parking
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09782
DECTBCTABLE WARNING SURFACES
1.
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included:
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment
necessary to finish all install detectable
(tactile) warning surfaces in the locations shown
on the drawings andlor as specified.
B. Related work specified Elsewhere:
01.
Concrete Repairs
section 03500
1.02
submittals
A. Manufactures data sheets for the detectable warning
surface material with manufactures recommended method of
installation.
1.03
Quality control
A. Meet all requirements of the Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA) and State of Florida Accessibility code.
-
,......
2.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
Acceptable Manufacturers
A. High Quality Tactile systems
Woburn, Ma. 01801
Telephone (800) 935-8450
B. carsonite International
Carson city, Nevada 89706
Telephone (800) 648-7974
c. Access solutions, Inc.
woburn, Ma. 01801
Telephone (800) 385-4363
3.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
Installation
A. Install detectable (tactile) warning surfaces in the
-
- 09782-1 -
-
3.02
End of section
--
locations shown on the drawings.
B. Use the method of installation set forth in the
manufactures written directions.
Cleaning
Following installation remove all excess materials, clean any
adjacent surfaces which are affected by this work and leave
the work area in broom clean condition.
- 09782-2 -
,-
project No. 9432RA
parking system xmprovements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISXOH 9 - FINISHES
SECTXON 09900
PAIR'l'XNG
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment to
provide finish painting to all surfaces specified herein
and/or shown on the drawings.
--
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Prime Coat on steel Doors and Frames - See section 08110.
B.
Prime Coat on Miscellaneous Metals -
See section 05500.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. samples.
01. Provide the following sample sections of the work for
the review of the Engineer.
(a) Ceiling and soffit area, including adjacent
concrete beams and girders. Typical bay, approx-
imately 15'x65'. Three (3) separate test areas
to be selected by the Engineer.
(b) Exterior spandrel panels. Five (5) separate test
areas each approximately 20 ft. wide by full
depth of panel in locations to be selected by the
Engineer.
(C) Perform all surface preparation and application
of two (2) coats of paint per appropriate speci-
fication.
B. Test Reports.
--
01. prior to use on job, submit manufacturer's certification
of required flame spread ratings.
C. List of Proposed Materials.
01. Submit a complete list of painting materials proposed
for use on this project. Each item on the list must be
related to a specified materiaL The list must be
approved by the Engineer prior to the delivery of
materials to the job site.
D. Material safety Data Sheets.
,...
- 09900-1 -
--
E. Manufacturers standard color Card.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES:
A. comply with the requirements of ANS16.1 "specifications for
Paints and coatings Accessible to Children, to Minimize Dry
Film Toxicity".
B. comply with all Federal, State and Local Regulations of V.O.C.
content.
1.05 DELIVERY:
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in unopened, original
containers, bearing the manufacturer.s label. Labels shall
include the following information:
01 Name of manufacturer.
02. Name of materiaL
03. Contents by volume of major pigment and vehicle constit-
uents.
04. Thinning instructions (if any).
05. Application instructions, including recommended rate of
application.
B. Paint shall be ordered and delivered to the job site in quan-
tities sufficiently large enough so that several different
batches of the same color will not be required.
C. No materials other than those approved shall be delivered to
the job site.
1.06 STORAGE:
A.
storage areas shall be kept clean and all necessary precau-
tions shall be taken to avoid damage by fire. Remove oil,
rags, waste, etc., from premises at the close of each days
work or more often.
-
1.07 INSPECTION OF BASE SURFACES:
A. Before commencing work, examine surfaces on which finishes are
to be applied, see that surfaces are clean, firm, dry and in
satisfactory condition to receive work of this Section. If
surfaces to be finished cannot be put in proper conditions for
finishing by customary cleaning, sanding, or puttying opera-
tions, notify Engineer in writing, or assume responsibility
for rectifying any unsatisfactory finish work resulting.
where there is any question as to dryness of surface, test
with a modern dampness indicating machine in presence of
Engineer.
--
- 09900-2 -
--
-
1.08 DEFINITIONS:
A. "Painting" as used herein means all coating systems materials,
including primers, enamels, sealers, fillers, and other ap-
plied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish
coats.
B. "Wall" as used herein includes interior fascias.
c. "ceilings" as used herein include interior soffits.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
The products of Tnemec Company, Inc. (Exterior), Pratt and Lambert,
Inc., Benjamin Moore and co., and Glidden-Durkee (Interior) are
specified herein, however, equivalent products manufactured by
sherwin-williams co., Devoe Paint Division, Martin senour, Porter
Paint co., and The united states Gypsum Co. will be accepted. The
equivalency of proposed products will be determined by the Engineer.
2.02 MATERIALS:
A. Quality
01. If any manufacturer of proposed materials makes more
than one grade of paint, the highest grade shall be pro-
posed for use.
B. colors
01.
All colors shall be as selected by the Engineer from the
Manufacturers standard color card, except where special
colors are specified. Different colors may be selected
for different elements of the building such as columns,
towers, walls, etc.
02. Paint shall be tinted so that no coat exactly duplicates
the previous coat.
03. All priming coats and undercoats shall be tinted to the
approximate shade of the final coat.
--
04.
The Engineer may select an average of one wall in each
room to receive an accent color.
c. Field Touch-up Paint For Galvanized surfaces
01.
ZRC cold galvanizing compound by ZRC Chemical Products
company, zinc Clad 5 primer by sherwin williams company
or approved equaL Material shall have not less than 91
percent zinc in the cured paint film.
,.....
D. Pretreatment For Galvanized surfaces
01.
Prior to painting galvanized surfaces, thoroughly clean
with mineral spirits, or other material specifically
formulated for that purpose, and substitute paint
manufacturer's galvanized steel primer for that speci-
fied in paint schedule.
.....
- 09900-3 -
,-
E. Exterior Paint For Various Surfaces - Exterior
01. Ferrous Metal surfaces, Excepting Hollow Metal Doors and
Frames
(a) 1st coat - Tnemec No. 50 - 330 poly-ura-prime 4
mils thickness wet, 2 mils thickness dry.
(b) 2nd and 3rd coats - Tnemec No. 23 Enduratone
color as selected by the Engineer. Each coat to
be 4 mils thick wet, 2 mils thick dry.
02. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
(a) Prime Coat by Supplier of Hollow Metal Doors &
Frames. See section 08110 - steel Doors &
Frames.
(b) First and second Field Coat to be - Tnemec No.
23, 2 mils dry film thickness.
03. Concrete Block and cement Plaster Surfaces (NeW Con-
struction) .
(a) First and second coat - Tnemec Water Base Tneme-
Crete No. 180, 6-8 mils dry film thickness per
coat.
04. Existing Concrete spandrel Panels and walls
(old construction only)
(a)
Primer - one (1) coat of Series 151 Elasto-Grip
Primer to be applied by roller at 1-2 mils dry
film thickness.
-
(b) 1st coat - Tnemec series 6 Tneme - cryl 2-3 mils
dry film thickness.
(C) 2nd coat - Tnemec Series 6 Tneme - cryl 2-3 mils
dry film thickness.
05. Existing Concrete ceiling slabs and Concrete Beams and
Girders (Old construction only)
Two (2) coats of Tnemec Water Base Tneme-Crete-
Series 180 with dry film thickness of 6-8 mils
per coat.
F. Interior Paint for various Surfaces (climate controlled Areas)
(a)
01. Metal
......
(a) 1st coat - Oleo-resinous or alkyd. (omit if shop
primed)
Pratt and Lambert - Interior trim primer.
Benjamin Moore - Alkyd enamel underbody.
Glidden-Durkee - Enamel Undercoater 555.
(b)
2nd coat - Alkyd.
pratt and Lambert - vitralite enamel under-
- 09900-4 -
--
,....
,....
~
,....
--
coating.
Benjamin Moore - satin Impervo.
Glidden-Durkee - ultra Hide eggshell enamel 5450.
(C) 3rd coat - Eggshell alkyd enamel.
Pratt and Lambert - vitralite enamel eggshell.
Benjamin Moore - satin Impervo.
Glidden-Durkee - ultra Hide eggshell enamel 5450.
02. Gypsum Wallboard
(a) 1st coat - flat latex.
Pratt and Lambert - vapex wall primer.
Benjamin Moore - Quick Dry prime seal.
Glidden-Durkee - vapor barrier primer 3416.
(b) 2nd coat - Eggshell oleoresinous or alkyd.
Pratt and Lambert - Lyt-all double duty primer.
Benjamin Moore - Alkyd enamel underbody.
Glidden-Durkee - 555 enamel undercoater.
(C) 3rd coat - satin alkyd enamel.
Pratt and Lambert - vitrlite eggshell.
Benjamin Moore - satin Impervo.
Glidden-Durkee - ultra Hide eggshell enamel 5450.
03. concrete Block Surfaces
(a) 1st coat - Latex block filler.
Pratt and Lambert primafil 200.
Benjamin Moore - Fill coat block filler.
Glidden-Durkee - ultra Hide late block filler
5317.
(b)
2nd coat - Eggshell alkyd.
Pratt and Lambert - vitra shield.
Benjamin Moore - Dulamel eggshell.
Glidden-Durkee - ultra Hide eggshell 5450.
04. Formed Concrete Surfaces
(a) 1st coat - Flat latex.
Pratt and Lambert - vapex wall primer.
Benjamin Moore - Quick dry prime seal.
Glidden-Durkee - vapor Barrier primer 3416.
(b) 2nd coat - Eggshell alkyd.
Pratt and Lambert - vitra Shield.
Benjamin Moore - Dulamel eggshell.
Glidden-Durkee - ultra Hide eggshell 5450.
05. Pipe covering
(a)
1st and 2nd coats - Latex flat.
Pratt and Lambert - vapex flat wall finish.
Benjamin Moore - Regal wall satin.
Glidden-Durkee - spred-satin 3400.
3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACES REQUIRING PAINTING:
- 09900-5 -
-
A. All surfaces listed below and all surfaces furnished with Shop
Coat of Primer including, but not limited to the following:
01. Exterior and interior concrete spandrel panels and
vertical facade precast panels around entire perimeter
of the garage and all surfaces of the concrete
stair / elevator towers. All concrete planter boxes. All
surfaces which are vis able from the exterior and
interior.
02. Interior parking garage concrete ceiling slabs, beams
and soffits on all levels of the garage including all
levels of the stairlelevator towers, all visible
surfaces.
03. Interior concrete spandrel panels, interior parapet
walls, concrete columns around entire perimeter of
building. All visible surfaces.
04. All visible walls around FP&L vaults and garage electri-
cal distribution room located on grade level, south side
of garage.
05.
Interior & Exterior Walls
parking system office.
06. Interior & Exterior Walls - Toilet Rooms (above tile).
07. All Hollow Metal Doors & Frames - All surfaces. (Includes
doors, frames and louvers in rooms described in .04
above)
08.
Drainage piping including hubless cast iron - All
piping, fittings, hangers and brackets. Do not paint
stainless steel clamp and neoprene gasket.
--
09. Floor Drain Covers and frames (including underside).
lO. Hangers and Brackets all hangers, brackets and
miscellaneous ferrous metal of all types. All steel
columns and exposed ferrous metal on canopy system.
11. Gypsum wall board andlor cement plaster surfaces where
indicated.
Exposed conduit, pipe and pipe covering in finished
portions of the building.
13. All additional painting indicated on the room finish
schedule andlor the drawings.
12.
....
14. Metal stari and rails leading to Elevator Machine Room.
15. All surfaces not listed above which are presently
painted.
B. If surfaces require field painting, touch-up all abraded and
damaged areas with the same paint used for prime coat, or
approved equal.
c. Finish all surfaces that are left unfinished or primed, except
as otherwise excluded.
- 09900-6 -
3.02 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE
PAINTED:
A. Bronze, Chrome, Nickel, stainless steel and Aluminum.
B. Products furnished with factory applied finish coat:
01. parking control Equipment.
,-
02.
Prefabricated Cashier Booths.
03. Tile surfaces
3.03 APPLICATION AND WORKMANSHIP:
A. All materials shall be applied in accordance with the manu-
facturer's directions and at the recommended rate.
B. All work shall be done by skilled mechanics.
C. Temperature for interior painting and drying shall be 65 de-
grees F or above.
D. Temperature for exterior painting and drying shall be 50 de-
grees F or above.
E. Materials shall be evenly applied and shall be free from sags,
skips, runs and other defects.
F. Where pad type applicators are used adjacent to door frames,
ceilings, etc., go over this area with applicator used for re-
mainder of wall, so as to provide a uniform appearance.
G. work shall not be done under conditions unsuitable for the
production of good work.
H. coverage shall be complete. when color, stain, dirt or under-
coats show through, or if coverage is not complete. The sur-'
face shall be covered with additional coats until the paint
film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage, at
no additional cost to the owner.
I. Each coat must be dry before the succeeding coat is applied.
J. Enamel and varnish coats shall be smoothed with fine sandpaper
and thoroughly dusted off between each succeeding coat.
K. Touch-up all flat and suction spots prior to application of
succeeding coats.
3.04 PREPARATION OF SURFACES:
A. Areas shall be broom-clean and dust free before work is
started.
B. surfaces to be Painted Shall Be Clean and Dry.
C. Gypsum Wallboard.
01. Fill all minor irregularities with approved patching
--
- 09900-7 -
material and sand to a smooth level surface. Exercise.
care to avoid raising nap of paper.
D. New Concrete and Masonry Work.
01. Patch large openings and holes and finish flush with
adjacent surface. After priming, fill any remaining
small holes with putty made by mixing spackle with prime
coat of paint.
02. Remove form oil from poured-in-place concrete by washing
concrete with xylol.
03. These surfaces shall be dry. No painting shall be done
until surfaces are tested by moisture meter and shown to
be within the acceptable limits of the specified man-
ufacturer and safe to paint, or below 12 percent.
E. old Concrete and Masonry Work.
01. pressure wash all surfaces with 2500 'psi to 3500 I?si
water blast equipment to remove all d1rt, loose pa1nt
and other soluble contaminants. Remove any insoluble
contamination with hand or power tools to remove all
dirt, loose paint, chalk and other soluable contami-
nants".
02. See D. 01. above.
03. See D. 03. above.
F. Ferrous Metal surfaces
01. Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits and wipe dry
with clean cloths.
02. Remove dust, mill scale and defective paint down to
sound surfaces or bare metal usin9 scraper, sandpaper or
wire brush as necessary. Grind, 1f necessary, to remove
shoulders at edge of sound paint to prevent from photo-
graphing finish coats.
03. Clean galvanized surfaces with specified pretreatment
material.
H. Aluminum Surfaces
01. Thoroughly wipe all surfaces with mineral spirits or
paint thinner as recommended by the paint manufacturer.
02. Remove all dirt, grease and other foreign materials
which may adversely affect the bonding of the applied
coatings.
I. Remove all hardware and accessories at surfaces to be finished
and painted and reinstall after final applications are dry.
3.05 PROTECTION:
Protect all adjacent work and materials. Repair any damage caused
by painter to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.06 CLEANING:
upon completion, remove all material, debris, etc., created as a
result of work under this section and leave area in a clean
condition.
End of section
- 09900-8 -
,-
DIVXSION
10300
10350
10400
10800
10900
.....
--
.....
--
,...
10 SPECXALTIES
Fixed Grille - Manproofing
Chainlink Fence and Gates
signs
Toilet Accessories and Partitions
Miscellaneous xtems
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
SECTION 10300
FIXED GRILLE - MAlIPROOFING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to
furnish and install fixed grille - manproofing in all
locations shown on the drawings andlor specified, com-
plete with all anchors, rails, posts and other appurte-
nances.
02. This section work to be included in Base Bid.
B.
Related Work specified Elsewhere
01. Concrete Work section 03300.
02. Masonry Section 04200.
03. Sealants and caulking section 07920.
04. painting Work section 09900.
05. Finish Hardware section 08710.
Installed but furnished elsewhere.
C.
01. Panic hardware supplied by section 08710.
-
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. shop Drawings
01. Indicate conditions at all grilles with various wall
thickness and materials, gauges of metal, anchorage
details, a schedule listing finish hardware, and a list
of all finishes.
-
1.03 WARRANTY:
A. Provide 7 year warranty from manufacturer that finish coat
will not crack, peel or blister, or grille will be replaced at
no cost to the owner.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURER:
A. Ametco/orsogril Products
- 10300-1 -
,...
4326 Hamann parkway
willoughby, ohio 44094
Tel: (216) 951-4300 or (800) 362-1360
2.02 FIXED GRILLE MANPRooFING:
A. orsogril Model Brito sterope
B. Include the following features:
01. Electro-Gorge welded steel fencing
02. orsogril Brito sterope Design
a) 1-3/16" x 5/32" main bar, 1/4" round cross bar,
2-7/16" wide x 5-3/16" high mesh pattern.
03. Mesh shall be galvanized steel conforming to require-
ments of ASTM 123 and powder polyester coated.
04. Provide anti-intruder stainless steel safety bolts.
05. support posts to be hot dipped galvanized steel conform-
ing to ASTM 123.
06. All posts, supports, brackets, angles and other connec-
tions and the mesh grille shall receive top coat of pow-
dered polyester color coat over the galvanized finish.
07. Custom color finish to be designated by the Engineer.
Manufacturers standard color card may not apply.
08. Where required, provide curved sections in locations
shown on the drawings.
09. Fabricate gates of orso-Gril grille material in loca-
tions shown on the drawings. Furnish all necessary sti-
ffening members and tubes to properly support the gates.
10. Install panic bars on gates furnished by section 08710
(Finish Hardware). This section to provide steel sup-
port plate and channel to prevent operating panic bar
from the exterior.
11. This section to furnish all hinges, latches and similar
devices.
,....
2.03 HARDWARE:
A. The panic hardware furnished for the operating gates in the
manproofing grilles shall include a lockset which shall permit
opening the gate from the outside during normal hours of oper-
ation, but shall be capable of being "locked out" after normal
hours of operation.
,....
3 . PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 COORDINATION:
A. coordinate the size of all openings to receive fixed grille
manproofing.
,-
- 10300-2 -
B. This Section to field measure all openings before materials
are shipped to project site.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. Install fixed grille manproofing in all locations shown on the
drawings.
B. openings in the grille and between fixed grille and adjacent
elements of building construction shall be close enough to
prevent passage of 6" O.D. Ball.
c. Solidly secure the fixed grille manproofing to the adjacent
concrete or masonry structure and the orsogril support struc-
ture using manufacturers anti-intruder stainless steel safety
bolt system.
D. Installation to be complete with gates and all components.
3.03 CLEANING:
A. upon completion, remove all materials, debris, etc. created as
a result of the work of this section and leave area in a clean
condition.
End of section
---
---
- 10300-3 -
,.-
.-
project Ro. 9432RA
parking System :Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVIS:ION 10 - SPECIALT:IES
SECTION 10350
CIIA:IIfL:I1IK FENCE AND GATES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included
01. Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to
furnish and install chainlink fence and gates in all
locations shown on the drawings andlor specified, com-
plete with all anchors, rails, posts and other appurte-
nances.
,- B. Related Work specified Elsewhere
01. Concrete Work Section 03300.
02. Masonry Section 04200.
03. Sealants and Caulking Section 07920.
04. painting work Section 09900.
,- 1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings
01. Indicate conditions at all locations with various wall
thickness and materials, gauges of metal, anchorage
details, a schedule listing finish hardware, and a list
of all finishes.
1.03 WARRANTY:
A. Provide 5 year warranty from manufacturer that Bonded polyvi-
nyl Chloride (PVC) finish coat will not crack, peel or blis-
ter, or fence will be replaced at no cost to the owner.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
,....
2 . 01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS:
A.
Security Fence Manufacturing & Supply Co.
Bladensburg, Md. 20710
Telephone: (301) 927-4080
.....
,....
- 10350-1 -
r
-
B. Anchor Fence, Inc.
Baltimore, MD. 21224
Telephone: (410) 633-6500
C. Or Approved Equal
2.02 PRODUCTS
A. Line Posts Hot Dipped Galvanized
1 5/8" ID with Black PVC coating
B. Chain Link Fabric 6 Gage 1" x I" galvanized with Black PVC Coa-
ting
C. All flanges, clips, accessories and appurtenances hot dipped
galvanized, painted black.
D. Gates to be fabricated from galvanized material and shall
match the items in A, B, and C above.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 PREPARATION:
The entire installation shall be laid out by the Contractor in accor-
dance with the construction drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. Install line posts at maximum spaces of 6'0" o.c., spaced to
accommodate any gate openings.
B. Install fabric on security side and fasten with clips to line
posts and braces at 15" O.C. maximum.
C. Touch-up galvanizing where welded, with ZPC Galvanizing Cold
compound and paint to match.
3.03 CLEANING:
Remove all debris of construction and materials and leave the work
area in clean condition.
End of section
--
-
- 10350-2 -
-
project No. 9432RA
Parking System xmproveDents
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVXSIOR 10 - SPBCI~IES
SEC'UON 10400
SIGNS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
Furnish all labor,
and install all
specified.
material and equipment necessary to furnish
signs as shown on the drawings and/or
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
Electrical
Division 16
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings:
01.
fabrication and installation,
of materials and relationship to
Indicate details of
including signs, types
adjacent materials.
B. Manufacturers Data:
01. For standard factory fabricated signs.
C. Color Selections:
01. For all backgrounds and lettering.
D. samples:
01. Required for each basic sign type and finish to be used.
E. U. L. label - All illuminated signs to be U.L. approved and
shall bear U.L. Label.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DIRECTIONAL SIGNS:
A. Interior traffic directional signs.
B. Non-Illuminated signs
01. signs shall be constructed on 0.125 gauge aluminum of
the size shown on the drawings.
02. Reflective sheeting for lettering shall be scotchlight
brand high intensity sheet.
-
- 10400-1 -
....
03. Background shall be dark color baked enamel paint
finish.
04. colors to be selected by Engineer from standard color
samples to be furnished by Fabricator.
05. Floor location signs to be color coded as shown on
drawings.
2.02 TYPES:
A. MaXimum headroom Access sign (Headache Bar)
01. Fabricate 6" diameter PVC pipe with end caps and 4
stainless eye bolts and nuts and plastic covered chain
hangers (4 per sign), non-illuminated. size: 6 inches
by 10 feet long.
02. Graphics: Pressure sensitive, 4 inch letters, upper
case, Helvetica Medium. Color of background white;
letters to be dark brown.
03. Mounting: Mounted to structure with a minimum of four
plastiC covered galvanized or stainless steel eye bolts.
04. Total signs Required: AS shown on drawings.
B. signal Light
01. provide green, red, and green and red signal lights over
entrance and exit lanes in the locations shown on the
drawings. signal lights shall be mounted directly to
concrete structure.
- 02.
signal lights to be supplied and installed under
electrical contract.
03 . Total required: As shown on drawings.
c. Elevator sign (Illuminated)
01. sign box to be 0.040 aluminum sheet fastened to aluminum
angle frame.
02. Finish to be dark color painted finish over suitable
primer. color to be selected by the Engineer.
03. sign face to be white translucent plexiglass.
04. Letters to be dark brown plexiglass adhered to sign
face.
05. Lamps to be 24" high intensity fluorescent with suitable
ballast.
06. Entire sign to be fully gasketed and water tight.
07. Total required: AS shown on drawings.
08. Install in locations shown on drawings.
- 10400-2 -
2.03 QUANTITIES:
A. Furnish and install signs in quantities and locations as shown
on the drawings.
B. In addition to the schedule of signs shown on the drawings,
furnish twelve (12) additional non-illuminated signs of type
as directed by the Engineer.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FASTENINGS:
A. Illuminated signs are to be installed on the building concrete
frame and fastened to the building as shown on the drawings.
B. Non-illuminated signs shall be fastened to adjacent concrete
by use of expansion shields drilled into adjacent concrete.
Shooting in of studs with power charged devices is not
permitted.
C. Mount signs as directed by the Engineer for proper visibility.
Install test area to check line of sight for driver in
passenger car. Relocate as necessary for drive visibility or
as directed by the Engineer.
D. Clean signs, remove all protective wrappings or coatings.
3.02 CLEANING:
A. upon completion, remove all materials, debris, etc., created
as a result of work under this section and leave area in a
- broom clean condition.
-
End of section
-
-
-
- 10400-3 -
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 10 - SPEC~IES
SBCTION 10800
TOILET ACCBSSORIBS & PARTITIONS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included: Provide all toilet "ccessories and toilet
partitions, complete, in place, as shown on the drawings,
specified herein, and needed for a complete and proper
installation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications of Manufacturer:
01. Products used in the work of this Section shall be
produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufac-
ture of similar items and with a record of successful
production acceptable to the Engineer.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Products Data: within 30 calendar days after award of
contract, submit:
01. Complete materials list showing all items proposed to be
furnished and installed under this Section.
02. Manufacturer's specification and other data required to
demonstrate compliance with specified requirements.
03. Manufacturer's recollDllended methods of installation.
04. complete descriptive data on fasteners proposed for each
type of wall construction, recollDllended mounting
locations, and mounting instructions.
a) The manufacturer's recOllDllended methods of instal-
lation, when approved by the Engineer, will
become the basis for inspecting and accepting or
rejecting actual installation methods used on the
work.
B. Samples:
01. Accompanying the above submittal, submit samples of each
toilet room accessory proposed to be furnished and
installed under this Section.
a)
samples will be returned to the Contractor at the
site of the work upon completion of the instal-
lation for the work of this Section or, if so
requested by the Contractor at time of submittal
- 10800-1 -
.-
of samples, the approved samples may be incor-
porated into the finished work provided they are
identified and their locations noted.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Protection:
01. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this
section before, during, and after installation and to
protect the work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements:
01. In the event of damage, iIIDIIediately make all repairs and
replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer
and at no additional cost to the owner.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0l GENERAL:
A. Anchors and Fasteners:
01. Provide anchors and fasteners capable of developing and
retaining force cOllDllensurate with the strength of the
accessory to be mounted, and well suited for use with
the supporting construction. Where exposed fasteners
are permitted, provide oval head fasteners with finish
matching the accessory.
- B. - Design is based on use of products manufactured by the Bobrick
company, the Parker company and the Flush-Metal Partition
Corporation and catalog numbers of those manufacturers are
given as an indication of the quality and style required.
Equal products by other manufacturers approved by the Engineer
will be acceptable in accordance with the General conditions.
2.02 ACCESSORY ITEMS:
A. Provide the following:
01.
paper Towel Dispenser:
B-262 Bobrick
(1 per toilet room)
B-12 Bobrick
(1 per lavatory)
B-685 Bobrick
(1 per watercloset)
02.
soap Dispenser:
03.
Toilet Tissue Dispenser:
.....
04.
Mirror: (20" x 26"):
05.
Grab Bars:
2010 Parker
(1 per lavatory)
B-490 x 42 Bobrick
(2 per waterc10set)
.....
- 10800-2 -
2.03 TOILET PARTITIONS:
A. Provide Model Flushart by Flush Metal Partition co., complete
with all hardware and fittings.
B. Provide baked enamel finish. color to be selected from the
manufacturers standard color card.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this
section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to
proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.0~ COORDINATION:
A. Throughout construction of substrate surfaces, use all means
necessary to ensure proper and adequate provisions for
concealed support devices, and for finished openings, to
receive the work of this section.
3.03 INSTALLATION:
A. Install the work of this Section, in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's recOllDllendations as approved by the En-
gineer, anchoring all components plumb, level, square, and
firmly into position for long life under hard use.
End of Section
....
- 10800-3 -
.....
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
SECTION 10900
MISCBLLANBOUS ITEMS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Work Included:
01. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to
furnish and install the miscellaneous equipment de-
scribed in this Section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Manufacturers catalog cuts for all items of equipment.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SAFE:
A. Mosler Safe Company Model 1020 Safe with Deposit Hopper.
01. Size 20-1/4"H x 10-1/2"W x 10-1/2"D.
02. Heavy gauge steel with heliarc welded seams.
03. Deposit Hopper to receive cashier deposits.
2.02 HURRICANE SHUTTERS:
A. Tropic Bahama removable shutters as manufactured by Hurst
Awning company, Inc., Miami, Florida, 33142, Telephone (305)
635-0900.
01. Size to fit and protect all windows in office area.
02. Extruded aluminum construction.
03. Color to be selected from manufacturer's standard color
card.
04. Furnish and install Header Hinge of continuous extruded
aluminum.
05. Dade county approval required.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SAFE INSTALLATION:
A. Install in concrete slab in location shown on the drawings.
.....
- 10900-1 -
.....
3.02 HURRICANE SHUTTERS:
A. Install in accordance with manufacturers direction to provide
hurricane protection.
3.03 CLEANING:
A. upon completion, remove all materials and debris of construc-
tion as a result of work of this section and leave area in a
broom clean condition.
End of section
- 10900-2 -
.-
DIVISION 14 ELEVATORS
14200 passenger Elevators
.-
,....
-
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 14 - ELEVATORS
SBCTION 14200
PASSENGER ELEVATORS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 PURPOSE:
A. These specifications are intended to cover the complete
installation of the equipment required to modernize as herein
described, the two (2) elevators located in the 42nd Street
parking Garage, Miami Beach, Florida in a first-class
workmanlike manner and to include all work and material in
accordance with these specifications.
1. 02 GENERAL:
A. Furnish all labor materials and equipment to complete
rehabilitate the elevators.
1.03 CONDITIONS:
A. These specifications are subject to the terms and conditions
as listed in the Contract Documents A-101-1987 Edition,
standard Form of Agreement Between owner and contractor, and
- AlA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction 1987 Edition,
1. 04 CODE STANDARDS
A. All work and material shall conform to the requirements of the
American standard safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, and
Escalators, ASME Al7 .1,. latest edition; the National Electric
code, and any local codes which may govern the requirements of
the installation; and the requirements of section 4.10
Elevators of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
1.05 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
Electrical Work
Division 16
1. 06 EQUIPMENT
A. Where proprietary diagnostics and test equipment is required
to maintain, adjust or repair the elevator. the elevator
contractor shall indicate whether the test equipment is
available for sale or lease. The replacement cost of
diagnostic equipment utilizing decremental counters or other
fixed life cycle inventions shall not be passed on to the
owner. It is a requirement of these specifications that all
equipment wiring diagrams, access codes, and special tools be
provided to the owner, and made non-proprietary. No equipment
associated with these elevators shall be proprietary,
- 14200-1 -
....
-
including controllers, micro-processors, programs circuitry,
wiring diagrams, access codes, link maps or any special tools
required for maintenance or trouble-shooting.
1.07 DRAWINGS
A. Before beginning work. the Elevator Contractor shall prepare
all drawings necessary to show the general arrangement of the
elevator equipment. These drawings must be properly approved
before installation of the equipment. The material so
furnished by the owner or its agent shall include the
guarantee of the hoistway size of current characteristics.
original and three copies will be required on each submittal.
1. 08 PAINTING
A. All exposed metal work furnished in these specifications
except as otherwise specified, shall be properly painted by
this Contractor including the inside of the doors frames and
associated door equipment after installation by the Elevator
Contractor. Follow the requirements of section 09900.
1.09 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS:
A. The Elevator Contractor shall obtain and pay for necessary
municipal or state inspection and permits as required and make
tests as called for by the regulations of such authorities.
1. 10 GUARANTEE:
A. The Elevator Contractor shall guarantee that the materials and
workmanship of the apparatus installed by him under these
specifications shall be new and first-class in every respect,
and that he will make good any defects, not due to ordinary
. wear and tear or improper use, which may develop within one
year from date of completion of the installation.
B. The Elevator Contractor shall not be liable for any loss,
damage, or delay caused by any strikes, picketing, stoppages
of work or lockouts, whether or not connected with or growing
out of a labor dispute, nor for any loss, damage, or delay
caused by fire, explosion, theft, floods, riot, civil
cOllDllotion, insurrection, war, malicious mischief, act of God,
or by any cause beyond his reasonable control; and in any
event he shall not under any circumstances be liable for
consequential damages. Should damage occur to the Elevator
Contractor's material, tools, or work in the premises from any
of said causes, the owner shall compensate him therefor
1. 11 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND MANUALS:
A. All new material furnished will be specifically designed to
operate with the original equipment being retained, thus
assuming maximum performance and eliminating any divided
responsibility.
B. organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of
manageable size. Bind data into individual binders properly
identified and indexed.
C. Include the following types of information in operation and
maintenance manuals (three (3) each):
- 14200-2 -
--
-
01. Emergency Instructions.
02. Spare parts listing.
03. copies of warranties.
04. wiring diagrams/link maps.
05. Inspection procedures.
06. Shop drawings and product data.
1.12 MAINTENANCE:
A. Maintenance shall be furnished on the elevator equipment
provided for under this contract for a period of twelve (12)
months, cOllDllencing the date the elevator equipment is turned
over to the owner for use. Maintenance will consist of regular
examinations and any necessary adjustment and lubrication of
the equipment by competent employees under the direction and
supervision of the Elevator contractor. The required supplies
and parts will be furnished except such parts as may be needed
because of negligence, misuse or accidents not caused by the
Elevator Contractor. Upon the owners request, special
examination will be made should trouble develop between
regular examinations and the owner agrees to notify the
Elevator Contractor promptly of any such trouble. All work
will be performed during the regular working hours of the
regular working days except for emergency minor adjustments
call back service which will be provided during regular
working hours and also during any overtime hours. No work or
service other than that specifically mentioned is included or
intended.
1.13 WORK BY OTHERS:
A. The following items must be performed by other Sections of
this Contract to:
01. Provide suitable ventilation and cooling equipment, if
required, to maintain the machine .room temperature
between 550F and 90oF. The relative humidity should not
exceed 85%' non-condensing. (Division 16)
02. provide electrical power for light. tools. hoists. etc.
during installation as well as electric current for
testing and adjusting the elevator.
03. Provide a fused disconnect switch or circuit breaker for
each elevator per the National Electrical code with
feeder or branch wiring to controller. size to suit
elevator contractor. (Division 16)
04. Provide a separate single phase power of the same
voltage as each elevator supply with a DPST fused
disconnect switch and branch wiring to each group
controller. Required for 2 to 8 car groups only.
(Division 16)
05. Provide a 120 volt, A.C., 15 amp, single phase power
supply with fused SPST disconnect switch for each
elevator, with feeder wiring to each controller for car
lights. (Division 16)
- 14200-3 -
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS:
A. Equipment
01. UNITS:
02. TYPE:
03. CAPACITY:
04. SPEED:
05. TRAVEL:
TWO (2) PASSENGER
MONTGOMERY TRACTION
2000 POUNDS
200 FEET PER MINUTE
06. LANDINGS:
07. OPENINGS:
08. OPERATION:
09. CAR CONTROLLER:
10. MACHINE :
11. GOVERNOR:
12. GUIDE RAILS:
13. CAR FRAME:
14. GUIDES:
15. SAFETIES:
16. PLATFORM:
17. CAB:
18. HOISTWAY ENTRANCES:
APPROXIMATELY
INCHES
(CONTRACTOR
VERIFY )
FIVE (5)
FIVE (5)
43 FEET, 4
TO FIELD
SIMPLEX COLLECTIVE
MCE MODELVVMC-1000 SERIES
PTC (NEW)
GEARED TRACTION (NEW)
EXISTING, CLEAN, LUBRICATE
AND RECALIBRATES
STEEL, EXISTING, CLEAN AND
PAINT
EXISTING, CLEAN AND PAINT
NEW
EXISTING, CLEAN
NEW
NEW
3' -O"X7 ' XO., ONE SPEED SIDE
OPENING, EXISTING.
REPLACE DOOR PANELS AND
MODIFY FRAMES.
19.
SIGNALS:
NEW
20.
POWER SUPPLY:
480 VOLTS, 3 PHASE, 60
HERTZ, EXISTING
21.
ADDITIONAL FEATURES:
INDEPENDENT SERVICE (NEW)
FIRE FIGHTER'S SERVICE
(NEW)
- 14200-4 -
--
.....
-
POSITION LANDING SYSTEM
(NEW)
CAR STATION (NEW)
IN-cAR DIRECTION LANTERNS
(NEW)
HANDRAIL (NEW)
DOOR OPERATOR EQUIPMENT,
GAL TYPE MOD L (NEW)
DOOR TRACK, HANGERS,
HEADERS & ROLLERS (NEW)
BRAILLE (NEW)
HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS
(NEW)
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SCOPE:
A. DUTY
01. The present capacity of 2,000 pounds, at 200 feet per
minute shall be retained.
3.02 TRAVEL:
A. The present travel from first to fifth floor, a rise of
approximately 43 feet 4 inches, shall be retained.
- (Contractor to Field verify)
3.03 STOPS AND OPENINGS:
A. The present five (5) stops and five (5) openings will be
retained.
3.04 POWER SUPPLY:
A. The present power supply of 480 volts, 60 hertz, alternating
current will be retained and the new equipment shall be
arranged for the existing disconnect and power supply.
3.05 MACHINE:
A. The machine shall be New. All parts are to be accurately
machined and rigidly assembled into a compact single unit. The
design of the machine permits an equal distribution of the
load on the machine beams.
B. The machine shall be mounted on isolation dampers
(soundproofing units).
C. The traction sheave shall be of heavy construction cast of
special alloy. Rope groove profile shall be designed for this
application to meet uniform and proper traction and to assure
a long life of sheaves and ropes.
- 14200-5 -
D. The worm and worm shaft is an integral construction of ground
alloy steel supported by two bearings. The trust bearing,
which takes both the radial trust loads, is of the preloaded
angular contact bearing type, mounted on the end of the worm
shaft. The worm gear is machined from a heavy centrifugally
cast bronze ring, thereby eliminating internal voids for a
tougher aRd longer gear life.
E. The drive motor shall be engineered and built to meet the
severe requirements of the elevator operation.
F. A electro-magnetic brake, mounted as an integral part of the
gear housing, is fed by direct current. mechanically applied
by heavy springs and electrically released.
3.06 CONTROLLER:
A. The controller shall be New. This section features
specifications for the MCE VVMC-1000 series PTC with SCR Drive
system. The o. Thompson series-90 system is the only other
system that will be acceptable in this project. No other
systems will be acceptable.
3.07 CODE COMPLIANCE:
A. The elevator controller shall use a microprocessor based logic
system and shall comply with all applicable elevator and
electrical safety codes. Following is a partial list of codes
with which the specified product must comply with which the
specified product must comply with:
01. For the United states:
ANSI/ASME 17.1
CAN/CSA-B44.1-M91 ASME-A17.5-199 NEC
3.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS:
A. Ambient temperature: 320F to 1040F (OOC to 40oc).
B. Higher temperature ranges are available.
C. Humidity: non-condensing up to 95%
D. Altitude: Up to 7500 feet (2286 m)
3.09 DIAGNOSTICS:
A. The control system shall provide comprehensive means of
accessing the computer memory for elevator diagnostic
purposes. It shall have permanent indicators for important
elevator statutes as an integral pad of the controller~
3.10 INTENDED OPERATION OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS:
A. Failure of any single magnetically operated switch,
contractor, or relay to release in the intended manner; the
failure of any static control device, speed measuring circuit,
or speed pattern generating circuit to operate as intended;
the occurrence of a single accidental ground or short circuit;
shall not permit the car to start or run if any hoistway door
--
- 14200-6 -
--
-
or gate interlock is unlocked or if any hoistway door or car
door or gate contact is not in the made position. Furthermore,
while on car top inspection or hoist way access operation,
failure of any single magnetically operated switch, contractor
or relay to release in the intended manner the failure of any
static control device to operate as intended; or the
occurrence of a single accidental ground, shall not permit the
car to move even with the hoistway door locks and car door
contacts in the closed or made position.
3.11 STATUS INDICATORS:
A. Dedicated permanent status indicators shall be provided on the
controller to indicate when the safety string is open, when
the door locks are open, when the elevator is operating at
high speed. when the elevator is on independent service. when
the elevator is on tire service, when the elevator out of
service timer has elapsed, and when the elevator has failed to
successfully complete its intended movement. In addition, a
means shall be provided to display other special or error
conditions that are detected by the microprocessor.
3.12 OUT OF SERVICE TIMER:
A. An out of service timer (T.O.S.) shall be provided to take the
car out of service if the car is delayed in leaving the
landing while there are calls existing in the system.
3.13 DOOR OPERATION:
A. Door protection timers shall be provided for both the opening
and closing directions, which will protect the door motor and
will help prevent the car from getting stuck at a landing. The
door open protection timer shall cease attempting to open the
door after a predetermined time in the event that the doors
are prevented from reaching the open position. In the event
that the door closing attempt fails to make up the door locks
after a predetermined time, the door close protection timer
shall reopen the doors for a shod time. If, after a
predetermined number of attempts, the doors cannot
successfully be closed, the doors shall be opened and the car
removed from service.
B. A minimum of four different door standing open times shall be
provided. A car call time value shall predominate when only a
car call is canceled. A hall call time value shall predominate
whenever a hall call is canceled. In the event of a door
reopen caused by the safety edge, photo eye, etc., a separate
short door time value shall predominate. A separate door
standing open time shall be available for lobby return.
C. If the doors are prevented from closing for longer than a
predetermined time, door nudging operation shall cause the
doors to move at slow speed in the closed direction. A buzzer
shall sound during the nudging operation.
3.14 CAR AND HALL CALL REGISTRATION
A. Car and hall call registration and lamp acknowledgment shall
be by means of a single wire per call, in addition to the
ground and the power bus. systems that register the call with
one wire, and light the call acknowledgment lamp with a
- 14200-7 -
....
separate wire are not acceptable.
3.15 FIRE SERVICE OPERATION
A. Fire phase I emergency recall operation, alternate level phase
I emergency recall operation, and phase II emergency in-car
operation shall be provided according to applicable boa,
codes.
3.16 INDEPENDENT SERVICE
A. Independent service operation shall be provided in such a way
that actuation of a key switch in the car operating panel will
cancel any existing car calls. and hold the doors open at the
landing The car will then respond only to car calls. Car and
hoistway doors will only close with constant pressure on a car
call push-button or the door close button while on independent
service, hall arrival lanterns or jamb mounted arrival
lanterns shall be inoperative
3.17 LEVELING
A. The car shall be equipped with two-way leveling to
automatically bring the car level at any landing, within the
required range of leveling accuracy, with any load up to full
load.
3.18 TEST SWITCH
A. A controller test switch shall be provided. In the test
position, this switch shall allow independent operation of the
elevator with the door open function deactivated for purposes
of adjustment or testing the elevator. The elevator shall not
respond to hall calls and shall not interfere with any other
. car in a duplex or group installation.
3.19 RELAY PANEL INSPECTION
A. A relay panel inspection switch and an up/down switch shall be
provided in the controller to place the elevator on inspection
operation and allow the user to move the car in the hoistway
The car top inspection switch snail render the relay panel
inspection switch inoperative.
3.20 UNCANCELLED CALL BYPASS
A. A timer shall be provided to limit the amount of time a car is
held at a floor due to a defective hall call or car call,
including stuck push-buttons. Call demand at another floor
shall cause the car, after a predetermined time, to ignore the
defective call and continue to provide service in the
building.
3.21 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
A. The microprocessor boards shall be equipped with oil-board
diagnostics for ease of troubleshooting and field
prograllDllability of specific control variables. The field
changes shall be stored permanently. using non-volatile
memory. The microprocessor board shall provide the features
listed below:
- 14200-8 -
r
01. On-board diagnostic switches and an alphanumeric
display. These switches and displays shall provide user-
friendly interaction between the mechanic and the
controller.
02. on-board real time clock. The real time clock shall
display the time and date and is adjustable by means of
on-board switches.
03. Field prograllDllability of specific timer values (Le door
times, MG shutdown time, etc.). The value of these
timers may be viewed and/or altered through use of the
on-board switches and push-buttons.
04. Display of the status of all of the inputs, outputs. and
certain useful internal control variables and flags,
listed in alphabetical order according to their English
abbreviation.
3.22 CONTROLLER VVMC-I000 SERIES PTC GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.23 The controller shall use a solid-state drive unit with solid-state
power devices to control the motor field, machine brake.
3.24 All power feed lines to the brake shall be opened by an electro-
mechanical switch. ground, short. A single ground, short circuit,
or solid-state control failure shall not prevent the application of
the brake, that do not apply the brake when the car stops at a
landing are not acceptable.
3.25 The automatic leveling zone shall not extend more than 12" (304.8
mm) above or below the landing level, nor shall the doors begin to
open until the car is within 12" (304.8 mm) of the handing. In
addition. the inner leveling zone shall not extend more than 3"
- (76.2-mm) above or below the landing. The car shall not move if it
stops outside the inner leveling zone unless the doors are fully
closed and locked.
3.26 The system shall use an automatic two-way leveling device to control
the leveling of the car to within 0.25" (6.35 mm) or better above or
below the landing sill. overtravel, undertravel, or rope stretch
must be compensated for and the car brought level to the landing
sill.
3.27 A means of sensing motor field current shall be provided which shall
cause electric power to be removed from the armature and brake
unless the direct current flowing in the shunt field of the motor is
sufficient to prevent over-speeding of the motor
3.28 The closed loop feedback power control shall be arranged to
continuously monitor the actual elevator speed signal from the
velocity transducer and to compare it with the intended speed signal
to verify proper and safe operation of the elevator.
3.29 During operation of the elevator with an overhauling load (empty car
up or loaded car down), precision speed control shall be obtained by
the regulation system used in the power control. The power control
shall have the capability to maintain regulation under varying
loads.
3.30 The controller shall provide stepless acceleration and deceleration
and provide smooth operation at all speeds. The system shall
- 14200-9 -
provide the required electrical operation or the elevator control
system including the automatic application of the brake, which shall
bring the car to rest upon power failure.
3.31 A system for pre-torquing of the hoist motor shall be provided in
order to ensure consistently smooth starts. An electronic load
cell is required to implement the pre-torquing feature.
3.32 The following landing system will be used with the Model VVMC-l COO
controllers LS-QUTL, is specified in detail in section 5.14 of this
specification.
3.33 Failure of the brake to lift as detected by a mechanical switch
shall cause the control system to take the elevator out of service
at the next stop and remain out of service until the condition is
corrected.
3.34 The controller shall use a solid-state drive unit using SCRs to
control the motor armature current. The solid-state power control
shall be a closed loop feedback design. The controller shall be a
compact, self-contained unit that shall provide stepless
acceleration, deceleration and regulation at all speeds.
3.35 Isolation transformers or line inductors, plus proper filtering to
eliminate both electrical and audible noise of SCR drives, shall be
provided.
3.36 When required by code, fuses shall be included in the power feed to
the sea drive.
3.37 When required, an interface for a CE DC30QE SCR drive shall be
provided.
3.38 All available options or parameters shall be field prograllDl\able
without need for any external device or knowledge of any programming
languages. prograllDllable options and parameters shall be stored in
nonvolatile memory
3.39 As a minimum, there shall be a 32-character alphanumeric display to
be used for prograllDlling and diagnostics. The prograllDllable parameters
and options shall include but not be limited to, the following:
.Number of stops/Openings served
.simplex
.single Automatic Pushbutton
.selective Collective/Single Button Collective
.prograllDllable Fire Code options
.Fire Floors (Main, Alternates)
.Floor Encoding (Absolute Pl)
.Digital Pls/single Wire pls
.prograllDllable Door Times
.prograllDllable Motor Limit Timer
.Nudging
.Emergency Power
.Parking Floors
.Door pre-opening
.Hall or Car Gong selections
3.40 The controller shall have field programmable outputs to activate
different functions based on customer needs. Those functions can be
outputs such as those listed below:
- 14200-10 -
.Fire phase I Return Complete signal
.Fire phase II output Signal
.Hall Call Reject signal
.Emergency Power Return signal
3.41 The controller shall have field programmable inputs to initiate
special operations based on customer needs. These functions can be
inputs such as those listed below:
.Fire phase I Bypass lnput
.Fire phase II Call Cancel lnput
.Fire phase II Hold Input
3.42 The controller shall include absolute floor encoding which, upon
power up, shall move the car to the nearest floor to identify the
position of the elevator
3.43 The controller shall have a serial port for communication with any
data or computer terminal such as CTR terminal, modem,. etc
3.44 APPLIED CAR OPERATING PANEL
A. An applied car operating panel shall be furnished. Panel
shall contain a bank of mechanical illuminated buttons marked
to correspond to the landings served, an emergency call button
emergency stop burton door open and door close buttons. and a
light switch. The emergency call button shall be connected to
a cell that serves as an emergency signal. Fan switch shall
also be located in the car operating panel. The panel shall be
of the vandal-proof design.
3.45 HANDICAPPED MARKINGS
A. - Raised markings shall be furnished for the car buttons end car
controls in compliance with the latest revision of the ASME
A17.1 Handicapped Requirements and ADA RequIrements.
3.46 NUDGING
A. Nudging will be activated if the doors do not close within a
present field adjustable time. A distinctive audible tone will
sound and the doors will close at a reduced speed until the
doors are fully closed.
B. If the safety edge comes in contact with an object, the doors
will stop, but not open. when the object is removed, the doors
will continue to close. The feature will be rendered inopera-
tive if power to the door protective devices is interrupted.
3.47 TELEPHONE CABINET
A. A telephone cabinet shall be mounted beneath the car operating
panel.
B. Necessary wires shall be included in the car traveling cable.
COIIDIIunications equipment and connections to the building
service system shall be furnished and installed by the
Electrical Contractor (Division 16) . The telephone cabinet may
be provided with or without an optional certificate frame.
- 14200-11 -
C. A telephone instrument will be furnished and marked for
Emergency use only.
3.48 AUDIBLE SIGNAL (INDICATES PASSING OR STOPPING AT A LANDiNG)
A. An audible signal shall sound in the car to tell passengers
that the car is either stopping or passing a landing served by
the elevator
3.49 IN-CAR DIRECTION LANTERNS AUDIBLE SIGNAL
A. In-Car Direction Lantern shall be installed in the proper jamb
of each cab, which when the car stops and the doors are
opening shall indicate the direction in which the car is
traveling. A chime shall also be furnished for each lantern
fixture which will suund once for the "UP" direction and twice
for the "DOWN" direction as the doors are opening.
3.50 HALL BUTTONS - NEW FIXTURES
A. Install new hall button fixtures at each landing, and up and
down button at each intermediate landing and a single button
at each terminal landing, at the required Handicap Code
height. Any cutting, including cutouts to accommodate hall
signal fixtures, patching and painting of walls, will be the
responsibility of the elevator contractor. The panel shall be
of the vandal-proof design.
B. When a call is registered by momentary pressure on a landing
button, that button shall become illuminated and remain
illuminated until the call is answered.
3.51 HOISTWAY POSITIONING (LANDING) SYSTEM
A. A new microprocessor solid-state positioning system will be
installed in the hoistway of each car. The positioning system
will control acceleration, deceleration, leveling, and
stopping of the elevator, assuring smooth operation at each
floor. The new system shall include new sensing devices on
each car, and new landing zone detectors in the hoistway.
B. The landing system shall provide high speed stepping signals,
one-floor-run stepping signals, leveling and door zone
signals, and optional floor encoding signals. Each output
signal shall be electrical isolated and shall be capable of
reliably operating at 120 VA.
C. The system shall consist of a steel tape with mounting
hardware to accommodate the complete travel of the elevator,
a car top assembly with tape guides and sensors and magnetic
strips for stepping leveling, and optional floor encoding.
3.52 HALL POSITION rNDICATOR - NEW
A. New hall position indicators complete, will be furnished at
the first floor lobby for each elevator. The indicators will
also have arrows that will indicate the direction that the car
is traveling. Any cutting, including cutouts to accommodate
hall signal fixtures, patching and painting of walls will be
the responsibility of the elevator contractor.
- 14200-12 -
.....
3.53 PLATFORM - NEW
A. The car platform will be constructed of steel members welded
or fastened securely together. The platform is to have
installed above the sub-floor, a vinyl tile 3/16" Resilient
Rubber Radial Tile w/3/4" circles: Nora or equal. Furnish 120
sq. ft. addItional material for future replacement.
3.54 PLATFORM SOUND ISOLATION - NEW
A. The platform will rest on rubber pads which are supported by
an auxiliary steel frame fastened to the car frame. This
arrangement forms an isolating cushion between the car and
steel platform.
3.55 CARFRAME AND SAFETY - EXISTING
A. The existing car safety device designed to stop the car in
case it should attain excessive descending speed will be
retained and repaired as follows:
01. Carframe to be cleaned and rust removed, then receive
two coats of rust preventive enamel.
02. Safeties to be cleaned and linkages and pivot points
lubricated.
3.56 GOVERNOR - EXISTING
-
A. The present speed governor will be retained, cleaned,
lubricated and calibrated for the proper tripping speed.
3.57 ROPES"-NEW
A. The following ropes will be replaced:
01. Hoist Ropes
02. Governor Ropes
3.58 CAR POSITION INDICATOR - NEW
A. A car position indicator shall be installed. The position of
the car in the hoistway shall be shown by the illumination of
the indication corresponding to the landing at which the car
is stopped or passing.
3.59 ROLLER GUIDES, CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHTS - NEW
A. All roller guides will be replaced with new Elsco adjustable
type or approved equal.
3.60 CAR ENCLOSURE - NEW
A. A new enclosure shall be installed to meet the platform, new
equipment and Handicap requirements. The shell walls, other
than the entrance wall, to be stainless steel #4 satin finish
on all surfaces. A satin stainless steel kick plate 5" high
with the ventilation slots will be provided.
- 14200-13 -
B. A new return panel with integral entrance columns of 14 gauge
satin stainless steel shall extend from finished floor to
underside of the fascia. Return panel shall be arranged for
the mounting of applied fixtures. The fascia shall be of 14
gauge satin stainless steel.
C. The car entrance shall be provided with a new 1-1/4" thick
door of 20 gauge satin finish stainless steel facing on the
car side, extending around the leading door edge, suitably
reinforced, with an applied hanger.
satin stainless steel handrails shall be provided on side and
rear wall of each car 1-1/2" X 8". They shall be mounted at
the required ADA specified height.
D.
E. The canopy shall be 14 gauge steel with white enamel finish,
top exit and arranged for a vandal resistant suspended ceiling
with extruded aluminum frame.
>--
F. Adequate fluorescent lighting above removable light stabilized
silver/chrome parabolic metal egg crate louvers. panels
supported in an anodized aluminum frame with removable "tee"
section. The color of frame to be se~ected by owner.
~'.
G. A new two-speed exhaust fan will be installed.
H. protection pads shall be provided. protection pad hooks will
be installed in both cars.
3.61 DOOR OPERATOR - NEW GAL TYPE MOD L
_1
~
A.
. The present door operator will be removed. A motor designed
to operate the car and hoistway doors simultaneously shall be
installed. Door movements shall be electrically cushioned at
both limits of travel and the door operating mechanism shall
be arranged for manual operation in the event of power
failure. The leading edge of the car door shall be provided
with a reversal edge arranged to automatically return car and
hoistway doors to the open position in the event the doors are
obstructed during the closing cycle. Doors will then resume
closing cycle. Doors shall automatically open as the car
arrives at the landing and shall automatically close after an
adjustable time interval or when the car is dispatched to
another landing. The time interval for which the elevator
doors remain open a car stops at a landing shall be
independently adjustable for response to car calls and
response to hall calls.
3.62 DOOR PROTECTION - NEW
.-
.-
A. A solid state electronically operated infrared door reversal
device shall be installed on the car door. The device shall
contain specially designed electronic components enclosed in
an insulated chassis. The device will create a matrix of
invisible light beams which shall scan the car doorway that
shall direct through the breaking of any light beam any opaque
object that may be placed in its path.
- 14200-14 -
...
B. After a car stop is made the door shall remain open for a
predetermined interval before closing it, while the door is
closing, the matrix of invisible light beams is interrupted by
a passenger entering or leaving the car, the door shall stop
and reopen, after which the door shall again start to close.
3.63 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES - RETAINED
A.
The present hoistway entrances will be retained.
plates (2 per entrance) will be installed on the
each entrance, per Handicap Code.
Braille
frames at
B. The hoistway frames shall be stripped of paint and rust,
sanded, filed and primed. Then they will be cladded with satin
finish stainless steel at all floors.
C. Each hoistway entrance shall be provided with a new door panel
of 20 gauges satin finish stainless steel facing on the lobby
side, extending around the leading edge, suitably reinforced,
with a new applied hanger.
D. Sight guards shall be furnished on the leading edge of the
doors to conceal the hoistway beyond the doors. Finish to
match the door panels.
3.64 INTERLOCKS - NEW
A. Each hoistway entrance shall be equipped with an approval type
interlock tested as required by code. The interlock shall be
designed to prevent operation of the car away from the landing
until the doors are locked in the close position as defined by
code and shall prevent opening the doors at any landing from
the corridor side unless the car is at rest at that landing or
-is in the leveling zone and stopping at that landing.
3.65 WIRING
D.
A.
All w~r~ng and electrical interconnections shall comply with
the governing codes. Insulated wiring shall have fame
retardant and moisture-proof outer covering and shall be run
in conduit electrical wireways.
<-
B. Traveling cables shall be flexible and suitably suspended to
relieve strain on individual conductors.
C.
Necessary wiring shall be provided for fireman'S
communication ports. Provide fireman'S jack stations
operating panel in accordance with code.
Necessary lighting fixtures and GRI receptacles required in
the elevator equipment room and pit shall be furnished and
installed by the elevator contractor.
~
.-
jacks
in car
A.
3.66 SURPLUS MATERIAL
End of Section
All material removed or unused, not
modification will become the property
Contractor who shall remove it from the
dispose of said material.
required in the
of the Elevator
site and legally
- 14200-15 -
,...
DXVISION
15010
15050
15410
15430
15450
15700
-
-
--
15 MECJIAlIIICAL
Mechanical Requirements
Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
plumbing piping
plumbing specialties
plumbing Fixtures
Beating ventilation and Air conditioning
project No. 9432RA
parking System xmprovem8nts
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DXVISXON 15 - MBCBAIUCAL
SECTION 15010
MEClIARXCAL RBQUIRBMBRTS
1 . PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. The General Conditions of the contract, the Supplementary
General Conditions and all sections of Division 1 are hereby
made part of this Division of specifications and apply to the
contractor, subcontractors, and others furnishing labor,
equipment, materials or work under this Division.
B.
wherever any provision of the Division conflicts with any
provisions of the General Conditions or supplementary General
condition, the provisions of the section take precedence.
1.02 SCOPE:
-
A. It is the intent of these Contract Documents to call for
finished work, tested and ready for use and operation by the
owner. The scope of work includes complete mechanical systems
as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Provide all
supervision, labor, material, equipment, machinery and other
items necessary to complete the mechanical system. Include
minor details, not usually shown or specified but necessary
for the proper installation and operation, of the work the
same as if herein specified or shown.
1. 03 DRAWINGS:
A. The drawings cover the extent and general arrangements of the
various systems subject to the individual characteristics of
the equipment with regard to size, arrangement, etc. The
drawings are diagrallDllatical and are not intended to include
all of the details or dimensions. Bring to the attention of
the Engineer conflicts between, or exceptions to, the drawings
and specifications at least seven (7) days prior to the
bidding date.
1.04 VERIFICATION OF EXISTING SITE UTILITIES
A.
verify the location of piping and equipment and call to the
attention of the Engineer discrepancies which involve ad-
ditional work before signing the Contract.
.....
B. After the contract is signed, provide, at no additional cost,
any additional work required for the complete and working job
unless specifically noted in the Contract Documents to the
contrary.
C. verify locations, sizes, capacities, etc., of p1p1ng prior to
doing any other on piping systems which are to connect to new
piping systems. Replace at no cost, work rendered unusable by
failure to comply with this provision.
- 15010-1 -
D.
piping as mentioned in this Division of the Specifications
includes water, sewer, gas and other piping systems necessary
to the continued operation of new or existing systems and
equipment, whether on a temporary or permanent basis as noted
elsewhere in the contract documents.
E. Examine the site and conditions thereon and/or therein prior
to submitting proposals for this work. Take into con-
sideration such conditions as may affect the work under this
Contract.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications of Personnel:
01. Provide supervisors to direct the work for each trade on
this project who are thoroughly familiar with the type
of materials and products beings installed and the
proper methods, techniques, procedures and installation
processes necessary to manage and execute the work.
02. Provide skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and
experience in their trade, and who know the methods,
procedures and installation techniques necessary to
perform the work specified in each Technical Section.
--
B.
Qualifications of Products:
01.
comply with the Contract Documents for each item of
equipment. Acceptance of the bid does not mean accep-
tance of each item of equipment until the equipment
submittals have been reviewed by the Engineer.
02. Base bid on materials or products specified. where two
or more products or materials are named, the choice is
optional, subject to meeting the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
03. Use items from manufacturers regularly engaged in
production of the specified item.
04. Use new materials, unless otherwise specifically covered
by the Contract Documents.
C. Request for substitutions:
...
01.
The Engineer will consider requests for consideration of
alternative products or materials when such requests are
accompanied by complete technical data and performance
data required by the Engineer to fully evaluate the
proposed offering. Include:
a. Data substantiating compliance with' Contract
Documents.
-
b. Itemized comparison with product or method
specified, including all points of difference.
-
-
- 15010-2 -
c.
Changes required in other elements of the work,
including changes to the construction schedule
and the effect on other Contracts.
d. For products and materials include:
1. Identification including manufacturer's
name and address.
2. Manufacturer's literature, including
description, performance, and test data and
reference stations.
3.
Samples where required or
specific construction
finishes.
requested to show
details and/or
4. Accurate initial and maintenance or life
cycle cost data in comparison with
products, material or system specified.
5. Availability of maintenance service and
source of replacement materials.
6. Name and address of similar projects on
which product was used, and date of instal-
lation.
02. where the phrase "or equal" or "or approved equal"
occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that any
item will be considered as equal to that unless
authorization to bid the item has been specifically
given by the Engineer prior to bid datel the decision of
the Engineer will be final.
03. Refer to section 01300 for additional requirements.
04. After the Contract is awarded, a request for
substitution will be considered only if:
a. The substitution is substantially to the owner's
advantage (Le., equal product for less life
cycle cost, high quality product at no change in
the Contract sum, etc.)
b. The specified product is no longer produced in
the form specified or is not practical because of
conditions beyond the control of the Contractor.
05. Accompany requests for substitution with complete
technical data and performance data required by the
Engineer to fully evaluate the proposed substitution.
Include:
a. Data substantiating compliance with the Contract
Documents.
b.
Itemized comparison with product or method
specified, including all points of difference.
c. Changes required in other elements of the work,
including changes to the construction schedule
- 15010-3 -
and the effect on other Contracts.
d. For products and materials include:
1. Identification, including manufacturer's
name and address.
2. Manufacturer's literature, including
description, performance and test data and
referenced standards.
3. Samples where required or requested to show
specific construction details and/or
finishes.
4. Accurate initial and maintenance or life
cycle cost data in comparison with product,
material or system specified.
5. Availability of maintenance service and
source of replacement materials.
6. Name and address of similar projects on
which product was used, and date of instal-
lation.
....
06.
Submit technical data and performance data in accordance
with provisions specified under "Pre-Bid Request for
Consideration" above.
07. substitutions will not be considered when they are
indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data
submittals without separate written Change order
proposal.
08. The owner, advised by the Engineer, will determine
acceptability of proposed substitution.
D. Regulatory Requirements:
01. In addition to complying with referenced Codes and
standards, comply with Local, State and Federal codes
and regulations.
1.06 SUBMITTALS:
A. submit product data under provisions of Section 01300.
C.
B. Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate
aspects of each item being submitted and verify that each
item, and the submittal for it, conforms in all respects to
the requirements of the Contract Documents. Certify this
coordination has been performed by affixing the Contractor's
stamp and signature or initials to each submittal.
Submit product lists, product data and shop and installation
drawings, as applicable. submit at one time, in so far as
practicable, interrelated data specified under separate
Sections; refer to individual Sections for specific re-
quirements. Submit data required by individual sections as
follows:
-
- 15010-4 -
~
01. Bound brochures and schedules.
02. Bound engineering data.
03. Reproducible transparency (delivered rolled or float, or
folded) with one blueline or blackline print of each.
D. Transmit each item accompanied by suitable transmittal form.
Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor and major sup-
plier; identify specification section number. Provide 4 x 4
inch minimum space for the Engineer'S review stamp.
E. submit minimum of three copies of product data plus number of
copies Contractor requires; one copy will be retained by
owner, one copy will be retained by the Engineer and remaining
copies will be returned to the Contractor.
1.07 PERMITS:
A. obtain any building permit which may be required. pay for
permits, certificates and licenses required to cOllDllence the
work and arrange for inspections required by local
authorities.
1.08 COORDINATION:
-
A. Layout work on the premises; make proper provisions for the
work of all trades. Determine the exact location of each item
by reference to the General Construction Drawings, by
measurements at the Project site and in cooperation with each
trade involved.
B. Locate, accurately, openings for ducts, pipes, conduits,
louvers, access panels and doors, etc. required under this
- Division.
C. Correct interferences with the structural conditions before
the work proceeds.
D. The mechanical and electrical portions of the work have
precedence over one another in accordance with the following
sequence:
01. soil, waste and vent piping.
02. storm drainage piping.
03. sprinkler piping.
04. Ductwork.
05. Heating/cooling piping.
06.
Domestic water piping.
-
07. Electrical bus duct and cable trays.
08.
Gas piping.
09. Electrical wiring.
-
- 15010-5 -
1.09 PROTECTION:
A. Protect equipment and materials before, during and after
installation. Provide protection against weather, rain,
windstorms, frost, ice, heat and other natural phenomena so as
to maintain material and equipment free from injury or damage
including physical damage of any nature. Erect temporary
shelters required to adequately protect equipment stored on
the site. Cover equipment in the building with protective
coverings.
B. Protect new and existing work, the building and its contents,
people, etc., from damage resulting from installation of
equipment or material or from installation methods. Contrac-
tor is responsible for damage caused by equipment or material
installed by him, such as, but not limited to equipment or
material failures or disconnected pipes or fittings. Include
the erection of temporary shelters required to provide
adequate protection.
~
C.
In the event of damage, make
replacements to the satisfaction
additional cost to the owner.
necessary repairs and
of the Engineer and no
1.10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING:
-
A.
Perform all excavation required for the installation work
under this Division unless indicated otherwise. Excavation to
provide sufficient clearance for installation of work and to
be kept free of water.
B. Backfill iIIDIIediately after inspection and tests have received
approval of local authorities and Architect/Engineer.
'"-'
l.ll CONCRETE PADS:
A. Concrete pads where shown on plans shall be poured integral
with the floor, unless noted otherwise. Reinforce pad with #4
rebars at 8" on center each way. comply with Section 03300.
1.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
,,. .~
A. Perform cutting and patching in accordance with pertinent
requirements of these specifications. In the event no such
requirements are determined, conform with Engineer'S written
directive.
B. Coordinate and determine the character, size and location of
chases, slots, openings and inserts required for the work.
Perform cutting and patching in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
C. Prior to cutting and patching, inspect existing conditions,
particularly noting cutting that may effect structural safety.
Review findings with the Engineer.
,-
-
- 15010-6 -
......
1. 13 ACCESS:
A. should any valves, dampers or other items of mechanical
equipment requiring maintenance and/or operation be inacces-
sibly located, furnish access doors with flush screwdriver
operated lock. Doors to be of the type suited to the
constriction into which they are to be installed.
1.14 TESTS:
A. Notify the Engineer and local authorities having jurisdiction
at least 24 hours prior to start of test. No work to be
covered before tests are made.
B.
Test systems in a manner
individual sections for
quirements.
required by regulation. Refer to
additional specific testing re-
when not indicated, test piping hydrostatically at 1-1/2 times
the maximum working pressure, but in no case less than 50 psi
for a period of five hours.
D. Test underground piping before backfilling.
C.
::.-'~
1.15 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING:
.....
A. upon completion of each entire system, clean and treat system
as specified in the relevant section. place each entire
system in operable condition, ready for use by owner.
1.16 LUBRICATION:
A. Equipment to be fully and properly lubricated in accordance
with manufacturer's recollDllendations, at the time of final
acceptance of the facility. Provide a label or plate per-
manently attached to equipment requiring lubrication; indicate
type of lubrication required and recollDllended frequency of
lubrication.
1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS:
A. Provide record drawings to the Engineer. During the progress
of the work, maintain in Contractor's field office one (1) set
of Drawings and specifications which will be reserved
exclusively for the orderly and legible recordings of changes
in the work. This set to remain in the office and not be used
for construction reference. Give the Engineer access to this
set during the progress of the work. At the completion of the
work, deliver this set or the Engineer.
B. Refer to Section 01720 - project Record Documents for ad-
ditional requirements.
"-
1. 18 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
A. Furnish two (2) complete sets of manufacturer's instructions
for installation, operation and maintenance of materials and
equipment furnished.
...
- 15010-7 -
B. Identify each manual by showing at least the following
information:
01. Name, address and phone number of supplier.
02. Name, address and phone number of manufacturer.
03. Name of project as it appears on the title sheet of
these specifications.
C. Include:
"-"
01. Guarantees and warranties issued.
02. Lubrication list showing type of lubricant and
lubrication schedule for equipment.
03. Maintenance schedule indicating period for recollDllended
maintenance and adjustment.
04. valve list showing valve tag number, service and
location.
\ ~
D. Refer to section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Data for
additional requirements.
1.19 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A.
Instruct the owner's designated operating personnel in the
normal settings for switches and control devices and in the
proper operation of equipment and systems.
-----"
.....
Include instructions as to relationship with other
equipment of operating system.
02. At the beginning of the first cooling and heating
season, start the equipment and operate until satisfac-
tory operation and performance is achieved.
01.
1. 20 COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Before acceptance and final payment submit:
01. Accurate record drawings showing in red ink on blue line
prints, furnished for that purpose, changes from the
original plans made during installation of the work.
submit drawings to the Engineer when the work is
complete. '
02. Balancing report (if applicable).
03. operation and maintenance manuals.
04. Operating instructions to the operating personnel.
B. Refer to section 01720 - for additional requirements.
1. 21 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS:
A. Where references are made to Federal, state, technical
association or other specifications and standards, except
-
- 15010-8 -
,....
-
-.
where a specific edition is referred to, the latest editions
that are in effect at the date of Biddings will apply. If
such specifications or standards are revised prior to comple-
tion of any part of the work to which such revisions would
pertain, the contractor may, if approved by the Engineer,
perform such work in accordance with the revised
specifications or standard.
B. The following are abbreviations used to identify associations,
institutes, societies, laboratories, codes, etc., who may be
referenced in these specifications:
AMCA
Air Movement and control Association
,~
.'
ANSI
American National standards Institute
ASHRAE
American society of Heating, Refrigeration and
Air Conditioning Engineers
ASME
American society of Mechanical Engineers
NEC
The American society for Testing and Materials
American welding society
National Electrical code
'-
ASTM
AWS
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA
National Fire protection Association
'"'
SMACNA
sheet Metal and Air conditioning
National Association, Inc.
contractors
-UL
underwriters Laboratories, Incorporated.
End of section
- 15010-9 -
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Zmproveaents
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SBCTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MA'l'ERZALS AND METHODS
-
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. pipe and fittings.
B. Valves.
C. unions and dielectric couplings.
D. Pipe hangers, attachments and supports.
E. Materials and components for penetrations.
F. piping expansion joints.
G. Flexible couplings.
H. Identification Markers.
I. Welding.
J. painting.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 09900 - painting Requirements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
--"
--
A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01300.
B. Product Data:
01. submit data for items furpished under this Section.
C. QUality control submittals:
01. submit report showing each welder's registered mark that
will be placed on his work.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings:
01. Hub and spigot type: ASTM A74 coated, service weight
cast iron soil pipe and fittings with ASTM C546 rubber
or CISPI HSN neoprene molded compression gasket type or
lead and oakum caulked type joints.
-
- 15050-1 -
,...
02. Hubless type: CISPI 301 coated, service weight cast iron
soil pipe and fittings with CISPI 310 stainless steel
and neoprene assembly couplings.
B. steel pipe and Fittings:
01. Galvanized or black, ASTM A120 or A 53, Grade B.
02. Cast iron screwed pipe fittings: 125 lb. and 300
fittings conforming to ANSI B16.3.
03. Malleable iron screwed pipe fittings: 150 lb. and 300
lb. fittings conforming to ANSI B16.3.
04. Flanges: 125 lb. standard cast iron or malleable iron
conforming to ANSI B16.1 and 250 lb. extra heavy cast
iron or malleable iron.
05. Gaskets: Provide gaskets with flanged joints; 1/16 inch
thick, corrugated metallic ring gaskets; paint outside
of gasket with graphite and oil before installing.
06.
welding fittings: Grade B carbon steel conforming to
ASTM A234.WPB and ANSI standard B16.9 and B16.28; ASTM
AI06B for pipe material, A212A for plate material,
AI05.11 for forgings and ASTM AI07, Grade 1025 for bar
stock; conform manufacture to ASTM A234B and ASME boiler
and pressure vessel code; permanently mark each fitting
with manufacturer's name or trademark, size, wall
thickness or schedule number and material grade iden-
tification.
.....
Forged steel flanges: 150 lb. and 300 lb. flanges
conforming to ASTM A181; 400 lb. flanges conforming to
ASTM AI05 and ANSI B16.5; provide flanges with raised
face and serrated finish; flange material conforming to
ASTM A181, Grade 1 or 2 with markings similar to weld
fittings; provide flanges with weld neck type wherever
possible; slip-on flanges may be used provided welds are
made on both inside and outside of flanges.
08. Mechanical pipe couplings and fittings: victaulic or
equal; couplings similar to victaulic style 77 confor-
ming to Federal specification QQ-1-666C, Grade II,
coupling gasket similar to victaulic Grade 'H' molded
synthetic rubber per ASTM D735.61, Grade No. R615BZ,
coupling bolts conforming to ASTM A183.60; galvanized
couplings and fittings when pipe is galvanized.
07.
--
C. copper Tube and Fittings:
01. Type K and L, hard or soft, conforming to ASTM B88, Type
DWV conforming to B306. Hard temper for above ground
and soft temper for underground.
02. Exposed fittings 3/8 inch and smaller: brass compression
type conforming to ANSI B16.26; swage Lok, Gyro Lok, or
equal.
03. Exposed fittings larger than 3/8 inch and buried,
embedded or encased fittings: wrought copper or bronze,
pressure type conforming to ANSI B16. 22; cast bronze
- 15050-2 -
....
fittings conforming to B16.28 on DWV pipe.
04. Joints: ANSI/AWWS A5.8 BCUp silver braze or silver
solder equal to "sil-FoS" for piping embedded, encased
underground or otherwise accessible; ASTM B32 alloy
Grade 95TA solder for other locations; silverbrite 100
containing 95.5% tin, 4% copper and 1/2% silver may be
used in lieu of 95/5 solder. solder shall be "lead
free" per federal standards.
D. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings:
01. Thickness: class 50 per AWWA c1S1 for sizes 3 inch
through 12 inch.
02. Cement mortar lining per AWWA C104, 1/16 inch standard
bituminous lining seal coated per ANSI A21.4.
03. Fittings: class 250 per AWWA ClIO; cement mortar lined
per AWWA CI04; flanged fittings for joints in buildings
and structures; mechanical type joints in direct buried
piping per AWWA clll or flange fitted.
E. Cement lined cast iron pipe:
01. Thickness: Class 22 per AWWA cl06 for sizes above 2-14".
02. Joints: per AWWA Cl11.
03. Fittings: Class 250 per AWWA ClIO; cement mortar lined
per AWWA CI04; 1/16" thick use flanged fittings for
joints in buildings and structures; use mechanical or
push type joints in direct buried piping per AWWA C111
or flange fitted.
-
2.02 - VALVES:
A. Gate valves:
01. Screwed ends - 2 inch and smaller: Bronze, r1s1ng stem,
solid wedge disc, 125 psi sWP, 200 psi WOG; Crane 428,
Jenkins 47 or equal.
02. soldered ends - l-~ inch and smaller: Bronze, rising
stem, solid wedge disc, 125 psi sWP, 200 psi WOG; Crane
1334, Jenkins 1242 or equal.
03. Flanged ends - 2 inch and larger: Iron body, bronze
mounted, non-rising stem, solid wedge disc; 125 psi SWP,
200 psi wOG; Crane 461, Jenkins 326 or equal.
04. Valve box - 2 piece, 5~" shaft, slide or screw type,
lock cover, extension piece as required; clow F2452 or
F2454, Dresser or equal.
-
B.
Ball Valves:
01. Bronze body, chrome plated bronze or brass ball,
reinforced Teflon seat and seals, blow-out-proof design.
-
02. Bubble tight shut-off; rated for 600 psi WOG ~ inch to
2 inch and 400 psi WOG 2-~ inch and 3 inch, 150 psi
steam.
-
- 15050-3 -
.....
03. Suitable for temperatures from -550F to +450oF.
04. Provide lever type operating handle.
05. soldered, threaded or flanged ends as shown on plans or
as required.
06. ~ inch through 3 inch: Watts B-6000, Apollo conbraco No.
70 or equal.
C. swing Check valves:
01. Screwed ends - 2 inch and smaller: Bronze; 125 psi sWP,
200 psi wOG, Crane 34 Jenkins 92-A or equal.
02. soldered ends - 1-~ inch and smaller: Bron?e; 125 psi
sWP, 200 psi WOG; Crane 1303, Jenkins 1222 or equal.
2.03 UNIONS AND DIELECTRIC COUPLINGS:
A. Unions:
01. Ground joint bronze to iron seat, malleable iron union,
threads conforming to ANSI B2.1 and material conforming
to ASTM A197 for 150 lb. WSP and 300 lb. WOG non-shock
service.
B. Dielectric couplings:
01. Cast brass, sweat to screwed connectors or brass
flanges; or code approved plastic couplings.
2 . 04 PIPE HANGERS, ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS
A. Types:
01. Clevis Type Hangers:
-.
a. Grinnell Figure 260 or 269 or equal, unless
otherwise specified.
b. Grinnell CT-65 or equal, for copper tubing.
c. Grinnell Figure 216 or equal steel pipe clamp,
where loading exceeds manufacturer's recommended
maximum for clevis type hanger.
02. Roller Type Hangers:
a. Grinnell Figure 174 or equal pipe roller hanger.
b. Grinnell Figure 175 or equal roller chairs where
provision for expansion is required.
c. with pipe covering protection saddle for in-
sulated line.
03.
vertical piping supports:
=
a. At intermediate floors, steel extension clamps;
Grinnell Figure 261, Crane or equal.
- 15050-4 -
03. suitable for temperatures from -550F to +450oF.
04. Provide lever type operating handle.
05. Soldered, threaded or flanged ends as shown on plans or
as required.
06. Ie inch through 3 inch: Watts B-6000, Apollo Conbraco No.
70 or equal.
C. swing Check valves:
01. screwed ends - 2 inch and smaller: Bronze; 125 psi sWP,
200 psi woo, Crane 34 Jenkins 92-A or equal.
02. soldered ends - 1-~ inch and smaller: Bron?e; 125 psi
sWP, 200 psi woo; Crane 1303, Jenkins 1222 or equal.
2.03 UNIONS AND DIELECTRIC COUPLINGS:
A. unions:
01. Ground joint bronze to iron seat, malleable iron union,
threads conforming to ANSI B2.1 and material conforming
to ASTM A197 for 150 lb. WSP and 300 lb. woo non-shock
service.
B. Dielectric couplings:
01. Cast brass, sweat to screwed connectors or brass
flanges; or code approved plastic couplings.
2.04 PIPE HANGERS, ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS
-
A. Types:
01. Clevis Type Hangers:
a. Grinnell Figure 260 or 269 or equal, unless
otherwise specified.
b. Grinnell CT-65 or equal, for copper tubing.
c. Grinnell Figure 216 or equal steel pipe clamp,
where loading exceeds manufacturer's recommended
maximum for clevis type hanger.
02. Roller Type Hangers:
a. Grinnell Figure 174 or equal pipe roller hanger.
b. Grinnell Figure 175 or equal roller chairs where
provision for expansion is required.
c. with pipe covering protection saddle for in-
sulated line.
03. vertical Piping supports:
a. At intermediate floors, steel extension clamps;
Grinnell Figure 261, Crane or equal.
-
- 15050-4 -
,.....
04. steel channel or angle, multiple or trapeze hangers may
be used where pipes can be parallel at same level.
B. Dip hangers in zinc chromate primer before installation.
C. structural Attachments:
01. To Concrete:
Light weight concrete insert
lbs. , Grinnell Figure 285,
equal.
b. wedge type concrete insert for loads up to 1,200
lbs. , Grinnell Figure 281, F & S central or
equal.
a.
for loads up to 400
F & s central or
02. To steel:
2 inch and smaller flange:
retaining clip, Grinnell Figure
or equal.
b. 2-~ inch and larger flange: Beam clamp, Grinnell
Figure 229, F & S central or equal.
a.
'c' clamp with
87, F & S central
-
D.
pipe Protection at supports:
01. Protect pipe at point of support by 3600 insert of high
density, 100 psi, waterproofed calcium silicate, encased
in 3600 sheet metal shield; insert same thickness as
adjoining pipe insulation; shield length and minimum
sheet metal gauge as shown below:
pipe size
Shield
Lenqth
Minimum
Gauqe
,....
~ - 1-~
2 - 6
4
6
26
20
Pipe shields Model CS, Insulshield, Uni-grip or equal.
Pipe Shields Model CS-CW services for heating/chilled
water piping.
2.05 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS FOR PENETRATIONS:
A. Below-Grade Exterior-Wall Penetrations
01. Cast iron mechanical joint wall sleeve; with integral
wall anchors, tapped bell flanges, mechanical joint
glands, gaskets and studs.
B. sleeves:
-
01.
Pipe and Conduit sleeves: standard weight steel pipe.
02. Duct Sleeves: Minimum 18 gauge galvanized sheet steel.
'-'='
03.
size sleeves on noninsulated piping for nominal ~ inch
clear space around pipe passing through.
-
- 15050-5 -
,...
04. size sleeves on insulated p~p~ng for overall outside
dimension of insulation; do not interrupt insulation.
c. Escutcheons:
01. Concealed catch and latch type, chrome plated, size to
fit outside continuous insulation on insulated pipes.
02. .Basis of Design; Crane No. 10CP, or equal.
D. pipe, Conduit and Duct Penetration Sealants:
01. Non-Fire Rated sealant:
a. Acceptable Products: Manville "DUxseal", or
Tremco "Acoustical Sealant," or equal.
b.
Non-drying, permanently
retaining, synthetic oil
based sealant.
flexible,
or synthetic
shape
rubber
c. capable of sealing out water, dust, and gases;
and absorbing mechanical vibrations without loss
of cohesion or adhesion.
-,
2.06 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS:
A. Colors and characters: unless otherwise specified, comply with
ANSI/ASME A13.1.
B. pipe Markers:
01.
plastic clamp-on legends and arrows, Seton "Setmark"
system or equal.
C. Tags:
01.
....
Polished brass tag; 18 gauge, 1-~ inch diameter, ~ inch
backfilled letters; attach with 1-3/4 inch No. 10 brass
s-hooks; seton, style 250-BL or equal.
D. Nameplates:
01. Metal: Aluminum, 2-~ inches by 3/4 inch with black
enameled background, etched or engraved natural aluminum
lettering.
02. Plastic: Bakelite, 1/16 inch thick black engraving stock
with white lettering and beveled edges; Seton "Engraved
Contractor signs" or equal.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION:
A. General:
01.
Layout and install, approximately as shown, straight,
plumb and as direct as possible, at right angles to or
parallel with walls unless otherwise shown or approved.
.....
- 15050-6 -
-
.....
02. Keep pipes close to walls, partitions, ceilings and
above ceiling structures, offset only where necessary
unless otherwise directed.
03. Locate groups of pipes parallel; space pipes to permit
applying insulation and servicing of valves.
04. Arrange and isolate pipes passing through walls or
floors to comply with codes.
05. Install dielectric couplings, flanges or unions at
connections between ferrous and non-ferrous piping
materials and equipment, provide cathodic protection by
complete insulation.
B. Joints:
01. solder joints: cut pipe square using roller type tube
cutter; burr ends, resize and polish to bright metal;
melt solder or brazing alloy by contact with tube and
fitting, not by flame directly.
02.
screwed joints: Fabricate using sharp cutting, threading
and reaming tools to maintain proper thread dimension
and produce standard thread engagement; sealing and
adhesive type compounds not allowed; coat exposed joints
at threads with red lead at end of each day'S work.
-
03. Mechanical pipe Couplings: Before assembly of couplings,
lightly coat pipe ends and outside of gaskets with cup
grease or graphite to facilitate installation.
C. Grading:
~
01.
Water: Minimum % inch in 10 feet, for draining system.
02. Drainage: % inch per foot; may be 1/8 inch per foot for
4 inch and larger pipe.
03. Vents: Constant pitch back to drainage system.
D. valves:
01. Locate as shown; if not shown, locate:
a. In make-up line to equipment.
b. To isolate circulating pumps.
c. In take-offs from main lines.
02. Locate for ease of access and operation; stems horizonal
to vertical position only.
E . unions:
01. Locate as shown; if not shown, locate:
'-'
a.
In long runs of pJ.pJ.ng, except drainage,
directed intervals, to permit disassembly
alterations or repairs.
at
for
-
- 15050-7 -
,-
b. In bypasses around equipment.
c. Between shut-off and equipment in connections to
equipment requiring disconnection for repair or
replacement.
d. In drainage piping, only on inlet side of fixture
trap.
F. Horizontal piping supports:
01. Install hangers to provide minimum ~ inch space between
finished covering and adjacent work.
02. place hanger wi thin 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
03. use hangers with 1-~ inch minimum vertical adjustment.
04. support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub,
with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers.
05. Where several pipes can be installed parallel and at
same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers.
06. support spacing:
-
pipe size
(inchesl
Rod Diameter
(inchesl
Maximum spacing
(feet)
steel piping:
up to 1-~
1-~ to 2
2-~ to 3
3/8
3/8
~
8
10
10
;....
steel piping:
4 to 6
8 to 12
14 and Above
5/8
7/8
1
12
14
20
pipe size
(inches)
Rod Diameter
(inches)
Maximum spacing
(feetl
copper piping:
up to 1
1-~ to 2
2-~ and Above
3/8
3/8
~
6
8
8
cast iron soil pipe:
2 to 5
6 to 10
12 to 15
3/8
~
5/8
5, & at joints
5, & at joints
5, & at joints
Bell & spigot
No-Hub
one per hub
each side of joint
pvc:
All sizes
3/8
6
- 15050-8 -
,-
G. vertical Piping supports:
01. support cast iron soil, steel or wrought iron pipe at
base and copper tubing at top, unless otherwise required
for expansion or directed by Engineer.
02. support piping at every other floor, except support cast
iron pipe at each floor at hub.
03. support riser piping independently of connected horizon-
tal piping.
H. sleeves:
01. Install for pipes, conduits, and ducts passing through
foundations, walls, slabs, floors, ceiling, partitions
or other building construction.
02. sleeves passing through floor: Extend sleeve 2 inches
above finished floor except where sleeve is within
raised curb area.
03.
sleeves in exterior building walls: caulk space between
pipe and sleeve with elastomeric caulking compound for
weatherproof installation; when indicated, seal annular
space with bolted gaskets.
-
04. sleeves in fire rated construction: seal sleeves to
achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation
required.
I. Penetration Sealants:
,....
01.
seal pipe, conduit and duct openings through fire rated
floors, walls and partitions with fire rated sealant.
02. seal pipe, conduit and duct openings through sound rated
floors, walls and partitions with non-fire rated
sealant.
03. Apply sealants as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Use prime coat to improve adhesion.
J. Escutcheons: Install on pipes passing through walls, floors or
ceiling and exposed to view except in mechanical rooms and
unfinished spaces.
3.02 WELDING:
A. welding materials and procedures: Conform to ASME Code.
B. welded Joints:
01. socket or butt welds as specified under pipe fittings.
02. Branch at least two sizes smaller than main may be
welded in 2-~ inch or larger main without fittings.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS:
A. Label p~p~ng, valves and equipment installed under this
Division.
-
- 15050-9 -
,-.
B. Piping:
01. Identify pl.pl.ng with plastic pipe markers; indicated
pipe contents and direction of flow.
02. Locate piping identification as follows:
a. At each branch riser take-off.
b. At least every 40 feet.
c. At each penetration of wall.
d. For easy identification from normal viewing
position.
03. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions.
C. Valves:
01. Identify valves with tags.
02. Furnish four (4) copies of printed valve list showing
tag letter, number, service, and location; include a
copy in each maintenance manual; deliver remaining
charts to owner.
D. Equipment:
01. Identify BVAC and plumbing equipment, except plumbing
fixtures, with nameplates securely fastened to equip-
ment; nameplate notations same as notations used on
Drawings and in specifications.
3.04 PAINtING:
A. See Section 09900 - Painting for surface preparation, type of
paint and method of application.
B. painting required on the following mechanical items:
01. Exposed piping, valves and supports.
02. Exposed heatpump units.
03. Ductwork and supports.
C. Colors as selected by Engineer.
End of Section
--
-
- 15050-10 -
-
....
r-
project No. 9432RA
Parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION lS - MECHANICAL
SECTION 15410
PLUMBING PIPING
,....
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. pipe and pipe fittings.
B. Valves.
C. Domestic water piping system (including wash down risers).
D. Sanitary sewer piping system.
E. Storm water piping system.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 09900 -- painting.
B. Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods.
c. section 15250 - Mechanical Insulation.
D. section 15430 - plumbing specialties.
E. Section 15450 - Plumbing Fixtures.
F. Division 16 - Electrical.
1.03 REFERENCES
,-
,....
A. The most recent edition of the following publications form a
part of this specification to the extend referenced. The
publications are referenced in the text by the basic desig-
nation only.
01. ANSI/ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class
150 NS 300.
02. ANSI/ASME B.16 .23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint
Drainage Fittings - DWV.
--
ANSI/ASME B16.29 - wrought Copper and wrought copper
Alloy solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV.
04. ANSI/ASME Sec. 9 - Welding and Brazing Qualifications.
03.
05. ANSI/ASTM B32 - solder Metal.
06. ANSI/ASTM c443 - Joints for Circular Concrete sewer and
Culvert pipe, using Rubber Gaskets.
-
- 15410- 1 -
""
07. ANSI/ASTM C700 - vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra strength,
standard strength, and Perforated.
08. ANSI/ASTH D2466 - poly (vinyl chloride) PVC plastic Pipe
Fittings, schedule 40.
09. ANSI/ASTM Dl.l - structural Welding Code.
10. ANSI/AWWA CI05 - polyethylene Encasement for Ductile
Iron piping for Water and other Liquids.
11. ANSI/AWWA ClIO - Ductible-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings 3
inch through 48 inch, for Water and other Liquids.
12. ANSI/AWWA cll1 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron
and Gray-Iron Pressure pipe and Fittings.
13. ANSI/AWWA C151 - Ductile-Iron pipe, centrifugally Cast
in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for water and other
Liquids.
ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
process of combining A120 and A53).
15. ASTM A53 - pipe, steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc
coated, welded and Seamless.
(ASTM is in
14.
16. ASTM A74 - Cast Iron soil Pipe and Fittings.
17. ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, and Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc
coated (Galvanized), welded and seamless, for ordinary
Uses.
ASTM A234 - pipe Fittings of wrought Carbon steel and
Alloy steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures.
19. ASTM B88 - Seamless copper Water Tube.
18.
--
20. ASTM - B306 - copper Drainage Tube (DWV).
21. ASTM c14 - Concrete sewer, storm Drain, and culvert
pipe.
22. ASTM c425 - Compression Joints for vitrified Clay pipe
and Fittings.
23. ASTM - c564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron soil pipe
and Fittings.
24. ASTM - D1785 - poly (vinyl Chloride) (PVC) plastic pipe,
schedules 40, 80 and 120.
25. ASTM D2235 solvent Cement For Acrylonitrille-
Butadiene-styrene (ABS) plastic pipe and Fittings.
26. ASTM D2241 - poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic pipe
(SDR-PR) .
27. ASTM D2513 - Thermoplastic Gas Pressure pipe, Tubing,
and Fittings.
-
- 15410-2 -
....
.....
,....
28. ASTM D2680 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-styrene (ABS)
composite-sewer piping.
29. ASTM D2683 - socket-Type polyethylene Fittings for
outside Diameter-controlled polyethylene pipe.
30. ASTM D2729 - poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC) Sewer pipe and
Fittings.
31. ASTM D2751 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-styrene (ABS) Sewer
pipe and Fittings.
32. ASTM D2855 - Making solvent-Cemented Joints in poly
(Vinyle Chloride) (PVC) pipe and Fittings.
33. ASTM D3033 - Type PSPS poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC) Sewer
pipe and Fittings.
34. ASTM D3034 - Type PSM poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC) Sewer
pipe and Fittings.
35. ASTM F477 - Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining
plastic Pipe.
36.
AWS AS.8 - Brazing Filler Material.
-
37. AWWA c601 - standard Methods for the Examination of
Water and Waste Water.
38. CISPI 301 - Cast Iron Soil pipe and Fittings for Bubless
Cast Iron sanitary systems.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
--
A. submit product data under provisions of section 01300.
B. Product Data:
.-
01. submit shop drawings and product data for manufactured
products and assemblies required for this project.
02. submit data for:
a. Each valve type.
b. Accessories.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications
01. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked
on valve body.
02. welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME code
and applicable state labor regulations.
03. welders certification: In accordance with ANSI/ASME Sec.
9 or ANSI/AWS D.1 1.
-
- 15410-3 -
,-
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Supplemental
General Conditions.
B. Store and protect products under provisions of supplemental
General Conditions.
C. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labelling
in place.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPING MATERIALS:
A. Water Piping, Buried Beyond 5 feet of Building:
01. Cast Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA C151. Fittings: Ductile or
Gray iron, standard thickness. Joints: ANSI/AWWA Cl11,
rubber gasket with 3/4 inch diameter rods.
copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed. Fittings:
ANSI/ASME B16.29 wrought copper. Joints: ANSI/ASTM B32,
solder, Grade 95TA.
B. Water piping, Buried within 5 Feet of Building:
02.
-
01. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed. Fittings:
ANSI/ASME B16.29, wrought copper. Joints: AWS A5.8,
BCUP silver braze.
Cast Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA C151. Fittings: Ductile Gray
iron, standard thickness. Joints: ANSI/AWWA C111,
rubber gasket with 3/4 inch diameter rods.
C. Water Piping, Above Grade:
02.
-
01. copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn. Fittings:
ANSI/ASME B16.23 cast brass, or ANSI/ASME B16.29,
wrought copper. Joints: ANSI/ASTM B32, solder, Grade
95TA.
D. sanitary Sewer piping, Buried Beyond 5 Feet of Building:
01. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. Fittings:
Cast iron. Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compres-
sion type with ASTM C564, neoprene gaskets or lead and
oakum.
E. sanitary Sewer piping, Buried within 5 Feet of Building:
01. cast Iron pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. Fittings:
Cast iron. Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPA HSN compres-
sion type with ASTM C564, neoprene gaskets or lead and
oakum.
02. Cast Iron pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
Fittings: Cast Iron. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and
stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies.
-
- 15410-4 -
.....
03. copper Tubing: ASTM B306, DWV. Fittings: ANSI/ASME
B16.3, cast bronze, or ANSI/ASME B16.29, wrought copper.
Joints: ANSI/ASTM B32, solder, Grade SOB.
F. sanitary Sewer and Vent piping, Above Grade:
01. cast Iron pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. Fittings:
cast iron. Joints: Hub-and spigot, CISPI HSN compres-
sion type with ASTM c564 neoprene gaskets or lead and
oakum.
02. cast Iron pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and
stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies.
03. copper tubing: ASTM B306, DWV. Fittings: ANSI/ASME
B16.3, cast bronze, or ANSI/ASME B16.29, wrought copper.
Joints: ANSI/ASTM B32, solder, Grade SOB.
G. storm Water piping, Buried Beyond 5 Feet of Building:
01. Cast Iron pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. Fittings:
Cast iron. Joints: Hub and spigot, CISPI HSN compres-
sion type with ASTM c564 neoprene gaskets or lead and
oakum.
-
02. Concrete pipe: ASTM C14. Fittings: Concrete. Joints:
ANSI/ASTM C443, rubber gaskets.
H. storm Water piping, Buried within 5 Feet of Building:
01. Cast Iron pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. Fittings:
Cast iron. Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compres-
sion type with ASTM c564 neoprene gaskets or lead and
oakum.
02. Cast Iron pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and
stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies.
I. storm Water piping, Above Grade:
01. Cast Iron pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and
stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies.
2.02 FLANGES, UNION AND COUPLINGS:
A. unions and Flanges:
01. pipe size 2 Inches and Under: 150 psig malleable iron
unions for threaded ferrous piping; bronze unions for
copper pipe, soldered joints.
02. pipe size OVer 2 Inches: 150 psig forged steel slip-on
flanges for ferrous piping; bronze flanges for copper
piping; neoprene gaskets for gas service; 1/6 inch thick
preformed neoprene bonded to mineral fiber.
,-
- 15410-5 -
r-
B. Grooved and Shouldered pipe End couplings:
01. Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock,
designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction,
and expansion; C shape composition sealing gasket; steel
bolts, nuts, and washers 1 galvanized couplings for
galvanized pipe.
c. Dielectric connection:
01. union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end,
copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.
2.03 VALVES:
A. Refer to section 15050 for valve specification.
3. PART 3 - BXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. piping systems:
01. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.
02. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before
assembly.
03. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or
unions.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
-
A. General:
01. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever
jointing dissimilar materials.
02. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient.
03. Install p~p~ng to conserve building space and not
interfere with use of space.
04. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
05. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction
without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
06. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and
access to valves and fittings.
07. provide access where valves and fittings are not
exposed.
08. Slope water piping and arrange to drain at low points.
09. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the
building to ensure not less than 5 ft. of cover.
- 15410-6 -
10. Where pipe support members are welded to structural
building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one
coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
11. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not
prefinished, ready for finish painting. Refer to
Section 09900.
12. Establish invert elevations; maintain 2% minimum slope
on pipes 3" or less and 1% on pipes 4" or more.
13. Excavate in accordance with Section 02200 - Earthwork
for work on this Section.
14. Backfill in accordance with Section 02200 - Earthwork
for work of this Section.
15. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream.
16. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not
inverted.
3.03 WATER SERVICE:
A. Extend domestic water service line from outside shutoff valve
to inside the building as shown on plans; pay all fees
associated with water service and water meter set up.
3.04 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS:
A. Comply with local code regulations, unless more stringent
requirements are specified.
B. Do not cover, paint or connect fixtures or equipment to any
-part of piping before testing and obtaining acceptance.
C. preparation:
,......
01.
Clean piping, equipment and specialties. Flush system
thoroughly prior to connecting equipment.
02. Blow lines free of dirt, threading, debris and scale.
03. Ensure cutting oil, slag and weld spatter have been
removed during fabrication and assembly.
D. Leakage Tests:
01. Test each system in its entirety or in sections, retest
portion of preceding section to assure complete testing;
no pipe or joint in the project to be left untested.
02. Water Distribution System: Test to a hydrostatic
pressure of 125 psi; maintain for minimum of 8 hours.
03. Drainage Systems:
a. Test with water column or air pressure; maintain
for a minimum of 15 minutes.
-
- 15410-7 -
,-
b. Water Test: Plug each opening except highest
opening above the roof, or 10 feet minimum above
top section under test; fill system with water.
c. Air Test: Attach air source to any sui table
opening, tightly close all other openings to
system or section under test; pressurize to 5
psi.
E. Adjustment, Repair and Retest:
01. Adjust, repair and alter, as required, to meet specified
test results.
02. Replace defective parts with new material.
03. caulking or screwed joints or peening of welds not
permitted.
04. After correction of defects and replacement of defective
parts, retest until specified results obtained.
F. operative Tests:
01. After completion, testing and acceptance of systems
tests, test pumps, heaters and other equipment under
normal operating conditions to assure proper operation.
02. Disconnect, clean, repair and reconnect, wherever
evidence of stoppage appears in equipment or piping.
cut and patch adjoining work as required.
3.05 DISINFECTION:
--
A. Domestic Water piping system:
comply with all rules, regulations and requirements of
city of Miami Beach Health Department.
02. obtain certificate of approval from city of Miami Beach.
01.
.....
End of Section
--
-
- 15410-8 -
,.-
project No. 9432RA
Parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beacb, Florida
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SECTION 15430
PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
- F.
G.
Roof, floor, area drains, backwater valves and vent caps.
Cleanouts.
Hose bibbs and wall hydrants.
Point of use water heater.
Backflow preventers.
Trap seal primer value and distributor.
planter boxes irrigation system.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
,-
,.-
A.
Section 15050
Basic Mechanical and Methods.
B.
section 15410
plumbing piping.
Plumbing Fixtures.
C.
section 15450
1.03 REFERENCES:
A. The most recent edition of the following publications form a
part of this specification to the extent referenced. The
publications are referenced in the text by the basic desig-
nation only.
.....
-
"...
.-
01.
ANSI/ASSE 1011
Hose Connection Vacuum Break-
ers.
02.
ANSI/ASSE 1019
wall Hydrants, Frost Proof
Automatic Draining Anti-Back-
flow Types.
03.
ANSI A1l2.21.1
Floor Drains.
04.
ANSI A1l2. 21. 2
Roof Drains.
05. A.S.S.E. 1013/A.W.W.A. c506-78 backflow preventer.
06.
A.S.S.E. 1018
Trap Seal primer Value.
- 15430-1
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with
section 01300.
B. Product Data:
01. submit shop drawings and product data for manufactured
products and assemblies required for this product.
02. submit data for:
a. Roof, floor, area drains, backwater valves and
vandal proof vent caps.
b. cleanouts.
c. Hose bibbs and hydrants.
d. Point of use water heater.
e. Trap seal primer value and distributor.
f. Planter boxes irrigation system.
g. Backflow preventers.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications:
01. For each product specified, provide components by same
manufacturer.
-..
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ROOF DRAINS AND VANDAL PROOF VENT CAPS:
A. Refer to Plumbing Drain Schedule on plans.
2.02 FLOOR DRAINS AND BACKWATER VALVES:
A. Refer to plumbing Drain Schedule on plans.
2.03 CLEANOUTS
A. Cleanouts
Location
Josam No.
wade No.
Grade
Equipment Room Floors
Finished Floors
unfinished Floors
carpeted Floors
Dry walls
Tile walls
56010-15
56050-1-F
56000
56050
56000-14
58710-22
58740-22
W-7000-X-5
W-7000-X-K
w-7010
W-7000-X-5
W-7010-CF
w-8450-R
w-8300-TS
B. Furnish wrench for removal of plugs.
......
- 15430-2
.....
2.04 POINT-OF-USE WATER BEATER:
A. Manufacturer: Ariston (By Grainger Industrial COllDllercial
Equipment & Supplies) 2255 N.W. 89th Place, Miami, FL, 33172-
2428, Tel: 305-594-0587.
B. Model No. P-I05 - Grainger 4E185, 1350 Watts, 120V, with wall
mounting bracket and T & P relief valve (Grainger No. 4X563).
Set thermostat at 1100F.
C. U.L. Listed.
D. Must be approved by FP&L as "Energy savings" Type.
2.05 HOSE BIBBS:
A. Bronze or brass, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread
spout, chrome plated, with vacuum breaker in conformance with
ANSI/ASSE 1011; Woodford 24P-3/4 with Nidel 34 HF vacuum
breaker, Zurn or equal.
2.06 WALL HYDRANTS:
A. ANSI/ASSE 1019; non-freeze, self-draining type with chrome
plated brass casting, hose thread spout, removable key, and
vacuum breaker; Woodford Model 65, Zurn or equal.
2.07 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS:
A. Reduced pressure principal backflow preventer: Watts No. 909-
S with NY" strainer and gate valves.
,-.
2 . 08 TRAP _PRIMER UNITS:
A. A.S.S.E. - 1081 Trap Primer Value with vacuum breaker and
distribution unit as manufactured by precision Plumbing
products, Inc. primer (or equivalent) Model # ORE #1 and 1
inlet, 3 outlet distribution unit. unit must be installed in
accordance with manufacturers data sheets.
B. 1/2" Type 'K' copper tubing shall be installed to each floor
drain trap from distribution unit. The size of drain or drain
outlet pipe shall be drilled to accept 1/2" copper tubing.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate cutting or forming of roof and floor construction
to receive drains to required invert elevations.
3.02 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION
A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instruc-
tions to permit intended performance.
B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate
threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed
oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage.
--
- 15430-3 -
,...
c. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade.
D. cleanouts shall be installed where drainage piping changes
direction greater than 450, at base of all storm drain pipes
at locations where piping exits building and as shown on
plans.
E. Full size cleanouts shall be provided for the horizontal
drainage piping. Example: If horizontal pipe is 6" then
cleanout shall be 6", if horizontal pipe size is 8" or larger
cleanout shall be 6". Spacing between cleanouts shall not
exceed 100 feet for piping 6" and larger.
End of section
-
-
- 15430-4 -
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SECTION 15450
PLUMBING FIXTURES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Plumbing fixtures.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 15430
B. Section 15050
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Plumbing Specialties.
Basic Mechanical
Methods.
Materials
and
A. Plumbing fixture standards: Comply with applicable portion of
National standard Plumbing code pertaining to materials and
installation of plumbing fixtures.
B. ANSI standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards per-
taining to plumbing fixtures and systems including ANSI A171.1
standard pertaining to plumbing fixtures for handicapped.
.....
C.
PDI compliance: comply with standards established by Plumbing
and Drainage Institute pertaining to plumbing fixture sup-
ports.
r-
1. 04 SUBMITTALS:
A. submit product data in accordance with Section 01300.
B. submittals required on:
01. Water closets.
02. Lavatories.
03. Urinals.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES:
A. General: Provide factory-fabricated fixtures of type, style,
and material indicated; for each type fixture, provide fixture
trim, lavatory support, carriers, seats, water closet floor
flange and gasket and valves as indicated and as required for
complete installation.
,...
- 15450-1
B. Refer to Plumbing Fixture schedule on plans.
C. Lavatory Accessories.
01. Lavatory traps: 1-~" chrome plated cast brass P traps
with cleanout, brass nuts, 17 gauge tubing to wall and
deep escutcheon; American standard 4401.014, crane Co.
085260 or Kohler K-9000, unless indicated otherwise.
02. Lavatory supplies: ~" x 12" chrome plated wheel handle
angle supply stops, 3/8" 00 chrome plated copper tube
risers, nipple to wall and deep escutcheon; American
standard 2303.154, Crane Co. 85005, Kohler K7606 or
Eastman C5M12, unless indicated otherwise; provide 2 gpm
flow control in each supply line.
D. Water closet Accessories:
Fixture supply ~" chrome plated asngle supply valve with 3/8"
chrome plated flexible riser tube asnd wall nipple similar to
Chicago Faucet Co. 41073 or equivalent.
E. Fixture bolt caps: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed
fixture bolt caps finished to match fixture finish.
F. Furnish shut-off valves on ALL water lines connecting to all
plumbing fixtures.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Install plumbing fixtures level, plumb and parallel to walls;
- equally space fixtures in batteries unless indicated other-
wise.
B. All exposed metal parts must have polished chrome plated
finish unless indicated otherwise.
C. polished chrome or other exposed finishes must not show tool
marks.
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
A. Clean plumbing fixtures of dirt and debris upon completion of
installation; protect installed fixtures from damage during
remainder or construction period.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. upon completion of installation of plumbing fixtures and after
units are water pressurized, test fixtures to demonstrate
capability and compliance with requirements; when possible
correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise remove and replace with new
units and proceed with retesting.
End of section
- 15450-2 -
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SECTION 15700
BEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION:
A. Work under this contract shall be installed in accordance with
the General Conditions and complying strictly with all codes
and regulations of local, state, federal and private
authorities having jurisdiction.
,-
1.02 COMPLETION:
After completion of work, systems shall be tested and shown to
operate properly in the presence of the Architect/Engineer.
Any ad ditional work necessary for systems to operate properly
shall be performed promptly and at no additional costs to the
owner.
.....
1.03 SCOPlj::
A. work included under this Division shall include all labor,
materials, equipment and administrative services necessary to
complete and make operable the HVAC work illustrated on the
drawings and specified herein. work to include but not
limited to:
01. preparation and submission of shop drawings, diagrams,
and illustrations.
02. procuring all necessary permits and approvals, and pay
all fees and charges required in connection with the
work.
03. Furnish and install all new Mechanical HVAC Equipment,
as specified in these specifications, in all locations
indicated on these Drawings.
04. Furnish and install new packaged Thru-Wall Electric
Heating and D/X cooling Air-Handling Unit in location
designated on this Contract Drawing. New HVAC unit
shall be equipped with an integral air-cooled direct
expansion cooling coil and outdoor air-cooled condensing
unit.
05. Furnish and install all new supply Air Diffusers and
Return Air Grilles in all locations indicated on these
Drawings.
.-
- 15700-1 -
r-
......
06. Balance new HVAC air distribution system to airflows
specified on these Drawings.
07. Install new ductwork as shown on these drawings in
accordance with ASHRAE and SMACNA standards.
08. Furnish and install complete electric temperature
control systems, to control operation of all New Heating
& Air-conditioning Equipment indicated on these
Drawings.
09. Provide hangers, supports, fasteners, and bases for all
equipment and materials furnished and installed under
this Division.
10. Furnish, install and make operational new Toilet Room
exhaust fan and electric wall heaters in all locations
indicated on these Drawings. (Wiring by other Division).
11. Insulate all ductwork located in unconditioned spaces,
and/or areas where condensation on ductwork may form.
1. 04 DRAWINGS
A.
Drawings are diagrallDllatic and indicated the general
arrangements of systems and work required in this Division.
contractor shall examine drawings and specifications and
satisfy himself as to the nature and location of all work. No
additional payment will be made to the Contractor due to the
Contractor's misunder-standing of job scope or conditions.
-
B. If directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall make minor
'modifications in the layout required to prevent conflict with
the work of other trades or for the proper execution of the
work.
C.
Any building conditions that will not allow work to be
performed as shown shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect prior to beginning work on this project.
-
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HVAC EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
A. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS:
01. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS
02. PACKAGED THRU-WALL HEATING & AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT
SPECIFICATIONS (AC-l):
CARRIER MODEL NO. 50EC006 (ELECTRIC HEAT/ELECTRIC COOL)
MANUFACTURED BY CARRIER CORPORATION
Unit shall be furnished with integral
coil and integral direct-expansion,
condensing unit.
Unit shall have a total cooling capacity not less than
60,000 BTU/HR, sensible cooling capacity not less than
electric heating
air cooled type
- 15700-2 -
....,
....
45,500 BTU/HR. unit shall deliver not less than 2,000
CFM. unit shall be furnished with an integral electric
heating coil with a heating capacity not less than
85,325 BTU/HR (25KW). verify unit voltage with actual
field conditions prior to ordering HVAC Equipment. unit
shall be equipped with not less than a 1.0 HP indoor fan
motor and 1.5 HP condenser fan motor.
unit electrical requirements shall be 35.2 minimum
circuit amps/50 Amp Fuse, for unit cooling plus
electrical required for 25 KW electric heating coil.
All electrical ratings are at 208 Volts - Three phase,
60 HZ, 197 Minimum operating Volts.
B. NEW PACKAGED THRU-WALL HEATING & AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT:
CARRIER MODEL 50EC006
COOLING CAPACITY (TOTAL/SENSIBLE): 60,500 BTUH/45.500 BTUH
OPERATING WEIGHT: 550 LBS
COMPRESSOR: 1 AT 5. 0 HP
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR: 3,600 CFM AT 0.25" W.C.
1-1/2 HP MOTOR - 3,450 CFM (208/3/60)
INDOOR D/X/COIL: 4 ROWS/I0 FINS PER IN.
EVAPORATOR BLOWER MOTOR: 2,000 CFM AT 0.50" ESP
1 HP BLOWER FAN MOTOR
AIR FILTERS: 1-18" X 30" X 1"
ELECTRICAL: 35.2 MCA/50HOCP AT 208/3/60 (W/O ELECTRIC HEAT)
ELECTRIC HEAT COIL: 25 KW AT 208/3/60 VOLTAGE.
C. DUCTWORK:
01. All new supply, return and exhaust air ductwork shall be
constructed of galvanized sheet steel in accordance with
ASHRAE, SMACNA, and NFPA standards.
02. Acoustically line all new supply air ductwork within ten
linear feet (10-0) of the evaporator/supply air fan and
exhaust fans. Duct liner shall be fiberglass Aeroflex
200 duct liner of 1-1/2 lbs. per cubic foot density
(thickness = 1") covered with a neoprene coating and/or
an alternate approved by the project Engineer prior to
installation.
03. All duct dimensions indicated on these working drawings
are inside clear dimensions and should be increased
accordingly to accOllDllodate required acoustic duct
lining.
04. All new supply, return, outside air intake and exhaust
ducts not internally lined shall be insulated externally
with 1" thick, 1 lb. density, foil faced pink duct wrap
manufactured by owens corning Fiberglass or approved
equal.
05. PREFABRICATED, INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK MAY ONLY BE
USED ON THIS PROJECT IN STRAIGHT LENGTHS NOT EXCEEDING
TWO FEET (2' -0) IN LENGTH.
06. All new supply air duct, register and grille openings,
located on all main and branch trunk lines, shall have
,.-
- 15700-3 -
D.
End of section
all duct interior surfaces painted with a flat black
paint to prevent shiny galvanized surfaces from being
seen once the final register/grille has been installed.
07. All new supply air registers shall be Titus Model 300FL,
all aluminum construction, with front blades parallel to
long dimension and rear blades parallel to short
dimension. All blades shall be individually adjustable.
Furnish all supply all registers with optional opposed
blade dampers and satin anodized finish.
08. New return/transfer air grille shall be Titus Model 3FL,
all aluminum construction, with front blades parallel to
long dimension and rear blades parallel to short
dimension. All blades shall be individually adjustable.
Furnish return/transfer air grille with optional satin
anodized finish.
09. suspend and support all ductwork from construction in
accordance with ASHRAE and SMACNA standards.
Toilet Exhaust Fan:
BROAN MODEL H080
FAN CAPACITY: 80 CFM rated for
continuous operation
FAN SOUND CRITERIA: 2 1/2 SONES
--
01. Toilet exhaust fan shall be suitable for mounting in an
exterior wall and/or ceiling location, and shall be
controlled from a twenty-four (24) hour time of day Time
Clock, furnished and installed by the Electrical
Contractor.
02. Toilet Exhaust Fan shall be furnished with an exterior
grade discharge air louver and/or roof cap, acoustically
insulated fan housing and shall not exceed the specified
sound rating. Exhaust fan shall bear the AHCA Certified
Rating seal and U.L. Label. Integral backdraft damper
shall be chatterproof. Face grille shall be or
aerodynamic white egg-crate design and provide 85% free
area.
- 15700-4 -
.....
DIVISION 16
16110
16120
16130
16140
16190
16400
16440
16450
16460
16470
16475
--
16500
16550
16635
16670
16675
16720
16741
.....
16765
16770
16911
--
.....
,...
ELECTRICAL
Raceways
Wires and Cables
Boxes
wiring Devices
Supporting Devices
Main Molded Case Circuit Breaker
and CUrrent Transformer Cabinet
Disconnect switches
Grounding
Dry Type Transformers
pane1boards
OVercurrent Protective
Devices
Lighting
Lighting Spare Parts
Natural Gas Fueled Emergency Generator
and Transfer switch
Lightning protection system
Transient voltage surge Suppression
Fire Alarm system
Telephone Raceway System
Telephone Call-For-Assistance System
Hold up Alarm
Lighting Control Equipment
--.
project No. 9432RA
parking system xmprOVem8nts
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISXON 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. conduit, couplings, fittings, connectors, and aCC"3ssory parts.
B. Raceway identification marking.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
section 09900
painting
section 16120
wires and cables
section 16121
wiring Devices
section 16130
Boxes
section 16190
supporting Devices
section 16450
Grounding
section 16500
Lighting
A.
1. 03 REFERENCES:
ANSI/NFPA 70
National Electrical Code
B.
ANSI/ASME A 13.1
scheme for Identification of piping
systems
c.
ANSI/C80.1
ANSI/C.80.3
Rigid steel conduit, zinc coated
Electrical Metallic Tubing, zinc
coated
D.
E.
ANSI/UL 360
FS WW-C-581
steel conduits, Liquid Tight Flexible
specification for Galvanized Rigid
conduit
F.
G.
FS ww-c-582
conduit, Raceway, Metal, and Fitting
surface
H.
FS ww-c-566
specification for Flexible Metal
conduit
I.
NEMA TC 2
Electrical plastic Tubing (EPT) and
conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80)
- 16110-1 -
-
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. shop Drawings: conduit layout for all concealed and exposed
conduit feeding light fixtures and junction boxes.
1. 05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions section
01720.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUITS:
A. Rigid Metal conduit.
01. Low carbon steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and out;
ANSI C80-1, UL-6.
02. Threaded joints.
03. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: Cast ferrous or malleable
iron, galvanized. Gasketed cover where applicable.
04. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch (19 IIDII) unless otherwise noted.
B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT).
01. Galvanized inside and outside; ANSI C80.3.
02. Minimum Size: 3/4 (19 mm).
03. Fittings: compression type; steel - no die cast.
C.
Rigid PVC Non-Metallic Conduit.
.....
01. UL listed.
02. schedule 80 for underground.
03. Rated for use with 900 conductors.
D. Flexible Conduit
1. Galvanized steel, inside and outside; ANSI/UL 360.
2. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch (19 IIDII) unless otherwise noted.
3. Liquid Tight: PVC or equal protective jacket, continu-
ous copper bonding strip built into core (sizes up to 1-
1/4").
--
2.02 CONDUIT TYPES:
A. utilize PVC conduit for all below grade applications unless
noted otherwise. Convert to rigid steel conduit before
stubbing up above grade.
B. utilize electrical metallic tubing only in office area.
- 16110-2 -
.....
C. utilize rigid galvanized conduit in all other locations.
D. where conduits cross building expansion joints provide
approved expansion fittings. Provide approved grounding bonds
bypassing the fitting.
2.03 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS FOR PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS:
A. Fire Rated Sealant: Three hour fire rated, similar and equal
to Flameseal manufactured by Nelson Electric, Tulsa, Oklahoma.
B. Non-Fire Rated Sealant: capable of sealing out water, dust
and gases; for manual or caulking gun application; similar and
equal to Crouse Hinds type EYS.
C. Grout: Non-shrink non-metallic type; similar and equal to
cyrstex.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUIT SIZING
A. Make connections to motors and vibrating equipment with PVC
jacketed flexible conduit and liquid tight connectors.
1. Minimum size 3/4 inch (19 mm) for motor connections.
2. Use 1/2 inch (13 mm) flexible conduit only for fixture
and control wiring and for connection to vibrating
equipment. Use larger size flexible conduit if required
by National Electrical Code.
3. Provide sufficient length of flexible conduit to avoid
transmission of vibration.
4. 3/8 inch (10 mm) permitted as per ANSI/NFPA 70, Article
350-3, Exception 3.
5. The minimum size conduit in concrete slab or below
concrete slab shall be 1". Minimum cover above conduit
shall be 2" where installed in concrete slab.
B. 1/2 inch (13 mm) conduit may be used for switch legs.
3.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION:
A. cut conduit joints square, threaded, reamed smooth, and drawn
up tight. Make bends or offsets with an approved bender or
hickey, or hub-type conduit fittings. Number of bends per run
to conform to ANSI/NFPA 70 limitations.
B. Run concealed conduits in a direct line with long sweep bends
and offsets. Run exposed conduits parallel to and at right
angles to building lines, using conduit fittings for turns and
offsets.
C. securely fasten exposed conduits in place on maximum 5 foot
(1/5 m) intervals with hangers. Provide supports or fasteners
at each elbow and at end of each straight run terminating at
a box or cabinet. powder actuated fasteners are not accept-
able.
- 16110-3 -
D. when two or more conduits run parallel and adjacent to each
other (except those concealed in wall construction), make
bends and off-sets and group on common channels.
E. Bush conduit entries into panelboards or boxes. Bushings, on
conductors No. 4 and larger, to be insulated type with
grounding provisions. Use gasketed locknuts in Garage.
F. cap open ends of conduits with plastic during rough-in.
G. upon completion of installation, clear entire system of
obstructions prior to wire pulling.
H. Install conduit systems in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70 and in
a neat, workmanlike manner.
I. Make transitions between non-metallic conduits to metallic
conduits with standard adapters designed for such purposes.
PVC conduit shall be converted to rigid prior to emerging from
underground. Use grounding bushing at end of conduit to
terminate ground conductor if conduit is terminated.
J. Pull boxes required in runs over 100 feet or when more than
three 90 degree bends are used, or as indicated on Drawings.
K. Install underground conduits minimum 30 inches (760 IIDII) below
finish grade.
L.
conduit for garage
the detail shown
installation.
lighting shall be installed according to
for the lighting fixture/junction box
3.03 PENETRATIONS AND PATCHWORK:
A. Grout metal sleeves into construction for conduit penetrations
through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floors.
B. seal penetrations through other wall and floor construction
with sealant specified in section 07920.
C. Install fire rated penetration assemblies for penetrations
through fire rated walls and floors.
D. Coordinate watertight sealing of underground penetrations with
waterproofing or dampproofing specified in Division 7.
E. Check drawings for conduit penetration thru precast concrete
work. Core drilling in precast concrete work shall be done by
the electrical contractor upon approval from structural
engineer. A log of core drilled location shall be kept with
the contract drawings at the job site for review. copies will
be available at the request of authorized persons.
3.04 APPLICATION OF RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION:
.-
A. Identify services, where over 120 VAC and to distinguish
between power and control or communications. Label all
junction boxes that are on emergency circuits with the letters
"EM".
B. Identify with plastic tape markers or combination marking
system.
.....
- 16110-4 -
...
c. Install in clear view and align with axis of conduit.
D. space identification on accessible concealed conduits at not
over 20 foot intervals, on exposed conduits at not over 100
foot intervals.
E. Locate identification adjacent to each box and at each side of
each penetration of structure, enclosure, and other obstruc-
tion to visual observation.
End of section
- 16110-5 -
Project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Lot
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Building wires
B. cables
C. Wiring connections and terminations.
1.02 REFERENCES:
A.
ASTM B258
Standard Nominal Diameters and Cross-
Sectional Area of AWG Sizes of Solid
Round wires used as Electrical Con-
ductors.
B.
ANSI/NFPA 70
National Electrical Code.
C.
NEMA WC 3
Rubber-Insulated wire and Cable for
the Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Energy (For Control Wiring
only)
D.
NEMA WC 5
Thermoplastic-insulated Wire and
Cable for the Transmission and
Distribution of Electrical Energy.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Product Data: For each product type.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 LOW VOLTAGE: (600 Volts and Below)
A. Wires For Lighting system & Power.
1 . Copper
a. Feeders and branch circuits 8 AWG and larger:
Stranded conductors.
b. Feeders and branch circuits smaller than 8 AWG;
Solid conductor.
c. control Circuits: Stranded Conductor.
.....
- 16120-1 -
'"'"
2. Insulation
a. Thermoplastic: NEMA wc 5.
b. conductors minimum #12 AWG in branch circuits:
Type THHN.
c. conductors #10 and larger: Type THHN.
B. 600 V rating.
c. Remote control cable.
1. copper
2. Individual conductors twisted together.
3. covered with PVC jacket.
4 . Insulation
a. For Class 1 Remote control and signal circuits:
600 volt.
D. communications wire: As specified under applicable section
and/or required by manufacturer.
2.02 COLOR CODING
A. comply with ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. color coding consistent throughout project.
c. color coding of ends only is acceptable for feeder phase
conductors.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL - wiring Methods
A. use no wire smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting
circuits, and no smaller than 14 AWG for control wiring.
B. Use 10 AWG conductor for 20 Ampere, 120 Volt branch circuit
home runs longer than 75 feet (23 m) and for 20 ampere, 277
Volt branch circuit home runs longer than 200 feet (61 m).
c. place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a
circuit in same raceway or cable.
D. splice only in junction or outlet boxes.
E. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and
panelboards.
F. Make Conductors lengths for paralleled wires for the same
circuits equal.
- 16120-2 -
3.02 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS:
A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL
listed wire pulling lubricate for pulling 4 AWG and larger
wires.
B. Install wires in raceway after interior of building has been
physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work
likely to injure conductors has been completed.
C. Completely and thoroughly clean raceway system before instal-
ling conductors.
3.03 CABLE INSTALLATION:
A. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to change.
B. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
3.04 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS:
A. Splice only in accessible junction boxes.
B. Use solderless pressure connectors only with insulating covers
for copper splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller.
C. Use split bolt connectors for copper wire splices and taps, 8
AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors
with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of
conductor.
D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.
E. Make splices, taps and termination to carry full ampacity of
- conductors without perceptible temperature rise.
F. completely remove the semi-conducting coating and semi-ducting
tape over the insulation when terminating or splicing of
shielded or sheathed Cables.
G. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under
provisions of Section 01400.
B. Inspect wires and cables for physical damage and proper
connection.
C. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufac-
turer's recommended values.
D. Perform continuity test on all power and equipment branch
circuit conductors. verify proper phasing connections.
End of Section
-
-
- 16120-3 -
.-
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVXSXOR 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTXOR 16130
BOXES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Junction Boxes.
B. Wall and ceiling outlet Boxes.
C. Traffic Type.
D. cabinets.
E. Fittings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. section 16141
B. section 16470
C. section 16500
1.03 REFERENCES:
A. ANSI/NFPA 70
B. ANSI/NEMA Os-l
C.
ANSI/NEMA os-2
D.
NEMA 250
E.
ANSI/NEMA ICS 1
F.
ANSI/NEMA ICS 4
G.
ANSI/NEMA ICS 6
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
wiring Devices
panelboards
Lighting
National Electrical code
Sheet-steel outlet Boxes,
Devices Boxes, Covers and Box
supports.
Non-metallic
Device Boxes,
supports.
outlet Boxes,
covers and BOX
Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) .
Industrial control and systems.
Terminal Blocks for Industrial
control Equipment and systems.
Enclosures for Industrial
control Equipment and systems.
A. submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Shop Drawings for Equipment Panels: Indicate wiring schematic
diagram, wiring diagram, outline drawings, and construction
- 16130-1 -
diagram as described in ANSI/NEMA ICS-l.
C. Product Data: For components.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 JUNCTION BOXES:
A. Galvanized steel, 4 11/16 inches square 2 7/16 junction box
with 1/2 inch, 3/4 inch and 1 inch knockouts for conduits for
use in enclosed areas.
B. sheet Metal Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS-I; stamped or welded galva-
nized steel for enclosed areas.
C. Cast Galvanized steel Boxes for Outdoor, Garage, and Wet
Location: Type 4 and Type 6; flat-flanged; UL listed as
raintight; with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover
screws.
D. Cast Metal Boxes for Underground Installations (NEMA 250):
Type 4; flanged; recessed cover box for flush mounting; UL
listed as raintight; galvanized cast iron or cast aluminum box
and plain cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover
screws.
E.
Inground Locations:
cast iron junction
automobile traffic.
Use traffic type, sealed, concrete or
or pull boxes - capable of supporting
2.02 OUTLET BOXES
A. Boxes
1. UL approved
2. Hot dip galvanized, 1.25 oz./sq.ft. (381 g/sq m) zinc
coating.
B. Interior Boxes - Fully enclosed interior areas only.
1. Galvanized sheet metal.
2. 1/2, 3/4, inch knockouts.
3. Size as required.
C. Garage Interior and Exterior Areas
1. Cast malleable iron, galvanized.
2. Threaded openings to accept appropriate size of rigid
conduit.
3. Gasketed covers, where applicable.
4. Surface mount; box must be suitable to accept swivel
- 16130-2 -
mount for light fixture mounting.
5. Cast aluminum boxes are not acceptable.
2.03 CABINETS:
A. Hinged Cover Enclosure
1. comply with ANSI/NFPA 70.
2. Metal construction: NEMA 250; Type 1.
3. Finish: Prime coated; Manufacturer's standard enamel
finish.
4. Locking door with all locks keyed alike.
5. Concealed flush hinges.
6. Flush lock.
7. Fabrication.
a. Shop assemble enclosures and cabinets housing
terminal blocks or electrical components in
accordance with ANSI/NEMA ICS-6.
b. Provide conduit hubs and knockouts on enclosures.
c. Provide protective pocket inside front cover with
schematic diagram, connection diagram, and layout
drawing of control wiring and components within
enclosure.
B. Terminal Strips
1. Below 50 Volts: Screw terminal type.
2. Above 50 Volts: 250 Volt screw terminal type with
barriers between each set of terminals and individual
terminal points for each conductor.
C.
Identification:
numbers.
Identify terminal strips with permanent
D. wiring Diagrams: Provide w~r~ng diagram on inside of each
cabinet door showing units and conductors connected to
cabinet.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS:
A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required
for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and
for code compliance.
B. Electrical box locations shown on Drawings are approximate
unless dimensioned. verify location of outlets and switches
- 16130-3 -
in booth prior to rough-in.
C. Locate and install boxes to allow access. where installation
is inaccessible, coordinate locations and sizes of required
access doors with section 08305.
D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat
appearance.
E. Locate junction box for lighting fixture as detailed on the
Drawings.
3.02 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION:
A. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes in roadway, parking
booth, garage or in electrical room.
B. support pull and junction boxes independently of conduit.
3.03 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION:
A. Adjust position of outlets in finished masonry wall to suit
masonry course lines.
B. Locate boxes in masonry walls so that only a corner need by
cut from masonry units.
C. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior, garage, and wet
locations.
D. Remove knockouts only where required.
E. - support boxes independently of conduit.
F. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are mounted
together. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different
voltage systems.
G. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation in
booth or in occupied areas.
3.04 CABINETS:
A. Install cabinets and enclosures plumb; anchor securely to wall
and structural supports at each corner, minimum.
B. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment enclosures.
C. Install trim plumb.
D. Terminate conduit in cabinet with lock nut and bushing or lock
nut and grounding bushing.
E. Terminate wiring on terminal blocks or strips.
F. Vacuum clean cabinet upon completion of installation.
End of Section
.....
- 16130-4 -
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRXCAL
SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. wall switches
B. Receptacles
c. Plate covers
1.02 REFERENCES:
A. ANSI/NFPA 70
B. FS W-C-596
c. FS W-S-896
D. NEMA WD 1
E. NEMA WD 5
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
National Electrical Code
Electrical Power connector, Plug,
Receptacle, and cable outlet.
switch, Toggle.
General purpose wiring Devices
specific purpose wiring Devices
A. submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Product Data: Indicate configurations, finishes, dimensions,
and manufacturer's instructions.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS - SWITCHES:
A. Hubbell
B. Arrow-Hart
C. Pass and seymour
D. GTE Sylvania
E. Bryant
F. General Electric
G. substitutions: Under provisions of section 01300.
- 16140-1 -
2.02 WALL SWITCHES:
A. switch Types
1. single pole: 1121
2. Double pole: 1122
3. Three way: 1123
B. 120-277 Volt wall switches
1. Quiet: slow make, slow break.
2. Toggle handle
3. Totally enclosed
4. Rated 20 amps
5. specification grade.
6. Matching single pole and three-way switches.
7. Handle: plastic, white color in finished space; brown
elsewhere.
2.03 RECEPTACLES:
A. standard Duplex Receptacles
1. Full gang size
2. Polarized
3 . Duplex
4. Parallel blade
.....
5. U-grounding slot
6. Specification grade
7. 20 amp, 125 volt rating
8. Designed for split feed
9. Color: white in finished space; brown elsewhere.
B. weatherproof Receptacles
1. 20 amp, 125 VAC
2. specification grade
3. Cast aluminum cover, tampered proof keyed.
C. GFCI Receptacles
1. Duplex, convenience receptacle with integral ground
fault current interrupter.
- 16140-2 -
2. 125 VAC, 20 amp feed thru, 20 amp at receptacle.
3. Neon pilot light
4. Color: White in bathroom; grey in garage.
2.04 PLATE COVERS:
A. Urea
B. completely smooth
C. Bevelled type
D. smooth rolled outer edge
E. continuous plate for ganged devices
F. Color: white
G. Screw heads finished to match plates
H. Galvanized steel plates acceptable for area other than office.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MOUNTING HEIGHTS:
A. comply with handicapped requirements of State of Florida.
B. Coordinate with architectural detail.
C. wall switches: 48 inches (2400 mm) above finish floor, ready
- to receive decorative floor covering, unless noted otherwise.
D. Receptacles:
1.
14 inches (356 mm) above finish floor, ready to receive
decorative floor covering, unless noted otherwise.
....
2.
In toilets or other areas with counters,
mounting height with height of counters.
above counter or sinks recommended).
coordinate
(8 inches
E. Mounting Heights Not Listed: Refer to Drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. Mount receptacles vertically with grounding pole at bottom.
B. Install switches OFF position down.
C. Install devices and wall plates flush and level.
End of section
-.
- 16140-3 -
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Raceway systems supports
B. Interior luminaire supports
C. Fastening hardware
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
section 03300
Cast-In-place Concrete: Concrete for
equipment pads.
B.
section 09900
Painting:
coatings.
Touch-up and protective
C.
section 16110
Raceways
D.
section 16500
Lighting
1. 03 REFERENCES:
A.
- ANSI/NEMA FB 1
Fittings and support for conduit and
cable Assemblies.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit under provisions of section 01300.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCES:
A. support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and
conduit, including wiring, which they carry.
1.06 COORDINATION:
A. coordinate size, shape, and location of concrete pads with
section 03300 - cast-In-place concrete.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS:
A. single Runs: Galvanized conduit straps or ring bolt type
hangers.
B. Multiple Runs: Conduit rack with 25 percent spare capacity.
c. vertical Runs: Channel support with conduit fittings.
.....
- 16190-1 -
2.02 ANCHOR METHODS:
A. Toggle bolts or spider type expansion anchors.
B. Lead expansion anchors or preset inserts.
c. wood screws.
D. self-drilling anchors.
2.03 FASTENERS AND ROD:
A. cap screw and self-drilling anchor or driven threaded stud
type unless specifically noted. Minimum screw or stud size:
1/4 inch (6 IIDII).
B. For structural steel members, use suitable clamps.
C. Hanger Rod
1. Mild steel, hot dipped galvanized.
2. Threaded, continuously, with nuts and locking devices.
3. Painted to match surrounding surface
3 . PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Layout to maintain headroom.
B. Neat mechanical appearance.
c. - support equipment loads required.
D. provide adjustable supports with means for locking after
adjusting where leveling required.
E.
place required anchorage in concrete formwork.
with section 03310.
coordinate
F. Fasten hanger rods, outlet and junction boxes to building
structure with expansion anchors and preset inserts.
G. Use expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry
walls.
H. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry,
plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls.
I. Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchor on concrete
surfaces.
J. Use metal screws in sheet metal studs.
K. Use wood screws in wood construction.
L. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical
equipment, or conduit.
M. DO not use powder-actuated anchors.
- 16190-2 -
N. DO not drill prestressed concrete members without approval of
the Engineer.
o. Fabricate supports from hot dipped galvanized structural steel
or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat
appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers
under all nuts. Touch up all damage to the hot dipped
galvanized coating with ZRC cold galvanizing compound as
specified in section 09900, 2.02 C.
P. In wet locations install free-standing electrical equipment on
concrete pads.
Q. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum
of four anchors. Provide steel channel supports to stand
cabinet one inch (25 mm) off wall.
R. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush
mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls.
s. Do not install in such a manner that the electrical system
becomes a source of tripping, or intrudes on headroom. No
projections over walkways will be permitted if interference
with pedestrian traffic occurs.
End of Section
- 16190-3 -
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, F10rdia
DXVXSXOR 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTXON 16400
MAXN MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER AND CURRENT TRANSFORMER CABINET
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Molded case circuit breaker
B. Enclosure for current transformer for metering
C. Metering block
D. Electrical meter
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. section 03300
B. section 09900
C. section 16426
D. section 16475
1.03 REFERENCES:
A. ANSI/NFPA 70
B. ANSI c12
C. FS w-c-375
D. NEMA AB 1
E. UL
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
Concrete work - Housekeeping bases
and pads.
Finish coatings
Distribution switchboards
overcurrent protective Devices
National Electric code
code for Electricity Metering
circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch
circuit and service
Molded Case circuit Breakers
Label for service entrance equipment
A. submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate front and side views of enclosures
with overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and
requirements, nameplate legends; electrical characteristics
including voltage, frame size and trip ratings, short circuit
withstand ratings.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
- 16400-1 -
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. 01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. square D
B. General Electric
C. westinghouse
D. Substitutions: under provisions of section 01300.
E. Provide UL Label.
2.02 ENCLOSURE:
A. Furnished in NEMA 1 general-purpose enclosures with removable
conduit plates in top and bottom.
B. Code gauge steel with rust-inhibiting primer and baked enamel
finish.
C. Align all sections to back of complete structure; may be
placed flush against a wall.
D. Locate in line with Main distribution panel.
2.03 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AND CABINET:
A. Handle: provision for locking in OPEN position only.
B. Provide a mechanical interlock to prevent opening door when
switch is closed.
C. Plate all current-carrying parts.
2.04 GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER:
A. A ground fault protection system shall be included in the
switchboard. It shall consist of a current sensor enclosing
all phase and neutral conductors of the circuit to be
monitored, appropriate relaying equipment to provide the
desired ground fault current sensitivity and time-current
response characteristics, and an appropriately sized fusible
bolted pressure contact switch equipped to function in
conjunction with the other elements of the ground fault
protection system. Installation of the equipment shall in all
respects be in accordance to manufacturer's recOllDllendations.
B. A sensitive current sensor shall be provided of sufficient
size to encircle the phase conductors and, where used, the
neutral conductor of the circuit to be monitored. Current
sensor output shall be coordinated with the required input to
the relay. A test winding shall be included to simulate the
flow of ground fault current through the current sensor in
order to test the operation of the ground fault protection
system including sensor pickup, relay and circuit protective
device operation. The frame of the current sensor shall be so
constructed that one leg can be opened to allow removal or
installation around cable or bus without disturbing the cable
or requiring drop-links in the bus.
- 16400-2 -
C. The relay shall be solid state construction for maximum
reliability, except that a coil operated output relay may be
provided to control 120 v. power to operate a fusible bolted
pressure contact switch or low voltage power breaker ground
fault trip mechanism.
The ground fault relay shall require no external source of
power for tripping the associated molded case circuit breaker,
drawing all the energy needed for proper operation of the
ground fault protection system directly from the output of the
current sensor.
Adjustable pickup current sensitivity for ground fault
currents from 200 amperes to 1200 amperes shall be provided.
A calibrated dial shall be provided for setting the current
pickup point in the field. settings for individual relays
dhall be 200 amperes.
Time delay provided by the relay circuitry shall be nominally
.5 seconds, and shall be permanently calibrated to preclude
tampering with the time delay after installation.
A self-contained test circuit utilizing the test coil provided
in the current sensor shall be incorporated in the system.
D. A fusible bolted pressure contact switch rated at 1200
amperes, 480 volts, and equipped with 3 fuses shall be
provided to open the circuit for normal switching, overload,
short circuit, or ground fault current sufficient to operate
the relay. It shall include ground fault trip mechanism
activated by the ground fault relay which, operating in
conjunction with an interposing relay and auxiliary power
source, will release a stored-energy device to open the
switch. The ground fault trip mechanism must be capable of
"operating satisfactorily at 55% of rated voltage to provide
satisfactory operation under the reduced voltage that might
accompany a ground fault condition. The switch interrupting
rating shall be coordinated with the time delay to insure that
the switch is capable of interrupting any current it may be
required to open.
2.05 BUSSING:
A. copper and of sufficient cross-sectional area to continuously
conduct rated full load current with a maximum temperature
rise of 65 C above an ambient temperature of 25 c.
B. Rigidly brace bus bars to comply with integrated equipment
rating of switchboard.
c. Lugs: Suitable for copper and aluminum cables and front
removable.
2.06 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS:
A. The current transformers shall be located in the enclosure of
the pad mounted transformer furnished by Florida power and
Light company. The electrical contractor shall provide all
necessary material and work for the metering as required by
Florida Power and Light company.
B. Furnish, when required, wiring, necessary fuse blocks and
- 16400-3 -
terminal blocks within the switchboard. Provide all groups of
control wires, leaving switchboard, with terminal blocks with
suitable numbering strips. All hardware used on conductors
shall have a high tensile strength and an anti-corrosive zinc
plating.
2.07 RATINGS:
A. Interrupting capacity: 100,000 amps, sYllDlletrical.
B. Amperage: 600 amps, 100% neutral, 50% ground.
c. Voltage: 480 volts.
D. circuit: Three phase four wire.
2.08 ELECTRIC METER SOCKET:
A. Electric Meter Socket shall be furnished for Florida Power and
Light Co. use in installing their electric meter at the pad
mounted transformer.
3. PART 3 - BXECUTION
A. place anchorage in concrete mounting pads. Coordinate with
Section 03300.
B. comply with manufacturer's instructions.
c. securely anchor components plumb, level, and in correct
alignment with other work.
End of Section
- 16400-4 -
project No. 9432RA
Parking System ImproveJDents
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16440
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Disconnect switches
B. Fuses
C. Enclosures
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. section 06130
B. section 06180
C. section 16450
D. section 16475
1.03 REFERENCES:
A. ANSI/NFPA 70
B. FS w-s-865
C. NEMA
Boxes: cabinets and Enclosures
Equipment wiring systems
Grounding
OVercurrent Protective Devices
National Electrical Code
switch, Box Surface-Mounted
Classification of standard Types of
Nonventilated Enclosures for Electric
controllers.
D.
UL
Annual Product Directories.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: Include outline drawings with dimensions, and
equipment ratings for voltage, capacity, horsepower, and short
circuit.
1. 05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01700.
1.06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A. submit under provisions of section 01700.
- 16440-1 -
B. Include manufacturer's operating instructions and maintenance
and repair data.
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Conform to ANSI/NFPA 70 and to applicable inspection
authority.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
:"'-
A.
square D
B. General Electric
C. seimens
D. substitutions: under provisions of section 01340
2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
A. Motor and circuit disconnects shall have UL label.
B. Fusible switch Assemblies
1. Quick-make, quick-break.
2. Load interrupter enclosed knife switch.
3. Externally operable handle interlocked to prevent
opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle
lockable in OFF position.
4. Fuse Clips: Designed to accollDllodate fuses.
5. Refer to section 16475.
6. voltage and Current: As Indicated on Drawings
7. short circuit rating: 100,000 amps rms sYllDll8tr ical.
C. Nonfusible switch Assemblies
1. Quick-make, quick-break
2. Load interrupter enclosed knife switch.
3.
Externally operable handle interlocked to
opening front cover with switch in ON position.
lockable in OFF position.
prevent
Handle
4.
Voltage, current and short-circuit ratings:
dicated on Drawings.
As In-
5.
short circuit rating:
100,000 amps rms sYllDlletrical.
.-
D.
Enclosures
1. Refer to section 16130
- 16440-2 -
2. Garage locations shall require NEMA 35 enclosures
3. Elevator lighting disconnects shall be lockable in the
"on" position.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Install motor and circuit disconnects as required by ap-
plicable codes.
Install uisconnect switches where indicated on drawings.
-'
C.
D.
Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches.
End of section
.....
--
,',
- 16440-3 -
--
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16450
GROUNDING
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Power system grounding
B. cOIIDIIunication system grounding
C. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.
~
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. section 16110
B. Section 16120
C. Section 16670
1. 03 REFERENCES:
A. ANSI/NFPA 70
1. 04 REGuLATORY REQUIREMENTS:
Raceways
Wires and cables
Lightning protection system
--
National Electrical Code
A. Install complete grounding system in accordance with ANSI/NFPA
70.
B.
At no time
--
Use green insulation ground wires throughout.
shall conduit be used as ground.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.
2.01 EQUIPMENT:
A. Ground Wire:
1. Refer to Section 16120
~
2 . Green insulation
3. Minimum size: t12.
B. Ground Rods:
1. Diameter: 3/4 inch (19 mm).
-
2.
Length: 10 feet (3 m) minimum
3.
Material:
cooper clad steel
- 16450-1 -
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
--
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Ground secondary service at supply side of secondary discon-
necting means.
B. Grounding Electrode Conductors.
1. Ground Rods:
a. Minimum 10 feet (3 m) length in contact with
soil.
b. upper end flush 2 feet below ground level.
c. Connect grounding electrode to rod with suitable
clamp. Apply anti-oxidation compound to clamp,
screws and end of wire.
C. Equipment Ground Conductors:
'""
1. All equipment grounding conductors shall have green
insulation of appropriate voltage for load being
serviced, unless noted on the Drawings as bare conduc-
tor.
2. Size: comply with ANSI/NFPA 70.
3. Ground all metallic enclosures, raceways, junction
boxes, and machine frames.
4. All grounds in electrical distribution room shall be in
conduit.
D. Branch Circuit Ground wire:
1. Metal conduit may not be used as ground path for recep-
tacle and lighting circuits.
2. Motor circuits shall carry grounding conductor back to
panel or Motor control center from which it is fed.
3. Flexible conduit shall carry a green grounding conductor
(or bare conductor if shown on Drawing) connected at
each end of the conduit with grounding terminals.
E. Use minimum 6 AWG copper conductor for communications service
grounding conductor. Leave 10 feet (3 m) slack conductor at
terminal board.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Inspect ground and bonding system conductors and connections
for tightness and proper installation.
B.
Measure ground resistance from system
service entrance to convenient ground
suitable ground testing equipment.
exceed 10 ohms.
neutral connection at
reference point using
Resistance shall not
End of Section
- 16450-2 -
.~
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16460
DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Dry type transformers.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A.
section 03300
Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete for
housekeeping pad.
B.
section 16450
Grounding
1.03 REFERENCES:
A.
ANSI/NEMA - ST 20 -
Dry Type Transformers for General
Applications.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions
" of enclosures and accessories, unit weight, voltage, KVA, and
impedance ratings and characteristics, loss data, efficiency
at 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent rated load, sound level, tap
configurations, insulation system type, and rated temperatures
rise.
c. product Data: Include results of all applicable ANSI standard
tests, plus full BIL impulse test data; submit concurrently
with pole mount transformer delivery.
1. 05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
"..
A.
Store and protect products under provisions of section 01600.
B. Store in a warm, dry location with uniform temperature. Cover
ventilating openings to keep out dust during construction.
C. Handle transformers using only lifting eyes and brackets
provided for that purpose. Protect units against entrance of
rain if handled in inclement weather.
1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Deliver to owner under provisions of Section 07130.
- 16460-1 -
....
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS :
A. square D
B. General Electric
c. ITE SEIMENS
D. substitutions: Under provisions of section 01300.
2.02 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS:
...:.,
A. Size and. Ratings: KVA rating, primary voltage, secondary
voltage as scheduled on Drawings. utilize high efficiency
design with low energy loss.
B. Taps: Two 2-~ percent full capacity taps above and four 2-~
percent full capacity taps below primary voltage.
c. Core and coil Units:
1. coils:
a. Material: copper, impregnated with varnish.
b. Each layer shall have end fillers or tie downs to
provide maximum mechanical strength.
c. No splicing acceptable.
d. Final wrap of electrical insulating material
designed to prevent injury to the magnet wire.
2. Cores:
a. Manufactured from a high grade, non-aging,
silicon steel with high magnetic permeabilities,
low hysteresis and eddy current losses.
b. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below
saturation to allow for a minimum of 10 percent
overvoltage excitation.
3. completely isolate core and coil unit from enclosure by
means of vibration absorbing mounts:
a. NO metal to metal contact between core and coil
and the enclosure.
b. Design vibration isolating system to provide for
continual securement of core and coil unit to
enclosure.
c. sound isolating systems requ1r1ng removal of all
tie down facilities are not acceptable.
4. Core and coils visibly grounded to frame of transformer
cubicle by means of flexible grounding strap of adequate
size.
- 16460-2 -
,---
D. Enclosure
1. ventilated type.
2. ventilated openings must be designed in a manner to
prevent accidental access to electrically live parts.
3. Degrease, clean, prime, and finish with baked enamel.
4. weatherproof for outdoor installation.
5. Provide lifting eyes or brackets.
E. Temperature rise by Resistance: 80 degrees c.
F. Case temperature shall not exceed 35 degrees C rise above
ambient at its warmest point.
G.
Maximum Sound Levels (ANSI/NEMA ST 20):
1. 0-9 KVA Rating: 40 dB
2. 10-50 KVA Rating: 45 dB
3. 51-150 KVA Rating: 50 dB
4. 151-300 KVA Rating: 55 dB
5. 301-500 KVA Rating: 60 dB
---
H. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data.
I. Insulation:
1. Class H (220 degrees C rated) for 16-500 KVA.
2. 30 KV, BIL.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. coordinate concrete and transformer mounting pads with section
03300.
B. Set Transformer plumb and level.
c. Use flexible conduit, 2 ft. (0.6 m) m~nUllum length, for
connections to transformer case. Make conduit connections to
side panel of enclosure.
D. Mount transformers on vibration isolating pads suitable for
isolating the transformer noise from the building structure.
E. Provide seismic restraints.
F. Adjust transformer taps to achieve nominal secondary voltages.
Adjustments to be made under normal load conditions.
....
- 16460-3 -
-
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing
transformer.
B. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate
tap adjustments.
End of section
"
- 16460-4 -
Project No. 9432RA
parking System Xmprovements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DXVJ:SXOR 16 - ELEC'l'RXCAL
SECTION 16470
PANELBOARDS
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Panelboards.
B. Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. section 16450
B. section 16475
1.03 REFERENCES:
A. ANSI C 33.38
B. ANSI/NFPA 70
C. FS W-C-375
D. FS W-P-1l5
E. NEMA AB 1
F. NEMA PB 1
G. NEMA PB 1.1
Grounding
OVercurrent Protective Devices.
safety Standards for panelboards
National Electrical Code
Circuit Breakers, Molded case, Branch
Circuit and Service.
Power Distribution Panel
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
panelboards
Instructions for Safe Installation,
operation and Maintenance of panel-
boards rated 600 Volts or less.
H.
NEMA PB 1. 2
Application Guide for Ground-fault
Protective Devices for Equipment.
I.
UL
As applicable to panelboards
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit under provisions of section 01300.
-,
B. Shop Drawings: Include outline and support point dimensions,
voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere
rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and
sizes.
.....
- 16470-1 -
.....
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 07120.
1.06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A. Submit under provisions of section 07130
B. Provide duplicate copy of each panelboard directory, for
inclusion in operating and maintenance data.
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A.
Construct Main fusible switch to UL standards and provide UL
labels.
-
1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS:
A. Deliver to owner under provisions of section 01730.
B. Keys: Two Each
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. square D
B. substitutions: Under provisions of section 01300.
2.02 PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES:
A. Panels:
1. surface mounted types as scheduled.
2 . concealed hinges.
3. Flush locks.
4. Finish: Gray enamel over rust inhibitive primer.
5. Main panelboard rated for service entrance use.
B. Tub: Galvanized steel.
C. Keys: Two keys for each panel; interchangeable for panels of
same voltage.
2.03 PANELBOARDS:
A. Enclosure:
1. NEMA Type 1 ( Indoor)
2. NEMA Type 3R (outdoor - Rain Tight)
- 16470-2 -
3.
cabinet size:
board) :
a. 6 inches (150 mm) deep.
(EXcept for Main distribution panel-
b. 20 inches (500 mm) wide.
4. Surface cabinet front as scheduled.
5. Concealed hinges.
6. Flush locks.
,..
7. Finish: Gray enamel over rust inhibitive primer.
8. Tub: Galvanized steel.
-
9.
Keys: Two keys for each panel; interchangeable for
panels of same voltage.
10. Label door of panel with voltage and designation. 1"
high lettering - white letters on a black background.
B. voltage: As scheduled.
c. Bus:
1. Material: copper
,"-
2.
Ratings as scheduled
3. 100 percent neutral
4. 50 percent ground bus
D. Minimum Integrated Short circuit Rating: As shown on drawing.
E. No series rating acceptable.
F. Molded Case circuit Breakers:
1. Bolt On type.
2. with thermal magnetic trip.
3. With common trip handle for 2 and 3 poles.
4. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for
lighting circuits.
5. Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit
breakers where scheduled.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
#0-
A.
comply with ANSI/NFPA 70 and UL requirements.
B. Verify proper phase balance of panelboard loads.
.....
- 16470-3 -
.-
C. Prepare and affix typewritten directory to inside cover of
panelboard indicating loads controlled by each circuit.
D. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder.
Take care to maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch
circuits.
B. visual and Mechanical.
3.03 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT:
A. Make connections to equipment as shown on connections To
Equipment schedule.
End of section
- 16470-4 -
-
Project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ~ICAL
SBCTION 16475
OVBRCURREI1':r PROTBC'.rIVB DEVICBS
...
1. PART 1 - GBHBRAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Fuses
B. Circuit Breakers
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. section 16440
B. section 16470
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
Disconnect switches
-
panelboards
A. submit in accordance with section 01300
B. Product Data: Include Characteristics Curves
1.04 MAINTENANCE DATA
A. . submit under provisions of section 07120
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A.
Fuses:
1. Reliance Electric (Reliance FUse)
2. Gould shawmut
3. Bussman
'-"
B.
Circuit Breakers:
1. square D
--
2.
substitutions: Under provisions of section 01300.
2.02 FUSES:
A. Dual-Element Time Delay:
1. voltage: 600 volts
-
- 16475-1 -
....
2. Ratings: As indicated on Drawings
3.
Short-circuit interrupting Rating:
symmetrical
200,000 Amps rms
4.
Type:
Current limiting
5. UL Class:
a. RK 1: Main, Feeder & Breaker Circuits~ Circuit
Breaker protection~ Motor Protection.
b. RK 5: Welder & Transformer Protection.
2.03 CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
A. Bolt-on
B. Quick-make, quick-break
C. Trip:
1. Thermal - magnetic in frames 600 Amps and less.
2. Common trip for two and three pole breakers
3. Highly visible indication of tripped breakers - resetta-
ble orange flag.
4. Magnetic - only for Motor-circuit Protection with Motor
Starter containing overload relays.
D. Short Circuit Rating: As shown on panelboards schedule.
E. When used as switches in l20 volt Fluorescent Lighting
circuits:
1. certified by manufacturer as suitable for such switching
activity.
2. Harked: "SWD".
3. PART 3 - BXBCUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Install fuses.
B. securely mount circuit breakers in panelboards.
End of Section
'-
,...
- 16475-2 -
......
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SBCTION 16500
LIGHTING
-
1. PART 1 - GBHBRAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Luminaires, supports, and accessories.
B. Frames, trim rings, and backboxes for luminaire installation.
C. Installation of flexible wiring system fixture connectors by
fixture manufacturer.
D. Lamps..
E. Ballasts.
.--
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. section 16110 Raceways
B. section 16120 wires and Cables
c. section 16190 supporting Devices
D. section 16450 Grounding
E. section 16635 Emergency Generator
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Product Data: Indicate performance and pertinent physical
characteristics for luminaires.
1. 04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A. Submit under provisions of section 07130.
B. Include manufacturer' s servicing and maintenance instructions.
.....
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A.
Ballasts to meet standards of an electrical testing laboratory
and of Certified Ballast Manufacturer's Association.
-->
--
- 16500-1 -
.....
1.07 COORDINATION:
....
A. confirm compatibility and interface between luminaries,
ceiling constriction, and other products. Report discrepan-
cies to Architect/Engineer, and defer ordering until
clarified.
B. coordinate installation of plaster frames, trim rings, and
backboxes with work under other sections and Contracts.
c. coordinate with Mechanical construction to avoid conflicts
between luminaires, supports, and fittings, and mechanical
equipment and systems.
1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERrALS:
A. Deliver under provisions of section 01730.
B. One set of special tools required for servicing and main-
taining luminaires.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 0 1 MANUFACTURERS :
A.
Fixture Manufacturers: Refer to Light Fixture Schedule.
--
B.
Lamps:
Philips, General Electric, and
sylvania
c.
Ballasts:
universal, General Electric,
and Advance.
D.
substitutions:
under provisions of section
01300.
2.02 FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES:
A. prime coat and finish in high reflectance baked white enamel,
two coats minimum on exposed and reflective surfaces, giving
reflectance of 85 percent.
B. Reflective plates: Minimum 22 gauge metal.
c. steel Housing: Minimum 20 gauge.
D. Provide hinged frames with catches~ removable for cleaning
without tools.
E. Gasketing, stops, and barriers to form light traps and prevent
light leaks.
F. Design luminaire to dissipate ballast and lamp heat.
G. Use formed or ribbed backplates, endplates, reinforcing
panels.
-"
H.
virgin acrylic diffusers, m~n~um 0.125 inches ( 3 mm) thick
or parabolic louver as shown in Light Fixture schedule.
::.
- 16500-2 -
2.03 INCANDESCENT LUMINAIRES:
A. Gasketed to prevent light leaks.
B. Designed to dissipate ballast and lamp heat.
c. optical components easily disassembled for cleaning.
2.04 HID LUMINAIRES: (HPS or HH)
-
A. Cast aluminum construction.
B. Gasketed to prevent light leaks.
c. Designed to dissipate ballast and lamp heat.
D. optical components easily disassembled for cleaning.
E. UL listed to 400C amibient.
2 . 05 LUMINAIRES FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS:
A. Wet location label.
B. Provide gasketing required for weatherproof assemblies.
r
c. Ballasts: Rated for 00 F.
D. Mounting Brackets and supports: Manufacturer's standard,
unless noted.
E. Poles for Pole Mounted Luminaires: Refer to Lighting Fixture
Schedule.
-
2.06 LAMPS:
A. Incandescent:
1. 2500 Hour extended service
2. 130 Volts
--'
3.
Wattage: As shown in Light Fixture Schedule.
B. Fluorescent:
-.
1. T 8 Energy saving lamps.
2. Rapid start
3. Initial lumens to be 3000, CRI to be 85, lamp tempera-
ture 3500K.
-
4.
Wattage as shown in Light Fixture Schedule.
C. compact Fluorescent:
.....
1.
CRI to be 82, lamp temperature 3500K
2. wattage as shown on schedule.
-
- 16500-3 -
,...
.....
D. High Intensity Discharge:
1. High pressure sodium:
a. wattage as shown in Light Fixture schedule.
2. Metal Halide:
a. Wattage as shown in lighting fixture schedule.
2.07 BALLASTS:
A. Fluorescent:
1. voltage as shown in Light Fixture schedule.
2. Thermally protected.
3. Total harmonic distortion <15%.
4. Group A noise rating.
5. utilize minimum numbers of ballasts where possible.
6. utilize energy efficient electronic ballasts only.
B. High Intensity Discharge:
1. voltage as shown in Light Fixture schedule.
2. constant wattage high power factor.
3. For lamp wattage and type as shown in Light Fixture
schedule.
3 . PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. comply with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below, to
gain access to outlet or prewired fixture box.
c. connect recessed luminaire to boxes with flexible conduit and
fixture wire.
D. Mount high intensity discharge ballasts on rubber grommets to
reduce noise transmission.
E. Install wiring for exterior fixtures in conduit with water-
tight connections.
F. Align luminaires and clean diffusers prior to final inspec-
tion.
- 16500-4 -
---------_.---~
"-'
3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Provide demonstration of servicing procedures and instruction
of owner's maintenance personnel under provisions of section
07130.
End of section
'-'
#"
-.
--
...
- 16500-5 -
....
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL
SBCTION 16550
LIGHTING SPARE PARTS
l. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. spare Lighting Fixtures
B. spare Lamps.
C. spare Glassware.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
-
A.
section l6500
Lighting.
2 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Fixture Manufacturers - Refer to Lighting Fixture schedule on
drawings.
B. Lamps: westinghouse, General Electric and GTE sylvania.
2 . 02 REQUIREMENTS:
A. _ Furnish the following spare parts to the owner upon completion
of the work. For Lighting Fixtures include:
01.
Lighting Fixture
Lighting Fixture
Lighting Fixture
Lighting Fixture
Type A Furnish twelve (12) each.
Type B Furnish six (6) each.
02.
04.
05.
Type C Furnish six (6) each.
Type F Furnish six (6) each.
03.
spare '"Glassware - furnish 10%
a minimum quantity of four
lighting fixtures used on the
A, B, C, and Cl).
spare of "Glassware" with
(4) each for all type
project (including Types
.,;;.:"
B.
Package spare parts in sealed cartons. Mark contents of each
carton clearly in minimum 1" high lettering.
3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
;..
3 . 01 DELIVERY:
A. Deliver to owner in sealed cartons at project site just prior
to acceptance of the work by the Engineer.
End of section
...
- 16550-l -
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISIOR 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16635
NATURAL GAS FUELED EMBRGBRCY GBHBRATOR AND TRARSFBR SWITCH
1. PART 1 - GBHBRAL
1.0l work section Includes:
A. A standby electric generating system rated for continuous
standby service 80 KW, 100 KVA at 0.8 power factor, voltage
277/480 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire at 60 HZ. The system shall be
a package of new, current model equipment consisting of:
Ole A natural gas engine driven electric plant to provide
emergency electric power.
02. Engine mounted start-stop control system.
03. Automatic load transfer controls to provide automatic
starting and stopping of the unit and switching of the
loads.
04. Mounted accessories as specified.
05. Generator shall be rated for outdoor rooftop installa-
tion.
B. Contractor shall pay all fees required by local gas utilities
company for connection to the natural gas system.
1.02 Related Work specified Elsewhere:
A. section 03300 Concrete "Work.
B. section 16110 Raceways.
C. section 16120 wires and Cables.
D. section 16450 Grounding.
1.03 References
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1. 04 submittal
-
A.
submit under provisions of section Ol300.
B. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
C. submit manufacturers instructions for operating and mainte-
nance as specified in section 01730.
-
- 16635-1 -
,....
D. Each submittal set shall include the following information.
01. unit drawings of all major components showing exact di-"
mensional data.
02. catalog information on the engine, generator, battery
charger, vibration isolators, exhaust silencer, flexible
exhaust connector, automatic transfer switch.
03. A complete bill of material indicating exactly what is
to be provided.
04. Estimated time, in calendar days, for delivery after
approval and release is received.
E. Any notations marked on submission of the equipment outlined
in this section by reviewing authority must be responded to in
writing by the equipment manufacturer.
F. complete engineering submittals, catalog cuts, wiring dia-
grams, interface drawings, unit drawings, A.C. & D.C. schemat-
ics, termination chamber drawings, terminal strip drawings,
foundation plans, etc. must accommodate all shop drawings.
1.05 Quality Assurance
A. Manufacturers
01. The generating set shall be manufactured by Kohler power
systems, 444 Highland Drive, Kohler, Wisconsin, 53044,
Telephone (414) 457-4441 or equal. No substitutions are
acceptable unless reviewed by the engineer in accordance
with section 01300 or listed as a "substitution" on the
substitution sheet of the Bid proposal Form.
02. The supplier of the equipment shall provide the supervi-
sion required or the proper installation of the equip-
ment: and of operating personnel.
B. Tests
01. preliminary start-up and operating tests of the genera-
tor system with the building load shall be conducted for
one (1) hour duration to assure that the system is
complete and in proper working order, that all adjust-
ments have been made, and that all deficiencies have
been corrected.
02.
Engine alarm and
tested including
temperature, high
water level.
shutdown features shall be function
low oil pressure, high lube oil
water temperature, overspeed and low
03.
Final tests to be witnessed by the
scheduled only after preliminary
successfully completed.
04. upon completion of the preliminary test on the unit, a
test run of three (3) hours duration shall be conducted
by the equipment manufacturer's factory trained service-
men. At this time adjustments shall be made for correct
operation of the equipment and the following readings
Engineer shall be
tests have been
- 16635-2 -
--
taken at 15 minute intervals.
a. Ambient temperature.
b. Engine jacket water temperature.
c. Generator temperature.
d. oil pressure.
e. Battery charger rate.
f. A.C. volts (all legs).
g. A.C. amps (all legs).
h. Engine air exhaust temperature.
i. Engine oil temperature.
j. Fuel pressure/vacuum.
k. Decibel readings with sound meter at 50 feet in
all directions.
"-
(1)
The supplier of this equipment shall also
furnish and install lube oil in the engine,
and also drain and refill the engine with
new lube oil after the engine generator
test has been completed. If the engine
generator unit should fail the initial test
run, as determined by the engineer, a
second similar test run shall be performed
after the proper corrective measures have
been implemented. Replace engine lube oil
again after the second test. If any addi-
tional tests are required to prove the
performance of the engine-generator unit
lube oil shall be replaced after each such
test run.
1.06 Warranty
A. Furnish in writing a guarantee of the work of this section for
a period of five (5) years from the date of acceptance of the
equipment to the effect that contractor will provide replace-
ment of material and labor to install same at no expense to
the owner any part, assembly or device found to be defective,
except for normal wear and tear or damage by others.
l.07 Parts and services
A. The manufacturer of this set shall have a minimum of five (5)
years of experience in building similar units in this part of
the country. Equipment offered by those firms who do not have
an "in-house" parts and service organization and who depend on
others to provide services, will not be considered. This
supplier shall have his name, address and telephone number
clearly and visibly located on all equipment. service shall
be available on a 24 hour, 7 days-a-week basis.
1.08 Work By other Sections
......
- 16635-3 -
,....
--
A. Natural gas piping.
01. Engine exhaust piping.
02. Engine exhaust louvers, ductwork, and other related
work.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Emergency Generator system components
A. The natural gas engine shall be radiator cooled, 6 cylinder,
4 cycle, industrial type with removable cylinder liners, a
minimum displacement of 2192 cubic inches and a rated output
of at least 800 HP at 1800 RPM. The rating shall be for
conditions of 29.92" barometric pressure and 60 degrees F. air
temperature.
01. Lubrication shall be a full pressure system, using an
engine-driven gear-type lube oil pump with replaceable
element full flow lube oil filter. Lube oil cooler
shall be provided.
02. The engine must be capable of operation on gas pressure
as low as 5" water column.
03.
The natural gas fuel system shall include but not be
limited to the following:
-
a. Fuel line strainer, cast iron.
b. Natural gas carburetor.
c. secondary gas regulator.
d. Gas solenoid valve, 24 DVC.
e. Flexible steel gas line connector with braided
steel covering.
f. starting system: the engine shall have a 24 V
D.C. starting system with 1 starting motor and
starter solenoid switch.
g. Batteries: one set of starting batteries with
cables and steel battery rack shall be included.
Batteries shall be sized for operation at +20
degrees F.
Batteries shall be heavy duty lead acid type, rated
at not less than 220 ampere hours each.
h. Automatic battery charger shall maintain the
starting batteries at full charge. The charger
shall be suitable for wall mounting and shall
have a cranking disconnect relay or current
limiting feature. The charger shall be HaHarche
or equal.
1. There shall be a belt driven battery charging
alternator with regulator and charge rate ammeter
for charging the batteries while the engine is
- 16635-4 -
--
running.
j. Engine Cooling system: Engine shall be provided
with 100 degrees F. ambient unit mount-
ed/radiator. Radiator shall have sufficient
capacity to dissipate not less than total British
Thermal units per hour rejected at 100 percent
full load under the condition specified. Filler
cap shall be designed for pressure relief.
k. Cooling system shall be provided with initial
charge of permanent type coolant solution con-
taining rust inhibitor.
B. Generator shall be rated at 80 KW, 100 KVA, .8 P.F., 3 phase, 4
wire, 60 cycle, 277/480 volts.
-
01.
Type-revolving field, 4 pole, single bearing, drip proof.
02. Permanent magnet exciter - brushless, direct connected fully
tropicalized, SCR rectifiers, static voltage regulator,
rheostat, excellent motor starting capability.
03. voltage regulation - plus or minus 1% of any preset value over
the three phase load range. Instantaneous voltage dip or rise
when measured with an oscilloscope, will not exceed 20% upon
full load application or rejection, and will return to present
value within 0.5 seconds.
04. waveform - deviation factor of output voltage will not exceed
5% and the valve of any individual harmonic will not exceed 2%
of the fundamental when operating with an unbalanced load.
05. Temperature Rise - temperature rise of any component will not
exceed the rise permitted by NEMA standards.
06. Rotor - one piece lamination welded and secured to shaft by a
key and press fit. Amortisseur windings installed and
connected between poles as an aid to parallel operation and
improve waveform during unbalanced loads. Field coil machine
wound on insulated pole body and securely braced. Rotor
statically and dynamically balanced.
07. stator - one piece lamination welded together. stator coils
form wound and placed in insulated slots. stator pressed and
welded in a rigid steel frame.
08. Bearing - double sealed ball bearing, lubricated for life.
09. varnish - 3 coats modified polyester type, will not support
fungus growth.
10. cooling - cast aluminum fan mounted on generator shaft.
-
11.
Radio suppression - radiated or conducted radio interference
shall not affect normal commercial apparatus.
c. Engine Generator control Panel
01. (Unit Mounted) The engine generator set shall include an
oversized terminal box and combination engine generator
control panel shock mounted at the generator end of the unit.
-
- 16635-5 -
;-
--
This unit mounted panel shall include (but not be limited to)
the following items of equipment:
a. A.C. voltage regulator.
b. voltage adjusting rheostat, +/- 5%.
c. start-stop switch.
d. A.C. voltmeter, 3-1/2" face, 2% accuracy.
e. A.C. ammeter with current transformer, 3-1/2" face, 2%
accuracy.
f. combination VM-AH phase selector switch.
y. Dial frequency meter (pointer type), 3-1/2" face, 2%
accuracy.
h. Running elapsed time meter, 3-1/2" face, 2% accuracy.
i. OVercrank protection (Manual reset).
j. safety shutdowns with indicating lights.
k. Low oil pressure shutdown.
l. High water temperature shutdown.
m. overspeed.
n. OVercrank.
o.
selector switch - "off, Auto, Manual".
-.
p.
150 amp manual reset line
thermomagnetic molded case.
generator overload.
circuit breaker, 3 pole,
Trip rated sized to prevent
q. Panel lights.
r. The control shall be designated to start the engine upon
a closure of a remote contact, and shutdown the engine
when the remote contact is reopened.
s. The control must be manually reset following any fault
condition.
t. control power shall be from the engine start battery.
u. Provide remote annunciator panel in the parking office-
with redundant monitoring of all the above listed
operating parameters.
D. safety shutdowns
01. The engine shall be equipped with safety shutdown contacts
for:
a. Low lube oil pressure shutdown.
b. High jacket water temperature shutdown.
- 16635-6 -
-
c . OVerspeed.
d. OVercrank.
E. Engine Instruments
01. The following engine instruments shall be included in the
generator control panel:
a. Lube oil pressure.
b. Water temperature.
c. D.C. ammeter.
d. Any other instruments considered necessary by the
manufacturer shall be included.
F. Exhaust System
01. An exhaust silencer suitable for critical type silencing shall
be supplied of the size reconDllended by the generator set
manufacturer, but in no case less than 5 inches. An octane
bank center frequency in hertz data sheet shall accompany all
muffler shop drawings. silencer to include companion flanges
and gaskets.
02. A section of seamless, flexible stainless steel exhaust piping
of the size and type recommended by the generator set manufac-
turer.
G. Mounting
01. The engine and generator shall be close coupled and mounted on
a structural steel base designed to maintain proper alignment
of the unit.
,-
02. The unit shall be certified by the manufacturer to be free
from any critical torsional vibrations within a range of plus
or minus lO percent of synchronous speed.
03. vibration isolators of rubber pad type shall be supplied with
the unit. The number of isolators shall be as recommended by
the generator set manufacturer.
04. Vibration isolators shall be Korfund or equal.
H. Automatic Transfer Switch
01.
The automatic transfer switch shall comply with NEMA standard
ICS 2-447 and UL 1008 and shall be mounted in a NEMA 1
enclosure. The automatic transfer switch shall be furnished
with full load current rating of 150 amperes, 600 volts, 3
phase, 4 wire, 60 HZ, A.C. normal to emergency. The transfer
switch shall be capable of switching all classes of load, and
shall be rated for continuous duty when installed in a non-
ventilated enclosure that is constructed in accordance with
underwriter'S Laboratories, Inc. standard UL-1008. The
transfer switch shall be Russell type FMTD or approved equal.
The transfer switch shall be double throw, actuated by two
electrical operators momentarily energized: and connected to
the transfer mechanism by a simple over-center type linkage
-
- 16635-7 -
I*-
......
with a minimum transfer time of 400 HSEC, adjustable from .5 -
5 seconds. The time delay between the opening of the closed
contacts and the closing of the open contacts will allow the
loads to demagnetize before transfer. The transfer switch
shall allow the motor and/or transformer loads to be re-
energized after transfer with normal inrush current. The
switch shall be mechanically interlocked to insure only one of
two possible positions -- normal or emergency. The transfer
switch shall be capable of transferring successfully in either
direction with 70% of rated voltage applied to the switch
terminals. The normal and emergency contacts shall be
positively interlocked mechanically and electrically to
prevent simultaneous closing. Main contacts shall he mechani-
cally locked in position in both the normal and emergency
positions without the use of hooks, latches, magnets, or
springs: and shall be silver-tungsten alloy protected by
arch~ag contacts, with magnetic blowouts on each pole. The
transfer switch shall be equipped with a manual operator that
is designed to prevent injury to the operating personnel if
the electrical operator should suddenly become energized
during manual transfer. The manual operator shall provide the
same contact-to-contact transfer speed as the electrical
operator to prevent a flash-over from switching the main
contacts slowly. Engine starting contacts shall be provided
to start the generating plant if any phase of the normal
source drops below 70% of rated voltage after an adjusting
time delay period of three (3) to thirty (30) seconds. The
transfer switch shall transfer to emergency, as soon as the
voltage and frequency has reached 90% of rated voltage. After
restoration of normal power on all phases of 90% of rated
voltage, an adjusting time delay period of 0-30 minutes shall
delay retransfer to normal power until it has time to stabi-
lize. If the emergency power source should fail during the
time period, the delay shall be bypassed and the switch shall
return immediately to the normal source. After the switch has
retransferred to normal, the engine generator shall be allowed
to operate at no load for an adjustable period of time (0-5
minutes) to allow it to cool before shutdown. The transfer
switch shall include a test switch to simulate normal power
failure, pilot lights on the cabinet door to indicate the
switch closed on normal, or emergency four (4) contacts on the
main shaft: two (2) closed on normal, the other two (2) closed
on emergency and an exerciser to run the engine generator for
1/2 hour each week with load/ no load selector switch. The
load/no load selector switch shall be located inside the
control panel and shall be provided with a nameplate clearly
indicating its function. size in amperes shall be as shown on
the drawings. submit shop drawings certificate of compliance
with NEMA and UL standards.
02. FUrnish 150 AMP transfer switch as manufactured by Russelect-
ric or approved equal. This transfer switch shall transfer
power to the emergency panels when normal power is interrupt-
ed.
I. Operation
01. The operation of this unit shall be automatic such that upon
the closing of a remote starting contact, the engine shall
start and attain rated voltage and frequency within ten (10)
seconds.
- 16635-8 -
......
-
J. Accessories
01. All necessary accessories shall be provided to assure starting
within the time described above under the ambient conditions
described herein.
K. Regulators
01. Governor regulation, no load to full load, shall not exceed
3%. steady, state regulation shall not exceed plus or minus
.25%.
L. Enclosure
01. Provide weather-proof enclosure for roof mounted exterior
installation.
3. PART 3 - EXBCUTION
3.01 Installation
A. Install emergency generator, transfer switch and accessories
as shown on the drawings, specified herein, and conform to
approved shop drawing submittals.
B. comply with manufacturers instructions.
c. securely anchor all fixtures and equipment to supporting
structure.
3.02 system Test And Adjustments
A. The subcontractor/vendor shall be responsible for field test
and adjustment of the completed system to assure that the
system is in proper operating condition. such test shall be
made in conformance with the recommendation of the equipment
manufacturers and in the presence of the owner's representa-
tive and the Engineer and the Fire Marshall.
B. system test and adjustment shall include the following:
01. Functional test of all equipment.
c. After the system has been tested, and is fully operational,
the subcontractor/vendor shall provide instructions to
designated representatives of the owner in the proper method
of system maintenance.
3.03 Training
A. Provide three (3) days field training to owner of designated
personnel on maintenance and operation of the completed
system.
-
End of section
-
- 16635-9 -
--
project No. 9432RA
parking system xmprovements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DXVISXOR 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTXOR 16670
LIGIl'rNIRG PROTECTXOR SY8'.rEM
1. PART 1 - GBNERAL
l.Ol WORK INCLUDED:
A. This section includes the furnishing of all labor, materials
and equipment for the complete installation of the Lightning
Protection system on the roof of the 42nd street parking
Garage. Install in area shown on the drawings.
B. Related Work specified Elsewhere:
01.
Concrete work
section 03300.
l.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Entire installation shall conform to the requirements of the
NFPA Lightning Protection code (NFPA 78, 1989 Edition).
B. All components of this system including fittings, devices and
all other components shall be U.L. listed and labeled or
approved by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Where the
requirement for such listing, labeling or approval is not
. applicable,. those components shall be approved by the appro-
priate Authority or Agency having jurisdiction.
c. Entire system requires a U.L. Master Label.
D. During the installation of this section, at least one (1)
person thoroughly familiar with the installation requirements
of the Lightning Protection system shall be present at all
times during the actual installation.
l.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Prepare and submit product data under provisions of section
01300.
B. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
C. Submit manufacturer's instructions for operating and mainte-
nance as specified in section 01730.
D. submittals required for all components including complete
wiring diagrams.
- 16670-l -
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Use all means necessary to protect equipment before, during
and after installation and to protect the installed work and
material of other trades.
B. Replacement
01. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and
replacements necessary to meet the approval of the
Engineer, and at no cost to the owner.
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. All materials in this section shall conform to the following
minimum requirements.
;-
Ole
All conductors shall be copper.
02. Air terminal shall be solid, one-half inch diameter
copper.
03. Main conductor cable shall be 115,000 CM, 375 pounds per
thousand feet. Minimum strand size shall be 15 gage.
04. secondary conductor cable shall be minimum of 14
strands, 17 gage.
05. Ground rods are to be 10 feet in length, copper clad
construction not less than 3/4" diameter.
3. PART 3 - BXECUTION
-
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Downlead conductors are to be run in schedule 80 PVC conduit.
,-
B. Downlead conductors shall be fastened to ground rods with cast
bronze ground rod clamps.
C. Connect air terminals with primary cable connections.
D. Provide approved fasteners for all roof conductors.
-
E.
No downlead conductors are permitted to turn down, then up,
except where down conductor is directly to ground.
F. All air terminals shall be mounted as shown on drawings.
Downlead conduit and cable shall be installed inside garage
and run along columns. Core through slabs for conduit as
required. seal openings with an approved joint sealant. No
cables shall be visible on exterior of garage.
--
G. No coursing bend shall exceed 90 degrees~ no radius shall be
tighter than 8".
H. Maximum dead end total conductor length shall exceed sixteen
(16') feet.
I.
Bond Lightning Protection system to ground and water systems
as required by code.
,-
- 16670-2 -
,....
J. Grounded metal bodies located about the building such as vent-
pipes, drains, electrical equipment (generator) shall be
interconnected to the lightning conductor system if within the
Bonding Distance set forth by NFPA 78.
End of Section
-,
--
- 16670-3 -
,....
Project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street Parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISIOR 16 - ELBCTRICAL
SBCTION 16720
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM:
A. General
01. The Section shall furnish and install a complete and
ready for operation automatic fire alarm system includ-
ing control panel, detectors, annunciators, alarm
devices, wiring, components, appurtenances and accesso-
ries, and all wiring and connections to devices fur-
nished by others.
02. The system and components shall be supplied by one
manufacturer of established reputation and experience
who shall have produced similar apparatus for a period
of at least three (3) years and who shall be able to
refer to similar installations rendering satisfactory
service.
03. All references to model numbers and other pertinent
information herein is intended to establish minimum
standards of performance, quality and construction,
and is based upon equipment designed and manufactured by
Notifier, Division of Pittway corporation or approved
equal.
1. 02 SCOPE:
--
A. This specification outlines the requirements for an automatic
fire detection and class A fire alarm system.
01. The work described in this specification consists of
all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary
and required to complete and test the automatic fire
alarm system. Any material not specifically mentioned
in this specification or not shown on drawings but
required for proper performance and operation shall be
furnished and installed.
02. The system shall function as follows when any area
detector:
a.
Sound required audible devices as shown on the
schedule.
-
b. Automatically notify central station.
c. Display individual detector and/or zone number.
d. Light an indicating lamp on the device initiating
the alarm.
-
- 16720-1 -
,-.
--
1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. All materials, equipment, accessories, devices and other
facilities and appurtenances covered by these specifications
or noted on the contract drawings and on the contractor ~ s
approved working drawings and installation specifications
shall be new, best suited for its intended use and shall
conform to applicable and recognized standards for their use.
All equipment shall be the standard cataloged products of a
single manufacturer.
l.04 CONTROL EQUIPMENT:
A. The control panel shall provide power, annunciation, supervi-
sion and control for the detection and alarm system. The
control panel shall be modular in construction, and contain
all modules nec~asary to operate according with this section
of this specification and applicable drawings.
1.05 REQUIREMENTS:
A. This installation shall be made in accordance with the
drawings, specification and following:
1. National Electrical code Article 760
2. National Fire Protection Association standard 72E
3. National Fire Protection Association standard
a. 72A (Local Protective signaling system)
4. Local Codes and Authorities Having Jurisdiction
B.
. wiring requirements for routing in separate raceways shall be
as recommended by the manufacturer's documentation.
--
C. The system including all components shall be listed by
underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use as a fire protective
signaling system.
D. A "point-to-point" wiring diagram shall be submitted with shop
drawings containing each component including individual wiring
instruction.
1.06 SPECIAL CONDITIONS:
-
A. All material and equipment shall be new.
B. All individual components and composite systems shall be
designed for continuous operation without undue heating or
change in rated values, and shall be properly fused.
1.07 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION:
--
A.
The automatic fire alarm system shall consist of a main
control panel Model BE 5000, two remote annunciators,
smoke/heat detection devices, flow and tamper switches and
speaker/strobe stations all wired in accordance with the
schedule on the drawings and manufacturer's recommendation
shall function as specified herein.
-
- 16720-2 -
.....
--
The system shall be
addressable points,
detecting devices.
C. The system shall be capable of identifying a flow or tamper
condition, smoke/heat condition or manual tripping of a pull
station. Each condition shall be readily identified by both
the annunciators and the remote central station signal.
B.
capable of operating conventional or
including thermal and photoelectric
D. The warning signal shall be both a strobe light and a human
voice. The message shall be in a female voice and shall
state:
(Female voice): "May I have your attention please.
I have your attention please. There has been a
alarm reported in the building. There has been a
alarm reported in the building. please proceed to
stairways and exit the building. Do not use
elevators, but proceed to the stairways and exit
building.
May
fire
fire
the
the
the
2 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0l ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER:
A. Notifier, Division of Pittway Corporation, or approved equal.
The enclosure shall contain back boxes,
rail/bracket kits with mounting hardware,
mounting trim kits shall be as required.
C. Battery charging capability shall be provided by a Notifier
Automatic Float Charger, Model NR 45-24, and Battery Model PS
12250.
B.
door covers,
and semi-flush
D. These modules shall be system interconnected by a harness
assembly and designed for use with 24 VDC audible signals.
capability shall be provided to recharge sealed lead acid or
sealed nickel cadmium batteries to their full capacity.
E. Loss of main operating power to the system shall automatically
cause the system to transfer to battery power. After main
power has been restored and emergency batteries have been
fully recharged, the system shall continue to float charge the
batteries. The module shall be fitted with a fuse to protect
against battery overcurrent and accidental reversal of
polarity.
F. The battery shall be protected against overcharge and deep
discharge. Failure of the charging system shall be identified
by an indicator on the primary charging module and also by a
system trouble, if AC power is functioning.
The Model NR 45-24 and PS 12250 shall be placement supervised
and shall be underwriters Laboratories Inc. listed. The power
supply shall be of deadfront construction and housed in a
steel enclosure compatible with the modularized alarm system.
Externally mounted 120 Vac/24 vdc transformers do not meet the
intent of this specification and will not be accepted.
--
- 16720-3 -
,-.
-
G. Each detector line shall consist of a four wire circuit
terminating in an end of line device and shall accommodate
contact type devices. Each circuit shall provide class "A"
supervision.
H. upon operation of any contact device installed in the circuit,
the system shall lock into alarm and red LED alarm indication
lamp (one for each circuit) mounted on the face of the module
shall illuminate. A yellow LED trouble indicating lamp (one
for each circuit) also on the face of the module shall
illuminate should a break occur in the detection circuit.
I. All LEOs shall be lamp tested from the system control panel.
The Model BE-5000 shall be placement supervised and shall be
underwriters Laboratories Inc. listed.
2.02 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION:
Electrical Requirement: 120 V AC 60 HE
2.4A, MAXIMUM
2.03 SMOKE DETECTORS:
A. photoelectric smoke Detector shall be Notifier Model SDX-551TH
with a DX-501 surface mounting base meeting the following
specifications:
Current Requirements:
Normal-100 ma MAX.
Alarm - 75 ma
Voltage Range:
operating Temperature:
2l +/- 3 vdc
Humidity:
+ 320 F (OOC) to 1000 F (380C)
per UL standard 268
0-93% relative humidity
--
The thermal fire detector shall be a Notifier Model SDX-551TH.
It shall operate at a temperature of 1350 F. The detectors
shall be listed by underwriters Laboratories, Inc. , and
Factory Mutual for use with Notifier systems.
The Audio and Visual Alarms shall be Notifier ET series
speakers and strobes. They shall meet the following criteria:
LOW current 117 candela strobe.
UL Listed for Fire protective service per UL
standard 1480.
400 to 4000 HZ frequency response.
Field selectable taps - 1/8 watt to 8 watts.
Vandal resistant die cast metal grilles.
Integral blocking capacitor for line supervision.
- 16720-4 -
--
,-
....
--
--
..-
--
,...
,....
,-
,......
04. surge protection Device shall be installed in a neat,
workmanlike manner. Lead dress shall be as short and as
straight as possible and be consistent with recommended
industry practices for the application on which these
units are installed. Bind the Phase, Neutral and Ground
conductors tightly, over the suppressor to the service
panel and always use the shortest lenqth of connecting
cable as possible.
05. Supplementary grounding and bonding .connections required
between the bonding bus or ground plane for each
equipment cluster and other locations as indicated herein
shall be accomplished using #6 AWG core copper conductor
and approved connections unless otherwise noted.
4.2 SEGREGATION OF WIRING
End of section
01. All system wiring shall be classified into non-protected
categories. wiring on the exposed side of the
suppression devices shall be considered unprotected
wiring for control panels, terminal cabinets, terminal
boards, and other locations. In no case shall protected
and unprotected wiring be bundled together or routed
through he same conduit. where bundles of protected and
unprotected wiring cross, such crossings shall be made
at right angles.
- 16675-10 -
-
Integral blocking capacitor for line supervision.
The sys~em shall include A120 amplifier and all required
accessor~es to drive the speaker system. Power levels
delivered to speakers in office shall be set so as to provide
a loud, but not excessively overpowering voice. Garage areas
are to be substantially louder to be heard over background
noise, (8 watts). voice chip shall be Notifier VROM-113.
B. The photoelectric smoke detector shall be a plug-in unit which
mounts to a twist/lock base and shall be UL Listed.
c. The smoke detector shall operate on a four-wire circuit and
shall contain an LED indicator which illuminated to signal
alarm actuation.
D. It must be possible to electrically check the detector's
sensitivity without removal of the detector head from its
base.
E. The detector shall be easily cleaned by removing the detector
cover/photo chamber.
F. The base assembly into which the detector is installed shall
be of the twist/lock design with screw clamp terminals. The
base shall be directly interchangeable with other compatible
plug-in detectors. A security lock shall be installed in
those areas where tamper resistant installation is required as
indicated in the drawings.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTIOR
3.01 INSTXLLATION:
A. In accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and
the reviewed shop drawing.
B. All work to be installed plumb, level and securely attached to
the adjacent concrete.
End of section
-
...
- 16720-5 -
,.....
project NO. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVIS lOR 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTIOR 16741
TBLBPHORE RACEWAY SYSTEM
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Telephone raceway system.
1.02 RELATED.SECTIONS:
A.
section 16100
Raceways.
B.
section 16130
Boxes.
c.
section l6450
Grounding.
--
1.03 FURNISHED BY OTHERS - INSTALLED BY THIS SECTION:
A. Telephone Instruments furnished by owner.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
A. conduits, cabinets, terminal boards, w~r~ng and outlets to
form raceway system - from telephone company service point to
- office equipment room.
B. Conduits for telephone system in office shall have 4 pair
cable installed for each jack location. wire must be shielded
to prevent interference with other phones.
1. 05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
Section 0172 0 .
r-
2.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0l COMPONENTS:
A. conduit: Refer to Section 16110.
B. Backboards: 3/4 inch (19 mm) pine or fir plywood, one piece
per installation. Finish with matte black paint.
C. outlet, pull,and Junction Boxes: Refer to section 16130.
D. wall outlets:
01. Modular jack (RJ 11/14) type, or as specified by City of
Miami Beach.
.-
- 16741-1 -
,-
02. Match receptacle and switch wall plates.
03. Provide standard telephone supporting type for use with
modular wall telephone where noted.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTIOR
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Provide pullboxes in telephone conduit runs spaced not greater
than 100 feet. (30 m) apart, and on backboard side of runs
with more than two right angle bends.
B. place TELEPHONE label on pull and junction boxes.
C. Provide pullwire in each telephone conduit run: No. 9 high
strength.
D. Provide plywood backboards and fourplex receptacle at main
telephone terminal board. Confirm location on job site prior
to installation.
E. Conduit size.
01.
One telephone outlet:
Two telephone outlets:
Three telephone outlets:
3/4 inch (19 mm).
1 inch (25 mm).
l-l/4 inch (32 mm).
02.
03.
F. All telephone wire to be installed in raceways.
G. . Install outlets 14 inches above floor, or to match height of
electrical receptacles.
H. All telephone conduit and wiring is to be extended to the
service point as required to provide a complete operational
system.
I. Install and connect all telephones furnished by the owner to
provide a complete operational telephone system with dialtone
service level.
J. Coordinate and execute complete installation. All costs are
to be borne by the Contractor.
End of section
--
- 16741-2 -
~
project No. 9432RA
parking system Improvements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16675
TRARSIBRT VOLTAGE SURGB SUPPRESSIOR
SERVICE BNTRARCE: 277/480 OR 120/208
SUB PANEL: 277/480 OR 120/208
1. PART 1 - GBHBRAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. This section describes the materials and installation
requirements for transient voltage surge suppressor (TVSS) for
the protection of all AC electrical circuits from the effects
of lighting induced currents, substation switching transients
and internally generated transients resulting from inductive
and/or capacitive load switching.
l.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Entire installation shall conform to the requirements of the
NFPA and the NEC.
B. All components of this system shall be UL listed and labeled
as approved by underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. General electrical requirements.
B. Raceways, boxes, and fittings.
~
C.
Wire and cable.
D. Low Voltage motor control.
E. Grounding.
F. Lighting protection system.
,#-'
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Prepare and submit product data under provisions of section
01300.
B. submit shop drawings, product data and manufacturer's
installation instructions.
C. The surge suppression submittals shall also include:
01. Dimensional drawing of each suppressor type indicating
mounting arrangements.
02. category c3 (20KV, 10KA, 8/20usec. waveform) clamp
voltage test results.
-
- 16675-1 -
,-.
03. UL 1449 clamp voltage documentation.
D. Mandatory submittal requirements.
01. All Applicable Product Literature
02. product Installation Instructions
03. Product Material Lists & Part Numbers
04. Product 5 year warranty statement
05. Manufacturer's certificate of Compliance (Ref. published
specifications).
06. certificate from an Independent Test Laboratory certyfing
Device's Maximum surge Handling Capacity. [CERTIFICATION
MUST BE ON THE COMPLETED UNIT ONLY AND NOT ON THE
INDIVIDUAL SUPPRESSION MODULE AND MUST INCLUDE THE
PERFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIRED THERMAL AND SHORT CIRCUIT
FUSING IN PLACE].
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SERVICE ENTRARCE:
A. suppressors shall be listed in accordance with UL 1449,
standard for safety, Transient voltage surge suppressor.
B. suppressors shall be tested with category C3 high exposure
waveform (20KV, 10KA, 8/20usec. waveform) per ANSI/IEEE c62.41
- 1991.
C. For 3 phase, 4-wire configurations, suppressors shall provide
- suppression elements between each phase conductor and the
system neutral and between the neutral conductor and ground.
D. suppressor shall provide certified test data confirming a
"fail-short" failure mode.
E. Visible indication of proper suppressor connection and
operation shall be provided.
F. suppressor shall be designed for close nipple installation.
The mounting position of the suppressor shall permit a
straight and short lead length connection between the
suppressor and the point of connection to the panel board.
other suppressor connections will not be acceptable.
G. suppressors shall meet or exceed the following criteria:
01. Maximum single impulse current rating: 80,000 amperes
per phase (8/usec. waveform).
NOTE: If the suppressor utilizes internal fuses, the
maximum single impulse current cannot exceed the rating
of the fuse, unless pre-approved by the specifying
engineer.
02. Pulse life rating: category C (8/20usec. waveform):
1,000 occurrences with no clamping drift.
- 16675-2 -
,-
03. UL 1449 clamping voltage must no exceed the following
VOLTAGE
120/208
277/480
L-N
500
1000
N-G
500
1000
H. suppressors shall have turn-on and turn-off times of less than
one nanosecond.
I. suppressors shall be of solid-state components and shall
operate bi-directionally.
J. Suppressors shall be by Lighting Master Corporation,
Clearwater, Florida (800-749-6800, FAX (813)461-3177, P series
or approved equivalent.
K. The suppressor will have a warranty guarantee for a period of
five (5) years, incorporating a one time free replacement if
the suppressor is destroyed by lightning within the warranty
period.
2.02 EQUIPMENT PANEL AC PROTECTION:
A. suppressor shall be listed in accordance with UL 1449,
standard for safety, Transient voltage surge Suppressors.
..-
For 3 phase, 4-wire plus ground configurations, suppressors
shall provide suppression elements between all phase
conductors, between each phase conductor and the system
neutral and between the neutral conductor and ground, for a
total of seven suppression modes.
C. The suppressor shall provide certified test data confirming a
"fail-short" failure mode.
B.
-
D. Visible indication of proper suppressor connection and
operation shall be provided.
E. Suppressors shall be designed for close nipple installation.
The mounting position of the suppressor shall permit a
straight and short lead length connection between the
suppressor and the point of connection to the panel board.
other suppressor connections will not be acceptable.
F. Suppressors shall meet or exceed the following criteria:
Ole Maximum single impulse current rating: 100,000 amperes
per phase (8/usec. waveform).
NOTE: If the suppressor utilizes internal fuses, the
maximum single impulse current cannot exceed the rating
of the fuse, unless pre-approved by the specifying
engineer.
02. Pulse life rating: 1000 amperes (8/20usec. waveform):
03. Maximum clamping voltage will be listed for a 3KA,
8/20usec. current waveform.
G. suppressors shall have turn-on and turn-off times of less than
one nanosecond.
.-
- l6675-3 -
r-
H. Suppressors shall be of solid-state components and shall
operate bi-directionally.
I. Suppressors shall be by Lighting Master Corporation,
clearwater, Florida (800-749-6800, FAX (813)461-3177, JR
series or approved equal.
J. The suppressor will have a warranty guarantee for a period of
two (2) years if primary service suppression is not provided.
If primary service suppression is provided, the suppressor
will have a warranty guarantee for a period of five (5) years,
incorporating a one time free replacement if the suppressor is
destroyed by lightning with the warranty period.
2.03 MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS:
A. All surge Protective Devices shall be manufactured by a
company normally engaged in the design, development and
manufacture of such devises for electrical and electronic
equipment and systems.
B.
The manufacturer shall offer repair or replacement
all materials and components incorporated in
Protective Devices.
service for
the surge
c. Technical assistance shall be provided by the manufacturer
through the efforts of a factory representative or a local
distributor and via a factory staffed toll-free technical hot-
line.
D. The manufacturer will provide a toll-free Customer service
number to facilitate all inquires regarding product returns,
warranty claims, purchasing requirements and payment or credit
issues.
2.04 WARRANTY:
A. All surge Protective Devices, associated hardware and
supporting components shall be warranted to be free from
defects in materials and workmanship, under normal use and in
accordance with the instructions provided, for a period of
five (5) years. (Excludes installation labor and site
preparations).
B. Any component or subassembly contained with the Suppressor
that shows evidence of failure or incorrect operation, during
the five (5) year warranty period, shall be replaced by the
manufacturer without question. No repairs are to be
acceptable only new and unused materials are allowed.
C. All Surge Protective Devices, sub-assemblies and components
are to be 100% tested and certified by the manufacturer to
meet their published performance parameters. A certificate of
compliance shall be provided with all goods delivered.
...
- 16675-4 -
-
-
3. PART 3 - DEVICB DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
3.01 ELECTROMECHANICAL PACKAGING:
A. Enclosures
01. Shall be constructed of durable light weight plastic
with clear (transparent) front panels.
02. All plastic must be UL94-5v flame class rated.
03. Housing shall be UL and CSA Listed.
04. Housings shall meet NEMA 1,2,3,3S,4,4X,12 and 13
classifications.
B. Electrical Contacts
01. All surge carrying connections are to be constructed of
heavy duty low impedance contacts. No plug-in
suppression components with friction contacts are to be
allowed.
02. The only wiring connections allowed within the suppressor
are those connecting the device to the service panel and
those carrying low voltage/low current for status
indication.
C. Field Replaceable Protection Modules
Modules shall be designed for easy replacement.
Modules shall have color coded labels to identify
specific applications.
Modules shall be physically keyed to avoid dangerous
misapplication.
Modules shall contain both thermal and short circuit
safety fusing.
Modules shall contain on board diagnostics and status
indication.
01.
02.
03.
04.
05.
06.
,.-
07.
Modules shall be equipped to provide remote monitoring
capabilities.
Modules shall not be potted or otherwise encapsulated
without adequate safety fusing (to prevent explosive
failures.)
08. Module plastics shall have a UL94-5V flame class rating.
09. Modules which protect between Neutral and Ground shall
contain a Visual warning of HIGH HEUTRAL to GROUND
voltages.
10. Modules shall be UL RecOQUized cOMPonents.
-
,.--
- 16675-5 -
-
3.02 ELECTRICAL CONFIGURATIONS:
surge Protective Devices shall be of shunt design configurated for
the specific type and voltage of electrical service required.
protection is to be provided for all modes - phase, neutral and
ground.
A. 150kA Rated units
Main service Panel Protection
order Number
ELECTRICAL SERVICE
11200
11201
11202
11203
120/240v, split~, 3 wire, 75kA
120/208V, 3~, 4 Wire wye, 75ka
120/240V, 3~, 4 Wire Delta, 75kA
DIMENSIONS:
240V, 3~, 3 wire Delts, 75kA
277/480, 3~, 4 wire Delta, 75kA
480V, 3~, 3 Wire Delta, 75kA
10.0" X 8.0" X 4.0"
11204
11206
WEIGHT:
Approximately 7 lbs.
3.03 PERFORMANCE:
A. operating voltage
The nominal voltage rating and the Maximum continuous Operating
volta'ge (*MCOV) shall have the values shown below:
Nominal voltage Rating
(Vrms)
l20
277
350
480
*Meov
(vrms)
l50
346
440
600
B. Listing
1. The surge protective Device and associated hardware
~ be Listed to UL1449, as defined by ANSI/NFPA 70-
1990.
- 16675-6 -
....
2. The suppression voltage of the complete panel mount
surge protective device shall be assessed by UL: these
figures must not exceed the values shown below. UL
suppression voltage ratings for modules or subassemblies
are not acceptable.
service UL 1449
voltage suppression voltage
l20 400
240 800
277 800
480 1500
C. Environmental
1. operating Temperature Range: -40 degrees C to + 85
degrees C
2. Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 95%(non-condensing)
D. Maximum single withstand surge current surge Protective Devices
(including all fusing and over-current protection) for application
at Low voltage AC panels shall have a maximum surge current
withstand, exceeding that shown in Table 3. The failure of, or
operation of, any fuse or over-current device during this test is
not permissible.
Application:
Max single withstand
Current (8/20usec.)
Main Distribution Panel
150kA
,-
Actual Independent Laboratory Testing
Tested as a Complete unit to Include all safety Fusing
100kA without failure
1 impulse
>4 impulse
120kA without failure
*Compliance To This specification Must Be Provided up On Request In The Form of
Actual Test Results From AD Independent Testing Laboratory.
E. "Joule Ratings" and "ReSpOnse Times"
The selection of surge Protective Device shall not be made solely,
or in part, based upon either of these two ambiguous
specifications. These terms currently are no longer recognized by
ANSI, BEMA, IEEE or IEC standards as bonafide suppressor
performance parameters. The key selection elements of a quality
suppressor is its low clamping capability and its maximum surge
handling capacity.
r-
- 16675-7 -
,-
-
3.04 SAFETY:
A. General
01. suppressors shall be of a fail-safe design.
02. suppressors shall have no holdover current.
03. suppressors shall be self-restoring and fully automatic.
04. suppressors shall provide a 100% external monitoring
capability.
05. suppressors shall be 100% tested and certified.
06. suppressor plastics shall have a UL 94-5v flame class
rating.
07. suppressors shall be UL 1449 Listed.
B. Fusing:
01. surge Protective Devices shall contain both (within each
replaceable protection module) accurate thermal and short
circuit safety fusing.
02. The. fusing mechanisms employed must effectively
coordinate their performance in conjunction with the full
surge handling capabilities of the suppressor.
03. Replacement of any suppression module requires mandatory
and simultaneous replacement of all safety fuses and
individuals diagnostics associated with that module.
3.05
. STATUS INDICATION AND DIAGNOSTICS
A.
On-Board Diagnostics/Indication
01. surge Protection Devices shall provide (on-board) visual
status of their operational readiness by both electrical
and mechanical indication.
02. separate visual indication is to be provided for both
stages of the (2 stage redundant) protection module.
03. surge Protection Devices shall indicate their operational
capability even though AC power may not be present.
04. surge Protection Device shall incorporate a visual
warning indication for the presence of high neutral to
ground voltages.
05. surge Protection Devices shall have the ability to
externally observe, monitor and inspect on-board
diagnostics, wiring and module configuration without
actually having to open the door of the device. (This
feature eliminates the need for external access of the
device by unqualified individuals, thereby, decreasing
their exposure to the dangers of high voltages.)
- 16675-8 -
.-
~
B. Remote Monitoring
01. surge Protective Devices shall be equipped with normally
open and closed dry contacts to interface with optional
remote monitoring unit (RHO) and/or other environmental
and building management systems. The optional RHO shall
provide both audio and visual indication of any fault
that may occur in the suppressor. A two hundred and
fifty (250A) foot length of spooled cable, with
appropriate interface terminations, will be provided as
optional equipment with each RHO purchased.
3.06 MAINTENANCE:
01. The surge Protection Device shall require no routine
maintenance~ however, it is recommended that the device
be externally inspected at least once a month to:
ensure correct operational and wiring integrity. In the
case of any faults found~ consult with a qualified
electrician and/or contact the factory via the toll-
free technical hot-line.
4.0 EXECUTION:
A. Installation:
01. surge Protection Devices shall be installed at the first
switchboard, panel board, transfer switch, etc., that the
service encounters as it enters the facility.
Installation shall be per the all applicable and
pertinent documents supplied by the electrical
contractor. Actual location shall be per applicable
ANSI/IEEE standards. (Note: The surge Protection Device
is connected in Parallel [or shunt] to the supply to be
protected. the connecting cable does not carry the
supply current, only the currents associated with
suppressing transient over voltages.)
WARRrNG: Terminal marked Ll, i:.2, L3, N, GRD (where relevant) must be connected
to phase(s) neutral and ground. Failure to comply may result in danger or
damage.
02 . surge Protection Devices shall be mounted as close
as possible to the panel being protected in a position
that will minimize lead lengths between the suppressor
and the control breaker(s) to which the suppressor
connects. utilize conduit, preferably metallic, to
accomplish these connections with a recommended minimum
of 18 AWG or a maximum of 14AWG (for ease of dressing).
Suppressor leads shall not be extended beyond the
manufacturer's recommended maximum length without
specific approval. The rationale for this is that, the
longer the connecting leads between the surge Protection
Device and the power panel, the higher the residual
transient voltage. The recommended lengths are: a
maximum of 19 inches (500mm) and the ideal is 10
inches(250mm}.
03. The surge Protection Device shall be connected to the
service panel being protected via a 60 amp breaker for
each phase.
,-
- 16675-9 -
,....
,
04. surge protection Device shall be installed in a neat,
workmanlike manner. Lead dress shall be as short and as
straight as possible and be consistent with recommended
industry practices for the application on which these
units are installed. Bind the phase, Neutral and Ground
conductors tightly, over the suppressor to the service
panel and always use the shortest lenqth of connecting
cable as possible.
05. supplementary grounding and bonding connections required
between the bonding bus or ground plane for each
equipment cluster and other locations as indicated herein
shall be accomplished using #6 AWG core copper conductor
and approved connections unless otherwise noted.
4.2 SEGREGATION OF WIRING
End of Section
01. All system wiring shall be classified into non-protected
categories. wiring on the exposed side of the
suppression devices shall be considered unprotected
wiring for control panels, terminal cabinets, terminal
boards, and other locations. In no case shall protected
and unprotected wiring be bundled together or routed
through he same conduit. where bundles of protected and
unprotected wiring cross, such crossings shall be made
at right angles.
- 16675-10 -
.-
project No. 9432RA
parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISIOR 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTIOR 16765
TELEPHONE CALL-FOR-ASSISTANCE SYSTEM
1. PART 1 - GBHBRAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. work Included:
01. This section includes all labor , materials and equipment
required to furnish and install the complete Telephone
call-For-Assistance system, complete in accordance with
the Contract Documents and as shown on the construction
drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Related work specified Elsewhere:
01. Raceways
02. Boxes
03. supporting Devices
04. Telephone Raceway system
05. Grounding
section 16110.
section 16130.
section 16190.
Section 16741.
section 16450.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. During installation of equipment this section shall provide at
least one (1) person thoroughly familiar with installation
requirements of the equipment and who shall be present at all
times during actual installation.
B. subcontractor/Vendor for this section must be located within
50 miles of this project, must make service available to owner
by a duly authorized Factory Distributor of the equipment
manufacturer and stock the manufacturer's standard parts. On
the premise maintenance is to be provided during normal
working hours at no cost to owner for a period of twelve (12)
months from the date of acceptance, except for damage caused
by misuse, abuse or accident.
c. On the premise service furnished at other than normal working
hours must also be available and may be charged for by the
vendor at his current published labor rates. when requested
by the Engineer, the contractor's Vendor shall supply the
names of four other like facilities being serviced by the
Vendor'S service department.
D. All items of equipment, including wire and cable, shall be
designed to operate as a complete system and be accompanied by
the manufacturer's complete service notes and drawings
detailing all interconnections.
,.-
- 16765-1 -
.....
E. Equipment shall be UL listed. verification of U.L. approval
will be required. Application on file with underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. for approval of product item is not
acceptable. Each major component shall bear the manu-
facturer.s name, catalogue number and U.L. label.
1.03 FREE SERVICE PERIOD:
A. provide service agreement for one (1) full year from date of
final acceptance of equipment. scope of service shall include
all required service and maintenance to keep the equipment in
a fully operable condition. The cost of this agreement is to
be included in the Base Bid.
B. Based on regular hours Monday through Friday and shall include
periodic cleaning, labor and parts.
c. service/Maintenance contractor:
01. selected and retained by the Manufacturer of Equipment.
02. Personnel to be factory trained by manufacturer.
03. In full time business of maintaining parking control
equipment of similar type to specified system and
located within two (2) hour drive time of downtown West
Palm Beach.
04. selection of the service/Maintenance Contractor is
subject to acceptance by the owner.
l.04 SUBMITTALS:
. A. - Prepare and submit product data under provisions of section
Ol300.
B. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
c . submit manufacturer's instructions for operating and main-
tenance as specified in section 01730.
D. submittals required for:
01. Emergency Telephone.
02. Power supply.
03. single Line Boards.
04. DTHF.
05. Display Phones.
06. cables.
07. complete wiring diagrams, schematics and interconnec-
tions.
- 16765-2 -
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Use all means necessary to protect equipment before, during
and after installation and to protect the installed work and
material of other trades.
B. Replacement:
01. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and
replacements necessary to meet the approval of the
Engineer, and at no cost to the owner.
1.06 WARRANTY:
A. Furnish in writing a guarantee of the work of this section for
a period of three (3) years from the date of acceptance of the
equipment to warrant that contractor will provide replacement
of material and labor to install same at no expense to the
owner any part, assembly or device found to be defective,
except for normal wear and tear or damage by others.
l.07 SYSTEM OPERATION:
A. The system shall be comprised of telephone system components.
B. Each Emergency Telephone station shall be treated as an
individual zone.
C. Provide an audible and visual annunciation of "emergency
calls" on the Display Telephone.
D. A LED light 1/4" diameter minimum size on the face of the
Emergency Telephone shall light when the push button is
pressed or when the call is answered to signify that the
- emergency call is activated.
1.08 EMERGENCY CALL FOR ASSISTANCE:
A. pressing the push button on the emergency telephone shall
automatically dial the number of the emergency phone located
in the parking Garage Manager's Office. The LED indicator
shall light upon connection of the call. The display tele-
phone shall indicate the number of the emergency station
making the call, in addition to producing an audible ring.
2 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE:
A. Emergency Telephone shall be Model 283 AD or 287RP-AD (eleva-
tors) enhanced Emergency Telephone as manufactured by GAI-
TRONICS CORPORATION, Reading, PA, 19603, Telephone No. (610)
777-1374 or (800) 523-4303 with the following features:
01. Glass Reinforced polyester housing for indoor or outdoor
installation.
02. Finish coat, color safety yellow with black background
and white letters reading "EMERGENCY" on front and both
side panels.
,....
- 16765-3 -
......
03. One - button call function with hands one - free speaker
phone operation. Depressing push button provides
immediate connection to user - programmed central
security number. Each emergency phone must be capable
of being programmed to an owner selected number.
04. Pass word protected remote programming capability.
05. ADA Braille "HELP" lettering and ADA feature LED light.
06. Telephone line powered.
07. EPROM non-volatile memory, no battery backup required.
08. Auxiliary output to activate peripheral equipment.
09. Auto answer feature to allow security station to call
back or monitor.
B. Display telephone shall be VODAI communications systems Model
1414-70 (Graybar services, Inc.) Executive Digital Key
Telephone with display. One (1) required per each 48 emergen-
cy telephone stations.
C. Digital Hybrid Key shall be VODAI communications system
starplus Model 4896 (Graybar services, Inc.). Basic package
shall include KSU, CPU, VCB, power supply, 12 c.o. lines, 12
digital key station ports.
D. Power supply (see c. above) shall be Model 4872 Tri-output
power supply -- one needed for each two (2) SL12 Board,
provides both ring generator and 48V DC power supply.
E. 'single Line Board (see C. above) shall be Model SL12 Board
which provides 12 single-line station ports. provide one for
each 12 emergency telephone stations.
F. DTMF Receivers (see c. above) shall be Model 4834 DTMF.
Provide one receiver for each single-line board.
2.02 CABLE:
A. Telephone cable shall be four pair (8 conductor) 22AWG with
shielding required to prevent crosstalk interference. Install
cable recommended by GAI-TRONICS.
01. All emergency telephone cables are to be terminated on
the telephone board located in the Electrical Distribu-
tion Room on 66Ml-50 Insulation Displacement Connector
(IDC) blocks and 89 Type stand-off brackets. Provide a
red, hinged cover for the IDC blocks.
2 . 03 CALL FORWARDING:
A. provide for after hours answering of emergency telephone from
remote location to be designated by the owner.
- 16765-4 -
--
......
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recoJllll\endations and requirements for proper
operation of their respective equipment, and in accordance
wi th industry standards for installation of this type of
equipment~ and the requirements of these Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the related work
of the other Divisions.
3.02 CABLE TERMINATION AND LABELING:
A. All wiring shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
requirement and recommendations for the respective equipment,
systems, wiring footage, etc.
3.03 SYSTEM TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE:
A. The Contractor shall fully program the system and adjust all
equipment before requesting final inspection and test of the
completed installation.
3.04 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL:
A. The Contractor shall conduct a comprehensive training program
by the sub-contractor for this section to reasonably and
adequately familiarize and train the owner's designated
training and operations personnel in the use and operation of
the installed systems equipment.
01. The training program shall include comprehensive written
material and classroom group training on all equipment
operations.
02. The training material shall include the equipment
manufacturer's operation and programming manuals for all
of the system's equipment.
03. copies of the written training material and an outline
of the classroom training program shall be submitted for
review and approval by the owner. Training shall not
commence without prior approval of the material.
3.05 COMPLETION OF PROJECT:
A. upon completion of project provide the owner with one (l) set
of reproducible black line on mylar of "as-built" drawings
plus three (3) sets of black line prints.
End of section
-
,...
- 16765-5 -
-.
project No. 9432RA
parking system xmprovements
42nd street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DXVXSXON 16 - BLECTRXCAL
SECTXOR 16770
HOLD UP ~
1. PART 1 - GENERAL
l.OI DESCRIPTION:
A. work Included:
02.
This section includes the furnishing and installing a
complete "Hold Up Alarm" as shown on the drawings and
specified herein.
The system shall provide one-way alarm conununication
between the cashier control unit, the cashier booths,
and the garage office.
01.
B. Related work specified Elsewhere:
01. Raceways section 16110
02. Boxes section 16130
03. supporting Devices section 16190
1.02 QUALI'rY ASSURANCE:
A. During installation of equipment this section shall provide at
least one person thoroughly familiar with installation
requirements of the equipment and who will be present at all
times during actual installation.
B. subcontractor/vendor (must be located within 50 miles of this
project), must make service available to owner by a duly
authorized Factory Distributor of the equipment manufacturer
and stock the manufacturer's standard parts. on the premise
maintenance is to be provided during normal working hours at
no cost to owner for a period of twelve (l2) months from the
date of acceptance, except for damage caused by misuse, abuse
or accident.
c. on the premise service furnished at other than normal working
hours must also be available and may be charged for by the
vendor at current labor rates. At request of Engineer, the
contractor's vendor shall supply the names of four other like
facilities being serviced by the Vendor'S service department.
D. All.items of equipment, including wire and cable, shall be
des~gned to operate as a complete system and be accompanied by
the manufacturer's complete service notes and dr .
detailing all interconnections. aw~ngs
- 16770-1 -
E. Equipment shall be listed by underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Verification of U.L. approval,will be required. Application
on file with Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for approval of
product item is not acceptable. Each major component shall
bear the manufacturer's name, catalogue number and U.L. label.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Prepare and submit product data under provisions of Section
01300.
B. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
c. submit manufacturer's instructions for operating and main-
tenance as specified in Section 01730.
D. Submittals required for:
01. control/communicator
02. Power supplies
03. Foot rail switch
04. cables
05. Complete wiring diagrams, schematics and interconnec-
tions.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Use all means necessary to protect equipment before, during
. and after installation and to protect the installed work and
material of other trades.
B. Replacement:
01. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and
replacements necessary to meet the approval of the
Engineer, and at no cost to the owner.
1. 05 WARRANTY:
A. Furnish in writing a guarantee of the work of this section for
a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the
equipment to warrant that contractor will provide replacement
of material and labor to install same at no expense to the
owner any part, assembly or device found to be defective,
except for normal wear and tear or damage by others.
1.06 SYSTEM OPERATION:
A. The system shall be comprised of foot rail switches at each
cashier booth.
B. Five (5) zone panel in the garage office expandable to 10
zones to include sufficient capacity to accommodate future
expansion.
c. Provide an audible and visual annunciation of incoming calls.
- 16770-2 -
....
2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
The equipment furnished under this section shall be the standard
product manufactured by:
A. Fire Burglary Instruments
B. or Approved Equal
2.02 SERVICE CONTRACT:
A. Provide service agreement for one full year from date of
acceptance of equipment. Include all required service and
preventi'-d maintenance to keep the equipment in a fully
operable condition. The cost of this agreement is to be
included in the Base Bid.
B. Based on regular hours Monday through Friday and shall include
periodic cleaning, labor and parts.
C. submit separate proposal to owner for 2 year service agreement
to commence at expiration of service agreement (2.01 above)
for consideration by owner. owner may accept or reject
agreement at his option.
2.03 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
A. Alarm Panel
01. sufficient capacity to operate all alarm zones -- one
zone to each booth.
02. Audible and visual indication. Each zone must be
identifiable by owner programmable name.
03. Battery back-up capacity for minimum of 72 hours.
04. Automatic dialer capability.
B. programmable Keypad
C. Hold up foot rail - ADEMCO.
D. 2 Conductor wires.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Install equipment where indicated on the drawings in accor-
dance with reviewed submittals.
B. Install all cable and wiring in conduit.
C. Mark all exposed conduits, junction boxes and cables with
permanent labels or tags.
- 16770-3 -
....
3.02 SYSTEM TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS:
A. The subcontractor/vendor shall be responsible for field test
and adjustment of the completed system to assure that the
system is in proper operating condition. Such test shall be
made in conformance with the recommendation of the equipment
manufacturers and in the presence of the owner's represen-
tative and the Engineer.
B. system test and adjustment shall include the following:
01. Functional test of all equipment.
02. Determination of normal setting.
03. Subjective listening test.
c. After the system has been tested, and is fully operational,
the subcontractor/vendor shall provide instructions to
designated representatives of the owner in the proper method
of system operation and maintenance.
End of Section
,...
.-
- 16770-4 -
...
project No. 9432RA
Parking System Improvements
42nd Street parking Garage
Miami Beach, Florida
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SBCTION 16911
LIGHTING CORTROL EOUIPMERT
1. PART 1 - GBHBRAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED:
A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to furnish
and install a complete lighting control system. where shown on
the drawings and/or ~s specified in this section.
1. 02 RELATED. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. section 16100 Raceways.
B. section 16120 Wires and cables.
c. section 16140 wiring Devices.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. submit under provisions of section 01300.
B. Product Data: Manufacturers data for lighting control system
and components.
1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Maintain documents at site and submit under provisions of
section 01720.
1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A. submit under provisions of section 01730.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers
01. Firms regularly in manufacture of lighting control
equipment and ancillary equipment of types and capaci-
ties required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. component pretesting
01. All components and assemblies are to be factory pretest-
ed and burned-in prior to installation.
c. system Support
01. Factory applications engineers shall be available for
telephone support.
- 16911-1 -
...
D. NEC Compliance
01. Comply to NEC as applicable to electrical wiring work.
E. NEHA compliance
01. Comply with applicable portions of NEMA standards
pertaining to types of electrical equipment and enclo-
sures.
F. UL Approvals
01. Remote panels are to be UL listed under UL 916 Energy
Management Equipment.
G. FCC Emissions
01. All assemblies are to be in compliance with FCC emis-
sions standards specified in Part 15 subpart J for Class
application.
2. PART 2 - MATBRIALS AND COMPOHERTS
2.01 BASIC LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING SYSTEM
A. system Description
01. The Low voltage switching System shall consist of relay
panel assemblies, low voltage switches, 2 channel
timers, and photocells, as well as their associated
wiring.
02. The relay panels and timers shall be mounted in Electri-
cal Distribution Room as indicated on the drawings.
03. Low voltage switches, and photocells shall be mounted in
the spaces as indicated on Drawing E-7 and E-l3. Low
voltage wiring from the switches and sensors to the
relay panel shall be CLASS 2 as required by the National
code and local standards. Each low voltage wire shall
be labeled with the channel letter (A-P) at each switch
or sensor. Use only properly color coded, stranded #20
AWG (or larger) wire as indicated on the drawings. All
relays and switches shall be tested after installation
to confirm proper operation and the loads recorded on
the directory card in each panel.
04. The panels shall provide a mounting bracket for the
addition of photosensor control modules or other low
vol tage control devices. These devices shall be totally
compatible with the manual operation of the low voltage
switches and, in the event of a failure, the switches
shall continue to operate to provide channel control.
B. Hardware Features
Ole Modular Relay Panels shall be UL listed and consist of
the following:
a. Tub: Empty Nema 1 enclosure.
.....
- 16911-2 -
b. Interior: Bracket and intelligence board back
plane with pre-mounted GE RR7P3 relays.
c. Power supply: Transformer assembly with two 40VA
transformers.
d. Cover: Surface captive screws in a hinged,
lockable configuration.
e. Accessory bracket: optional bracket for mounting
accessory low voltage controls.
02. SwitcheS/Plates
a. Provide Specification Grade pilot configuration
momentary push-button type switches as shown on
the plans for overriding the relays.
b. Provide matched Specification Grade plates.
Switches and plates shall be ivory in color, with
a red pilot light.
03. Photocells
a. General
Each photocontrol point shall consist of an
architecturally compatible sensor mounted in the
appropriate location for measuring the available
day lighting. Each sensor will have a separate
control/calibration module mounted in the relay
panel enclosure. The sensor shall connect to the
control/calibration unit via a single 20/4
shielded conductor with a maximum distance of 500
ft. The control unit shall be powered by 24 VAC.
Photocells shall work in conjunction with timers:
timers shall enable some circuits (as shown on
drawings) and then allow the photocells to switch
"on" or "off" circuits as required.
C. Approved ManUfacturers/Products
01. GE or approved equal.
Rote: The contractor shall be completely responsible for
providing a system which meets this specification in its
entirety. All deviations from this specification must
be listed and individually approved by the Consultant.
02. GE TLC Catalog Numbers
a. Low voltage softwired Contactor Relay Panel
RTUB24, RTUB48, RINTER2424SC, RINTER4848SC,
RR7P3, RR7P, RPWR277, RCOV24SL, RCOV48SL.
b. Switches and Plates
Pushbutton type: RHP2-35, RS2-32-PK.
c. Photocells
-
- 16911-3 -
....
--
....
control/calibration unit: RPCON.
Sensors: RPSEN-OUT.
d. wire
switches: RSWIRE-4.
2.02 SOFTWIRING CONTROL MODULE
A. System Description
01. The softwiring Control Module (SCM) is included as part
of the Interior described in the previous section. The
description below defines the operation of this module.
02. Softwiring Groups
a. The SCM shall allow any group of relays within
the panel to be associated ("softwired") to a
channel using the following procedure:
... Press and hold the Channel Push Button for
several seconds. The Channel LED and the LEDs
for relays currently controlled by that input
will begin to flash.
... Select the relays to be controlled. The LED
for each relay "softwired" to the channel select-
ed will be flashing ON/OFF. Press the associated
Relay Control button to add/delete that relay
to/from the group.
... Press the Channel Push Button again. The
LEDs will stop flashing and the Channel Push
Button and associated switch inputs will now
control the relays selected.
b. Turning a Channel ON/OFF will sequence all of the
relays within that group ON/OFF individually.
02. Controlling a Softwired Group.
a. Each Channel shall have an associated push-button
within the panel to toggle the Channel ON/OFF.
b. Each Channel shall also have two separate switch
or dry contact inputs that will allow the channel
to be controlled remotely.
c. The Channel shall respond to the last input.
d. The unit shall allow a "Master Channel" to be
configured to control several of the above Chan-
nels by simply including all of the relays of
these "Sub-Channels" within the Master.
03. Group Status
a. Each Channel push-button shall include a LED
status indication. The LED will be ON whenever
all of the relays within the Channel group are
- 16911-4 -
.-
I.
ON: and shall go OFF when all of the relays
within the group go OFF.
b. Each Channel shall also have an associate dry
contact closure of pilot contact which tracks the
LED operation described above.
04. controlling An Individual Relay
a. Each relay shall have an associated control
button with LED status indication mounted within
the low voltage section of the panel.
B. Hardware Features
01. The 24-relay control module shall have eight channels:
the 36 and 48 relay panels, sixteen.
02. Each Channel shall have an individual push-button with
LED status indication. when all relays in the group are
ON, the LED will go ON~ when all are turned OFF, the LED
will go OFF.
03. overlapping channels shall be allowed, and the Channel
status will be annunciated appropriately.
04. Each channel shall also have two separate switch or dry
control contact inputs. These shall accept either 2 or
3-wire, maintained or momentary inputs. They shall also
accept a 2-wire toggling input.
05. The channel inputs shall support remove, Class 2 (P)
t20AWG switchlegs of up to 1000 ft.
06. Each channel shall also have an associated 1 amp, 30VDC
isolated contact which may be used for status feedback
or pilot light control.
07. Screw terminations will be provided for all contractor
wiring connections.
08. Each relay shall have an individual control button with
LED status indication.
09 . The control module shall use EEPROM to record the
channel softwiring assignments and the current status of
all relays thus insuring a 40 year backup of information
in the event of a power failure. systems that require
a chargeable battery with less than 10 year's life shall
not be allowed.
10. The unit shall provide LED status indication of the
power supply.
11. Access to 24VAC and 24 V rectified power for accessory
devices shall be provided within the panel.
12. Timers shall be seven day two channel time controls with
the following specifications:
a. True 7-day programming - each day of the week can
be uniquely programmed: two channels.
- 16911-5 -
b. 16 events per channel- up to 16 daily events can
be programmed for each channel.
c. Repeat programming - simplifies programming and
saves memory space through repetition of daily
ON's and OFF's: creates maximum of 112 events per
week per channel.
d. Manual override - temporarily reverses current
output state: begins immediately when initiated
and remains in effect until overridden again or
until the next programmed event: each channel can
be overridden independently.
e. Timer shall have momentary contact closure option
that provides closure for two seconds.
f. Timer shall have programmable daylight savings
time adjustment and automatic leap year correc-
tion. Timer shall use a lithium battery for a
minimum of 250 hours of carryovers.
c. Approved Manufacturers
01. GE or approved equal.
02. Timer - paragon Electric or approved equal.
a. Paragon Model tEC72D.
3. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. -comply with manufacturer's instructions.
B. securely anchor equipment to supporting structures.
3.02 DEMONSTRATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS:
A. provide demonstration of equipment operation and instruction
of owner's operating and maintenance personnel under provi-
sions of section 07l30.
B. provide three (3) spare relays to owner.
End of section
- 16911-6 -